Organic Reactions v3

Organic Reactions
VOLUME III
EDITORIAL BOARD
ROGER ADAMS, Editor-in-Chief
WERNER E. BACHMANN JOHN R. JOHNSON
LOUIS F. FIESER H. R. SNYDER
ASSOCIATE EDITORS
MARVIN CARMACK PETER A. S. SMITH
H. E. CARTER C. M. SUTER
W. E. HANFORD EVERETT S. WALLIS
CHARLES C. PRICE HANS WOLFF
JOHN L. WOOD
NEW YORK
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
LONDON: CHAPMAN & HALL, LIMITED
COPYRIGHT, 1946
BY
ROQEE ADAMS
All Rights Reserved

This book or any part thereof must not
be reproduced in any form without
the written permission of the publisher.
THIRD PRINTING, AUGUST, 1947
PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OP AMERICA

PREFACE TO THE SERIES
In the course of nearly every program of research in organic chemistry

the investigator finds it necessary to Use several of the better-known
synthetic reactions. To discover the optimum conditions for the appli-
cation of even the most familiar one to a compound not previously
subjected to the reaction often requires an extensive search of the litera-
ture; even then a series of experiments may be necessary. When the
results of the investigation are published, the synthesis, which may have
required months of work, is usually described without comment. The
background of knowledge and experience gained in the literature search
and experimentation is "thus lost to those who subsequently have occa-
sion to apply the general method. The student of preparative organic ,
chemistry faces similar difficulties. The textbooks and laboratory
manuals furnish numerous examples of the application of various syn-
theses, but only rarely do they convey an accurate conception of the
scope and usefulness of the processes.
For many years American organic chemists have discussed these
problems. The plan of compiling critical discussions of the more impor-
tant reactions thus was evolved. The volumes of Organic Reactions
are collections of about twelve, chapters, each devoted to a single reac-
tion, or a definite phase of a reaction, of wide applicability. The authors
have had experience with the processes surveyed. The subjects are
presented from the preparative viewpoint, and particular attention
is given to limitations, interfering influences, effects of structure, and
the selection of experimental techniques. Each chapter includes sev-
eral detailed procedures illustrating the significant modifications of
the method. Most of these procedures have been found satisfactory
by the author or one of the editors, but unlike those in Organic Syn-
theses they have not been subjected to careful testing in two or more
laboratories. When all known examples of the reaction are not men-
tioned in the text, tables are given to list compounds which have been
prepared by or subjected to the reaction. Every effort has been made
to include in the tables all such compounds and references; however,
because of the very nature of the reactions discussed and their frequent
use as one of the several steps of syntheses in which not all of the inter-
mediates have been isolated, some instances may well have been missed.
v
vi PEEFACE TO THE SERIES
Nevertheless, the investigator will be able to use the tables and their
accompanying bibliographies in place of most or all of the literature
search so often required.
Because of the systematic arrangement of the material in the chapters
and the entries in the tables, users of the books will be able to find infor-
mation desired by reference to the table of contents of the appropriate
chapter. In the interest of economy the entries in the indices have been
kept to a minimum, and, in particular, the compounds listed in the
tables are not repeated in the indices.
The success of this publication, which will appear periodically in
volumes of about twelve chapters, depends upon the cooperation of
organic chemists and their willingness to devote time and effort to the
preparation of the chapters. They have manifested their interest already
by the almost unanimous acceptance of invitations to contribute to the
work. The editors will welcome their continued interest' and their
suggestions for improvements in Organic Reactions.
CONTENTS
CHAPTER PAGE
1. T H E ALKYLATION OF AROMATIC COMPOUNDS BY THE FBIEDEL-CRAFTS
M E T H O D — C h a r l e s C. Price 1
2. T H E W I L L G E R O D T R E A C T I O N — M a r v i n Carmack a n d M. A. Spielman . . . 83
3. P R E P A R A T I O N O F K E T E N E S AND K E T E N E D I M E R S — W . E. Hanford a n d John

C. Sauer 108
4. DIRECT SULFONATION OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS AND THEIR HALOGEN
, DERIVATIVES—C. M. Suter and Arthur W. Western 141
5. AZLACTONES—H. E. Carter 198
6. SUBSTITUTION AND ADDITION REACTIONS OF THIOCTANOGEN—John L. Wood 240
7. THE HOFMANN REACTION—Everett S. Wallis and John F. Lane 267
8. THE SCHMIDT REACTION—Hans Wolff 307
9. THE CURTIUS REACTION—Peter A. S. Smith 337
INDEX 451
vu
SUBJECTS OF PREVIOUS VOLUMES
VOLUME
AcETOACETIC ESTEE CONDENSATION AND RELATED REACTIONS I
ALIPHATIC FLUORINE COMPOUNDS II
AMINATION OF HETEROCYCLIC BASES I
ARNDT-EISTERT REACTION I
AROMATIC ARSONIC AND ARSINIC ACIDS II
BlAETLS II
BUCHERER REACTION , I
CANNIZZARO REACTION II
CHLOROMETHYLATION OF AROMATIC COMPOUNDS I
CLAISBN REARRANGEMENT . , II
CLEMMENSEN REDUCTION . I
CYCLIC KETONES II
ELBS REACTION I
FRIES REACTION I
JACOBSEN REACTION I
MANNICH REACTION . . . . ' . I
PERIODIC ACID OXIDATION II
PERKIN REACTION AND RELATED REACTIONS I
REDUCTION WITH ALUMINUM ALKOXIDBS II
REFORMATSKY REACTION I
REPLACEMENT OF AROMATIC PRIMARY AMINO GROUP BY HYDROGEN II
RESOLUTION OF ALCOHOLS II
CHAPTER 1
THE ALKYLATION OF AROMATIC COMPOUNDS BY THE

FRIEDEL-CRAFTS METHOD
CHARLES C. PRICE
University of Illinois
CONTENTS
PAGE
INTBODUCTION 2
SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS 2

Activity of Catalysts 2
Alkylating Agents 4
Aromatic Compounds 5
Rearrangements of Alkyl Groups 6
Orientation in Alkylation ; 8
Identification 10
Related Reactions 12
Limitations 13
Other Methods of Alkylation 14
EXPERIMENTAL DIRECTIONS 16 '
Selection of Experimental Conditions 16
Triethylbenzene 16
<-Butylbenzene 17
|8-Cyclohexylnaphthalene 18
2,4,6-Triisopropylphenol 18
TABULATION OF EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS . 19
TABLE
I. Reaction of Benzene with Aluminum Chloride 21
II. Alkylation of.Benzene 22
III. Alkylation of Halogenated Benzene Deriratives 44
IV. Alkylation of Toluene 45
V. Alkylation of Various Alkylbenzenes 48
VI. Alkylation of Tetralin 52
VII. Alkylation of Naphthalene . . 53
VIII. Alkylation of Miscellaneous Polynuclear Aromatic Compounds . . . 56
IX: Alkylation of Phenol 58
X. Alkylation of Various Phenols and Phenolic Ethers 65
X L Alkylation of Polyhydric Phenols 69
' X I I . Alkylation of Miscellaneous Aldehydes, Acids, and Quinones . . . . 72
X I I I . Alkylation of Aniline 73 •
XIV. Alkylation of Miscellaneous Aromatic Amines 74
XV. Alkylation of Heterocyclic Aromatic Compounds 76
1
2 ORGANIC REACTIONS
INTRODUCTION
Since the discovery by Friedel and Crafts' that aluminum chloride
catalyzes the condensation of alkyl and acyl halides with various
aromatic compounds to effect substitution of an alkyl or acyl group
for one or more hydrogen atoms of the aromatic compound, this reaction
has been greatly extended in scope with respect to alkylating or acylat-
ing agents and catalysts. The use of aluminum chloride as a catalyst
for such condensations has been considered in detail by Thomas,2 and
certain aspects of the reaction have been treated in an earlier volume of
this series.3 The present discussion is limited to the direct introduction
of alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aralkyl residues containing no functional groups
into various aromatic compounds under the influence of such catalysts as
AICI3, FeCl3, SbCl5, BF 3 , ZnCl2, TiCl4, HF, H2SO4, H 3 PO 4 , and P 2 O 5 .
The alkylating agents include olefins, highly strained cycloparaffins,
polyalkylbenzenes, alkyl halides, alcohols, ethers, and esters of organic
and inorganic acids. The aromatic compound may be a hydrocarbon, an
aryl chloride or bromide, a mono- or poly-hydric phenol or its ether, an
aromatic amine, an aldehyde, an acid, a quinone, or certain derivatives
of heterocyclic aromatic compounds such as furfural or thiophene.
The Friedel-Crafts process is frequently the most useful method for
the introduction of an alkyl group. The reaction is capable of many prac-
tical applications, and a large number of patents have appeared on the
preparation of alkyl derivatives of various aromatic compounds such as
xylene,4 naphthalene, and phenols. Patents have covered the utiliza-
tion of such alkylating agents as the olefins derived from cracking, the
mixtures prepared by chlorination of petroleum fractions,6 and various
naturally occurring waxy esters.6 The most important application is
the synthesis of ethylbenzene from ethylene and benzene.
SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS

Activity of Catalysts. Very little work has been done on the direct
comparison of the relative efficacy of the catalysts used in the Friedel-
1
Friedel and Crafts, Compt. rend., 84, 1392, 14S0 (1877).
2
Thomas, "Anhydrous Aluminum Chloride in Organic Chemistry," American Chem-
ioal Society Monograph 87, Reinhold Publishing Corp., New York, N. Y., 1941.
8
(a) Blatt, Organic Reactions, I, "The Fries Rearrangement"; (6) Fuson, ibid., "Chloro-
methylation of Aromatic Compounds.""
* Akt.-Ges. f. Anilinf., Ger. pat., 184,230 [Chem. Zentr., II, 366 (1907)].
'Thomas (to Sharpies Solvents Corp.), U. S. pat., 2,072,061 [C. A., 31, 2613 (1937)].
Wiggins, Hunter, and Nash. J. Inst. Petroleum, 26, 129 (1940).
•Robinson (to National Aniline and Chemical Co.), V. S. pat., 2,061,593 [C. A.,
31, 785 (1937)].
FRIEDEL-CRAFTS METHOD 3
Crafts reaction. The catalytic activity for various metal chlorides in the
condensation of toluene with acetyl chloride 7 is in the order A1C13 >
SbCl6 > FeCl 3 > TeCl 2 > SnCl 4 > TiCl 4 > TeCl 4 > BiCl 3 > ZnCl 2 .
The effect of catalysts for the Friedel-Crafts reaction in promoting the
racemization of a-phenylethyl chloride,8 which should parallel their
effect in catalyzing alkylation, 9 is in the order SbCls > SnCU >
BCI3 > ZnCl2 > HgCl 2 .
O6X15
V \
CHCl + MClx *± CH+[MCl x + i]-
. / /
CH3 CH3
Hydrogen chloride, lithium chloride, and tetramethylammonium chlo-
ride are ineffective as catalysts for both racemization and alkylation. ^
No direct comparison of the acidic catalysts has been made, although
the order appears to be H F > H 2 SO 4 > P2C>5 > H 3 PO 4 . In general, a
direct comparison of the metal halides with the acids is limited by the
fact that the activity varies to some extent with the alkylating agent
selected. Sulfuric and phosphoric acids are usually more effective for
olefins or alcohols than for alkyl halides. For example, allyl chloride and
allyl alcohol condense principally at the double bond in the presence of
sulfuric acid,10 whereas in the presence of boron fluoride,11 ferric chlo-
ride,12 or zinc chloride I2 these substances react chiefly to form the allyl
derivative. Aluminum chloride causes condensation at both functional
'groups.12
I t is of interest to note that in several instances the effect of a catalyst
such as aluminum chloride or boron fluoride is enhanced by the presence
of an acidic "assistant." Alkylation by olefins with aluminum chloride
as a catalyst is favored by the presence of anhydrous hydrogen chlo-
ride,13 and the condensation of primary alcohols with benzene using
boron fluoride is possible only with the aid of an assistant such as phosr
phoric anhydride, benzenesulfonic acid, or sulfuric acid.14 I t has been
found also that chlorides of tin, silicon, or titanium increase the catalytic
activity of aluminum chloride, whereas ferric chloride decreases the
7
Dermer, Wilson, Johnson, and Dermer, / . Am. Chem. Soc., 63, 2881 (1941).
'Bodendorf and Bohme, Ann., 516, 1 (1935).
'Price, Chem. Revs., 29,37.(1941): >
10
Iruffault, Compt. rend., 202, 1286 (1936); see also Niederl, Smith, and McGreal,
J. Am. Chem. Soc, 53, 3390 (1931); Smith and Niederl, ibid., 66,4151 (1933).
11
McKenna and Sowa, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 59, 470 (1937).
...." Niaetzesou and Isacescu, Ber., 66, 1100 (1933).
13
Berry and Reid, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 49, 3142 (1927).
"Toussaint and Hennion, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 1145 (194Q), .. •„ . :
ORGANIC REACTIONS
16
activity. Limited amounts of water frequently increase the effective-
ness of boron fluoride or hydrogen fluoride.
Alkylating Agents. The ease of alkylation by means of a reagent
RX is dependent not only on the nature of X but also on the structure of
the group R. Structural factors in the alkyl group promoting the po-
larization of RX in the sense R + X~ facilitate alkylation.16
RX + Cat -> R+(X-Cat)-
Thus, with halides, alcohols, ethers, and esters, alkylation proceeds

most readily for tertiary or benzyl types, less readily for secondary
types, still less readily for primary types, and least readily for methyl.17
It is therefore generally necessary to use increasingly vigorous catalysts
or conditions to introduce the alkyl groups in the above sequence. For
example, reactive halides like benzyl chloride will' react with benzene in
the presence of traces of such a weak catalyst as zinc chloride, whereas an
inert halide like methyl chloride requires a considerable quantity of a
powerful catalyst such as aluminum chloride.
The relative reactivity of the alkyl halides is also conditioned by the
halogen atom. For aluminum chloride-catalyzed alkylations with either
n-butyl or <-butyl halides,18 the order of activity is F > Cl > Br > I.1*
This same order of reactivity has been found for hydrogen fluoride-
catalyzed alkylation of benzene with cyclohexyl and s-octyl halides.20
The order of reactivity of the halides is thus the reverse of the normal
order.
Of the wide variety of alkylating agents which have been reported, the
alkyl halides, olefins, and alcohols are by far the most useful. Aluminum
chloride is an effective catalyst for all three classes. With halides and
olefins, it is required in only catalytic amounts; but with alcohols con-
15
Ott and Brugger, Z. Elektrochem., 46, 105 (1940).
18
For reviews summarizing the evidence on the mechanism of the Friedel-Crafts reac-
tion see Calloway, Chem. Revs., 17, 327 (1935); Nightingale, ibid., 25, 329 (1939); Price,
ibid., 29, 37 (1941).
17
This same order of activity holds for the ease of migration and displacement of alkyl
groups already attached to the aromatic nucleus.
18
Calloway, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 59, 1474 (1937).
18
Calloway (see reference 18) made the interesting observation that the ease of acylation
with acyl halides is in the reverse order.
"> Simons and Bassler, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 63,88(5 (1941).
siderably larger quantities are necessary because of the reaction of the
aluminum chloride with the alcohol. (See the article by Norris and
Sturgis cited on p. 8, reference 30.)
C2HB0H + A1C1, > C2H6OH-A1C13

C2H6C1 + A1OC1 - ^ C2HBOAiCl2 + HC1
Although boron fluoride or hydrogen fluoride will catalyze alkylation

by means of alkyl halides, these catalysts are much more effective and
useful with olefins or alcohols. Reactions carried out with either of these
catalysts are distinguished by the lack of colored and resinous by-
products which so generally accompany the use of aluminum chloride.
Ethers and esters have not been widely applied in syntheses by the
Friedel-Crafts reaction, chiefly because they offer no particular ad-
vantage over the alcohols. In fact, with esters of organic acids and
aluminum chloride as catalyst, a disadvantage is the simultaneous
acylation. which may occur. However, the synthesis of toluene in 60%
yield from benzene, methyl sulfate, and aluminum chloride represents
the most successful procedure for the monomethylation of benzene
(see p. 22).
The use of cyclopropane as an alkylating agent has yielded n-propyl-
benzene in 65% yield (see references 26 and 36 on p. 8), but other syn-
theses, such as the preparation from n-propyl alcohol in 52% yield
(see references 26 and 27, p. 8), are probably of more practical appli-
cation.
CH2
Aromatic Compounds. One characteristic feature of alkylation by the

Friedel-Crafts procedure is that alkyl substituents in the aromatic ring
markedly increase the ease of alkylation. Thus, there is a general
tendency for the formation of considerable amounts of polyalkyl de-
rivatives.
An interesting observation in this connection is that the structure of
the alkyl group is an important factor regulating the maximum number
of alkyl groups which can be introduced into the benzene ring by the
Friedel-Crafts method. (See reference 36, p. 8.) Although all six of
the hydrogen atoms of benzene can be replaced by methyl, ethyl, or
n-propyl groups, only four can be replaced by isopropyl groups, and,
6' ORGANIC REACTIONS
although three have been replaced by £-butyI groups, the usual and
principal product in this instance is the p-di-i-butyl derivative.
C2H6 CH(CH3)2 C(CH3)3
(CH3)2CH C(CH3)3
The effect of a hydroxyl or an alkoxyl group on the ease of alkylation
is complex. In some instances, the effect appears to be an activation.
For example, although nitrobenzene has not been alkylated, o-nitro-
anisole has been converted into the isopropyl derivative in good yield.
j>CH(CH3)2
O2N ~
(84%)
The normal activating influence of the hydroxyl or alkoxyl group is

counterbalanced by the tendency for the catalyst to coordinate with the
oxygen atom.
F
C6H6—O: + B:F -» C6HB—0—>BF3
F
CH3 CH3
This process not only decreases the activity of the catalyst but also tends
to nullify the activating effect of the oxygen atom. This general effect
is still more pronounced for aromatic amines, so that alkylation of these
substances has found only very limited application.
Rearrangements of Alkyl Groups. One factor involved in alkylation
by the Friedel-Crafts method which has led to many conflicting and
erroneous reports in the literature is the tendency for rearrangements of
the alkyl group to occur during alkylation. The exact nature of the
influence involved in these rearrangements is still not entirely clear.
In general, the tendency of the rearrangements is in the direction: primary
—> secondary —> tertiary. Usually the rearrangements involve only the
migration of hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group rather than a rearrange-
ment of ,the carbon skeleton.
The first observation of such a rearrangement was made by Gus-
tavson21 only a year after the announcement of the Friedel-Crafts
reaction. He found that w-propyl and isopropyl bromides react with
21
Gustavson, Ber., 11, 1251 (1878).
benzene in the presence of aluminum chloride to form the same sub-
stance, isopropylbenzene (cumene). "The discovery that n-propyl
bromide is isomerized to isopropyl bromide in the presence of alum-
inum chloride offers an explanation for this observation.22
CeHe -f- w-C3H7Br>

WO-C3H7C6H6
C6H6 + MO-C3H7B:
n-C3H7Br tso-C3H7Br
Since such rearrangements may be represented as occurring by inter-

mediate formation of an olefin, it has been suggested that olefins are
involved as intermediates in the alkylations.11' n
w-C3H7Br - ^ - > [C 3 H 6 ] - ^ - > wo-C 3 H 7 C 6 H 8
lHBr
I Aids '
tso-C3H7Br
The general theory of molecular rearrangements as outlined by Whit-
more 23<I offers an alternative explanation of the isomerizations of alkyl
groups during alkylation.9
CH3CH2CH2C1 + AlClg =± CH3CH2CH-+A1C14'
i
(CH3)2CH+
CH 3
It is by no means necessary to suppose that an olefin is formed as an

intermediate in all alkylations. For example, benzyl alcohol and benz-
hydrol are particularly effective alkylating agents, but the intermediate
formation of an olefin is impossible. Furthermore, under many condi-
tions alkylation may proceed without rearrangement. It has been found
that n.-propyl chloride in ike cold will react with benzene in the presence
2S
Kekul6 and Sohrotter, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 34, 485 (1879).
23
MoKenna and Sowa, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 59,1204 (1937).
2sa Whitmore, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 54, 3274 (1932).
8 ORGANIC REACTIONS
of aluminum chloride to give chiefly n-propylbenzene whereas at higher
temperatures the product is chiefay isopropylbenzene.24'26'26
The catalyst may also influence the fate of the alkyl group. Normal
alcohols, for example, usually alkylate without rearrangemerft in the
presence of aluminum chloride,26'27'28 but rearrangement does occur
when sulfuric acid 26> 29 or boron fluoride u> w is used as a catalyst.
Under vigorous conditions changes even more extensive than isomeri-
zation of the alkyl group can occur. Although benzene is alkylated
normally in good yield with t-butyl alcohol and aluminum chloride at
30°, the products at 80-95° are toluene, ethylbenzene, and isopropyl-
benzene.30 Alkylation with 2,4,4- or 2,3,3-trimethyl-2-pentanol can
proceed to yield both normal and degraded alkylation products, the
extent of degradation increasing with temperature.31 The alkylation of
methyl 2-furoate proceeds normally at the active 5-position, but the
alkylation of methyl 5-bromo-2-furoate at the inactive 4-position pro-
ceeds with .degradation of all alkyl groups with more than four carbon
atoms to give the 4-<-butyl derivative in every case.32' M Treatment of
paraffin hydrocarbons with benzene in the presence of aluminum chloride
leads to the formation of various alkylbenzenes by degradation of the
paraffin, a reaction which has been termed "destructive alkylation." M
Orientation in Alkylation. An additional factor complicating the use-
fulness of Friedel-Crafts alkylations is the orientation involved in the
introduction of more than one alkyl group.35'36 It was discovered at an
early date that alkylation with aluminum chloride and alkyl halides
yields considerable proportions of m-dialkylbenzenes, as well as the
expected o- and p-isomers. The relative extent of normal and abnormal
orientation has been found to be a function of the conditions of alkyla-
tion. In general, the more vigorous the conditions with respect to the
activity of the catalyst or the alkylating agent or the severity of the
time and temperature factors, the greater is the tendency for the forma-
** Heise, Ber., 24, 7^8 (1891).
86
Konowalow, J. Buss. Phys.-Chem. Soc., 27, 457 (1895).
26
Ipatieff, Pines, and Schmerling, J. Org. Chem., 5, 253 (1940).
"Tsukervanik and Vikhrova, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 7, 632 (1937) [C. A., 31, 5779
(1937)].
28
Bowden, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60, 645 (1938).
M
Meyer and Bernhauer, Monatsh., 53 and 54, 721 (1929).
30
Norris and Sturgis, / . Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 1413 (1939).
11
Huston, Guile, Sculati, and Wasson, J. Org. Chem., 6, 252 (1941).
82
Gilman and BuHner, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 909 (1935).
"Gilman and Turok, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 473 (1939).
84
Grosse, Mavity, and Ipatieff, J. Org. Chem., 3, 137 (1938).
36
See Ingold, Lapworth, Rothstein, and Ward, J. Chem. Soc, 1931, 1959; Bird and
Ingold, ibid., 1938, 918.
3
« Grosse and Ipatieff, J. Org. Chem., 2, 447 (1937).
FRIEDEL-CBAFTS METHOD 9
tion of the abnormal m-derivatives. Thus, alkylation catalyzed by
aluminum chloride, the most active catalyst, leads to large proportions
of m-dialkylbenzenes, particularly with large amounts of catalyst at
high temperatures or for long reaction times. Alkylations catalyzed
with boron fluoride, sulfuric acid, ferric chloride, and most other cata-
lysts yield chiefly the normal p-dialkylbenzenes.
CH3 CH3
BX
ROH
BF,
Naphthalene likewise yields two dialkyl derivatives; the principal

dialkylation product from the reaction of naphthalene and cyclohex-
anol or cyclohexene with aluminum chloride as the catalyst has been
shown to be 2,6-dicyclohexylnaphthalene,36<I but from cyclohexanol and
boron fluoride, 1,4-dicyclohexylnaphthalene is obtained.36*
A1C1,
+ CHuOH
A similar situation obtains in the trialkylation of benzene, the 1,2,4-

trialkyl derivative being formed only under mild conditions, the 1,3,5-
isomer under more vigorous conditions.37 It has been shown that the
1,2,4-trialkyl derivatives will, in many instances, rearrange to the 1,3,5-
isomer under the influence of aluminum chloride.38'39'40-41-42
3a
' Price and Tomisek, J. Am. Chern. Soc., 65, 439 (1943).
866
Price, Shafer, Huber, and Bernstein, J. Org. Chem., 7, 517 (1942).
87
Norris and Kubinstein, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 1163 (1939).
88
Baddeley and Kenner, J. Chem. Soc, 1935, 303.
89
Nightingale and Smith, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 101 (1939).
40
Smith and Perry, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 1411 (1939).
41
Nightingale and Carton, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 280 (1940).
41
Nightingale, Taylor, and Smelser, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 258 (1941).
10 ORGANIC REACTIONS
Even in the alkylation of phenols and aromatic halides similar effects
on orientation have been observed. Thus, the ethylation of phenol with
ethanol and aluminum chloride yields the o- and p-derivatives,43 whereas
with ethyl ether as the alkylating agent at a higher temperature 3,5-
diethylphenol ** is obtained. Alkylation of chlorobenzene with ethanol
and aluminum chloride at 80-90° yields p-chloroethylbenzene,46 but with
ethylene at 100°, the principal product is the m-isomer.46
C2H5
Since alkylation by the Friedel-Crafts reaction has been demon-

strated to be a reversible reaction,47'48'49 it has been suggested that the
various anomalous orientations can be explained on this basis. Jacob-
sen 60 was the first of many s«. *i. «. « to' point out that normal alkyla-
tion to form the 1,2,4-trialkyl derivative, followed by loss of the alkyl
group in the 1-position, might account for the anomalous formation of m-
dialkyl derivatives.
Identification. The many possibilities for the formation of isomeric or
anomalous products due to rearrangement, unusual orientation, or
degradation of alkyl groups during the Friedel-Crafts reaction, coupled
with the fact that the products are usually liquids, difficult to separate
and identify, frequently necessitate particular care in establishing the
structure and the purity of the products.64 The most effective method
43
Tsukervanik a n d Nazarova, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 7, 623 (1937) [C. A . 3 1 , 5778
(1937)].
44
Jannasch a n d Rathjen, Ber., 32, 2391 (1899).
45
T s u k e r v a n i k , J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 8, 1512 (1938) [C. A . , 33, 4587 (1939)].
48
Istrati, Ann. chim., [6] 6, 3 9 5 (1885).
47
Boedtker, Bull. soc. chim., [3] 35, 834 (1906).
48
Boedtker and Halse, Bull. soc. chim., [4] 19, 447 (1916).
49
Woodward, Boreherdt, and Fuson,.J. Am. Chem. Soc, 56, 2103 (1934).
60
Jacobsen, Ber., 18, 342 (1885).
61
Anschiitz, Ann., 235, 177 (1886); Moyle and Smith, J. Org. Chem., 2, 114 (1937).
«-Schorger, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 39, 2671 (1917).
68
Price and Ciskowski, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 60, 2499 (1938).
"See Marvel and Himel, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 1550 (1940), who found that the
aluminum chloride-catalyzed condensation of cyclohexyl chloride with bromobenzene
yielded a mixture of all three bromocyclohexylbenzenes.
of establishing the orientation of the alkyl groups is oxidation to the
corresponding aromatic acids. This is sometimes difficult for the tertiary
groups, particularly (-butyl; for example, Jthe oxidation of p-di-£-butyl-
benzene with chromic acid yields 2,5-di-t-butylbenzoquinone as the
principal product. 66
0
(CH3)
and
(CH3)3C
The structure of the side chain may be established by a synthesis
that leaves no doubt about the structure of the product. Alkylbenzenes
containing primary alkyl groups may be prepared by Clemmensen
reduction of an aryl allsyl ketone, 89 ' 66 and those containing secondary
groups by reaction of an aryl alkyl ketone with a Grignard reagent
followed by dehydration and reduction. 67 A primary alkyl group at-
tached to a benzene ring can be distinguished from a secondary or ter-
tiary group by bromination in the presence of aluminum bromide; all
hydrogen atoms and secondary or tertiary alkyl groups attached to a
benzene ring are replaced by bromine under these conditions,-whereas
primary alkyl groups are not affected.68
wo-C3xi7CfiIi5 ^ CfiBrg ~r~ &0"C 3 H 7 Br ~p 5 H B r
5Br
n-C3H7C6H6 ' > n-C3H7C6Br6 + 5HBr
AlBr8
Identification of alkylated benzenes can be accomplished to some

degree by the physical properties, more definitely by preparation of a
solid derivative such as a sulfonamide, 29 - 69 - eo a diacetamino deriva-
tive, 600 or a picrate. 63 ' 59
66
Boedtker, Bull. soc chim., [3] 31, 969 (1904).
66
Gilman and Turck, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 478 (1939); Martin, Organic Reactions, I,
"The Clemmensen Reduction."
67
Klages, Ber., 35, 3509 (1902).
68
Bodroux, Ann. chim,., [10] 11, 511 (1929); Hennion, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 66, 1801 (1944).
69
Shriner and Fuson, "Identification of Organic Compounds," John Wiley & Sons,
New York, 2nd ed., 1940.
60
Huntress and Autenrieth, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 3446 (1941).
ma
Ipatieff and Schmerling, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 59,1056 (1937) ; 60,1476 (1938); see also
reference 42.
Related Reactions. Many compounds containing more than one

carbon-halogen or carbon-oxygen bond, although beyond the scope of
this chapter (see p. 4), undergo stepwise reaction with aromatic
compounds to form, as intermediates, alkylating agents of the type
under consideration. For example, methylene chloride reacts with
benzene in the presence of aluminum chloride to yield diphenylmethane,
presumably through the intermediate formation of benzyl chloride.36
Other examples are noted in the following equations.
C 6 H 6 + CH 2 C1 2 [C 6 H 6 CH 2 C1] (C 6 H 6 ) 2 CH 2
C 6 H 6 + CH 2 O [C 6 H 6 CH 2 OH] (C 6 H 6 ) 2 CH 2
2C 6 H 6 + CHCI3 [(C 6 H 6 ) 2 CHC1] (C 6 H 6 ) 3 CH
C 6 H 6 + C 6 H 6 CHO [(C 6 H 6 ) 2 CHOH] (C 6 H 6 ) 3 CH«i

AIC/I3
C 6 H 6 + CH 2 C1CH 2 C1 [C 6 H 6 CH 2 CH 2 C1] ^ > C6HBCH2CH2C6H6

AIC13
C6H6 + C H 2 CH2 [C 6 H B CH 2 CH 2 OH] ^% C 6 H 5 CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H5 61 '« 2

AICI3
0
The reactions of aldehydes and ketones with phenols have been investi-
gated extensively.
If the two groups in a molecule capable of condensing with the aro-
matic ring are properly situated, the reaction may yield a cyclic product,
a process which has been termed "cyclialkylation." 63
The condensations of halides, alcohols, and unsaturated compounds

containing a variety of other functional groups have been carried out
61
Schaarschmidt, Hermann, and Szemzo, Ber., 58, 1914 (1925).
42
Theimer, Abstracts, Division of Organic Chemistry, 99th Meeting of the American
Chemical Society, Cincinnati, Ohio, April, 1940, p. 42. Matui, J. Soc. Chem. Ind. Japan,
44, No. 2, 88 (1941).
63
Bruson and Kroeger, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 36 (1940).
M
successfully. Thus, nitrobenzyl alcohols and halides condense in the
normal manner, and the addition of a variety of aromatic compounds to
the double bonds in unsaturated ketones such as benzalacetophenone49
or, unsaturated acids such as cinnamic 66 or oleic acids 66 has been
reported.
Limitations. Two important factors which govern the application of
the Friedel-Crafts reaction are the activity of the aromatic compound
and the activity of the alkylating agent and catalyst. Thus if the
alkylating agent and catalyst are very reactive and the aromatic sub-
strate is relatively inert, extensive degradationso'31> 32> 3S or polymeriza-
tion 67 of the alkylating agent may occur. If the aromatic substrate is
very reactive toward the catalyst and the alkylating agent is relatively
inert, decomposition of the aromatic compound may take precedence
over alkylation. For example, naphthalene reacts in the presence of
aluminum chloride to form binaphthyls 68 and tetralin is degraded to
AlCls
2C,0H8 > H2 + (C10H7)s
benzene and a mixture of octahydroanthracene and octahydrophe-
nanthrene through the intermediate formation of ^-(4-phenylbutyl)-
tetralin.69
Methylation of naphthalene and tetralin therefore can be accom-

plished only in very poor yields. Similarly such reactive heterocyclic
aromatic substances as furan and thiophene.have not been alkylated
successfully by the Friedel-Crafts method. Deactivation of the furan
nucleus by the carboxyl group of furoic acid, however, makes alkylation
by the Friedel-Crafts procedure feasible and useful (see Table XV,
p. 76).
61
Staedel, Ann., 283, 157 (1895).
M
Liebermann and Hartmann, Bee., 25, 957 (1892).
66
Stirton and Peterson, Ind. Eng. Ckem., 31, 856 (1939).
67
Truffault, Compt. rend., 202, 1286 (1936).
68
Homer, J. Chem. Soc, 91, 1108 (1907).
•• Barbot, Bvtt. soc. chim., [i] 47, 1314 (1930).
The alkylation of anisole under the vigorous conditions necessary to
introduce an isopropyl group (aluminum chloride at 120-140°) leads
to extensive demethylation.43 Alkylation of phenol under many condi-
C6HBOCH3 + C3H7ok - ^ > C3H7C6H4OCH3 and C3H7C6H4OB

140
tions may produce ethers as well as nuclear alkylation products.91 Both

C6H6OH + C3H6 -> C3H7C6H4OH, C6H6OC3H7 and Cs
formation and splitting of ethers seems to be minimized by the use of
hydrogen fluoride as the catalyst for alkylation of phenol or its ethers.
Aluminum chloride has been used as a catalyst for the alkylation of
phenols or of acids, but it should be noted that these reagents frequently
react vigorously to yield aluminum salts of the phenols or acids. For this
reason boron fluoride, hydrogen fluoride, and sulfuric acid generally
have been used as catalysts for alkylation of such substances.
C6H6OH + A1C18 -> C6H6OA1C12 + HC1
ArCO2H + AlClg -> ArCO2AlCl2 + HC1
The reaction of bromo compounds is complicated by the possibility of
migration of the aromatically bound bromine atom in the presence of
aluminum chloride.64'70 Thus appreciable quantities of p-dibromo-
benzene are produced in aluminum chloride-catalyzed alkylations of
bromobenzene.
C6HBBr + RC1 A'C1' > RC6H4Br and p-C6H4Br2
Recently, alkylation of a few aromatic aldehydes and acids has also
been accomplished successfully.32' 71 Nitrobenzene is not alkylated under
Friedel-Crafts conditions; it is converted slowly to 0- and p-chloroaniline
in the presence of isobutyl chloride and aluminum chloride.72
Other Methods of Alkylation. A useful method for the preparation of
certain alkylated phenols is that devised by Claisen 73 and extended by a
number of investigators.74'76-76'77 The nuclear alkylation of phenols is
accomplished by treating the sodium phenoxide with an active halide of
70
Copisarow, J. Chem. Soc., 119, 4 4 2 (1921).
71
Calcott, 'Tinker, and Weinmayr, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 1010 (1939).
72
Gilman, Burtner, Calloway, and Turck, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 57, 907 (1935).
73
Claisen, Ann., 442, 220 (1925); Ber., 58, 275 (1925); 59, 2344 (1926).
"Schorigin, Ber., 58, 2033 (1925); 59, 2506 (1926); Busch, Z. angew. Chem., 38, 1145
(1925); Ber., 60, 2243 (1927); van Alphen, Eec. trav. chim., 46, 287, 799 (1927).
76
Huston and Houk, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 54, 1506 (1932).
78
Huston and Lewis, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 53, 2379 (1931).
77
Huston, Swartout, and Wardwell, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 52, 4484 (1930).
the allyl or benzyl type (or even i-butyl chloride 78) in an inert solvent
such as toluene. The alkylation of phenols by this procedure supple-
ments the Friedel-Crafts method since the products by the Claisen
method are practically always the o-isomers whereas Friedel-Crafts
alkylation usually yields the p-isomer.73'75> 76-77 Another method for
the preparation of alkylated phenols, also due to Claisen, is the re-
arrangement of phenyl ethers, a reaction which is considered in detail
in another chapter.78"
One or two useful indirect methods have been reported for the intro-
duction of methyl groups. Nuclear methylation of phenols has been
accomplished by the condensation of phenols with formaldehyde and
secondary amines,79 followed by hydrogenation of the intermediate
benzylamine.79"
(H)
ArOH + CH 2 O + R 2 NH -* R 2 NCH 2 Ar0H —->• R 2 NH + CHgArOH
A successful preparation of 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene (not available by
the Friedel-Crafts method) has been accomplished by use of the Tif-
feneau rearrangement which occurs during the reaction of benzyl-type
Grignard reagents with formaldehyde. 80
CH2MgX CH3 CH3
C
+ CH2O ->
A number of polyalkylbenzene derivatives not directly available by

the Friedel-Crafts procedure may be prepared by application of the
Jacobsen rearrangement.80"
The alkylation of aromatic nitro compounds and of quinones has been
accomplished by means of the radicals liberated by the decomposition
of tetravalent lead salts of organic acids or of acyl peroxides, or by the
electrolysis of sodium salts of organic acids.80*1
CH 3
78
Lewis, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 83, 329 (1903).
78a
Tarbell, Organic Reactions, II, "The Claisen Rearrangement."
n
Blicke, Organic Reactions, I, "The Mannich Reaction."
na
Caldwell and Thompson, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 2345 (1939).
80
Smith and Spillane, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 62, 2643 (1940).
SOa
Smith, Organic Reactions, I, "The Jacobsen Reaction,"
806
Fieser and Chang, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 64, 2043 (1942); Fieser, Clapp, and Daudt,
ibid., 2052; Fieser and Oxford, Md., 2060.
0 0
EXPERIMENTAL DIRECTIONS 81
Selection of Experimental Conditions. An examination of the tables

will suggest the most favorable experimental conditions for many par-
ticular alkylations. A few generalizations are evident. Owing to the
activation of the aromatic nucleus by the alkyl group, maximum con-
version to the monoalkyl derivative is favored by the presence of a large
excess of the aromatic compound. To increase further the overall con-
version to the monoalkyl derivative, the polyalkylated material from
one run may be recovered and added to the next. Because of mobility
of the alkyl groups, some are removed to another aromatic nucleus by
this process. The polyalkylated material thus actually may serve as the
alkylating agent.48
Orientation in di- or trialkylation may be regulated by controlling
the vigor of the reaction. Relatively mild catalysts, such as boron
fluoride (with an alcohol), hydrogen fluoride (with an olefin), or ferric
chloride (with an alkyl halide), may lead almost exclusively to p-dialky-
lation or 1,2,4-trialkylation. Under more vigorous conditions, as with
excess aluminum chloride at elevated temperatures, the m-dialkyl or
sym-trialkyl derivative predominates.
The quantity of catalyst necessary may vary considerably. Only
catalytic amounts of aluminum chloride are required when olefins or
alkyl halides are the alkylating agents. • With alcohols or their deriva-
tives, much larger amounts of catalyst are required, owing to inactiva-
tion by reaction with the alcohol or with the water formed during the
reaction. With hydrogen fluoride it is universal practice to use a large
excess of catalyst, so much so that it is actually the solvent medium for
the reaction.
1. sym-Trieihylbenzene.w A 5-1. three-necked flask surrounded by a
•
81
Since an excellent preparation utilizing sulfuric acid, that of cyclohexylbenzene from
cyclohexene and benzene, has been described in detail in Organic Syntheses {Coll. Vol, 2, 151,
John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1943), no experimental directions illustrating the technique
employed with this useful catalyst have been included in this section.
82
This is essentially the procedure of Norris and Rubinstein (reference 37). Norris and
Ingraham [/. Am. Chem. Spc., 60, 1421 (1938)] have prepared the same compound in
65-70% yield with ethanol as the alkylating agent. In this case, a considerably larger
ratio of aluminum chloride is required.
»
tub of ice-salt mixture is fitted with (1) an efficient stirrer sealed with
a mercury seal or a tight-fitting piece of rubber pressure tubing lubri-
cated with mineral oil (not glycerol), (2) a long reflux condenser with
a glass outlet tube leading to a hood or an efficient apparatus for absorb-
ing hydrogen halide, (3) a thermometer well (containing ethanol), and
(4) a 500-cc. separatory funnel.
Four pounds w (1815 g., 6.8 moles) of anhydrous,aluminum chloride
is added to the flask and is moistened with 750-1000 cc. of dry ethyl
bromide. The stirrer is started, and, when the temperature reaches
— 10°, addition of dry benzene (530 g., 604 cc, 6.8 moles) through the
separatory funnel is carried out at such a rate that the temperature stays
below —5° (about two and a quarter hours is necessary). The rapid
current of hydrogen halide evolved carries some of the ethyl bromide out
through the condenser.
After the benzene has been added the remainder of a total of 2425 g.
(1695 cc, 21.8 moles) of ethyl bromide is added over a period of about
one and a quarter hours. The ice is then removed from the cooling bath
and stirring is continued overnight while the mixture gradually warms
to room temperature. The bath is then removed and stirring is con-
tinued for another twenty-four hours, when evolution of hydrogen halide
has ceased.
The reaction mixture is poured into a large separatory funnel from
which it is added, in a fine stream and with vigorous stirring, to 10 kg.
of ice and 300 cc. of concentrated hydrochloric acid in a large crock.
This operation should be performed in a good hood. When hydrolysis is
complete, the major portion of the lower water layer is removed by
siphoning and the reaction mixture is filtered to remove a black solid
which impedes. separation of the layers during washing. The organic
layer is then separated and washed with dilute hydrochloric acid, twice
with water, with 5% aqueous sodium hydroxide, and twice with water.
After drying over calcium chloride, the product is distilled through an
efficient fractionating column. The triethylbenzene (943-962 g., 86-
87%) boils at 72.5-75°/3 mm. or 215-216°/760 mm.; nf>° 1.4955-
1.4968.84
2. trButylbenzene.** A mixture of 105 g. (1.35 moles) of benzene and
88
This preparation may be run as efficiently on a much smaller scale, if desired.
84
Norria and Ingraham (reference 82) give directions for further purification of the
sjfln-triethylbenzene by means of sulfonation; b.p. 214.8° (75S.1 mm.); njj'1 1.4956.
85
These directions are those of Nightingale, Taylor, and Smelser (reference 42). A smaller
yield (50-55%) is obtained with aluminum chloride as a catalyst (Fieser, "Experiments in
Organic Chemistry," 2nd ed.. D. C. Heath and Co., New York, 1941, p. 179). The same
situation holds for f-butyl alcohol, ferric chloride giving better yields than aluminum chlo-
ride [Potts and Dodson, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 2553 (1939)].
t
12 g. (0.07 mole) of anhydrous ferric chloride (in a flask fitted with a con-
denser and a trap to absorb hydrogen chloride 86°) is cooled to 10°, and
25 g. (0.27 mole) of i-butyl chloride is added. As the mixture is slowly
warmed to about 25°, evolution of hydrogen chloride proceeds smoothly.
When the evolution of hydrogen chloride ceases, the reaction mixture is
washed with dilute hydrochloric acid and with water, dried, and frac-
tionally distilled. The Z-butylbenzene (29 g., 80%) boils at 167-170°.
3. fi-Cyclohexylnaphthalene.*6 Boron fluoride 87 is passed through an
empty 250-cc. suction filter flask (as a safety trap) and is then bubbled
through a suspension of 50 g. (0.39 mole) of naphthalene in 40 cc. (38 g.,
0.47 mole) of cyclohexanol in a 500-cc. flask at room temperature 87°
until two liquid layers separate in the reaction mixture (fifteen to thirty
minutes). 88
The reaction flask is fitted with an outlet tube 89 leading to the top of
a vertical meter-long glass tube through which a stream of water is
passed; this apparatus serves to absorb the excess boron fluoride.
After standing for about an hour, the reaction mixture is separated
and the upper layer washed 90 with dilute alkali and with water. After
drying, the mixture is fractionally distilled under diminished pressure in
a modified Claisen flask, 52 g. (63%) of /?-cyclohexylnaphthalene
(b.p. 190-195715 mm.; nf? 1.5973; d£g 1.020) is obtained. The
product may be characterized by preparation of the picrate, 59 m.p.
1OO0.63-B8
4. %,4,6-Triisopropylphenol.91 About 800 g. of liquid hydrogen
860
Org. Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 2, 4, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1943.
88
These directions are based on the general procedure described by McKenna and
Sowa (reference 11) for benzene and adapted to naphthalene by Price and Ciskowski (refer-
ence 53). It is useful for alkylation by means of secondary, tertiary, and benzyl-type alco-
hols. Toussaint and Hennion (reference 14) have found that by addition of an "assistant,"
such as phosphoric anhydride or benzenesulfonic acid, the procedure may be extended to
many primary alcohols.
87
Cylinders of the compressed gas can be purchased from the Harshaw Chemical Co.,
Cleveland, Ohio.
870
If the reaction mixture is cooled to 0°, the boron fluoride dissolves without reacting
until finally the reaction occurs with nearly explosive violence.
88
Glass apparatus is satisfactory although it has been found that, after repeated use,
Pyrex flasks used for the condensation become appreciably etched.
89
As much as possible of the tubing for handling boron fluoride should be glass, since
rubber soon hardens on contact with the gas.
80
Occasionally, naphthalene may crystallize during the washing. If so, it should be
separated by nitration.
91
These are the directions of Calcott, Tinker, and Weinmayr (reference 71). Hydrogen
fluoride appears to be particularly suitable for nuclear alkylation of phenols and amines,
since there was no detectable alkylation of the hydroxyl or amino group, a side reaction
which occurs to an appreciable extent with such catalysts as aluminum chloride (see ref-
erence 43) and boron fluoride [Sowa, Hinton, and Nieuwland, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 64, 3694
(1932)].
fluoride w is placed in a 2- to 3-1. copper, stainless steel, or nickel vessel
(such as a beaker made of the metal) which is thoroughly cooled with an
ice or ice-salt bath. The reaction vessel should be fitted with a cover
perforated for a mechanical stirrer, a thermometer well, and an opening
for the addition of reagents. The reaction mixture is kept below 8°
while a solution of 140 g. (1.49 moles) of phenol in 515 cc. (405 g.,
6.75 moles) of isopropyl alcohol is added from a separatory funnel over a
period of three hours. The reaction mixture is then allowed to stand in
a hood at room temperature for sixteen hours, after which time it is
poured onto a large excess of ice (in a Pyrex beaker). Benzene is added;
the organic layer is separated and washed with water, with dilute sodium
bicarbonate, and again with water. The mixture is then dried and, after
evaporation of the benzene, distilled under diminished pressure. 2,4,6-
Triisopropylphenol (310 g., 95%) boils at 125°/7 mm.
TABULATION OF EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS

The summary of experimental results of the alkylation of various
aromatic compounds has been divided into tables on the basis of the
aromatic compound alkylated. These tables summarize the reagents
and catalysts used for the various alkylations and, when available, such
details as moles of reactants, solvent, temperature, time of reaction,
products, and yields.
In each table the alkylations have been arranged in order according to
the increasing number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group. These groups
are further subdivided in order on the basis of decreasing number of
hydrogen atoms; thus, examples of the introduction of the allyl group
follow those of the propyl, and examples of the introduction of the cyclo-
hexyl group follow those of the hexyl. For the introduction of any par-
ticular alkyl group, the arrangement is based on the alkylating agent.
Hydrocarbons, such as olefins, are first, then alkyl halides, followed by
alcohols and finally alcohol derivatives, such as ethers and esters of
organic and inorganic acids.
92
Since hydrogen fluoride boils at 20°, the liquid can be very readily withdrawn from
cooled inverted cylinders with a length of copper tubing leading from the valve of the
oylinder to a copper beaker or flask immersed in an ice bath. If the liquid is kept cold
(10° or below), it can be handled quite easily. The reactions should be carried out in a
hood, however, and all handling of the liquid should be done with long, heavy rubber
gloves as a precaution against accidental contact with the liquid.
TABLE I
REACTION OF BENZENE WITH ALUMINUM CHLO&IDE
Moles of Temperature,
Catalyst (moles) Time Products (% Yield) Reference *
Benzene °C.
10 AlCls (0.6) 125 24 hr. Ethylbenzene (1.6%), biphenyl (0.8%) 200, 163
AICI3—HC1 (—) Warm Methylphenylcyclopentane, diphenylcyclohexane 181
(m.p. 170°)
25 AlBr3 (3) 20 20 weeks Phenylcyclohexane (21 g.), biphenyl (1.5 g.), di- 335
phenylcyclohexane (2.0 g.)
* References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82.

to
TABLE II to
AliKYLATION OF BENZENE
.
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
of Alkylating Agent (moles) Catalyst (moles) perature, (unless Products (% Yield) Reference *
Benzene °C. noted
otherwise)
o
1 Methyl chloride (—) A1C13 (0.3) 80 _ Toluene, xylenes, trimethylbenzenes, 164
durene, penta- and hexa-methyl-
benzenes
I
Q
0.5 Methyl bromide (0.5) A1C13(O.1) 100 —- Xylene (plus toluene) 164
0.4 Methyl bromide (1.2) AICI3 (0.8) -40 — 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene (50%) 37
— Methyl iodide I2 (trace) 250 4-8 Toluene 277
6 Methyl alcohol (1) A1C13 (2) 90-95 9 Toluene (21%) 30
0.25 Methyl chloroformate (0.1) AICI3 (0.1) 0-80 1 Toluene (20%), m-xylene (20%) 231 o
1 Methyl formate (3) AICI3 (5) 25-95 — Mesitylene (46%) 261 GO
8 Methyl sulfate (0.25) Aids (0.36) 25-70 2 Toluene (60%) 214
5 Ethylene (10) AICI3 (0.4) 70-90 48-72 Ethylbenzene (34%, 60%), diethyl- 107, 252
* benzenes (20%), triethylbenzenes
1
(10%)
0.8 Ethylene (—) AICI3 (0.5) 80 3-4 sj/m-Triethylbenzene (70%) 167, 252,141
10 Ethylene (18.8) P2O6 (0.3) 250 — Ethylbenzene (18.4%), diethylben- 244,67
zenes (40%), triethylbenzenes
(20%), hexaethylbenzene (3%)
— Ethylene (—) H3PO4 ( - ) 300 12 Ethylbenzene, diethylbenzenes, tri- 204,67
ethylbenzenes
2 Ethylene (—) H2SO4 (1) ( - ) 10-20 — Ethylbenzene (5%) 341
BF 3 t (0.15)
3 Ethylene (0.9) BFjr-H 2 O (0.25) 20-25 - 8 Ethylbenzene (60%)* 199
— Ethylene (—) A1CU ( - ) — — Hexaethylbenzene (56-59%) 222
8 Polyethylbenzenes (ca. 1) A1C13(O.1) 80 5 Ethylbenzene (80%) 274,48
— Ethyl chloride A1C13 ( - ) — — Hexaethylbenzene (43%) 95,334
Ethyl chloride AICI3 (—) — — sym- and asj/m-Triethylbenzenes 219
13 Ethyl chloride (1.5) AlCl3(0.1) 100 — Ethylbenzene (50%) 290
1 Ethyl chloride (3) AICI3 (2) 25-50 24 sj/m-Triethylbenzene (85%) 37
6 Ethyl chloride (1) AKHgMO.l) 25 18 Ethylbenzene (76%) 347
11.3 Ethyl chloride (28) AlClj,(1.5) 70-75 12 1,3,5-and 1,2,4-Triethylbenzene (67%, 312
0 . 1;
11.3 Ethyl chloride (35) A1CI3(1.5) 70-75 12 1,2,4,5- and 1,2,3,5-Tetraethylbenzene 312
(52%, 1 : 1), pentaethylbenzene
(14%)
11.3 Ethyl chloride (40) AICI3 (1.5) 75-80 16 1,2,4,5- and 1,2,3,5-Tetraethylbenzene 312
3
(13%, 1 : 1), pentaethylbenzene CO
(39%), hexaethylbenzene (15%)
1 Ethyl bromide (3) AICI3 (2) 0-25 24 si/m-Triethylbenzene (85-90%) 37
1 Ethyl bromide (1) AlCU(O.l) 25 48-72 Ethylbenzene (33%) 293
25 Ethyl bromide (10) A1C13(1.1) 7-25 — Ethylbenzene (52%), polyethylben- 274 §
zenes (ca. 15%)
65 Ethyl bromide (4.4) AICI3 (0.8) 80 — Ethylbenzene (83%) 119
8 Ethyl bromide (2) Al—HC1 (0.1) 25-80 48-2 Ethylbenzene (70%) 275
8 Ethyl bromide (2) Al—HgCl2 (0.2) 0-25 3-48 Ethylbenzene (53%) 275
— Ethyl bromide (—) Aids ( - ) — m- and p-Diethylbenzenes 96, 161, 329
* References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-;82.

t When the BF 3 is omitted, no alkylation occurs (198, 341).
TABLE II—Continued
AliKYLATION OF BENZENE
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
Benzene °C. noted
otherwise)
Ethyl bromide (—) Aid, ( - ) 100 1,2,3,4-Tetraethylbenzene, t hexa- 166

ethylbenzene
— Ethyl bromide (—) A1CU ( - ) Cold —• 1,2,4,5-Tetraethylbenzene,t 1,2,3,4- 211 2
o
tetraethylbenzene, pentaethylben-
1.3 Ethyl iodide (0.5) AlCl3of A1I3(—) — —

zene
Ethylbenzene, polyethylbenzenes 164
I
0.1 Ethanol (0.1) ZnCl 2 (0.15) 300 — Ethylbenzene (poor yield) 171
1.6 Ethanol (0.3) A1C13 (0.6) 120-130 10 Ethylbenzene (49%), m-diethylben-
zene, diethylbiphenyl, and diethyl-
terphenyl
27,30
I
0.4 Ethanol (1.0) A1C13(1.5) 80 3 sj/m-Triethylbenzene (65-70%) 82
— Ethyl ether (—) AlClg (—) — — • Hexaethylbenzene (50%) 212
3.0 Ethyl ether (0.5) A1C13 (1.0) 25-120 48 Ethylbenzene (36%) 30
2 Ethyl ether (1) BF 3 (1) 150 3 Ethylbenzene (25%), p-diethylben- 264
zene (20%)
4 Ethyl ether (1) ZnCl 2 (1) 180 12 Ethylbenzene 108
2 Ethyl formate (0.45) A1C13 (0.67) 80 5 Ethylbenzene (63%)? diethylbenzene 234
(13%)
1 Ethyl formate (1) BF 3 (1) — — Ethylbenzene (6%) 23
1 Ethyl formate (3) A1CU (5) 0-95 — si/m-Triethylbenzene (50%) 261
— Ethyl chloroformate (—) A1C13 ( - ) Cold — Ethylbenzene, polyethylbenzene 164, 279
0.3 Ethyl chloroformate (0.2) AICI3 (0.1) 0-80 —. p-Diethylbenzene (40%) 231
8 Ethyl carbonate (0.5) AICI3 (0.72) 25-70 30 Ethylbenzene (56%) 214
2 Ethyl acetate (0.45) AlClg (0.67) 80 5 Ethylbenzene (45%), p-ethylaeeto- 217, 234,261
phenone (23%)
3 Ethyl acetate (0.25) A1C1S (0.3) 80 1 Ethylbenzene (60%) 28
— Ethyl acetate (—) AlCls ( - ) 0-25 25 Ethylbenzene (12-18.5%), m-diethyl- 261
• benzene (30-50%),. triethylben-
zene (8-18%) 4
— Ethyl chloroacetate (—) AICI3 ( - ) 80 —. Ethylbenzene 164, 279
8 Ethyl sulfate (0.5) AlCU (0.72) 0-70 2 Ethylbenzene (71%) 214 2
3 Ethyl sulfate (0.125) AICI3 (0.3) 80 1 Ethylbenzene (80%) 28
2 Ethyl p-toluenesulfonate AICI3 (0.2) 80 2 Ethylbenzene (64%) 139
(0.15)
8 Ethyl orthosilicate (0.25) • AICI3 (0.72) 25-70 20 Ethylbenzene (53%) 214
2.3 Cyclopropane (1) AICI3—HC1 (0.06) 0-5 5 n-Propylbenzene (65%) 26; 36
1 Cyclopropane (1) AICI3—HC1 (0.06) 25-30 3 n-Propylbenzene (30%), di-n-propyF- 36
benzene (20%) 36
1.1 Cyclopropane (0.4) H2SO4 (0.4) 2 1 n-Propylbenzene (10%) 206
1.1 Cyclopropane (0.6) HjSOi (80%) (3.0) 65 5 Cumene (58%) 26
— Cyclopropane (—) HF(-) 0 — n-Propylbenzene (42%), dipropylben- 307 0
zene (20%)
— Propylene (—) HF(-) 0 — Cumene (84%) 71,303
5 Propylene (23) HF(25) 20 24 1,2,4,5-Tetraisopropylbenzene (77%) 71
— Propylene (—) FeCl3 (0.3) 25 — Cumene (91%) 272
1 Propylene (0.75) A1C13 (0.1) 80 — Cumene (40%), ra-di- and s^m-triiso- 13
propylbenzenes

t Products isolated through treatment with concentrated sulfuric acid, suggesting possibility of a Jacobsen rearrangement (211). to
ALKYLATION OF BENZENE
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
Benzene • '
°C. noted
otherwise)
10
Propylene (—)
Propylene (7)
Prffe-H^PO* (-)
H2SO4 (96%) (3)
80
10 2
Cumene
Cumene (78%), p-diisopropylbenr
zenes (18%)
. 67
198
*
I
o
2 Propylene (3) H#O«(96%)(1.5) 10 2 Cumene (32%), p-diisopropylbenzene 198
(33%), triisopropylbenzene (12%),
* 1,2,4,5-tetraisopropylbenzene (2%)
—
2
Propylene (—)
Propylene (1.5)
H2SO4.(96%) ( - )
H2SO4(1)
—
4
—
2
1,2,4,5-Tetraisopropylbenzene (35%)
Cumene (35%), p-diisopropylbenzene
222
341
3
o
(18%)
2 Propylene (1.5) H2SO4 (1) ( - ) 4 2 Cumene (50%), p-diisopropylbenzene 341, 310
- BF 3 (0.15) (30%), 1,2,4-triisopropylbenzene
9.0 Polyisopropylbenzenes (65 g.) AICI3 (0.1) 80 6 Cumene (65 g.) 48
13 Cymene (0.75) AICI3 (0.03) 80 10 Toluene (80%), cumene (85-90%) 48
2 w-Propyl chloride (1) AICI3 (0.08) -6 5 n- and Isopropylbenzenes (41%; 3 : 2) 26
2 n-Propyl chloride (1) AICI3 (0.08) 35 5 ra- and Isopropylbenzenes (48%; 2 : 3) 26
6 n-Propyl chloride (1) Al(Hg),(0.1) 25 18 n- and Isopropylbenzenes (67%; 1 : 3) 347
1 n-Propyl chloride (3) AICI3 (1) -10 — sym-Triisopropylbenzene f (90%) 180
0.7 n-Propyl bromide (0.4) A1Q3 (0.07) -2 5 n-Propylbenzene (30%) 24 -
— n-Propyl bromide (—) Aid, (-) Below 0 — n-Propylbenzene (30%) 25
— n-Propyl bromide (—) HF(—) 80 — Isopropylbenzene (42%), n-propyl- 304
benzene (6%)
1.0 n-Propyl bromide (0.5) AlBr3 (—) — — Cumene (30%) 21
_ n-Propyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (80%) (—) 65 — Cumene (45%), p-diisopropylbenzene, 26,29
1,2,4-triisopropylbenzene
1.6 n-Propyl alcohol (0.5) A1C13 (0.7) 110 10 n-Propylbenzene (52%), m-di-n-pro- 26,27
pylbenzene (37%)
1 n-Propyl alcohol (1) B F 3 (1) 60 9 Cumene (20%), p-diisopropylbenzene 11
(20%)
2 n-Propyl alcohol (0.5) BFj—P2O6 (0.5) 80 3 Cumene (60%), p-diisopropylbenzene 14
(13%) .
1 n-Propyl formate (1) BF 3 (0.8) — — Cumene (30%), p-diisopropylbenzene 23
(30%)
3 n-Iropyl formate (0.25) AICI3 (0.2) 25-60 8 n-Propylbenzene (60%) 28
2 n-Propyl acetate (0.45) AICI3 (0.67) 80 5 Propylbenzene (32%), p-propylaceto- 234
phenone
1 n-Propyl sulfate (1) BF 3 (0.1) — — Cumene (40%), p-diisopropylbenzene 23
- (25%)
3 n-Propyl sulfite (0.125) AICI3 (0.2) 25-60 8~ n-Propylbenzene (66%) 28
— Isopropyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) — — Cumene, m- and o-diisopropylben- 300,323
zenes
4. Isopropyl chloride (1) Al—HC1 (0.1) 25 18 Cumene (66%) 275
6 Isopropyl chloride (1) Al(Hg),(0.1) 25 18 Cumene (83%) 347
1 Isopropyl chloride (3) AICI3 (1) -10 — sym-Triisopropylbenzene (90%) t 180
0.01 Isopropyl chloride (0.12) AIQ 3 (o.oi) 25 — 1,2,4,5-Tetraisopropylbenzene (10%) 334
— Isopropyl bromide (—) AlBr 3 (—) — — Cumene 21
0.7 Isopropyl alcohol (0.7) H2SO4 (80%) (6) 65 3-4 Cumene (65%) 29

t Proceeds through the fonnation of an intermediate crystalline complex, Al2Cl«-2Ci5H2(HCl (180).
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
Benzene °C. noted
otherwise)
2-5
7.5
Isopropyl alcohol (1.0)
Isopropyl alcohol (15)
A1C13 (0.5)
H28O4 (80%) (65)
30
65
24
5
Cumene (25%)
Cumene (8%), p-diisopropylbenzene
30,195
29, 218 1
(22%) 1,2,4-triisopropylbenzene
(8%), 1,2,4,5-tetraisopropylbenzene
1 Isopropyl alcohol (1) BF 3 (0.7) 25 12 Cumene (20%), p-diisopropylbenzene 11
(20%)
2 Isopropyl alcohol (0.5) BFs—P2O5 (0.5) 80 — Cumene (40%), p-diisopropylbenzene 14
(20%)
7 Isopropyl alcohol (1) HF(-) — — Cumene (22%), p-diisopropylbenzene
(14%), 1,2,3-triisopropylbenzene
306
I
(26%), 1,2,4,5-tetraisopropyl-
benzene (28%)
2 Isopropyl ether (1) BF 3 (—) — — Cumene (25%), p-diisopropylbenzene 264
(20%)
7 Isopropyl ether (1) HF(—) — — Cumene (26%), p-diisopropylbenzene 306
(24%), 1,2,4-triisopropylbenzene
(25%), 1,2,4,5-tetraisopropylben-
zene (8%)
2 Isopropyl phenyl ether (1) BF 3 ( - ) -•- — Cumene (25%), p-diisopropylbenzene 264
(10%)
1 Isopropyl acetate (1) BF 3 (1) — — Cumene (15%), p-diisopropylbenzene 23
- (10%)
1 Isopropyl acetate (1) BF 3 (1) — — Cumene (15%), p-diisopropylbenzene 23
(10%)
3 Isopropyl acetate (0.25) A1CU (0.3) 80 1 Cumene (68%) 28
— Isopropyl acetate (—) HF{-) 80 — Cumene (53%), acetophenone, p-iso- 309
propylacetophenone
1 Isopropyl trichloroacetate (1) BF 3 (0.3) — — Cumene (30%), p-diisopropylbenzene 23
(25%)
8 Isopropyl sulfate (0.5) AlCU (0.72) 0-70 2 Cumene (44%) 214
1 Isopropyl sulfate (1) BF 3 (0.05) — — Cumene (35%), p-diisopropylbenzene 23
(25%)
2 AUyl chloride (0.7) A1C13(O.15) — — n-Propylbenzene t (50%?) 12, 339, 340
— Allyl chloride (—) A1CU(-) — — Isopropylbenzene,t 1,2-diphenylpro- 302, 340
pane
3 AUyl chloride (0.6) FeCUorZnCl2(0.1) 25 — 2'-Chloro-n-propylbenjsene (30%), 12
1,2-diphenylpropane
.— AUyl chloride (—) H2SO4 ( - ) — — 2'-Chloroisopropylbenzene 67
1 Allyl alcohol (1) BF3 ( - ) — — AUylbenzene (8%) 11
— AUyl alcohol (—) HF(-) — — AUylbenzene (11-20%), 1,2-diphenyl- 305
propane (8-12%) O
3 Trimethylene bromide (0.45) A1C13 (0.25) 60-100 — n-Propylbenzene (35%) 1,3-diptenyl- 125 o
propane (20%)
— Isopropylidene chloride (—) AlCU ( - ) — • — Isopropylbenzene 302
— 1-Butene (—) HJSSO, (96%) (—) — — s-Butylbenzene, p-di-«-butylbenzene 198
— Isobutylene (—) P2OB ( - ) 200-240 2 t-Butylbenzene (50%), p-di-4-butyl- 244
benzene (15%)

t Bodroux (125) found that 1,2-diphenylpropane decomposed under the influence of aluminum chloride, yielding a mixture of n- and isopropylbemenee.
ALKYLATION OF BENZENE ••§
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
Benzene noted
•c. otherwise)
2 Isobutylene (2.5) HssSO4(96%)(1.5) 15 1.2 <-Butylbenzene (7%), p-di-f-butylben- 198, 222
— Isobutylene (—)
Isobutylene (—)
HF(-)
FeCla (0.3) 25
0 —
—
zene (77%), tri-t-butylbenzene (8%)
i-Butylbenzene (44%), p-di-t-butyl-
benzene (41%)
t-Butylbenzene (89%)
303
272
I
0.1 n-Butyl fluoride (0.1) A1C13(O.1) — — MButylbenzene (10%) 18
4 ra-Butyl chloride (0.8) A1C13 (0.6) 0 48 s-Butylbenzene (50%) 287
8 n-Butyl chloride (1.6) Al—HgCl2 (0.3) 0 48 n- and s-Butylbenzenes (62%) 151
6 n-Butyl chloride (0.5) Al—HgCl 2 (0.1) 80 — s-Butylbenzene (80%) 151
6 n-Butyl chloride (1) Al(Hg),(0.1) 25 18 s-Butylbenzene (36%), n-butylben- 347
zene
— n-Butyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (80%) ( - ) 70 — s-Butylbenzene, p-di-s-butylbenzene 29
1 n-Butyl alcohol (1) BF 3 (1) 60 9 s-Butylbenzene (35%), p-di-s-butyl- 11
benzene (25%)
2 n-Butyl alcohol (0.5) BF3—P2O6 (0.5) 80 — s-Butylbenzene (75%), p-di-s-butyl- 14
benzene (5-10%)
1 n-Butyl formate (1) BF 3 (1) 80 5 s-Butylbenzene (30%), p-di-s-butyl- 23
benzene (30%)
3 n-Butyl formate (0.25) Aicu (a. 3) 40-75 6 ' s-Butylbenzene (73%) 28
__ n-Butyl acetate (—•) HP(—) 80 — s-Butylbenzene (60%) 309
2 n-Butyl acetate (0.45) AICI3 (0.67) 80 5 Butylbenzene (32%), p-butylaceto- 234
phenone (9%)
3 n-Butyl propionate (0.25) AICI3 (0.3) 40-75 6 s-Butylbenzene (92%) 28
3 w-Butyl isobutyrate (0.25) AlCljj (0.3) 40-75 6 s-Butylbenzene (73%) 28
3 n-Butyl valerate (0.25) A1CU (0.3) 40-75 6 s-Butylbenzene (85%) 28
3 n-Butyl 2-ethylvalerate (0.25) AICI3 (0.3) 40-75 6 s-Butylbenzene (78%) 28
3 n-Butyl benzoate (0.25) AICI3 (0.3) 40-75 6 s-Butylbenzene (80%) 28
3 n-Butyl stearate (0.25) AICI3 (0.3) 40-75 6 s-Butylbenzene (40%) 28
3 n-Butyl oxalate (0.125) A1CU (0.3) 80 1 s-Butylbenzene (55%) 28
3 n-Butyl sulfite (0.125) AICI3 (0.3) 80 1 s-Butylbenzene (41%) 28
2.67 n-Butyl sulfate (0.17) AICI3 (0.24) 0-30 20 Butylbenzene (44%) 214
27 n-Butyl chlorosulfonate (3) AICI3 (6) 0-5 3 s-Butylbenzene (19%), ra-di-s-butyl- 111
benzene (27.%), chlorobenzene
(11%)
n-Butyl phosphate (1) BF 8 (1) s-Butylbenzene (8%), p-di-8-butyl 23
benzene (20%)
8 s-Butyl chloride (0.9) Al—HgCl2(0.15) 0 s-Butylbenzene (82%) 151
6 s-Butyl chloride (1) 25 18 (-Butylbenzene (60%) 347
s-Butyl alcohol (—) (80%) (—) 70 _ s-Butylbenzene, p-di-s-butylbenzene 29
2-5 s-Butyl alcohol (1.0) A1Q3 (0.5) 30 24 s-Butylbenzene (25, 60%) 195, 273
1 s-Butyl alcohol (1) BF 3 (0.7) 25 12 s-Butylbenzene (25, 50%), p-di-s- 11, 14, 273
butylbenzene (20%, 12%)
s-Butyl alcohol (0.5) BFa—P2O6 (0.5) s-Butylbenzene (45%), p-di-s-butyl 14
benzene (13%)
2
1.3
d-g-Butyl alcohol (0.32)
d-s-Butyl alcohol (0.32)
AICI3 (0.3)
BF 3 (0.2)
0-25
25
12
18
d^s-Butylbenzene (50%) 273
Z-s-Butylbenzene (48%) (99.5% race- 273, 351
§
mized)
0.75 Z-s-Butyl alcohol (0.16) H3PO4 (0.78) 70 2 d-s-Butylbenzene (12%) 351
0.75 ks-Butyl alcohol (0.16) H 2 SO 4 (0.18) 50 3 (^•s-Butylbenzene (37%), di-s-butyl- 351
benzene (40%)
0.75 Z-*-Butyl alcohol (0.16) BF a 20 12 d-s-Butylbenzene (51%) 351
0.75 alcohol (0.16) HF (1.62) 16 5 J-s-Butylbenzene (30%), di-s-butyl- 351
benzene (27%)
CO

Co
TABLE II—Continued to
ALKYLATTON OF BENZENE
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
Benzene °C. noted
otherwise)
i s-Butyl formate (1) BF 3 (1) s-Butylftenzene (20.%), p-di-s-butyl- 23

benzene (15%)
i s-Butyl acetate (1) BF 3 (0.9) — — s-Butylbenzene (25%), p-di-s-butyl- 23
benzene (15%)
— s-Butyl isobmtyrate (—) HF(—) 80 • — s-Butylbenzene (56%) 309
—. Isobutyl chloride (0.5) AICI3 ( - ) — : <-Butylbenzene t (55%) 25, 175 >
12 Isobutyl chloride (3.3) A1C13(2.2) . 0 48 «-Butylbenzene f (60%) 287
8 Isobutyl chloride (1.1) A1C13 '0.7) 4 48 t-Butylbenzene | (70%) p-di-t-butyl- 295
benzene and tri-<-butylbenzene,
m.p. 128°
0.08 Isobutyl alcohol (0.1) ZnCl 2 (0.15) 260-270 48-72 iso- and t-Butylbenzenes 171, 296
13 Isobutyl alcohol (2) H2SO4—SO3(30%) 0 0.7-0.8 <-Butylbenzene (50%), p-di-«-butyl- 326
(1 kg.) benzene (40%)
0.2 Isobutyl alcohol (0.2) H2SO4 (70%-80%) 70 4 ^•Butylbenzene (70%), p-di-<-butyl- 29
(5) benzene
1 Isobutyl alcohol (1) BF 3 (0.7) — — <-Butylbenzene (12%), p-di-t-butyl- 11
benzene (10%)
1 Isobutyl formate (1) BF 3 (1) — — t-Butylbenzene (25%), p-di-t-butyl- 23
- benzene (30%)
— Isobutyl chloroformate (—) A1C13 (—) 0 — (-Butylbenzene 231
— Isobutyl chloroformate (—) A1C13 (—) Warm — p-Di-(-butylbenzene (28 %), tri-(-butyl- 231
benzene (15%) (m.p. 128°)
3 Isobutyl acetate (0.25) AICI3 (0.2) 25-60 8 {-Butylbenzene (33%) 28
2 {-Butyl chloride (0.6) AICI3 (0.4) 0 48 (-Butylbenzene (60%) 287
— {-Butyl chloride (—) HF (—) 0 — (-Butylbenzene (10%), p-di-(-butyl- 304
benzene (60%)
1.3 (-Butyl chloride (0.3) FeCl3 (0.08) 25 —. (-Butylbenzene (80%) 42
6 (-Butyl chloride (1) Al(Hg)j; (0.1) 25 18, (-Butylbenzene (75%) 347
— (-Butyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (70-80%) 70 — {-Butylbenzene, p-di-(-butylbenzene 29
2-5 (-Butyl alcohol (1.0) AICI3 (0.5) 30 24 (-Butylbenzene (67%, 84%) 30, 195
— (-Butyl alcohol (—) AlCls (—) 80-95 8 Toluene, ethylbenzene, cumene 30
1 (-Butyl alcohol (1) BF 3 (0.3) 25 12 (-Butylbenzene (25%), di-(-butylben- 11
zene (25%)
— (-Butyl alcohol (—) HF(-) — — {-Butylbenzene (40%), p-di-t-butyl- 306
benzene (50%)
5 {-Butyl alcohol (1) FeClg (1) 25 ,— {-Butylbenzene (82%) 85
—
1.63
(-Butyl acetate (—)
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
HF(-) *
AICI3—HC1 (0.07)
80
25-50
16
4
{-Butylbenzene (72%), acetophen-
one
309
176
Io
(1.40)
(-Butylbenzene (35%), di-^butylben-
zenes (25%), isobutane (70%) o
0.7 2,2,4-Trimethylpentane (0.5) H3PO 4 (0.15) 450 6 {-Butylbenzene (20%) 201
0.5 2,2,3-Trimethylpentane AICI3—HC1 (0.03) 80-90 11 (-Butylbenzene (15%) 34
(0.25)
0.7 p-Di-£-butylbenzene (0.025) AICI3 (0.002) — — (-Butylbenzene (90%) 48
6 p-Di-t-butylbenzene (0.25) FeCl8 (0.2) 83 4 {-Butylbenzene (85%) 197

t Boedtker (128) has reported that t-butylbeniene prepared from isobutyl chloride may be contaminated with MO- and s-butylbenzenes. CO
CO
CO
TABLE II—Continued f
ALKYLATTON OP BENZENE
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
Benzene • °c. noted
otherwise)
»
2 p-Di-f-butyl benzene (0.5) Hi!SO4(1.5) 50 5 t-Butylbenzene (31%), pn!-butylben- 197

zenesulfonic acid (25%)
2 p-Di-t-butyl benzene (0.5) H3PO4 (2) 300 6 t-Butylbenzene (23%) 197 o
3.0 Poly-t-butyl benzenes (22 g.) AICI3 (0.03) —. — f-Butylbenzene (5 g.) 48
2 p-«-Butyl phenol (0.5) AICI3 (0.67) 80 8 t-Butylbenzene, phenol 311
2 2-p-Hydroxyphenyl-2,4,4-tri- AICI3 (0.67) 25 12 days i-Butylbenzene (50%) 311 b
methylpentane (0.5) H
2 2-p-Hydroxyphenyl-2,4,4-tri- AICI3 (0.67) 80 8 <-Butylbenzene (70%) 311
methylpentane (0.5) 5
CD
2 Isobutylene bromide (0.35) AlCl3(0.15) 0-100 1.5 Isobutylbenzene (25%), 1,2-diphenyl- 126
2-methylpropane (30%)
1.3 n-Pentane (0.7) AICI3—HQ (0.06) 175 8 Toluene (10%), ethylbenzene (25%) 34
1.3 Isopentane (0.7) AlCU—HCl (0.06) 175 8 Toluene (10%), ethylbenzene (25%) 34
0.4 1-Pentene (0.3) H2SO 4 (96%)(0.6) 5 1.2 2- and 3-Phenylpentanes (65%; ca. 26
6.1)
2-Pentehe (—) HF(-) 0 s-Amylbenzenes (47%) 303
5 3-Methyl-l-butene (3) H2SO4(96%)(1.8) 5 2 <-Amylbenzene (20%), di-t-amylben- 205
zene(56%)
0.5 3-MethyU-butene (0.25) AICI3—HO (0.08) 5 1.7 3-Methyl-2-phenylbutane (12%) 26
Trimethylethylene (3) H2SO 4 (96%)(1.8) 5 2 <-Amylbenzene (18%), di-<-amylben- 205
zene (50%)
Trimethylethylene (—) HF(-) 0 — i-Amylbenzene (21%), p-di-<-amyl- 303
benzene (60%)
2.3 Amylene (0.7) A1C13 (0.2) 80 — t-Amylbenzene (20%) 149
Amylene (—) H2SO4 (—) Amyl-, di-, and tri-amylbenzenes 198
1.2 Methylcyclobutane (0.4) HjSO* (0.9) 2 2.5 J-Amylbenzene (2%) 206
0.3 Methylcyclobutane (0.15) AlClj—HC1 (0.01) 25 22 Amylbenzenes (25% isoamylbenzene
+ isomers) 36
1.5 Cyclopentane (0.7) AICI3—HQ (0.07) 150 8 Amylbenzenes, cyclopentylbenzene
(8%) 36
0.5 n-Amyl alcohol (0.3) H2SO4 (80%) (7) 70 6 2- and 3-Phenylpentanes (60%; ca. O
3:2) 26
4* • n-Amyl alcohol (0.5) BFS—P2O5 (0.5) 80 s-Amylbenzene (85%5 14
2 n-Amyl ether (1) BF 3 ( - ) 150 3 s-Amylbenzene (20%) 264
Isoamyl chloride (—) AlCU ( - ) <-Amylbenzene 164
Isoamyl chloride (1.6) A1C13(1.4) 0 48 <-Amylbenzene (20%) 287
Isoamyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) 0or80 Isoamylbenzene, 2-phenyl-3-methyl- 228
butane, fr-amylbenzene
Isoamyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) t-Amylbenzene (70%) 170
0.8
Isoamyl bromide (—)
Isoamyl alcohol (0.8)
AICI3 ( - )
H2SO4 (80%) (6) 65 5
<-Amylbenzene
i-Amylbenzene (36%)
98
26 8
2 Isoamyl ether (1) BF, ( - ) 150 3 t-Amylbenzene (10%) 264
7.5 oct-Amyl chloride (aD = AlCU (0.4) <-Amylbenzene, diamylbenzene 101
0.11°) (2)
2-5 2-Pentanol (1.0) AICI3 (0.5) 30 24 2-Phenylpentane (25%) 195
2-5 3-Methyl-2-butanol (1.0) AICI3 (0.5) 30 24 3-Methyl-2-phenylbutane (25%) 195
2 <-Amyl chloride (0.2) AlCls(O.l) 0 <-Amylbenzene (40%) 149, 287
* References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82. CO

CO
TABLE II—Continued a
AliKYliATIOK OF BENZENE
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
Benzene °C. noted
otherwise)
i-Amyl chloride (—) HF(—) 0 <-Amylbenzene (42%), p-di-£-amyl-

benzene (22%)
304 I
— f-Amyl bromide (—) AICI 3 (—) — — <-Amylbenzene 98
7 t-Amyl alcohol (1) HF(—) — — ^•Amylbenzene (40%), di-t-amylben- 306
/ zene (50%)
e.2 Neopentyl chloride (0.15) A1C13 (0.04) 0 — 2-Methyl-3-phenylbutane (24%) 270
0.25 Neopentyl alcohol (0.25) HJ3O« (80%) (3) 65 6 <-Amylbenzene (30%) .270 3-
1.0 Neopentyl alcohol (0.25) A1C13 (0.33) 80 8 Neopentylbenzene (9%) *270 s
6 p-Di-t-amylbenzene (0.25) FeCl3 (0.25) 80 5 <-Amylbenzene (70%) 197
2 p-i-Amylphenol (0.5) AlQs (0.67) 25 12 days i-Amylbenzene, phenol 311
— Cyclopentyl chloride (—) A1C13 (—) 15 3 Cyclopentylbenzehe (47%) 349
1.3 Cyclobutylcarbinol (0.3) A1Q3 (0.2) 25 24 Benzylcyclobutane t (29%) 194
1.3 Cyclobutylcarbinol (0.3) AICI3 (0.2) 75-80 — Benzylcyclobutane f (21%) 194
0.6 n-Hexane (0.6) HsPO4 (0.2) 450 10 Cumene (15%), butylbenzene (10%) 201
1-2 , n-Hexane (0.6) A1C13—HC1 (0.06) 175 8 Toluene (10%), ethylbenzene (25%) 334
1 1-Hexene (1) H 2 SO 4 (0.1) 25 —. 2-Phenylhexane (50%) 134
1 3-Hexene (0.66) HF-(—) — • — 3-Phenylhexane (59%) 315
1 3-Hexene (0.66) HgBOiFi (—) — — 3-Phenylhexane (24%) 315
1 3-Hexene (0.05) H2SO4 ( - ) — — 3-Phenylhexane (50%) 315
1 3-Hexene (3.0) HF (—) p-Dihexylbenzene (41%) 315
10 2-Chloro-2-methylpentane AlClg (0.2) 2-Phenyl-2-methylpentane (50%) 291
(1)
2-Methyl-2-pentanol (—) A1C13 ( - ) — 2-Phenyl-2-methylpentane (50%) 195
10 3-Chloro-3-methylpentane (1) A1C13(O.2) 3-Phenyl-3-methylpentane 291
3-Methyl-2-pentanol (—) A1CU ( - ) 3-Phenyl-3-methylpentane 195
2,3-Dimethyl-2-butanol (—) AlCls ( - ) 2,3-Dimethyl-2-phenylbutane 195
4 Cyclohexene (4) AICI3 (0.4) 25-55 Cyclohexylbenzene (10%) 13
(Excess) Cyclohexene (1) H2SO4 (1) — 0.5 Cyclohexylbenzene (70%), p-dicyclo- 67, 81, 350
hexylbenzene (25%)
4.5 Cyclohexene (1.5) AICI3 (0.45) 25 3 Cyclohexylbenzene (70%), diphenyl- 58, 350 S
cyclohexane (m.p. 169-170°) O
Cyclohexene (—) HF(-) 0 Cyclohexylbenzene (62%) 303 W
1.3 Cyclohexyl chloride (0.4) A1CU (0.05) 5-25 — Cyclohexylbenzene (50-60%), m-di- 232, 246 v
cyclohexylbenzene and p-diphenyl-
cyclohexane
0.7 Cyclohexanol (0.6) HjSO4 (80%) (6) 70 — Cyclohexylbenzene (50%), dicyclo- 29
hexylbenzene
1.0 Cyclohexanol (0.4) A1CU (0.25) 80 2 Cyclohexylbenzene (62%), p- and m- 320
1
Cyclohefxanol (1)
Cyclohexyl acetate (1)

BF 3 (0.7)
BF 3 (0.3)
dicyclohexylbenzenes, sj/m-tricyclo-
hexylbenzene
Cyclohexylbenzene (35%), p-dicyclo-
hexylbenzene (25%)
Cyclohexylbenzene (25%), p-dicyclo-
11
23
1
hexylbenzene (12%)
1.7 Cyclopentylcarbinol (0.4) AlCls, (0.2) 75-80 — Benzylcyclopentane f (45%) 194
10 3-Chloro-2-methylhexane (1) A1CU (0.2) 3-Methyl-3-phenylhexane (40%) 182
10 3-Chloro-3-ethylpentane (1) AICI3 (0.2) 3-Ethyl-3-phenylpentane 291
* References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82. CO

t No proof was offered that rearrangement
rearrangemen of the alkyl group had not occurred.
Co
oo
ALKTLATION OF BENZENE
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
Benzene °C. noted
otherwise)
10
1.3
2,4-Dimethyl-2-chloropen-
tane (1)
1,1-Dichloroheptane (0.1)
AICI3 (0.2) 2,4-Dimethyl-2-phenylpentane
n-Heptylbenzene, 1,1-diphenylhep-
291
100, 230
I
Q
AICI3 (0.1) 40-50 4
2.6 1,1-Dichloroheptane (0.3) AICI3 (0.05) 25-30 48

tane ( 3 : 1 )
n-Heptylbenzene, 1,1-diphenylhep- 100, 230 I
2.5 3-Methylcyclohexene (0.7) AICI3 (0.25) 25 3
tane (1 : 2.5)
Methylphenylcyclohexane (33%), di- 58
s
ht
(methylcyclohexyl)-benzene
— 3-Methylcyclohexyl chloride AICI3 (—) — — 3-Methyl-l-phenylcyclohexane 233
1.6 Cyclohexylcarbinol (0.3) AICI3 (0.2) 75-80 Benzylcyclohexane f (7%) 194

0.5 Benzyl chloride (0.08) ZnCh (0.8) 80 12 Diphenylmethane (30%) 164
0.8 Benzyl chloride (0.25) Zn (0.4) 80 3 Diphenylmethane (15%) toluene 164, 343
0.8 Benzyl chloride (0.2) Ti (0.1) 90 10 Diphenylmethane (30%) 297
0.5 Benzyl chloride (0.08) AICI3 (0.04) — — Diphenylmethane (45%) 164
0.9 Benzyl chloride (0.8) A1C13(O.15) 7 — Diphenylmethane (80%), p- and 0- 274
dibenzylbenzene
4.5 Benzyl chloride (0.4) Al—HC1 (0.1) 25 18 Diphenylmethane (63%) 275
4.5 Benzyl chloride (0.4) Al—HgCU(0.1) 0 3- Diphenylmethane (60%) 275
25 48
0.7 Benzyl chloride (0.25) Al(Hg)x (0.5 g.) 100 — Diphenylmethane (35%) 190
— Benzyl chloride (—) SnCL, (—) — — Diphenylmethane (35%) 346
3 Benzyl chloride (0.1) Ag2SO4 or 80 4 Diphenylmethane (50%) 292
CH 2 (SOsAg) 2
(0.05)
4 Benzyl chloride (0.2) T1C13(O.1) 80 — Diphenylmethane, p- and m-dibenzyl- 217
benzene
2 Benzyl chloride (0.2) TiCl4(0.15) 80 — Diphenylmethane (40%) p- and m- 316'
dibenzylbenzene (8%, and9%, resp.)
— Benzyl chloride (—) HF(—) — .— Diphenylmethane (56%) 305
2 Benzyl chloride (0.5) NaCl-AlCl 3 (0.15) 15-20 2 Diphenylmethane (50%) 263
0.5 Benzyl chloride (0.1) TeO2 (0.06) 80 72 Diphenylmethane (40%) 158
9 Benzyl alcohol (—) HF(-) — — Diphenylmethane (65-70%) 306
— Benzyl alcohol (—) H2SO4—HOAc (—) Cold — • Diphenylmethane 250 i
2 Benzyl alcohol (0.15) P 2 O 6 (0.2) 25 48 Diphenylmethane (30%) 258 H
U2
2 Benzyl alcohol (0.15) AlCl 3 (0.1) 25 48 Diphenylmethane (50%) 258
2.5 Benzyl alcohol (0.5) A1CU (0.3) 30-35 120 Diphenylmethane (55%), p- and o-di- 192
benzylbenzenes, anthracene
0.3 Benzyl alcohol (0.2) HjSCU (70%) (4) 40 3 Diphenylmethane (40-50%), p-diben- 29 o
. zylbenzene
1 Benzyl alcohol (1) BF3 (6.7) — — Diphenylmethane (15%), p-dibenzyl- 11
benzene (20%)
— Benzyl methyl ether (—) SnCU (—) — — Diphenylmethane 346
4 Benzyl methyl ether (0.2) TICI3 (0.1) 80 — Diphenylmethane, p- and m-dibenzyl- 217
benzene
— Benzyl ethyl ether (0.15) P 2 O 5 (0.15) 80 — Diphenylmethane (40%) 251,258
• References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82. CO

t No proof was offered that rearrangement of the alkyl group had not occurred. CO
AliKYIATION OF BENZENE
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
Benzene °C. noted
otherwise)
2 Benzyl ethyl ether (0.4) SnCU (0.2) Diphenylmethane (25%), p- and m- 346
dibenzylbenzenes
0.7 Benzyl ethyl ether (0.4) A1C13 (0.3) 45 — Diphenylmethane (15%) 192, 217 o
4 Benzyl ethyl ether (0.5) TiCU (0.25) — 1 Diphenylmethane (55%), p- and m- 316
dibenzylbenzenes (25%)
2 Benzyl ethyl ether (1) BF 3 ( - ) — — Diphenylmethane (20%) 264
—
4
3.3
Benzyl n-propyl ether (1)
Benzyl n-propyl ether (1)
Benzyl isoamyl ether (—•)

BF 3 (0.5)
BF 3 (1)
SnCU (—)
80-90
80-90
— —
2
2
Diphenylmethane (33%)
Diphenylmethane (46%), cumene
(11%)
Diphenylmethane
255
255
346
1
CD
2 Benzyl ether (1) BF 3 (—) — •

— Diphenylmethane (15%), dibenzyl- 264
benzenes (20%), etc.
— Benzyl ether (—) HF(—) — — Diphenylmethane (65-70%) 306
— Benzyl acetate (—) HF(—) 80 — Diphenylmethane (75%) 309
— Benzyl benzoate (—) SnCU (—) — — Diphenylmethane, p-dibenzylbenzene 346
— Benzyl benzoate (—) A1C13 (—) — — Diphenylmethane, p-dibenzylbenzene 217
— Octene (—) H2SO4 (—) — — Octyl- and dioctyl-benzene 198
8 n-Octyl alcohol (1) BF3—P2O5 (1) 80 — s-Octylbenzene (79%) 14
2.5 2-Methyl-2-heptanol (0.5) AICI3 (0.25) 25 — 2-Methyl-2-phenylheptane (24) 31
10 4-Chloro-4-methylheptane (1) A1C13 (0.2) — 4-Methyl-4-phenylheptane (70%) 182
2.5 2,3-Dimethyl-2-hexanol (0.5) AICI3 (0.25) 10 2,3-Dimethyl-2^phenylhexane (20%) 31
2.5 2,4-Dimethyl-2-hexanol (0.5) AICI3 (0.25) 25 2,4-Dimethyl-2-phenylhexane (25%) 31
10 2-Chloro-2,5-dimethylhexane AICI3 (0.2) — 2,5-Dimethyl-2-phenylhexane 182
(1)
10 3-Chloro-3-ethylhexane (1) AICI3 (0.2) — 3-Ethyl-3-phenylhexane (50%) 182
2.5 3-Ethyl-2-methyl-2-pentanol AICI3 (0.25) 10 3-Ethyl-2-methyl-2-phenylpentane 31
(0.-5) (18%)
2.5 2,3,3-Trimethyl-2-pentanol AICI3 (0.25) -15 — 2,3,3-Trimethyl-2-phenylpentane ' 31
(0.5) (4%), t-butylbenzene (9%)
2.5 2,4,4-Trimethyl-2-pentanol AICI3 (0.25) -15 — 2,4,4-Trimethyl-2-phenylpentane 31
(22%), i-butylbenzene (18%) d
(0.5)
2.5 2,4,4-Trimethyl-2-pentanol AICI3 (0.25) 10 — 2,4,4-Trimethyl-2-phenylpentane 31
(0.5) (10%), t-butylbenzene (42%)
4 Styrene (0.25) AICI3 (0.01) 25 — 1,1-Diphenylethane (5%) (mainly 259, 288
polystyrene)
4 0-Phenylethyl chloride (0.25) AICI3 (0.02) 25 45 1,2-Diphenylethane (85%) 259
a-Phenylethyl bromide (—) Zn(—) 1,1-Diphenylethane 276
5 a-Phenylethyl alcohol (1) AICI3 (0.5) 10 8 days 1,1-Diphenylethane (65%), ethyl- 193
benzene (4%), diphenylmethane
I
1 1 1 1«
0.4 m-Xylyl chloride (4) AICI3 (0.02) 80 0.1-0.2 m-Benzyltoluene (55%) 294
0.4 m-Xylyl chloride (4) AICI3 (0.02) Cold m-Benzyltoluene (45%) 294
o-Xylyl chloride (—) Zn(-) o-Benzyltoluene 110
Nonene (—) H2SO4 (—) Nonyl- and dinonyl-benzenes 198
10 4-Chloro-4-ethylheptane (1) AICI3 (0.2) 4-Ethyl-4-phenylheptane (75%) 181
10 3-Chloro-3,6-dimethylheptane AICI3 (0.2) 3,6-Dimethyl-3-phenylheptane (50%) 182
(1)

to
Time,
Moles Tem- hours
Benzene °C. noted
otherwise)
10 3-Chloro-3-ethyl-5-methylhex- A1C13 (0.2)

ane (1) "
3-Ethyl-5-methyl-3-phenylhexane
(45%)
181 • 1
5 a-Phenylpropanol (1) AlCU (0.5) 10 12 days 1,1-Diphenylpropane (40%), n-pro- 193 8
pylbenzene (12%), diphenylmeth-
ane (4%)
— Allylbenzene (—•) HF(—) — — 1,2-Diphenylpropane (63%) 305
10 4-Chloro-4-n-propylheptane A1C13 (0.2) — — 4-Phenyl-4-n-propylheptane (45%) 182
(1) (plus didecylbenzene) i
10 4-Chloro-2,4,6-trimethylhep- AICI3 (0.2) — — 2,4,6-Trimethyl-4-phenylheptane 182 03
tane (1) (65%)
1.2 Menthene (0.3) AICI3 (0.15) 25 3 Menthylbenzene (22%) 58
— Menthyl chloride (—) A1C13 (—) — — Menthylbenzene 25
10 4-Chloro-4-n-propyl-2- AICI3 (0.2) — — 2-Methyl-4-phenyl-4-n-propylheptane 182
methylheptane (1) (50%)
— 5-Phenyl-l-chloropentane (—) A1C1 3 (-) — — Cyclopentylbenzene, 1,5-diphenylpen- 132
tane
— Dodecene (—) H2SO4 ( - ) — —. Dodecyl- and didodecylbenzenes 198
4 n-Dodecyl alcohol (0.5) BF3—P2O5 (0.5) 80 —• s-Dodecylbenzene (33%) 14
2 n-Dodecyl alcohol (0.5) BF3—CeHsSOsH 80 — s-Dodecylbenzene (45%) 14
(0.5)
10 5-Chloro-2,5,8-trimethylno- AICI3 (0.2) — — 2,5,8-Trimethyl-5-phenylnonane 182
nane (1) (70%)
1.1 1-Phenylcyclohexene (0.25) A1C1 3 (O.1) 25 3 Diphenylcyclohexane (20%) 58
10 5-Chloro-2,8-<Iimethyl-5- A1C13 (0.2) — — 5-Ethyl-2,8-dimethyl-5-phenylnonane 182
ethylnonane (1) (60%)
— Benzhydryl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (—) 50 — Diphenylmethane (35%), triphenyl- 130
methane (2%), triphenylmethyl
chloride (30%)
0.7 Benzhydrol (0.02) P2O6 (0.05) 0 48 Triphenylmethane (70%) 258
5 Benzhydrol (1) AICI3 (1) 10 72 Triphenylmethane (70%), diphenyl- 193
methane (1%)
0.7 Benzhydryl ether (0.01) P 2 O 6 (0.04) 0 48 Triphenylmethane (60%) 258
0.7 Benzhydryl acetate (0.03) H2SO4—HOAc 0 48 Triphenylmethane (40%) 251
(0.02)
0.5 9-Chlorofluorene (0.03) A1C1 3 (O.1) 80 3 9-Phenylfluorene 333
— 9-Hydroxyfluorene (0.06) PsO5-(0.1) 140-150 5 9-Phenylfluorene 185
10 5-Chloro-2,8-dimethyl-5-n- AICI3 (0.2) — — 2,8-Dimethyl-5-phenyl-5-n-propylno- 182
propylnonane nane (80%) .
— p-Methylbenzhydrol (—) P2O5 (—) 130-150 2-3 Diphenyl-p-tolylmethane 156
10 5-Chloro-2,8-dimethyl-5-iso- AICI3 (0.2) — "— 5-Isobutyl-2,8-dimethyl-5-phenylno- 182
butylnonane (1) nane
•— Di-p-xylylcarbinol (—) P2O6 ( - ) 140 4 2,5,2',5'-Tetramethyltriphenylmeth- 146
ane
— n-Octadecyl bromide (—) AICI3 (—) — — 56
n-Octadecylbenzene (50%)

TABLE III
ALKYLATION OF HALOGENATED BENZENE DERIVATIVES
Aromatic Compound Catalyst Tem- Eefer-

(moles) Alkylating Agent (moles)
(moles) perature, Time,
hours Products (% Yield) ence *
°C.
Chlorobenzene (5) Ethylene (—) AICI3 (1) 100 — o-, TO-, and p-Chloroethylbenzenes 46
(2 : 3 : 1), chlorodiethylbenzenes,
etc.. O
Chlorobenzene (5) Ethyl bromide (2) AlCUtO.l) 100 p-Chloroethylbenzene 290
Chlorobenzene (1) Ethyl alcohol (0.6) . AICI3 (1) 80-90 2-3 p-Chloroethylbenzene (40%) 45 S
©
Chlorobenzene (l) Isopropyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 70 — p-Chlorocumene (75%) 29
(80%) ( - )
Chlorobenzene (1) Isopropyl alcohol (1) p-Chlorocumene (62%) 45 C
A1C13 (1) 80-90 2-3
Chlorobenzene (1) «-Butyl alcohol (0.5) AICI3 (0.4) 80-90 2-3 p-s-Butylchlorobenzene (50%) 45 pi
Chlorobenzene (1.4) Isobutyl alcohol (1.0) AlClad.5) 80-90 2-3 p-t-Butylchlorobenzene (30%) 45
Chlorobenzene (1) «-Butyl alcohol (0.5) AICI3 (0.2) 80-90 2-3 p-f-Butylchlorobenzene (65%) 45 5
> •
Chlorobenzene (3.5) Isoamyl chloride (0.6) AlCls(O.l) 100 p-<-Amylchlorobenzene 170 ^5
WOT,
Chlorobenzene (1) Isoamyl alcohol (0.5) AICI3 (0.6) 80-90 2-3 p-<-Amylchlorobenzene (35%) 45
Chlorobenzene (l) i-Amyl alcohol (0.5) AICI3 (0.2) 80-90 2-3 p- aridTO-i-Amylchlorobenzene(50%) 45
Chlorobenzene (1) 3-Hexene (0.66) HF(—) — — 2-(p-Chlorophenyl)hexane (25%) 315 GO
Chlorobenzene (1.5) Cyclohexyl chloride (0.5) A1C13(O.1) 25 — p-Cyelohexylehlorobenzene (70%) 246
o-Dichlorobenzene (0.7) Methyl chloride (—) AICI3 (0.2) 100 12 Hexamethylbenzene, trichloromesit- 165
ylene 165
Bromobenzene (2.5) Ethyl bromide (2) AICI3 (0.1) 100 o-, and p-Bromoethylbenzenes 290
Bromobenzene (1) Ethyl bromide (2) AICI3 (2) 0-25 . 24 sym-Triethylbenzene, p-dibromoben- 348
zene
Bromobenzene (15) Isoamyl chloride (1) AICI3 (0.2) 25 48-72 p-J-Amylbromobenzene 170
Bromobenzene (7.5) Cyclohexyl chloride (2.5) AICI3 (0.6) 25 12 o-, m-, and p-Cyclohexylbromoben- 54, 135,
zene (65%), p-dibromobenzene 246

TABLE IV
ALKYLATION OF TOLUENE
Moles Tem-
pf. . Alkylating Agent (moles) Catalyst (moles) perature, lime, Products (% Yield) Reference *
Toluene °C. hours
30 Methyl chloride (—) AlCls (10) 80 m-Xylene and p-xylene (20 : 1), pseu- 94
documene and mesitylene (5 : 1),
durene and isodurene
60 Methyl chloride (—) AICI3 (20) 80 — o-Xylene and m- and p-xylenes), 50, t 209
pseudocumene, mesitylene
3.5 Methyl chloride (—) Aids 0.55) 93-95 — Durene (30%) 117
1.5 Methyl chloride (0.4) Aids 1.5) 0 2 0-, m- and p-Xylenes ( 5 : 3 : 2 ) 37
1.5 Methyl chloride (0.4) Aids 1.5) 100 0.1 TO- and o-Xylenes (50 : 1) 37
1.9 Methyl bromide (0.6) Aids 0.9) 0 1 0-, m- and p-Xylenes ( 2 : 1 : 1 ) 37
1.9 Methyl bromide (0.6) Ald3 0.9) 95 — TO-, p- and o-Xylenes (10 : 1 : 1) 37
2.5 Methyl alcohol (1) Ald3 (2) 100 3 Mesitylene (53%) 30,82
0.2 Methyl chloroformate (0.2) Aids (0.15) 80 0.25 p-Xylene, pseudocumene 231
0.6 Ethylene (—) Ald 3 (0.5) 80-90 3-4 3,5-Diethyltoluene (good yield) 167
3 Ethylene (3) Aids (0.2) 80 — Ethyltoluene (35%) 13
0.5 Ethyl bromide (1.0) Ald 3 (1.0) -10 18 3,5-Diethyltoluene (78%) 37
0.9 Ethanol (0.5) Aids (0.75) 140 8 m- and p-Ethyltoluene (74%), diethyl- 27
toluene (20%)
0.25 Ethyl chloroformate (0.2) Aids (0.1) 25-80 . 3,4-Diethyltoluene (35%) 231
7 Propylene (2) Aids (0.5) 80 — p-Cymene (50%) 13
9.4 Propylene (16.6) PsO» (0.3) 150 — p-Cymene (50%) 244
— Propylene (—) H2SO4 (—) 15 — p-Cymene (50%) 198, 310
0.9 Propyl alcohol (0.5) Ald 3 (0.7) 125 4 m- and p-Propyltoluene (85%), dipro- 27
pyltoluenes (10%)
— Isopropyl chloride (—•) Aids ( - ) —. — TO-Cymene 301, 302
5 Isopropyl iodide (0.6) Aids (0.3) 80-100 — m-Cymene (75%) 215
* References 93-350 appear on pp. 7&-S2.

t Jaoobsen [reference 50, p. 342 (footnote 1)] points out that the aluminum chloride-catalyzed decomposition of pseudocumene (I) to m-xylene (II) suggests that (I)
is an intermediate in the formation of II by the methylation of toluene, as reported by Ador and Rilliet (94). en
O5
TABLE IV—Continued
AlKYLATION OF TOLTJENB
Moles Tem- Time,

of Alkylating Agent (moles) Catalyst (moles) perature, hours Products (% Yield) Reference *
Toluene °C.
0.4 Isopropyl alcohol (0.4) H2SO4 (80%) (5) 70 _ p-Cymene (35%), diisopropyltoluene 29, 218
0.9 2,2,4-Trimethylpentane (0.6) AICI3—HC1 (0.04) 80-90 8 m-«-Butyltoluene (34%) 177
4.35
1.4
Diisobutylene (2)
n-Butyl chloride (0.25)
HF(5)
A1C13(O.1)
0-5
0
20
5
p-t-Butyltoluene (77%), di-«-butyltol-
uene (19%)
m- and p-s-Butyltoluenes (75 : 25,
46%)
71
298 I
0.05 n-Butyl alcohol (0.08) ZnCl2 (0.15) 300 24 Butyltoluene 171
54 ra-Butyl chlorosulfonate (6) AICI3 (12) 0 3 m-s-Butyltoluene (32%), p-s-butyltol- 111
uene (20%), o-chlorotoluene (22%),
p-chlorotoluene (6%)
— s-Butyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (80%) (—) 70 — p-s-Butyltoluene 29
1 Isobutyl chloride (1) FeCla (—) —. —. p-«-Butyltoluene (30%) 121
— Isobutyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) — m- and p-t-Butyltoluenes 227
I
• —
11 Isobutyl alcohol (3.3) H2SO4—SO3 (25%) 25 0.7-0.8 p-*-Butyltoluene (60%) 326

(1kg.)
0.05 Isobutyl alcohol (0.05) ZnCl2 (0.15) 300 24 Butyltoluene 171
— Isobutyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (80%) (—) 70 p-<-Butyltoluene 29
— Isobutyl chloroformate (—) AICI3 ( - ) — — p-e-Butyltoluene (25%) 231
1 <-Butyl chloride (1) FeCl3 ( - ) —. — p-«-Butyltoluene (50%) 121
— i-Butyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) 0-100 — •
m-t-Butyltoluene, <-butylbenzene and 114
3,5-dimethyl-i-butylbenzene
1.4 £-Butyl chloride (0.25) AICI3 (0.1) 0 5 m- and p-«-Butyltoluene (62 : 38, f 298
AGO/ \
1.4 <-Butyl chloride (0.25) FeCl3 or AICI3— 0 5 *0 /o) 298
C6H6NO2(0.1) TO- and p-<-Butyltoluene (67 : 33, t
70-75%)
'— <-Butyl chloride (—) HF(-) 0 — p-t-Butyltoluene (75%) 304
5.5 Amylene (3) A1C13 (0.2) 25-100 — m-t-Amyltoluene (45%) 150
aci-Amyl chloride (—) A1C13 ( - ) — — m-i-Amyltoluene 150
— Isoamyl chloride (—) A1CU ( - ) — — m-J-Amyltoluene 150
— Amyl chloroformate (—) A1CU (—) — — p-Amyltoluene (30%) 231
1.0 3-Hexene (0.66) HF(—) — — 3-(p-Tolyl)-hexane (63%) 315
5 Cyclohexene (1.5) AICI3 (0.45) 25 3 Cyclohexyltoluene (40%) 58
— Cyclohexene (—) HF(—) 0 — p-Cyclohexyltoluene (74%) 20
— Cyclohexyl fluoridet (—) HF (—) or BFa 0 — p-Cyclohexyltoluene (76%) 20,351
— Cyclohexyl chloride J (—) HF(—) — — p-Cyclohexyltoluene (8%) 20 .
— Cyclohexyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) — — m- and p-Cyclohexyltoluene 233
2 Cyclohexanol (0.75) AlCls (0.6) 80 2 m- and p-Cyclohexyltoluene (72%), 320
3,5-dicyclohexyltoluene (18%)
Cyclohexanol (—) HF(—) — — p-Cyclohexyltoluene (45%) 20 f
— Benzyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) — — Benzyltoluene, dibenzyltoluene, 2,7- 164
Benzyl chloride (0.1) AlCHg), (0.02)
dimethylanthracene
Benzyltoluene, dimethylanthracene 190
aH
— Benzyl chloride (0.2) Ti(0.1) 90 10 p-Benzyltoluene (35%), 2,4-dibenzyl- 297 O
toluene (30%)
2.5 Benzyl chloride (3) Zn(-) 100 — 0- and p-Benzyltoluenes (total yield—
ACC7 \
•K>%)
344
S
1
Benzyl ethyl ether (—)
Benzyl alcohol (0.4)
P2OB (-)
H2SO4 (70%) (15) 40 •—
p-Benzyltoluene
p-Benzyltoluene, anthracene
251
29 3
— 1-Octene (—) HF(—) — — p-Oetyltoluene (73%) 20
2-Fluorooctane § (—) HF.(—) — — p-Octyltoluene (13%) 20 IS
— 2-Octanol (—) HF(—) — — p-Octyltoluene (42%) 20 H
—
—
—
5 Styrene (0.4)
a-Phenylethyl bromide (—)
Bornyl chloride (—)
Benzhydrol (—)
H2SO4 ( - )
Zn(-)
Aid, (-)
P2O5 ( - )
—
•—.
10-40
—
.—
—
—
—
1-Phenyl-l-tolylethane (65%)
1-Phenyl-l-p-tolylethane
m- and p-Bomyltoluene
Diphenyl-p-tolylmethane
229
109
213
156
1
— Benzhydrol (—) SnCU (—) — •— Diphenyl-p-tolyhnethane 122
— 9-Hydroxyfluorene (—) P2O5 ( - ) 110 9-p-Tolylfluorene (good yield) 185 *
•References 93-350 appear on pp. 7S-82.

t The ratio of isomers was determined by sulf onation with concentrated sulfuric acid. Since Ipatieff and Corson (197) have demonstrated that a (-butyl group
will migrate under these conditions, this proof cannot be considered entirely adequate.
% Cyclohexyl bromide and iodide failed to react under these conditions (20, 351).
( 2-Chloro- and 2-bromo-octane failed to react under similar conditions (20).
TABLE V
ALKYLATION OF VABIOTTS ALKYLBENZENES
Tem-
Aromatic Com-
pound (moles)
Alkylating Agent
(moles)
Catalyst
(moles) perature, Time,
hours Products (% Yield) Refer-
°C. ence*
' :—
o-Chloro toluene S-Butyl alcohol (0.25) A1C13(O.1) 80-90 2-3 2-Chloro-x-t-butyltoluene (45%) 45
(U.A) n-Propyl bromide (4) AlCla (0.4) 25 192 m- and p-Ethylisopropylbenzenes (10% 118
Ethylbenzene (3) each)
Ethylbenzene (2) i-Butyl chloride (0.45) FeCl3 (0.03) -10 48 Ethyl-«-butylbenzene (100%) 114
Ethylbenzene (—) <-Butyl chloride (—) AICI3 (CS2) ( - ) -10 — Ethyl-i-butylbenzene (low yield), t-bntjl- 114
benzene, t-butyltoluene, etc.
Ethylbenzene (2) Benzyl chloride (25) Zn(—) — — p-Ethyldiphenylmethane (35%) 330
Ethylbenzene (—) a-Phenylethylbromide Zn (—) — — 1-Phenyl-l-p-ethylphenylethane 276
(—)
o-Xylene (—) Methylchloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) 80 Pseudocumene 209^.284
o-Xylene (—) Benzyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (70%) ( - ) 40 — 3,4-Dimethyldiphenylmethane, 1-methyl- 29
a l l ijLLTilCcIlc
o-Xylene (0.4) Styrene (0.15) H2SO4 (0.2) , Cold 1-Phenyl-l-o-xylylethane (70%) 229
o-Xylene (—) 3-Chloro-l-phenylpro- AICI3 (—) — . — l-Phenyl-3-o-xylylpropane (60%) 133
pane ^—) 3,4-Dimethyltriphenylmethane
o-Xylene (—) Benzhydrol (—) P2OB ( - ) 140 4 188
m-Xylene (—) Methyl chloride (—) AICI3 (—) 80 — Pseudocumene and mesitylene ( 4 : 1 ) 209, 284
TO-Xylene (2) Methylchloride (1.8) AICI3 (4) 100 1 Mesitylene (65%) 37
m-Xylene (30) Methyl chloride (—) ~ AICI3 (7.5) 80-90 100 Tetramethylbenzenes (50%), durene, 265
(15%), pentamethylbenzene (18%),
hexamethylbenzene
m-Xylene (—) Methyl iodide (—) Is (trace) 250 4-8 Pseudocumene and mesitylene 277
m-Xylene (0.3) Ethylene (—) AICI3 (0.2) ' — 1.5 5-Ethyl-l,3-dimethylbenzene (50%) 167
m-Xylene (2) Ethyl bromide (2) AICI3 (0.4) 40 48 5-Ethyl-l,3-dimethylbenzene, 4-ethyl-l,3- 318
dimethylbenzene (total yield—35%)
TO-Xylene (1) Ethyl bromide (1) AICI3 (2) 0 — 5-Ethyl-l,3-dimethylbenzene f (45%) 37
TO-Xylene (—•) Ethyl chloroformate Aids (—) — — 5-Ethyl-l,3-dimethylbenzene (25%) 231
TO-Xylene (1) Cyclopropane (0.5) A1C13 (0.03) 0-15 — 4-n-Propyl-ro-xylene (40%) 41
m-Xylene (1) Cyclopropane (0.5) FeCla (0.06) 4-n-Propyl-m-xylene (19%) 41
m-Xylene (0.5) n-Propyl chloride (0.3) A1C13(O.1) 25 4 5-Isopropyl-m-xylene (46%) 41
m-Xylene n-Propyl formate (0.3) AlCls (—) 25-60 5-Isopropyl-m-xylene (50%) 41
m-Xylene (1) Isopropyl chloride (0.3) A1C13(O.1) 25 4 '5-Isopropyl-m-xylene (48%) 41
m-Xylene (0.5) Isopropyl alcohol (0.6) HjSOi (80%) (8) 75 16 4-Isopropyl-m-xylene (75%) 41
m-Xylene (3) n-Butyl chloride (0.5) A1C13 (0.2) 0 5 5-s-Butyl-m-xylene (50%) 39
m-Xylene (1.3) s-Butyl alcohol (0.6) H2SO4 (80%) (9) 25 16 4-s-Butyl-m-xylene (50%) 39
m-Xylene (3) Isobutyl bromide (—) A1C13 (—) 100 3,5-Dimethyl-t-butylbenzene 114
m-Xylene (-) Isobutyl alcohol (1) H2SO4 (5) 45 1 3,5-Dimethyl-i-butylbenzene 260
m-Xylene (1) i-Butyl chloride (1) A1C13 (0.4) 100 54-Butyl-m-xylene J (23-26%) 40
m-Xylene (1) e-Butyl chloride (0.5) AICI3 (0.2) 25 5^-Butyl-m-xylene j (50%) 39
m-Xylene (1.3) ^Butyl alcohol (1.2) HF (25) 0 18 t-Butyl-m-xylene (94%) 71
wi-Xylene
m-Xylene
(1-6)
(1-75)
<-Butyl alcohol (0.3)
«-Butyl alcohol (0.6)
3-Hexene (0.75)
AICI3 (0.9)
H2SO4 (80%) (9)
HF(-)
>° 5
16
5-<-Butyl-m-xylene (89%)
4-<-Butyl-m-xylene (48%)
30
39
m-Xylene (3) Hexylxylenes (80%) 315
m-Xylene (1) 3-Bromohexane (1) AICI3 ( - ) 3-(m-Xylyl)-hexane (27%) 315
m-Xylene (1) 3-Hexyl ether (0.18) HF(—) 3-(m-Xylyl)-hexane (61%) 315
m-Xylene (1) Cyclohexene (1.5) AICI3 (0.45) 25 3 5-Cyclohexyl-m-xylene (56%) 58
m-Xylene Cyclohexyl bromide FeCl3 (0.02) 5-Cyclohexyl-m-xylene (75%)
CO.
(4) 20-50 113
(0.3)
(0.5)
m-Xylene ^0.5) 3-Ethyl-a-pentene (0.2) AICI3—HC1 25-50 3 3-EthyI-3- (3,5-dimethylphenyl)pentane 113
(0.004) (50%)
m-Xylene (—) Benzyl chloride (—) Zn(-) 2,4-Dimethyldiphenylmethane 345
m-Xylene (—) Benzyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (70%) ( - ) 40 2,4-Dimethyldiphenylmethane, 2-methyl- 29
anthracene
m-Xylene (5) Styrene (0.3) H2SO4 (0.5) Cold _ 1-Phenyl-l-m-xylylethane (65%) 229
m-Xylene (—) Benzhydrol (—) P2O5 ( - ) 140 4 2,4-Dimethyltriphenyhnethane 188
p-Xylene (—) Methyl chloride (—) AICI3 (—) 80 —. Pseudocumene (pure) 209,284
p-Xylene (0.5) Ethyl bromide (0.5) AIOI3 (CSj) (0.1) 24 2-Ethyl-l,4-dimethylbenzene (25%) 124
p-Xylene (—) Ethyl chloroformate AICI3 ( - ) 25-80 — 2-Ethyl-l,4-dimethylbenzene (40%) 231
(-)
p-Xylene (2) Cyclohexene (0.7) AICI3 (0.2) 25 3 2-Cyclohexyl-p-xylene (33%), dicyclohex- 58
yl-p-xylene (5%)
* RefereDces 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82.

t See the original literature (37, 262) for certain discrepancies concerning the derivatives of this hydrocarbon.
X The hydrocarbon was also formed by treating the 4-isomer with aluminum chloride (40).
CO
TABIÊ V—Continued
o
ALKTLATION OF VARIOUS ALKYLBENZENES w
o
>
Aromatic Com- Alkylating Agent Catalyst Tem-
pound (moles) (moles) (moles) perature, Time,
ence*
O
i_.
°C
p-Xylene (—) 3-Methylcyclohexene A1C13 (—) 25 2-(Methylcyclohexyl)-p-xylene (19%) 58

O
p-Xylene (—) Benzyl chloride (—) Zn(-) ) 2,5-Dimethyldiphenylmethane 345
p-Xylene (—) Benzyl alcohol (—) HSO ((70%) 2,5-Dimethyldiphenylmethane, 2-methyl- 29
anthracene
p-Xylene (—) Styrene (—) H2SO4 ( - ) Cold 1-Phenyl-l-p-xylylethane 229
p-Xylene (—) Benzhydrol (—) PO () 140 2,5-Dimethyltriphenyhnethane 187
p-Xylene (—) 2,5-Dimethylbenzhy- 140 2,5,2',5'-Tetramethyltriphenyhnethane 146
drol (—) (50-60%)
y-Xylene (0.3) 2-Methyl-5-isopropyl- PsO 5 (0.1) 140 2,2'5'-Trimethyl-5-isopropyltriphenyl- 146
benzhydrol (0.1) methane (35%)
n-Propylbenzene n-Propylbenzene (0.4) A1C13 (—) 100 m- and p-Di-n-propylbenzenes (50%) 24
(0.4)
Cumene (1) Propylene (1.97) A1C13 (0.1) 80 1,3,5-and 1,2,4-Triisopropylbenzenes (60%, 13
3 : 1 ) , m- and p-diisopropylbenzenes,
(2:1)
Cumene (—) Isobutyl chloride (—) AICI3 (— 25 t-Butylbenzene, p-di-t-butylbenzene, iso- 47
propyl chloride
Pseudocumene (—) Methyl chloride (—) A1C1, (—) 80 Durene 209
Pseudocumene (—) Methyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) 100-110 Penta- and hexa-methylbenzene 210
Pseudocumene t (1) Methyl iodide (1) A1C13 (0.8) 45 120 Durene and isodurene (total yield, 80- 138
85%)
Pseudocumene (—) Styrene (0.5) H2SO4 ( - ) Cold 1-Phenyl-l-pseudocumylethane (75%) 229
Mesitylene (—) Methyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) 80 Isodurene 209
Mesitylene (—) Methyl chloride (—± AICI3 ( - ) 100-110 Penta- and hexa-methylbenzene 210
Mesitylene f (1) Methyl iodide (1) AICI3 (0.8) 45 120 Isodurene and durene (total yield, 80-85%) 138
Mesitylene f (2) Cyclohexene (0.6) AICI3 (0.2) Cyclohexybnesitylene (21%) 58
Mesitylene (1) Benzyl chloride (0.2) AICI3 (0.01) 25 3 Benzyhnesitylene (good yield), dibenzyl- 241, 242
100 mesitylene
Mesitylene (—) Benzyl chloride (—) p-Cymene (—) (Boiling) 60 Benzyhnesitylene 259
Durene f (0.08) Benzyl chloride (0.07) AICI3 (trace) 45 12 Benzyldurene. 117
p-Cymene (—) p-Cymene (—) AICI3 ( - ) 3,5-Triisopropyltoluene . 52
p-Cymene (1) Cyclohexene (0.2) A1C13(O.1) 25 3 Cyclohexyl-p-cymene (46%), dicyclohexyl- 58
toluene (30%)
Amylbenzene (1) oci-Amyl chloride (1) AICI3 (0.1) Diamylbenzene 101
Di-n-propylben- n-Propyl chloride (0.6) AICI3 (0.005) 25 45 Hexa-n-propylbenzene (10%) 334
zene (0.01) m

t In carbon diaulfide.
Cn
to
TABLE VI
ALKYLATION OF TETBALIN
Moles Tem-
of Alkylating Agent (moles) Catalyst (moles) perature, Time Products (% Yield) Reference *
Tetralin °C.
3 Methyl bromide (6*. 8) AlBr3 (0.05) 140-150 48 hours 0-Methylnaphthalene (14%), ben- 69
— Ethylene (—) H3PO4 ( - ) 300 —

zene, octahydroanthracene, octa-
- hydrophenanthrene f
Ethyltetralin, etc. 204
I
o
IS Ethyl bromide (5) AICI3 (0.5) 80 — /3-Ethyltetralin (3%) 129
6 Ethyl bromide (3) AlBr 3 (0.15) 110-120 20 hours ^-Ethyltetralin (28-35%), 0-(o-phen- 69
ylbutyl)-tetralin
1 Propylene (5.3) HF (23) 5-15 20 hours Isopropyltetralins 71
5 n-Propyl chloride (1.3) AICI3 (0.15) 25-80 15 days /3-Isopropyltetralin (10%) 129
3 Isopropyl bromide (1) AlBr3 (0.05) 120-130 40 hours j8-Isopropyltetralin (37%) 69
o
OB
4 <-Butyl chloride (1) A1Q3 (0.08) 50 — ^-«-Butyltetralin (20%) 129
2.3 t-Butyl bromide (1) AlBr3 (0.3) — — ^-Butyltetralin (70%) 69
4 i-Amyl chloride (1) ( Aia 3 (0.08) 25 48-72 /3-t-AmyltetraJin (20%), a-i-amyltetra- 129
hours lin (8%)
— Cyclopentene (—) A1C13 ( - ) — — Cyclopentyltetralin, dicyclopentylte- 271
traUn
1.7 Cyclohexene (0.5) A i a 3 (0.15) 25 3 hours /S-Cyclohexyltetralin (40%) 58

f Tefralin reacts with aluminum chloride alone, yielding benzene, octahydroanthracene, and octahydrophenanthrene (69, 129); see p. 13.
TABLE VII
ALKTLATION OF NAPHTHALENE
Moles of Tem-
Naph- Alkylating Agent (moles) Catalyst (moles) Solvent perature, lime, Products (% Yield) Reference*
thalene °C. hours
_ Methylene chloride (—) AlCla (—) • _ , /3-Methylnaphthalene 127

-—. Methyl chloride (—) AlCls ( - ) CS2 25 16 /S-Methylnaphthalene (11%) 319
— Methyl bromide (—) A1C13 ( - ) cs2 25 16 a- and /3-Methylnaphthalenes (ca. 319
0.5
—
7.1
Methyl iodide (0.6)
Ethylene bromide (—)
Ethylene (17.2)
AICI3 (0.6)
A1CU (—)
P2O6 (0.5)
'
CSj
—
—
25
Warm
250
16
—.
—
4% each)
a- and 0-MethyInaphthalenes (5%)
a- and /3-Methylnaphthalenes
Ethyl- and diethyl-naphthalenes
319
281
244
1
— Ethylene (—) H3PO4 (—) — 300 14 Ethyl- and diethyl-naphthalenes 204
4 Diethylbenzene (—) AICI3 (0.4) . — 80 5 /3-Ethylnaphthalene (30%) 252
— Ethyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) • — • — •
•—• /3-Ethylnaphthalene 245
— Ethyl bromide (—•) AICI3 ( - ) • — • — .
— /3-Ethylnaphthalene 136 02
1.6 Ethyl iodide (1.3) AICI3 (0.2) —
Warm — /3-Ethylnaphthalene 281
— Propylene (—) H3PO4 ( - ) —
200 14 Isopropylnaphthalene, etc. 204
— Propylene (—) H2SO4 ( - ) Cold — Isopropylnaphthalene, etc. 198. 310
1 Propylene (5.8) HF (25) ecu
' — •
0-72 24 Tetraisopropylnaphthalene (m.p. 71
125°, 98%)
3 n-Propyl bromide (1.8) A1C13 (0.2) — Warm 4-5 /3-Isopropylnaphthalene or /3-n-pro- 280, 281
pymaphthalene 184.
lorr
3 Isopropyl bromide (2) AICI3 (0.3) 80 6 /3-Isopropylnaphthalene (60%) 184
fO.5 Isopropyl alcohol (0.75) H2SO4 (80%) (6) —
80 3 a- and /3-Isopropyl- 1,6-, 2,6-, and 29
2,7-di-, tri-, and tetra-isopropyl-
naphthalenes
— • Isopropyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (96%) ( - ) —
40-45 — Diisopropylnaphthalene (m.p. 38°), 29
tetraisopropymaphthalene

t Since the naphthalene is first transformed to a-naphthalenesulfonic acid, the latter may be used as the starting material.
ss
TABLE VII—Continued
ALKYLATION OF NAPHTHALENE
Moles of Tem-
Naph- Alkylating Agent '(moles) Catalyst (moles) Solvent perature, Time,
hours Products (% Yield) Reference *
thalene °C.
0.5 Isopropyl alcohol (0.5) AlCls (0.35) Ligroin 90 4 £-Isopropylnaphthalene (33%), di- 322
isopropylnaphthalenes (15%), tri-
isopropylnaphthalenes (11%)
0.4
0.4
0.25
n-Butyl alcohol (0.25)
BF 3 ( - )
BF 3 (-)
A1C13 (0.33)
—
—
Ligroin
25
25
—
—
—
—
j3-Isopropylnaphthalene (35%)
Triisopropylnaphthalenes (57%)
a-Butylnaphthalene (40%)
53
53
268
1>
1.2 Isobutyl chloride (0.6) A1C13(O.1) — Warm • — £-£-Butylnaphthalene (plus di-t- 116,- 331
butylnaphthalenes)
_ Isobutyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (80%) (—) 70 Di-*-butylnaphthalene (m.p. 142°) 29
0.2 Isobutyl alcohol (0.25) AlCla (0.03) — — — /3-(and a)-i-Butylnaphthalenes, di-t- 268
butylnaphthalenes
0.2 s-Butyl alcohol (0.25) AICI3 (0.3) Ligroin 90 5 a-s-Butyhiaphthalene (20%), di-s- 322
1 «-Butyl chloride (2) AICI3 (0.01) •— 25^80 —
butylnaphthalenes (35%)
Di-f-butylnaphthalenes (m.p. 82° t
and 146°, good yield)
178 1
2.6 «-Butyl chloride (2.7) A1C13 (0.08) — 50-60 2 /W-Butylnaphthalene (30%), di-«- 154
butylnaphthalenes (30%)
— <-Butyl chloride (—) HF(-) CCI4 0 —. 2-Butylnaphthalene (46%), di4-bu- 304
tylnaphthalene (m.p. 81 °t, 28%),
di-<-butyhiaphthalene (m.p. 148°,
QO/\
0/0)
0.2 t-Butyl alcohol (0.25) A1C13(O.12) Ligroin 90 3 ^-(and a)-*-Butymaphthalene (21%), 322
di-i-butylnaphthalene (37%, m.p.
iooo\
0.4 <-Butyl alcohol (1.0) BF 3 ( - ) 25 (S-t-Butylnaphthalene- (62%), di-<- 53
butylnaphthalenes (5%, m.p.
80° and 145°)
1 t-Butyl alcohol (3) HF (25) 0-5 24 Di-<-butylnaphthalene (m.p. 143°, 71
31 1
76%)
2.6 Isoamyl chloride (4) A1C13 (0.2) 0-Amylnaphthalene 281
Isoamyl alcohol (—) AICI3 (—) 04-Amylnaphthalene (62%) 268
0.2 «-Amyl alcohol (0.25) AICI3 (0.12) Ligroin 2 a- and /3-i-Amylnaphthalenes (34%), 322
di-<-amylnaphthalenes (20%)
Cyclopentene (—) AICI3 ( - ) Cyclopentyl-, di-, tri- and tetra-cy-
1
271
clopentyhiaphthalene
1 3-Hexene (1) HF(-) 3-Naphthylhexane (30%) 315
3.5 Cyclohexene (1) AICI3 (0.3) CSj! 25 3 a- and j3-Cyclohexylnaphthalenes 58
(19%)
1.8 Cyclohexene (0.5) A1C13(O.15) — 80 18 (3-Cyclohexylnaphthalene (30%), 2,- 58,36a gj
6-dicyclohexylnaphthalene
0.4 Cyclohexene (0.6) BF 3 (—) 25 24 /3-Cyclohexyhiaphthalene (35%) 53
0.4 Cyclohexanol (0.45) BF 3 ( - ) 25 0-Cyclohexylnaphthalene (63%), 1,- 53, 366
4-dicyclohexylnaphthalene (9%)
1.3
1.3
Benzyl chloride (0.6)
Benzyl chloride (0.6)
AICI3 (0.05)
AICI3 (0.05)
— 80
150
0.1-0.2 a-Benzylnaphthalene
1 0-Benzylnaphthalene
281, 327
281, 327
g
1.3 Benzyl chloride (0.6) ZnCl2 (0.25) 150 1.5 a-Benzylnaphthalene 253, 281
327
Benzyl chloride (—) — Boiling 3 a-Benzylnaphthalene 25S
Benzyl chloride (0.2) Ti (0.1) 90 10 a-Benzylnaphthalene (25%), /3-ben- 297
zylnaphthalene
0.4 Benzyl alcohol (0.45) BF 3 ( - ) — 25 • — a-Benzyhiaphthalene (28%), |3-ben- 53
zylnaphthalene (2%), dibenzyl-
naphthalenes (15%), tribenzyl-
naphthalenes (20%)
Benzyl ethyl ether (—) P2OB ( - ) a-Benzyhiaphthalene 251
2 Benzyl n-propyl ether (1) BF 3 (0.5) a-Benzyhiaphthalene (48%) 255
1 Benzhydrol (0.5) P J O 6 (1) 140-145 4-5 a-Benzhydrylnaphthalene 235
Benzhydrol (—) a-Benzhydryhiaphthalene 186
• References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82.

t This material has been shown to be a molecular compound of one mole of the di-t-butylnaphthalene, m.p. 146°, and two moles of an isotner, m.p. 103° (36b).
TABLE VIII
ALKYLATION OP MISCELLANEOUS POLTNUCLEAB AROMATIC COMPOUNDS
Aromatic Com- Alkylating Agent Tem-

pound (moles) (moles) Catalyst (moles) Solvent perature, Time,
ence *
°C.
1-Chloronaphtha- Isopropyl alcohol (0.5) A1C13 (0.5) — 80-90 2-3 1-Chloro-r-isopropylnaphtha- 45

lene (0.5) lene (45%)
1-Chloronaphtha- <-Amyl alcohol (0.5) AICI3 (0.2) — 80-90 2-3 z-<-Amyl-l-chloronaphthalene 45
lene (0.8) (60%)
a-Nitronaphtha- Isopropyl ether (1.2) HF (23) — 0-»20 20 Isopropyl-1-nitronaphthalene 71
lene (1.25) (10%), diisopropyl-1-nitro-
naphthalene (82%)
a-Naphthalenesul- Isopropyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (80%) (—) —. 80 — 1- and 2-Isopropyl-,l,6-, 2,'6-, 29
fonic acid (—) and 2,7-di-, tri-, and tetra-
isopropyl-naphthalenes
/3-Naphthalenesul- Isopropyl alcohol (3) HaSCU (96%) — 120 12 l,6-Diisopropyl-3-naphtha- 29
fonic acid (0.5) (1.3) lenesulfonic acid
j3-Naphthalenesul- Isopropyl alcohol (1.5) HF(24) — 0->20 20 Polyisopropyl-2-naphthalene- 71
fonic acid (0.5) sulfonic acid
/3-Methylnaphtha- Cyclopropane (0.5) ZnCl2—HC1 — 30-35 4 36
Propyl-/3-methyhiaphthalene
lene (0.6) (0.02) (15%)
Biphenyl (—) Methyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) — 100 — •
m-Methylbiphenyl, dimethyl- 93
• biphenyl, p- and m-ter-
Biphenyl (2) phenyl
Methyl sulfate (5) AICI3 (2.88) o-Dichloro- 42 10 m- and p-Methylbiphenyl 147
benzene (25%), dimethylbiphenyls
(20%) '
Biphenyl (—•) Ethylene (—) AICI3 ( - )
Biphenyl (10) Ethyl chloride (6) AICI3 (5) m-Ethylbiphenyl, diethylbi- 93
— 100 — phenyl, p- and m-terphen-
Biphenyl (—) yi
Ethyl bromide (—) AICI3 ( - )
Biphenyl (2) Ethyl sulfate (3) A1C13 (2.25) o-Dichloro- 5->25 14 TO- and p-Ethylbiphenyl 147
benzene (20%), diethylbiphenyls
(40%)
Biphenyl (0.8) 2.2 4-Trimethylpentane AlClj—HC1(O.O4) — 80-90 8 p-«-Butylbiphenyl (35%) 177
(0.4)
Biphenyl (0.7) Cyclohexene (0.3) AICI3 (0.1) CSi! 25 3 p-Cyclohexylbiphenyl (40%), 58
dicyclohexylbiphenyl (m.p.
205-206°)
Biphenyl (—) Benzyl chloride (—) Zn ( - ) 100 p-Benzylbiphenyl (50%) 173
Biphenyl (—) Benzyl chloride (—) Boiling 3 p-Benzylbiphenyl 259
Biphenyl (—•) Benzyl chloride (0.2) Ti (0.1) 90 10 p-Benzylbiphenyl (25%) 297
Diphenylmethane Cyclohexene (0.5) AICI3 (0.15) CSj 25 3 p-Cyclohexyldiphenylmethane 58'
(1) (27%), p-benzylbiphenyl
(3%)
Diphenylmethane 3-Methylcyclohexene AICI3 ( - ) — 25 3 Methylcyclohexyldiphenyl- 58
(—) methane
Dibenzyl (0.6) Cyclohexene (0.4) AlCla(O.l) CS2 25 3 Cyclohexyldibenzyl (30%) (2 58
isomers)
Acenaphthene (1) 3-Hexanol (1.17) ZnCl2 (—) 180 3-Acenaphthylhexane (32%) 315
Acenaphthene Benzyl chloride (0.3) ZnCl2 (0.5) — 125 -> 2 3-Benzylacenaphthene (30%) 143,144
(0.3) 180
Acenaphthene (—) Benzyl chloride (0.2), Ti (0.1) 90 3-Benzylacenaphthene (42%) 297
(plus 2-benzylacenaphthene)
Fluorene (—) Propylene (—) H3PO4 ( - ) 200 11 Isopropylfluorene (25%) 204
Fluorene (0.06) Benzyl chloride (—) Zn(-) — 125 2-Benzylfluorene (5%) 160,173
Anthracene (1.5) Isopropyl ether (3) HF (55) 10 3 Diisopropylanthracenes (80%) 71
Anthracene (1) 3-Hexene (0.66) AICI3 (-) Di-8-hexylanthracene (20%) 315
Anthracene (0.27) 3-Bromohexane (0.25) HF (2.5) 120-125 20 Di-s-hexylanthracene (20%) 71
Anthracene (0.6) Benzyl chloride (1.2) Zn(0.15) cs2 45 9,10-Dibenzylanthracene 239
(35%)
Phenanthrene
(0.75)
t-Butyl alcohol (1.65) HF (21) — 15-20 18 <-Butylphenanthrenes (60%) 71
Phenanthrene (—) Benzyl chloride (—) Zn(-) — 125 -•-

— 9-Benzylphenanthrene f 142,173

t This product, m.p. 155-156°, was I ound by Goldschmiedt (173) to yield phenanthrenequinone on chromic acid oxidation. Willgerodt and Albert (336) have prepared
a benzylphenanthrene melting at 91-92° which they believe to be the 9-isomer, but Bachmann [J. Am. Chem. Soc., 86, 1363 (1934)] supports Goldschmiedt.
1
00
TABLE IX
ALKYLATION OF PHENOL
Tem-
Moles of Time,
Alkylating Agent (moles) Catalyst (moles) Solvent perature, Products (% Yield) Reference*
Phenol hours
°C.
1
Methyl alcohol (—)
Ethylene (1)
A12O3 ( - )
H3PO4 (0.3) —
440
225 16
o-Cresol, anisole
0- and p-Ethylphenol (35%), dieth-
203
207
1>
ylphenol (25%), phenetole, ethyl- 3
phenetole
— Ethaiiol (—) ZnCl2 (—) — 180 — p-Ethylphenol and isomers, and p- 99,119,148
ethylphenetole
— Ethanol (—) AICI3 ( - ) — 120-140 6 Diethylphenol (36%), 0- and p-eth- 43
ylphenols (24%)
3 Ethyl ether (4) A1CU (9) — 145 — 3,5-Diethylphenol 44 3
— Ethyl chloroformate (—) FeCl3 ( - ) — — — p-Ethylphenol (poor yield) 247
1.5 Propylene (6.75) HF(41) — 5->25 20 2,4,6-Triisopropylphenol (95%) 71
1 Propylene (0.5) BF 3 (0.08) Benzene 0 2 o-(?)-Isopropylphenol (41%), iso- 91
propyl phenyl ether (54%)
1 Propylene (2) BF 3 (0.08) Benzene 15 2 0 - (?) - Isopropylphenyl isopropyl 91
ether (41%)
1 Propylene (1) BF 3 (0.05) — 20 2 2,4-Diisopropylphenyl isopropyl 91
ether (30%)
1 Propylene (excess) BF 3 (0.05) — 30-40 — 2,4,6-Triisopropylphenyl isopropyl 91
ether (92%)
n-Propyl alcohol (2) Al 2 O 3 (0.1) — 400 12 o-Propylphenol, n-propylphenyl 202
ether, n-propyl o-propylphenyl
ether
rc-Propyl alcohol (—) 1C13 ( - ) 120-140 6 o- and p-Propylphenols (73%) 43
n-Propyl alcohol (1) F 3 (0.3) —• 115-160 1 o-Isopropylphenol (28%), p-isopro- 314
pylphenol (20%), 2,4-diisopropyl-
phenyl isopropyl ether (11%)
Isopropyl alcohol (1) BF 3 (0.3) — 115-160 1 o-Isopropylphenol (32%), p-isopro- 314
pylphenol (16%), 2,4-diisopropyl-
phenyl isopropyl ether (13%^)
Isopropyl alcohol (—) Aids ( - ) — 110-120 6 p- and o-Isopropylphenols (52%), 43
p-isopropylphenyl isopropyl ether
(23%)
Allyl iodide (3) Zn-Al (—) — Warm — n-Propylphenol 162
Isobutylene (—) A1C13 ( - ) p-i-Butylphenol (60-75%) 208
Diisobutylene (—) t-Butylphenol 256
0Q
Diisobutylene (0.5) Aia 3 (1.3) — 80 6 p-t-Butylphenol (67%), p-t-octyl- 313
phenol (14%)
1 p-t-Octylphenol (1) AICI3 (2) 80 10 p-t-Butylphenol (75%) 313
0.2 n-Butyl chloride (0.2) A1C13 (0.2) — 110 4 p-n-Butylphenol (35%), p-n-butyl- 321
phenyl butyl ether (20%)
n-Butyl alcohol (—) A1C13 ( - ) — 140 6 Butylphenol (72%) 43
s-Butyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (—) p- and o-s-Butylphenol 29
s-Butyl alcohol (—) A1C13 ( - ) — 120-140 6 ' 39- and o-s-Butylphenol (52%), s- 43
butylphenyl s-butyl ether (13%)
1.1 Isobutyl alcohol (1.1) ZnCl2 (1.6) 180 1 p-t-Butylphenol (70%) 179, 237,
238, 296

TABLE IX—Continued
ALKYLATION OF PHENOL
Tem-
Moles of Time,
Phenol hours •
°C.
1.1 Isobutyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (70%) (—) 80 p-<-Butylphenol, (ca. 80%) 29
— Isobutyl alcohol (—) A1CU ( - ) — — — p-i-Butylphenol (60-75%) 43,208 o
— — — — p-t-Butylphenol (60-75%)
—
0.25
Z-Butyl chloride (—)
«-Butyl chloride (—)
<-Butyl alcohol (0.25)
AICI3 ( - )
HF(-)
AICI3 (0.125)
—. —
Petrole- 25-30
—
3-4
p-*-Butylphenol (85%)
p-«-Butylphenol (45-60%)
208
308
195, 208
I
um ether o
— Trimethylethylene (—) H2SO4 (—) — — — <-Amylphenol 256
0.15 Amylene (0.15) H 2 SO 4 (0.12) Acetic —. 96 p-«-Amylphenol (70%) 98, 223
acid
0.1 Amylene (0.1) p-Toluenesulfonic
acid (0.005)
100 6 p-<-Amylphenol (65%) 342 s
•a
— 2-Pentanol (—) AICI3 ( - ) — 100 2 2- and 3-(p-Hydroxyphenyl)pen- 43 0Q
tane (58%)
0.2 Isoamyl chloride (0.2) AICI3 (0.2) — 90 5 p-Isoamylphenol (10%), p-isoamyl- 321
phenyl isoamyl ether (15%)
0.2 Isoamyl chloride (0.2) AICI3 (0.2) — Cold — p-i-Amylphenol (55%) 321
— Isoamyl alcohol (—) •ZnCl2 (—) —. 180 1 p-<-Amylphenol (40%) 179, 237,
238
0.2 Isoamyl chloroformate FeCl3 ( - ) —. 25->80 —. p-i-Amylphenol 247
(0.2)
1 t-Amjl alcohol (1) ZnCl2 (2) — 180 — p-<-Amylphenol (65%) 157
0.25 <-Amyl alcohol (0.25) A1C13 (0.125) Petrole- 25-30 3-4 p-<-Amylphenol (45-60%) 195
um ether
3-Hexene (—) ?(-) — — — s-Hexylphenol, di-s-hexylphenol, tri- 315
s-hexylphenol
0.25 2-Methyl-2-pentanol A1C13 (0.125) Petrole- 25-30 3-4 2-(p-Hydroxyphenyl)-2-methylpen- 195
(0.25) um ether tane (45-60%)
0.25 3-Methyl-3-pentanol AICI3 (0.125) Petrole- 25-30 3-4 3-(p-Hydroxyphenyl)-2-methylpen- 195
(0.25) um ether tane (45-60%) ,
0.25 2,3-Dimethyl-2-butanol AICI3 (0.125) Petrole- 25-30 3-4 2 - (p - Hydroxyphenyl) - 2,3 - dimeth- 195
(0.25) um ether ylbutane (45-60%)
0.25 Cyclohexene (0.25) H 2 SO 4 (0.1) Acetic 80 1 p-Cyclohexylphenol (17%) 289
acid
2 Cyclohexene (1.5) AICI3 (0.45) CS2 25 3 o-Cyclohexylphenol (15%), p-cyclo- 58
hexylphenol (4%), cyclohexyl-
phenyl ether (12%)
5 Cyclohexene (1.5) AICI3 (0.45) — 25 3 o-Cyclohexylphenol (56%), p-cyclo- 58
hexylphenol (20%)
1.0 Cyclohexyl chloride (1.0) ZnCl 2 (1.0) — 80 — p-Cyclohexylphenol (20%) 112
0.1 Cyclohexanol (0.15) p-Toluenesulfonic — 155 0.5 Cyclohexene (73%), p-cyclohexyl- 342
acid (0.002) phenol
0.1 Cyclohexanol (—) H 2 SO 4 (70%) (—) — 80 — p-Cyclohexylphenol (50%) 29
0.15 1-Methylcyclohexene H2SO4 (0.1) Acetic 80 1 p-(Methylcyclohexyl)phenol f 289
o
(0.15) acid (55%)
0.15 3-Methylcyclohexene H2SO4 (0.1) Acetic 80 1 p-(Methylcyclohexyl)phenol f 289
(0.15) acid (55%)
0.15 4-Methylcyclohexene H 2 SOi(0.1) Acetic 80 1 p-(Methylcyclohexyl)phenol f 289
(0.15) acid (55%)

f The products obtained by Schrauth and Quasebarth (289) by condensation of the three isomeric methylcyclohexenes with phenol are identical and have the same,
melting point as the product prepared by Meyer and Bernhauer (29) from 4-methylcyclohexanol. The most probable structure would appear to be 1-methyl-l-
(p-hydroxyphenyl)-cyclohexane.
TABLE IX—Continued to
ALKYLATION OP PHENOL
Tem-
Moles of Time,
Phenol hours
°C.
0.2 4-Methylcyclohexanol HjSO* (80%) (6) 70 5 p-(Methylcyclohexyl)phenol f 29

(0.2) (55%)
3
0.5 Benzyl alcohol (0.5)
Benzyl alcohol (—)

'AlCla (0.25)
H2SO4 (70%) (—)

Petrole- 20-30
um ether
(CS2)
— 40 —
18 p-Benzylphenol (43-45%)
p- and o-Benzylphenols (40%)

191
29
I
O
— Benzyl alcohol (—) ZnCl2 (—) •— — — p-Benzylphenol 237, 238
— Benzyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 ( - ) Acetic — — p-Benzylphenol 267
acid
2.7 Benzyl n-propyl ether (1) BF 3 (0.5) — — — p-Benzylphenol (48%) 255
— Benzyl chloride (—) Zn(-) — — — p-Benzylphenol 266
o
CD
0.5 Benzyl chloride (0.4) AICI3 (0.25) Petrole- 30 24 p-Benzylphenol (36%) 191
um ether
— Benzyl chloride (—) Ti(-) — — — p-Benzylphenol ' 297
— A6-1,3-Dimethylcyclo- H 2 SO 4 (—) Acetic 80 — 1,3-Dimethyl-x- (p-hydroxyphenyl)- 289
hexene (—) acid cyclohexane (62%)
1 Styrene (1) H2SO4 (1) Acetic 25 24-48 p-Hydroxy-l,l-diphenylethane 223
acid (40%)
0.5 2-Phenyl-2-propanol AICI3 (0.08) — 90 1 p-Hydroxy-2,2-diphenylpropane 332
(0.16) (68-72%)
0.4 A 1 ( o r 2 ) -Octalin(0.08) HC1 ( - ) — 80 5 p-(l- (or 2-)-Decahydronaphthyl)- 289
phenol (70%)
0.3 Dihydronaphthalene H2SO4 (0.6) Acetic 25 24 Tetrahydronaphthylphenol (70%) 224
(0.3) acid
0.75 Pinene (0.15) HC1 ( - ) 80 5 Addition product (86%) 289
0.75 Limonene (0.15) HC1 (—) 80 5 Addition product (86%) . ' 289
Benzhydrol (—) SnCl4 (—) p-Hydroxytriphenylmethane 123
0.04 Benzhydrol (0.08) H2SO4 (0.3) Acetic 90 4 2,4,6-Tribenzhydrylphenol (ca. 299
acid 100%)
0.5 1,1-Diphenyl-l-ethanol AICI3 (0.08) 90 1 p-Hy droxy-1,1,1 -triphenylethane 332
(0.16) (80%)
0.75 1,1-Diphenyl-l-propanol AICI3 (0.25) Ligroin 25 80-90 p-Hydroxy-1,1,1 -triphenylpropane 196
0.75
(0.5)
1,1-Diphenyl-l-butanol
(0.5)
AICI3 (0.25) Ligroin 25 80-90
(87%)
p-Hydroxy-1,1,1-triphenylbutane
(46%)
196 I
0.75 1, l-Diphenyl-2-methyl-
1-propanol (0.5)
AICI3 (0.25) Ligroin 25 80-90 p-Hydroxy-1,1, l-triphenyl-2-meth-
ylpropane (73%)
196
s
0.75 1,1-Diphenyl-l-pentanol AICI3 (0.25) Ligroin 25 80-90 p-Hydroxy-1,1,1 -triphenylpentane 196
(0.5) (30%)
0.75 1, l-Diphenyl-2-methyl- AICI3 (0.25) Ligroin 25 80-90 p-Hydroxy-1,1,1 -triphenyl-2-meth- 196
0.75
0.75
1-butanol (0.5)
l,l-Diphenyl-3-methyl-
1-butanol (0.5)
l,l-Diphenyl-2-2-di-
methyl-1-propanol
(0.5)
AICI3 (0.25)
AICI3 (0.25)
Ligroin
Ligroin
25
25
' 80-90
80-90
ylbutane (13%)
p-Hydroxy-1,1,1 -triphenyl-3-meth-
ylbutane (40%)
3-(p-Hydroxyphenyl)-2,2-diphenyl-
3-methylbutane J (6%)
196
196 i
0.75 1,1-Diphenyl-l-hexanol AICI3 (0.25) Ligroin 25 80-90 p-Hydroxy-1,1,1-triphenylhexane 196
(0.5) (30%)

t The products obtained by Schrauth and Quasebarth (289) by condensation of the three isomeric methylcycloheienes with phenol were identical and had the same
melting point as the product prepared by Meyer and Bernhauer (29) from 4-methylcyelohexanol. The most probable structure would appear to be 1-methyl-l-
(p-hydroxyphenyl)-cyclohexane.
t The formation of this product involved a rearrangement of the carbon skeleton of the substituting group.
ALKYLAWON OP PHENOL
Tem-
Moles of Time,
Phenol .hours
Triphenylmethyl chloride Cu ( - ) 80 p-Hydroxytetraphenylmethane 103, 174

(—) (80%)
0.1 Triphenylcarbinol (0.01) H2SO4 (0.2) Acetic 25 24-48 p-Hydroxytetraphenylmethane 102
acid o
—. Triphenylcarbinol (—) H2SO4 (trace) — 80 0.8 p-Hydroxytetraphenylmethane (80- 174
90%)
0.05 Triphenylcarbinol (0.02) — (—) — Boiling 1 p-Hydroxytetraphenylmethane 131
(97%)
0.1 p-Methyltriphenylcar- H2SO4 (0.2) Acetic 25 24-48 p-Hydroxy-p'-methyltetraphenyl- 122 o
2
binol (0.01) acid methane
0.1 9-Hydroxy-9-phenyl- H2SO4(0.1) Acetic 25 72 9-p-Hydroxyphenyl-9-phenylfluo- 221, 325
fluorene (0.01) acid rene (95%)
0.3 Di-a-naphthylmethyl — (—) — Warm — p-Di-a-naphthylmethylphenol 243
bromide (0.03) (75%)
0.1 Di-a-naphthylcarbinol — (—) Acetic 115 6 p-Di-a-naphthylmethylphenol 243, 285
(0.01) acid (75%)

TABLE X
ALKTLATION OP VABIOTJS PHENOLS AND PHENOLIC ETHERS
Time,
hours
Tem- (unless
Aromatic Com- • Alkylating Agent Catalyst (moles) Solvent perature, other- Products (% Yield) Refer-
pound (moles) •» (moles)
°C ence
wise
noted)
Anisole (—) Isopropyl alcohol (—) A1CU (—) — 120 4 p-Isopropylanisole (50%), p- 43
isopropylphenol (38%)
Anisole (—) Isopropyl alcohol (—) A1C13 ( - ) — 140 6 p-Isopropylanisole (30%), p- 43
isopropylphenol (64%)
Anisole (0.2) n-Butyl chloride (0.2) Aids (0.2) Ligroin 90 5 ra-Butylanisolp (65%) 321
Anisole (—) s-Butyl alcohol (—) AICI3 ( - ) — 100 2 s-Butylanisole (55%), di-s- 43
V
butylanisole (16%), s-butyl-
phenol (13%)
Anisole (—) Isobutyl chloride (—) AICI3 ( - ) — .—. — p-t-Butylanisole 115
Anisole (0.5) Isobutyl chloride (0.2) AICI3 (0.2) — 90 5 Isobutylanisole (40%) 321
Anisole (—) «-Butyl chloride (—) AlClj (—) — Warm — p-<-Butylanisole 115
Anisole (0.1) <-Butyl chloride (0.1) ZnF 2 (—) — — — p-<-Butylanisole (30%) 18
Anisole (0.2) Isoamyl chloride (0.2) AICI3 (0.25) Ligroin 90 5 Isoamylanisole (45%) 321
Anisole (1.5) Cyclohexene (0.5) AlCls (0.25) — 25 3 0- and p-Cyclohexylanisole 58
(50%, 3 : 1)
Anisole (0.4) Cyclohexyl chloride AICI3 (0.05) — 70 4 Cyclohexylanisole (15-20%) 112
\\J. £dO)
Anisole (—) Benzyl chloride (—) Zn(—) , , p-Benzylanisole 266
Anisole (—) Benzyl chloride (—) AICI3 (1) — — — p-Benzylanisole 172
Anisole (—) Benzyl chloride (—) —. — Boiling 3 p-Benzylanisole 259
Anisole (—) Benzyl chloride (—) Ti ( - ) — — — p-Benzylanisole (63%), 2,4-di- 297
benzylanisole (12%)
Anisole (0.6) Benzyl alcohol (0.5) AICI3 (0.25) Petroleum 20 48 p-Benzylanisole (46%) 191
ether
* Refereaces 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82. Ut

TABLE X—Continued
ALKYLATION OF VARIOUS PHENOLS AND PHENOLIC ETHERS
Time,
hours
Tem- (unless
Aromatic Com- Alkylating Agent Catalyst (moles) Solvent perature, other- Products (% Yield) Refer-
pound (moles) (moles) ence*
• wise
noted)
Anisole (0.1) Triphenylcarbinol H2SO4 (0.2) Acetic acid 25 120 p-Methoxytetraphenyl- 102
t(\ t\-i \
(O.U1) HF (12)
Illc WlHUc •
o-Nitroanisole (1) Isopropyl alcohol (1) — 10-20 18 2-Nitro-4-isopropylanisole 71
(84%)
o-Nitroanisole Cyclohexanol (2.25) HF (18) — 15-20 20 2-Nitro-4-cyclohexylanisole 71
fn A
(1.45)
e\ (55%)
Propylene (1.5) H3PO4 (0.6) 145 7 Isopropylphenetole (8%), di- 207
Phenetole (1.5) isopropylphenetole (15%) '
Phenetole (—) Cyclohexyl chloride (—) AICI3 (-) — — —. Cyclohexylphenetole (12%) 112
Phenetole (—) Benzyl chloride (—) Ti(-) — — — p-Benzylphenetole (76%) 297
Phenetole (0.6) Benzyl alcohol (0.5) AICI3 (0.25) Petroleum 20 — p-Benzylphenetole (57%) 191
Phenyl ether 3-Hexene (1.8) HF (6.5) etner 5->20 3 days «-Hexylphenyl ether (61%) 71
(O.o)
Phenyl acetate (2) Benzyl chloride (1) A1C13 ( - ) — Warm 0.5 p-Acetoxydiphenylmethane 269
(poor yield)
o-Cresol (—) Isobutyl alcohol (—) ZnCl2 (—) : 180 4-t-Butyl-2-methylphenol 115
o-Cresol (—) Isobutyl chloride (—) ZnGl2 (—) — 80 — 4-<-Butyl-2-methylphenol 115
o-Cresol (—) * Isobutyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 ( - ) — .— — 4-i-Butyl-2-methylphenol 29
o-Cresol (—) 2-Butyl chloride (—) ZnCl 2 (—) — 80 — 4-<-Butyl-2-methylphenol 115
o-Cresol (—) Benzyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (70%) ( - ) — — — 4-Benzyl-2-methylphenol 29/
o-Cresol (0.9) Benzyl alcohol (0.9) AICI3 (0.5) Petroleum 30-35 18 4-Benzyl-2-methylphenol 77
ether (30%), 6-benzyl-2-methyl-
phenol (2%), 4,6-dibenzyl-
2-methylphenol (20%)
o-Cresol (1.5) Benzyl ether (0.9) HF (15) — 5 - * 25 20 Benzyl-o-cresol (54%), diben- 71
zyl-o-cresol (10%)
o-Cresol (—) Styrene (—) H2SO4 (—) Acetic acid 25 — l-(4-Hydroxy-2-methyl- 225
phenyl)-l-phenylethane
o-Cresol (0.04) Benzhydrol (0.08) H2SO4 (0.3) Acetic acid 90 4 Benzhydryl-o-cresol (ca. 100%) 299
o-Cresol t (0.05) Triphenylcarbinol H2"SO4(0.1) Acetic acid 25 24 4-Hydroxy-3-methyltetraphen- 131
(0.03) ylmethane (ca. 100%)
o-Cresyl methyl Triphenylcarbinol H2SO4 (0.1) Acetic acid 25 48 4-Methoxy-3-methyltetra- 131
ether (0.08) (0.03) phenylmethane (ca. 100%)
m-Cresol (3) Propylene (3) HP (27) — 0-20 18 Isopropyl-m-cresols 71
m-Cresol % (—) Isopropyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (—) 3-Methyl-4-isopropylphenol 29
OT-Cresol (—) Isobutyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (—) 4-t-Butyl-3-methylphenol 29
m-Cresol (1.1) Benzyl alcohol (0.9) AICI3 (0.45) Petroleum 35 24 4-Benzyl-3-methylphenol 75
ether (19%), 6-benzyl-3-methyl-
phenol (21%), 4,6-dibenzyl-
3-methylphenol (35%)
TO-Cresol (—) Styrene (—) H2SO4 ( - ) Acetic acid 25 — l-(4-Hydroxy-2-methyl- 225
phenyl)-l-phenylethane
m-Cresol (0.05) Triphenylcarbinol H2SO4 (0.1) Acetic acid 48 25 4-Hydroxy-2-methyltetra- 131,286
(0.03) phenylmethane (90%) §
p-Cresol (1) Benzyl alcohol (0.5) AICI3 (0.25) Petroleum 25-30 18 2-Benzyl-4-methylphenol 76
t ether (35%), 2,6-dibenzyl-4-meth-
ylphenol (36%)
p-Cresol (1.5) Benzyl alcohol (0.5) AICI3 (0.25) Petroleum 25-30 18 . 2-Benzyl-4-methylphenol 76
ether (35%), 2,6-dibenzyl-4-meth-
ylphenol (36%) o
p-Cresol (0.05) Benzhydrol (0.05) H 2 SO 4 (0.15) Acetic acid 90 5 o,o'-I)ibenzhydryl-p-cresol 299 o
(70%)
m-n-Propylanisole <-Butyl chloride (0.1) A1C13 (0.03) — 0 2 2-(-Butyl-5-ra-propylanisole 140
(0.1) (60%)

t Similar treatment of p-cresol yields only triphenylmethane (90%) and polymerized quinomethane, O = ( \=CSi (131, 286).
t p-Cresol is not alkylated by this procedure (29).
§ The structure of this condensation product has not been definitely established; it may be 2-hydroxy-4-methyltetraphenylmethane (286). O3
TABLE X—Continued
ALKYLATION OP VARIOUS PHENOLS AND PHENOLIC ETHERS
Time,
hours
Tem- (unless
Aromatic Com- Alkylating Agent Catalyst (moles) Solvent perature, other- Products (% Yield) Refer-
pound (moles) (moles) °C. ence*
wise
noted)
>
Carvacrol (1) Cyclohexene (0.5) A1C13(O.15) 25 3 Carvacryl cyclohexyl ether
(15%), cyclohexylcarvacrol
(20%)
58
1
Thymol (—) Amylene (—) H2SO4 ( - ) Acetic acid 25 4-J-Amyl-2-isopropyl-5-methyl- 225
phenol (50%)
a-Naphthol (—) 3-Hexene (—) ?(-) s-Hexyl-a-naphthol 315
a-Naphthol (1) Benzyl chloride (1) Zn(—) Benzene 5 Benzyl-a-naphthol (30%) 105
a-Naphthol (—) Benzhydrol (—) SnCUorZnCl2(—) 4-Benzhydryl-l-naphthol 328
/3-Naphthol (1.11) Isopropyl alcohol (4.44) HF (25) 5 24 Diisopropyl-/3-naphthol (94%) 71
/3-Naphthol (—) 3-Hexene (—) ?(-) s-Hexyl-^-naphthol 315
/3-Naphthol (1) Benzyl chloride (1) Zn (-) Benzene 6 Benzyl-/3-naphthol (20%) 106
(alcohol)
/J-Naphthol (—) Styrene (—) H2SO4 (—) Acetic acid 25 2-Hydroxy-l-(a-phenylethyl)- 225
naphthalene
/S-Naphthyl methyl Isobutyl bromide (0.7) A1C13 (0.6) CS2 55-65 3 1 -i-Buty 1-2-methoxynaphtha- 137
ether (0.6) lene (70%)

TABLE XI
ALKYLATION OF POLYHYDRIC PHENOLS
Tem-
Aromatic Com- Alkylating Agent Time, Refer-
Catalyst (moles) Solvent perature, Products (% Yield)
pound (moles) (moles) hours ence *
°C.
Catechol (0.1)
Catechol (0.03)
i-Butyl chloride (0.2)
Amylene (0.08)
FeCl3 (0.02)
H2SO4 (—) Acetic acid 25
80 0.1
120
Di-i-butylcatechol
Di-i-amylcatechol (15%)
179
226
I
H
Catechol (—)
Veratrol (1)
Resorcinol (0.5)
3-Hexene (—)
Allyl iodide (0.5)
Acetylene (0.5)
?(-)
Zn (0.015)
HgSO4 (—)
—
Methyl
* —
Warm
25
—
—
2.5
s-Hexylcatechol
Methyl eugenyl ether
Vinylresorcinol (83%)
315
257
159
s
alcohol
Resorcinol (—) Isopropyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (70%) (—) .— 80 — 4-Isopropylresorcinol, 4,6-di- 29
isopropylresorcinol
Resorcinol (0.1) t-Butyl chloride (0.3) FeCl3 (0.02) — 80 0.3-0.4 Di-i-butylresorcinol mono-fr- 179
butyl ether (40%)
Resorcinol (0.1) «-Butyl chloride (0.3) AICI3 ( - ) — — — Di-t-butylresorcinol 179
Resorcinol (0.1) Amylene (0.25) H2SO4 (—) Acetic acid 25 120 Di-tf-amylresorcinol 226
Resorcinol (0.1) «-Amyl chloride (0.3) FeCl3 (0.02) — 80 0.1 Di-t-amylresorcinol (5%) 17*
Resorcinol (—) 3-Hexene (—) H3BO2F2 ( - ) — — — s-Hexylresorcinol (62%), di-s- 315
hexylresorcinol (20%)
Resorcinol (0.8) Cyclohexyl chloride A1C13(O.15) Nitro- 70 4 Cyclohexylresorcinol (5%) 112
(0.6) benzene

CO
TABLE XI—Continued
AliKYLATION OF POLTHTDBIC PHENOLS
1
t-H
Aromatic Com- Alkylating Agent

Tem-
Time, Refer- o
pound (moles) (moles) hours ence*
°C.
Resorcinol (—) Benzyl chloride (—) Zn ( - ) Benzylresorcinol, dibenzyl- 104

8
CO
resorcinol
Resorcinol (0.2) Benzyl chloride (0.1) A1C13 (0.1) . Nitro- 50-70 2 4-Benzylresorcinol (50%) 220
benzene
Resorcinol mono- Isopropyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (—) —. — —. Monomethyl ether of diiso- 29
methyl ether (—) propylresorcinol
Resorcinol di- Isopropyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (—) — — — Dimethyl ethers of isopropyl- 29
methyl ether (—) and diisopropylresorcinol
Hydroquinone (5) Isopropyl alcohol (6) HF (42) — 5->20 24 Isopropylhydroquinone (39%) 71
Hydroquinone Isopropyl alcohol (7.6) HF ( - ) — — — 2,4,6-Triisopropylphenol 71
(1.65) (83%)
Hydroquinone <-Butyl chloride (0.2) FeCl3 (0.02) — 25 0.2 2,5-Di-t-butylbenzoquinone 179
(0.1)
Hydroquinone Amylene (0.65) H2SO4 (—) Acetic acid 25 24 2,5-Di-t-amylhydroquinone 226
(0.25) (50%)
Hydroquinone (—) 3-Hexene (—) ?(-) s-Hexylhydroquinone, di-s- 315
hexylhydroquinone
Hydroquinone di- Benzyl chloride (0.15) Ti (0.1) — 130-140 8 Benzylhydroquinone dimethyl 297
methyl ether ether (70%)
(0.2)
2-Methyl-l,4-naph- Cinnamyl alcohol (—) Oxalic acid (—) Dioxane ioo 24 3-Cinnamyl-2-methyl-l ,4- 153
thohydroquinone naphthohydroquinone
(30%)
2-Methyl-l,4-naph- Phytol (—) Oxalic acid (—) Dioxane 75 36 2-Methyl-3-phytyl-l ,4-naph- 152
thohydroquinone thohydroquinone (30%)
Pyrogallol (0.1) <-Butyl chloride (0.4) FeCl3 (0.02) 80 0.5 Di-t-butylpyrogallol 282
Pyrogallol (—) Amylene (—) H2SO4 (—) Acetic acid 25 120 Di-J-amylpyrogallol 226
* Keferences 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82.

TABLE XII to
ALKYLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ALDEHYDES, ACIDS, AND QUINONES
Aromatic Com- Alkylating Agent Tem-

pound (moles) (moles) Catalyst (moles) Solvent perature, Time,
°C ence*
Benzaldehyde(0.2) Isopropyl chloride (0.2) A1C13 (0.4) CS2 25 12 TO-Isopropylbenzaldehyde (8% 32

conversion, 30% yield)
Benzaldehyde (—) <-Butyl chloride (—) A1C1, (—) CS2 25 12 m-t-Butylbenzaldehyde 32
Benzoquinone Benzhydrol (0.1) H2SO4 (0.01) Acetic acid 80 12 2,5-Dibenzhydrylbenzoqui- 254
(0.1) none
a-Naphthoquinone Benzhydrol (0.1) H2SO4 (0.01) Acetic acid 80 3 2-Benzhydryl-a-naphthoqui- 254
(0.1) none (ca. 100%)
Benzoic acid (1.5) Isopropyl ether (3) HF (45) 10->75 8 m-Isopropylbenzoic acid 71
Anisaldehyde (0.1) Isopropyl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (0.2) CS2 3-Isopropyl-4-methoxyben- 32
zaldehyde (22%)
Methyl anisate Isopropyl chloride AICI3 (0.16) Methyl 3-isopropyl-4-methoxy- 168
(0.08) (0.08) benzoate (33%) .
Ethyl a-naphthoate Isopropyl chloride A1C13(O.1) CS2 Ethyl isopropyl-a-naphthoate 168
(0.05) (0.05)
Ethyl a-naphthoate n-Butyl chloride (0.05) CS2 Ethyl butyl-a-naphthoate 168
(0.05)
Salicylic acid (1) Isopropyl alcbhol (2.5) H2SO4 (80%) (60) 75 5 2-Hydroxy-5-isopropylbenzoic 29
acid (50%)
Salicylic acid (1) Isobutyl alcohol (2) ZnCl2 (—) 180 1 p-<-Butylphenol + CO2 t 238
Salicylic acid (—) Isobutyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (80%) (—) 70 2-Hydroxy-5-<-butylbenzoic 29
acid (80%)
Salicylic acid (—) i-Butyl alcohol (—) H2SO4 (80%) (—) 70 2-Hydroxy-5-(-butylbenzoic 29
acid (80%)
3-Hydroxy-2-naph - Isopropyl alcohol (1.2) HF (33) 15-20 20 IsopropyI-3-hydroxy-2-naph- 71
thoic acid (1) thoic acid
Methyl salicylate Triphenylcarbinol Boiling 1 3-Carboxy-4-hydroxytetra- 131
(0.04) (0.02) phenylmethane | (40%)
* References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82. t On distillation of the crude product. t After hydrolysis.
TABLE XIII
ALKTLATION OF ANILINE
Tem-
Moles of Time,
Aniline hours
°C.
i Methyl chloride (—) AlClg (1) Dimethyltoluidine 164

i n-Propyl alcohol (1) ZnCl2 (1) — 260 8 p-n-Propylaniline 240
i Isopropyl alcohol (1) ZnCl2 (1) — 260 — p-Isopropylamline 240, 283 S
i Isobutyl alcohol (1) P2OB (1) — 260 8 p-J-Butylaniline 240, 296 d
i Isobutyl alcohol (1) ZnCl2 (1) — 260 8 p-<-Butylaniline (40-50%) 240,338
—
—
0.2
Isoamyl alcohol (—)
fsoamyl alcohol (—)

t-Amyl alcohol (0.1)
ZnCl2 (—)
P2O6 (—)
ZnCl2 (—)
—
—
—
280
250
270
—
—.
9
p-Isoamylaniline (40%)
p-Isoamylaniline (40%)
p-i-Amylaniline
249, 296,
337
249, 296
98
I
— Benzyl chloride (—) ZnCl2 (—) — 120 — p-Benzyl-N,N-dibenzylaniline 248 g
0.1 n-Octyl alcohol (0.1) ZnCl2 (0.05) — 270-280 8 p-n-Octylaniline 120
0.1 s-Octyl alcohol (0.1) ZnCl2 (0.05) —• 280 8 p-s-Octylaniline (15%) 120
—• Benzhydrol (—) ZnCl2 (—) — 150 — p-Aminotriphenylmethane 155
0.6 9-Hydroxy-9-phenyl- HC1 (0.6) Acetic 115 1 9-p-Aminophenyl-9-phenylfluorene 325
fluorene (0.02) acid (80%)
— Di-a-naphthylmethyl HC1 ( - ) — Warm — p-Di-a-naphthyhnethylaniUne 243
bromide (—)
— Di-or-naphthylcarbinol HC1 ( - ) — Warm — p-DiTa-naphthylmethylaniline 243, 285
V )
0.1 Triphenylcarbinol (0.02) HCl(0.1) Acetic 115 5 p-Aminotetraphenylmethane 320
acid
00
TABLE XIV
ALKYLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS AROMATIC AMINES
Tem-
Dimethylaniline Methyl chloride (—•) A i d , (—) — — — Dimethyltoluidine 164 i

Dimethylaniline Benzyl alcohol (—) ZnCl2 (—) 150 p-Dimethylaminodiphenyl- 155 h-H
(—) methane O
Dimethylaniline Benzhydrol (—) ZnCl2 (—) — 150 — p-Dimethylaminotriphenyl- 155
(—) methane
Dimethylaniline 9-Hydroxy-9-phenyl- HCl ( - ) Acetic acid 115 4 9-p-Dimethylaminophenyl-9- 325
0.012 fluorene (0.004) phenylfluorene (90%) S
Diphenylamine (1) Benzyl chloride (1) ZnCl2 (1) — 80 1 p-Benzyldiphenylamine 248
Diphenylamine (1) Benzyl chloride (2) ZnCl2 (1) — • 80 — Dibenzyldiphenylamine 248
Acetanilide (—) Benzyl chloride (—) ZnCl2 (—) — 120 — p-Benzyl-N,N-dibenzylaniline 248
o-Toluidine (—) Isobutyl alcohol (—) ZnCl2 (—) — . 280 — 2-Amino-3-t-butyltoluene 145
o-Toluidine (—) Isobutyl alcohol (—) HCl ( - ) — 280-300 — 2-Amino-5-t-butyltoluene 145
o-Toluidine (—) n-Octyl alcohol (—) ZnCl2 (—) — • 280 — n-Octyl-o-toluidine (40-50%) 120
o-Toluidine (0.15) Triphenylcarbinol (0.1) HCl (0.15) Acetic acid 115 5 4-Amino-3-methyltetraphenyl- 97,131
methane
N-Methyl-o-tolui- 9-Hydroxy-9-phenylflu- HCl (—) Acetic acid 115 2 9-(3-Methyl-4-methylamino- 325
dine (0.012) orene (0.004) phenyl)-9-phenylfluorene
(90%)
2,6-Dimethyl- Triphenylcarbinol HC1 (0.15) Acetic acid '115 0.3 4-Amino-3,5-dimethyltetra- 113
aniline (0.15) (0.08) phenylmethane (ca. 100%)
0-Naphthylamine Methaiiol (1.0) HC1 (0.3) — 240-250 12 l-Methyl-2-naphthol (15%), 189
(0.3) /S-dimethylaminonaphtha-
lene, etc.
p-Aminophenol (3) Isopropyl ether (5) — 10->75 5 Diisopropyl-p-aminophenol
HF (100) 71
(12%), 4,4'-dihydroxytetra-
isopropyldiphenylamine
(62%)
p-Anisidine (2) Isopropyl ether (3) — 10->25 20 Diisopropyl-p-anisidine (38%),
HF (60) 4,4'-dimethoxytetraisopro- 71
pyldiphenylamine (50%)
p-Anisidine (0.77) Cyclohexanol (2) HF (19) 10-20 18 Cyclohexyl-p-anisidine (23%) 71
N-Dimethyl-p- Isopropyl ether (2.1) HF (60) 10->25 20 Isopropyl-N-dimethyl-p- 71 !
aminophenol (2) aminophenol (42%), diiso-
propyl-N-dimethyl-p-amino-
phenol (9%)
N-Diethyl-m-phe- Isopropyl ether (0.5) HF (15) — 10-20 20 Isopropyl-N-diethyl-m-phe- 71
netidine (0.45) netidine (80%)
2-Methoxy-l-naph- Isopropyl ether (1)
thylamine (0.6)
HF (22) — 5->20 20 Triisopropyl-2-methoxy-l-
naphthylamine (46%)
71
§
TABLE XV
ALKYLATION OF HETEBOCYCLIC AROMATIC COMPOUNDS
Tem-
2-Furfural (0.5) Isopropyl chloride (0.5) A1C13 (0.6) CS2 25 4-Isopropyl-2-furfural (11%) 169
2-Furfural (0.5) J-Butyl chloride (0.5) AICI3 (0.6) cs2 25 2 54-Butyl-2-furfural (12%) 32
2-Furfural (0.5) ra-Butyl chloride (0.5) AICI3 (0.6) cs 25 2 5-f-Butyl-2-furfural (12%) 32
2-Furfural (0.5) 2 5-MButyl-2-furfural (12%)
Isobutyl chloride (0.5) AICI3 (0.6) CSi! 25 2 32
2-Furfural (0.5) n-Amyl chloride (0.5) AICI3 (0.6) C& 25 2 5-Amyl-2-furfural (10%) 32
5-Bromo-2-furfural Isopropyl chloride (—) AICI3 (-) 5-Bromo-4-isopropyl-2-furfural 169
2-Furyl phenyl <-Butyl chloride (0.05) CSi! 25 24 5-t-Butyl-2-furyl phenyl ketone 168
ketone (0.05) (30%)
2-Furoic acid (0.5) <-Butyl chloride (0.5) AlCls(l.O) cs2 54-Butyl-2-furoic acid (6%) 168
Methyl 2-furoate n-Propyl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (0.1-O.2) cs2 0 24 Methyl 5-isopropyl-2-furoate 168
(0.1) (48%)
Methyl 2-furoate Isopropyl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (0.1-0.2) cs2 0 24 Methyl 5-isopropyl-2-furoate 168
(0.1) (45%)
Methyl 2-furoate ra-Butyl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (0.1-0.2) cs2 0 24. Methyl 5-t-butyl-2-furoate 168
(0.1) (45%)
Methyl 2-furoate s-Butyl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (0.1-0.2) cs2 0 24 Methyl 5-t-butyl-2-furoate 168
(0.1) (2%)
Methyl 2-furoate t-Butyl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (0.1-0.2) cs2 0 24 Methyl 5-i-butyl-2-furoate 168
(0.1) (46%)
Methyl 2-furoate Isobutyl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (0.1-0.2) • cs2 0 24 Methyl 54-butyl-2-furoate 168
(0.1) (66%)
Methyl 2-furoate n-Amyl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (0.1-0.2) cs2 0 24 Methyl 5-(-amyl-2-furoate 168
(0.1) (31%)
Methyl 2-furoate f-Amyl chloride (0.1) A1C13 (0.1-0.2) CS2 0->25 24 Methyl 5-(-amyl-2-furoate 278
(0.1) (82%)
Methyl 2-furoate n-Hexyl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (0.1-0.2) CS2 25 24 Methyl 5-hexyl-2-furoate 168
(0.1) (57%)
Methyl 2-furoate 1-Methylcyclohexyl AICI3 (0.1-0.2) CS2 0->25 24 Methyl 5-(l-methylcyclo- 278
(0.1) chloride (0.1) hexyl)-2-furoate (55%)
Ethyl 2-furoate J-Butyl chloride (—) HF(-) ecu — 150 Ethyl 5-«-butyl-2-furoate 308
(-) (54%)
Ethyl 5-bromo-2- Isopropyl chloride (0.1) AICI3 (0.1-0.2) CS2 0 24 Ethyl 5-bromo-4-isopropyl-2- 169
furoate (0.1) furoate (35%)
Ethyl 5-bromo-2- <-Butyl chloride (0.74) A1C13(1.68) cs2 25 24 Ethyl 5-bromo-4-t-butyl-2- 32
furoate (0.74) furoate (3%)
Ethyl 5-bromo-2- n-Amyl chloride (0.12) AICI3 (0.25) CS2 25 24 Ethyl 5-bromo-4-t-butyl-2- 32
furoate (0.12) furoate (10% conversion,
30% yield)
Ethyl 5-bromo-2- n-Amyl bromide (—) AICI3 (—) 5-«-Butyl-2-furoic acid t (31- 33
furoate (—) 40%)
Ethyl 5-bromo-2- i-Amyl alcohol (—) AICI3 ( - ) CS2 ' 4-i-Butyl-5-bromo-2-furoic 33
furoate (—) acid f (10%)
Ethyl 5-bromo-2- n-Hexyl chloride (0.12) AICI3 (0.25) CS2 25 24 Ethyl 5-bromo-4-J-butyl-2- 32
furoate (0.12) furoate (5% conversion,
15% yield)
Ethyl 5-bromo-2- n-Octodecyl bromide AICI3 ( - ) Ethyl 5-bromo-4-«-butyl-2- 32
furoate (—) furoate (46%)
Thiophene (0.1) Benzhydryl ethyl ether SnCl 4 (0.1) cs2 Cold — , Dibenzhydrylthiophene 317
(0.1) (50%), benzhydrylthiophene
(5%)
Thiophene (0.7) Benzhydrol (0.6) P2O6 (—) — — 24 Benzhydrylthiophene 236

t After hydrolysis.
REFESEN€ES TO TABLES
93
Adam, Ann. chim., [6] 15, 224 (1888); Bull. soc. chim., [2] 49, 98 (1888).
94
Ador and Rilliet, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 31, 244 (1879); Ber., 12, 331 (1879).
95
Albright, Morgan, and Woodworth, Compt. rend., 86, 887 (1878).
96
Allen and Underwood, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 40, 100 (1883).
97
van Alphen, Bee. trav. chim., 46, 501 (1927).
98
Ansehtttz and Beekerhoff, Ann., 327, 218 (1903).
99
Auer, Ber., 17, 670 (1884).
100
Auger, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 47, 48 (1887).
191
Austin, BuU. soc. chim., [2] 32, 12 (1879).
m
Baeyer and Vffliger, Ber., 35, 3018 (1902).
108
Baeyer, Ber., 42, 2625 (1909).
104
Bakunin and Alfano, Gazz. chim. ital., 37, II, 250 (1907).
196
Bakunin and Barberio, Gazz. chim. ital., 33, II, 470 (1903).
106
Bakunin and Altieri, Gazz. chim. ital., 33, II, 488 (1903).
107
Balaohn, BuU. soc. chim., [2] 3 1 , 5 3 9 (1879).
108
Balsohn, BuU. soc. chim., [2], 3 2 , 6 1 8 (1879).
109
Bandrowski, Ber., 7, 1016 (1874).
110
Barbier, Compt. rend., 79, 660 (1874).
111
Barkenbus, Hopkins, and Allen, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 2452 (1939).
112
Bartlett and Garland, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 49, 2098 (1927).
118
Battegay and Kappeler, BuU. soc. chim., [4] 35, 992 (1924).
114
Baur, Ber., 24, 2832 (1891); 27, 1606 (1894).
116
Baur, Ber., 27, 1614 (1894).
»• Baur, Ber., 27, 1623 (1894).
117
Beaurepaire, BuU. soc. chim., [2] 50, 677 (1888).
118
von der Becke, Ber., 23, 3191 (1890).
119
Behal and Choay, BuU. soc. chim., [3] 11, 207 (1894).
m
B e r a n , Ber., 18, 132 (1885).
121
Bialobrzeski, Ber., 30, 1773 (1897).
122
Bistrzycki and Gyr, Ber., 37, 659 (1904).
128
Bistrzycki and Herbst, Ber.,.35, 3137 (1902). .
124
Bodroux, BuU. soc. chim., [3] 19, 888 (1898).
126
Bodroux, Compt. rend., 132, 155 (1901).
126
Bodroux, Compt. rend., 132, 1334 (1901).
127
Bodroux, BuU. soc. chim., [3] 25, 496 (1901).
128
Boedtker, BuU. soc. chim., [3] 31, 965 (1904).
129
Boedtker and Rambech, Bull. soc. chim., [4] 35, 631 (1924).
180
Boeseken, Rec. trav. chim., 22, 311 (1903).
181
Boyd and Hardy, J. Chem. Soc., 1928, 630.
182
von Braun and Deutsch, Ber?, 45, 1273 (1912).
188
von Braun and Deutsch, Ber., 45, 2182 (1912).
1M
Brochet, Compt. rend., 117, 115 (1894).
186
Brown and Marvel, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 59, 1248 (1937).
""Brunei, Ber., 17, 1180 (1884).
187
Cahen, BuU. soc. chim., [3] 19, 1007 (1898).
188
Claus and Foecking, Ber., 20, 3097 (1887).
189
Clemo and Walton, / . Chem. Soc., 1928, 728.
140
Cousin and Lions, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, 70, 413 CL937).
141
Dillingham and Reid, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 60, 2606 (1938).
142
Dilthey, Henkels, and Leonhard, J. prakt. Chem., 151, 114 (1938).
148
Dziewonski and Dotta, BuU. soc. chim., [3] 31, 377 (1904).
144
Dziewonski and Rychlik, Ber., 58, 2239 (1925).
145
Effront, Ber., 17, 419, 2320 (1884).
FRIEDEL-CRAFTS METHOD . 79
148
Elba, / . prakt. Chem., [2] 35, 476 (1886).
147
Epelberg and Lowy, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 101 (1941).
s
» Errera, Gazz. chim. Hal., 14, 484 (1884).
149
Essner, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 36, 212 (1881).
160
Esaner and Gossin, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 42, 213 (1884).
161
Estreicher, Ber., 33, 436 (1900).
162
Fieser, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 3467 (1939).
153
Fieser, Campbell, Fry, and Gates, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 3222 (1939).
164
Fieser and Price, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 1838 (1936).
166
Fischer, Ann., 206, 113, 155 (1881).
168
Fischer and Fischer, Ann., 194, 263 (1878).
167
Fischer and Griitzner, Ber., 26, 1646 (1893).
168
Fisher and Eisner, J. Org. Chem., 6, 171 (1941).
169
Flood and Nieiiwland, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 50, 2566 (1928).
160
Fortner, Monatsh., 25, 450 (1904).
161
Fournier, Bull. soc. chim., [3] 7, 651 (1892).
182
Frankland and Turner, J. Chem. Soc, 43, 357 (1883).
183
Friedel and Crafts, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 39, 195, 306 (1883).
164
Friedel and Crafts, Ann. chim., [6] 1, 449 (1884).
166
Friedel and Crafts, Ann., chim., [6] 10, 417 (1887).
188
Galle, Ber., 16, 1744 (1883).
167
Gattermann, Fritz, and Beck, Ber., 32, 1122 (1899).
168
Gilman and Calloway, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 55, 4197 (1933).
169
Gilman, Calloway, and Burtner, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 906 (1935).
170
Gleditsch, Bull. soc. chim., [3] 35, 1095 (1906).
171
Goldschmidt, Ber., IS, 1067 (1886).
172
Goldschmidt and Larsen, Z. physik. Chem., [A] 48,429 (1904).
173
Goldschmiedt, Monatsh., 2, 433 (1881).
174
Gomberg and Kamm., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 39, 2013 (1917).
176
Gossin, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 38, 99 (1882).
178
Grosse and Ipatieff, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 2415 (1935).
177
Grosse, Mavity, and Ipatieff, J. Org. Chem., 3, 448 (1938).
178
Gump, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 53, 380 (1931).
179
Gurewitsch, Ber., 32, 2424 (1899).
180
Gustavson, Compt. rend., 140, 940 (1905).
181
182
H a l s e , J. prakt. Chem., [2] 89, 4 5 1 (1914).
183
Hartmann and Gattermann, Ber., 25, 3532 (1892).
184
Haworth, Letsky, and Mavin, J. Chem. Soc, 1932, 1784.
186
Hemilian, Ber., 11, 202 (1878).
188
Hemilian, Ber., 13, 678 (1880).
187
Hemilian, Ber., 16, 2360 (1883).
188
Hemilian, Ber., 19, 3061 (1886).
189
Hey and Jackson, J. Chem. Soc, 1936, 1783.
190
Hirst and Cohen, / . Chem. Soc, 67, 827 (1895).
191
Huston, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 46, 2775 (1924).
192
Huston and Friedemann, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 38, 2527 (1916).
193
Huston and Friedemann, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 40, 785 (1918).
194
Huston and Goodemoot, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 56, 2432 (1934).
196
Huston and Hsieh, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 439 (1936).
198
Huston and Jackson, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 541 (1941).
197
Ipatieff and Corson, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 59, 1417 (1937).
198
Ipatieff, Corson, and Pines, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 919 (1936).
199
Ipatieff and Grosse, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 2339 (1936).
200
Ipatieff and Komarewsky, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 56, 1926 (1934).
201
Ipatieff, Komarewsky, and Pines, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 918 (1936).
202
Ipatieff, Orlov, and Petrov, Ber., 60, 1006 (1927).
203
Ipatieff, Orlov, and Eazoubaiev, Bull. soc. chim., [4] 37, 1576 (1925).
204
Ipatieff, Pines, and Komarewsky, Ind. Eng. Chem., 28, 222 (1936).
206
Ipatieff, Pines, and Schmerling, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 60, 353 (1938).
206
Ipatieff, Pines, and Schmerling, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60, 577 (1938).
207
Ipatieff, Pines, and Schmerling, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60, 1161 (1938).
208
Isagulyants and Bagryantseva, Neftyanoe Khoz., 1938, No. 2, 36 [C.A., 33, 8183
(1939)].
209
Jacobsen, Ber., 14, 2624 (1881).
210
Jacobsen, Ber., 20, 896 (1887).
211
Jacobsen, Ber., 21, 2819 (1888).
212
Jannasch and Bartels, Ber., 31, 1716 (1898).
213
Kamienski and Lewiowna, Roczniki Chem., 14, 1348 (1934).
214
Kane and Lowy, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 2605 (1936).
216
Kelbe, Ann., 210, 25 (1881).
216
Kekule and Schrotter, Ber., 12, 2279 (1879).
217
Khashtanov, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 2, 515 (1932) [C.A., 27, 975 (1933)].
218
Kirrmann and Graves, Bull. soc. chim., [5] 1, 1494 (1934).
219
K l a g e s , J. prakt. Chem., [2] 6 5 , 3 9 4 (1902).
220
Klarmann, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 48, 791 (1926).
221
Kliegl, Ber., 38, 2 9 0 (1905).
222
Koch and Steinbrink, Brennstoff Chem., 19, 277 (1938).
223
Koenigs, Ber., 23, 3145 (1890).
224
Koenigs, Ber., 24, 179 (1891).
226
Koenigs and Carl, Ber., 24, 3889 (1891).
226
Koenigs and Mai, Ber., 25, 2654 (1892).
227
Konowalow, J. Russ. Phys. Chem. Soc, 30, 1036 (1898) [Chem. Zentr., I, 777 (1899)].
228
Konowalow and Jegerow, J. Russ. Phys. Chem. Soc, 30, 1031 (1898) [Chem. Zentr.,
I, 776 (1899)].
229
Kraemer, Spilker, and Eberhardt, Ber., 23, 3269 (1890); 24, 2788 (1891).
280
Krafft, Ber., 19, 2986 (1886).
231
Kunckell and XJlex, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 87, 228 (1913).
232
Kursanow, Ann., 318, 311 (1901).
233
Kursanow, J. Russ. Phys. Chem. Soc, 38, 1304 (1907).
234
Kursanow and Zel'viB, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 9, 2173 (1939) [C. A., 34, 4062
(1940)].
236
Lehne, Ber., 13, 358 (1880).
286
Levi, Ber., 19, 1624 (1886).
237
Liebmann, Ber., 14,1842 (1881).
288
Liebmann, Ber., 15, 150 (1882).
239
Lippmann and Fritsch, Monaish., 25, 793 (1904).
240
Louis, Ber., 16, 105 (1883).
241
Louis, Compt. rend., 9 5 , 1163 (1882).
242
Louis, Ann. chim., [6] 6, 177 (1885).
243
M a g i d s o h n , J. Russ. Phys. Chem. Soc, 4 7 , 1304 (1915) [Chem. Zentr., I I , 129 (1916)].
244
Malishev, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 883 (1935).
245
M a r c h e t t i , Gazz. chim. Hal., 1 1 , 4 3 9 (1881).
246
M a y e s a n d Turner, J. Chem. Soc, 1929, 500.
247
Meissel, Ber., 32, 2423 (1899).
248
Meldola, J. Chem. Soc, 4 1 , 200 (1882).
249
Merz a n d Weith, Ber., 14, 2343 (1881).
260
Meyer and Wurster, Ber., 6, 963 (1873).
261
M e y e r , J. prakt. Chem., [2] 8 2 , 5 3 9 (1910).
262
Milligan and Reid, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 44, 206 (1922).
253
Miquel, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 26, 2 (1876).
264
Mohlau, Ber., 31, 2351 (1898); Mohlau and Klopfer, Ber., 32, 2149 (1899).
266
Monacelli and Hennion, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 63, 1722 (1941).
268
Monsanto Chemical Company, Brit, pat., 452,335 [C. A., 31, 485 (1937)].
267
Moureu, Bull. soc. chim., [3] 15, 652 (1896).
268
Nef, Ann., 298, 254 (1897).
269
Ninetzescu, Isaoescu, and Ionescu, Ann., 491, 210 (1931).
260
Noelting, Ber., 25, 791 (1892).
261
Norris and Arthur, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 874 (1940).
262
Norris and Ingraham, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 62, 1298 (1940).
263
Norris and Klemka, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 62, 1432 (1940).
264
O'Connor a n d Sowa, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60, 125 (1938).
266
Org. Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 2 , 248, J o h n Wiley & Sons, N e w York, N e w York, 1943.
266
P a t e r n o , Ber., 5, 2 8 * (1872); 5, 4 3 5 (1872).
267
Paterno and Fileti, Gazz. chim. ital., 5, 382 (1875).
268
Pavelkina, J. Applied Chem. U.S.S.R., 12, 1422 (1939) [C.A., 34, 3485 (1940)].
269
Perkin and Hodgkinson, J. Chem. Soc, 37, 725 (1880).
270
Pines, Schmerling, and Ipatieff, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 2901 (1940).
271
Pokrovskaya and Sushchik, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 9, 2291 (1939) [C.A., 34, 5433
(1940)].
272
Potts and Carpenter, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 663 (1939).
273
Price and Lund, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 3105 (1940).
274
Radziewanowski, Ber., 27, 3235 (1894).
276
R a d z i e w a n o w s k i , Ber., 2 8 , 1137, 1139 (1895).
276
Radziszewski, Ber., 7, 141 (1874).
277
Rayman and Preis, Ann., 223, 315 (1884).
278
Reichstein, Rosenberg, and Eberhardt, Helv. Chim. Ada, 18, 721 (1935).
279
Rennie, J. Chem. Soc, 41, 33 (1882).
280
Roux, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 41, 379 (1884).
281
Roux, Ann. chim., [6] 12, 289 (1887).
282
Rozycki, Ber.., 32, 2428 (1899).
283
Sachs and Weigert, Ber., 40, 4360 (1907); Constam and Goldschmidt, Ber., 21, 1157
(1888).
284
Savard and Hosogilt, Reo.facuUe sci. univ. Istanbul, [N.S.] 3, 27 (1937) [C.A., 32,3348
(1938)].
286
Schmidlin and Massini, Ber., 42, 2390 (1909).
286
Schorigin, Ber., 60, 2373 (1927).
287
Schramm, Monatsh., 9, 613 (1888).
288
Schramm, Ber., 26, 1706 (1893).
289
Schrauth and Quasebarth, Ber., 57, 854 (1924).
290
Schreiner, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 8 1 , 5 5 7 (1910).
291
Schreiner, J. prakt.'Chem., [2] 8 2 , 2 9 4 (1910).
292
Schroeter, Ann., 48, 199 (1919).
293
Semptowski, Ber., 22, 2662 (1889).
294
Senff, Ann., 220, 2 2 5 (1883).
296
Senkowski, Ber., 2 3 , 2 4 1 3 (1890).
296
Senkowski, Ber., 24, 2974 (1891).
297
Sharma and Dutt, J. Indian Chem. Soc, 12, 774 (1935).
298
Shoesmith and McGechen, J . Chem. Soc, 1930, 2231. v
299
Shorigin, Ber., 61, 2516 (1928).
300
Silva, Bull, soc chim., [2] 38, 529 (1877).
301
Silva, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 29, 193 (1878).
302
Silva, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 43, 317 (1885).
808
Simons and Archer, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60^2952 (1938).
804
Simons and Archer, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 60,'2953 (1938).
306
Simons and Archer, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 1521 (1939).
306
Simons and Archer, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 1623 (1940).
307
Simons, Archer, and Adams, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60, 2955 (1938).
808
Simons, Archer, and Passino, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60, 2956 (1938).
809
Simons, Archer, and Randall, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 1821 (1939).
810
Slanina, Sowa, and Nieuwland, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 1547 (1935).
311
Smith, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 59, 899 (1937).
812
Smith and Guss, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 2625 (1940).
313
Smith and Rodden, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 59, 2353 (1937).^
814
Sowa, Hennion, and Nieuwland, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 57,^09 (1935).
816
Spiegler and Tinker, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 1002 (1939).
316
Stadnikov and Kashtanov, J. Russ. Phys. Chem. Soc, 60, 1117 (1928) [C. A., 23, 2170
(1929)].
817
Stadnikov and Goldfarb, Ber., 61, 2341 (1928).
318
Stahl, Ber., 23, 992 (1890). «
819
Tcheou and Yung, Contrib. Inst. Chem., Nat. Acad. Peiping, 2, No. 8, No. 9, 127, 149
(1936) [C. A . , 3 1 , 6646 (1937)].
820
Tsukervanik and Sidorova, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 7, 641 (1937) [C. A., 31, 5780
(1937)].
821
Tsukervanik and Tambovtseva, Bull. univ. Asie centrale, 22, 221 (1938) [C. A., 34,
4729 (1940)].
322
Tsukervanik a'nd Terent'eva, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 7, 637 (1937) [C. A., 31, 5780
(1937)].
328
Uhlhorn, Ber., 23, 3142 (1890).
324
Ullmann and Munzhuber, Ber., 36, 407 (1903).
826
XJllmann a n d v o n W u r s t e m b e r g e r , Ber., 3 7 , 77 (1904).
826
Verley, Bvtt. soc chim., [3] 19, 67 (1898).
827
V i n c e n t a n d R o u x , BuU. soc. chim., [2] 4 0 , 163 ( 1 8 8 3 ) . '
828
Vlekke, dissertation, Freiburg, p. 46, 1905.
829
Voswinkel, Ber., 21, 2829 (1888); 22, 315 (1889).
830
Walker, Ber., 5, 686 (1872).
331 Wegscheider, Monatsh., 5, 236 (1884).
832
Welsh and Drake, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60, 58 (1938).
888
Werner and Grob, Ber., 37, 2897 (1904).
334
Wertyporoch and Firla, Ann., 500, 287 (1933).
836
Wertyporoch and Sagel, Ber., 66, 1306 (1933).
386
Willgerodt and Albert, J. praM. chem., [2] 84, 393 (1911).
837
Willgerodt and Damann, Ber., 34, 3678 (1901).
338 WiUgerodt and Rampacher, Ber., 34, 3667 (1901).
339
Wispek and Zuber, Ann., 218, 379 (1883).
840
Wispek and Zuber, Bull, soc chim., [2] 43, 588 (1885).
341
Wunderly, Sowa, and Nieuwland, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 1007 (1936).
842
Wuyts, Bull, soc chim. Belg., 26, 308 (1912).
848
Zincke, Ann., 159, 374 (1871); Ber., 6, 119 (1873).
844
Zincke, Ann., 161, 93 (1872); Ber., 6, 906 (1873).
846
Zincke, Ber., 5 , 799 (1872).
846
Z o n e w , J. Russ. Phys. Chem. Soc, 4 8 , 5 5 0 (1916) [Chem. Zentr., I, 1497 (1923)].
847
Diuguid, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 3527 (1941).
848
Snyder, Adams, and Mclntosh, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 3280 (1941).
849
Kleene and Wheland, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 3321 (1941).
860
Co*rson a n d Ipatieff, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 5 9 , 6 4 5 (1937).
861
Burwell and Archer, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 64, 1032 (1942).
CHAPTER 2
THE WILLGERODT REACTION

MARVIN CARMACK
University of Pennsylvania
AND
M. A. SPIELMAN
Abbott Laboratories
CONTENTS
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 84
MECHANISM 86
SCOPE, LIMITATIONS, AND SIDE REACTIONS 89

By-Products 91
EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS AND REAGENTS 91
Ammonium Polysulfide • 91
Added Organic Solvents 93
The Kindler Modification with Amines and Sulfur 93
Apparatus ". 93
Time and Temperature 94
Isolation of Product 94
EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES .95
Phenylacetamide from Acetophenone (Use of Ammonium Polysulfide) . . 95
1-Pyrenylacetamide * and 1-Pyrenylace tic Acid from 1-Acetylpyrene (Use of
Ammonium Polysulfide in Dioxane-Water) 96
Methyl 0-(6-Tetralyl)propionate from 6-Propionyltetrah'n (Use of Ammo-
nium Polysulfide in Dioxane-Water) 96
Phenylacetamide from Acetophenone (Use of Sulfur, Aqueous Ammonia,
and Pyridine) 97
Phenylacetamide from Styrene (Use of Sulfur, Aqueous Ammonia, and
Pyridine) 97
2-Naphthylacetothiomorphotide and 2-Naphthylacetic Acid from 2-Acetyl-
naphthalene (Use of Morpholine and Sulfur; Kindler Procedure) . . . . 97
EXAMPLES OF THE WILLGERODT AND KINDLER REACTIONS 99
Table I. Examples of the Willgerodt Reaction 99
Table II. Examples of the Kindler Modification (Sulfur, and Amine) . . . 104
* Numbering of nuclei follows current practice of Chemical Abstracts. In this ex-
ample, as well as in several others, the numbering differs from common usage.
83
84 ORGANIC REACTIONS ,
INTRODUCTION
The name of Conrad Willgerodt is associated with a group of closely

related reactions which have as a common feature the conversion of a
carbonyl compound into an amide with the same number of carbon
atoms. The original process involved the reaction of an appropriately
substituted alkyl aryl ketone with an aqueous solution of yellow ammo-
nium polysulfide at an elevated temperature to form an aryl-substituted
aliphatic acid amide, together with a smaller amount of the correspond-
ing ammonium salt of the carboxylic acid. An example is the conversion
of acetophenone into phenylacetamide and ammonium phenylacetate.1
CN
C 6 HBCOCH 3 ^^B*> C6H6CH2CONH2 + (C6HBCH2COONH4)
The net result of the reaction is the reduction of the carbonyl group and
the oxidation of the terminal methyl group.
In the first work2 on the reaction 1-acetylnaphthalene was heated
with ammonium polysulfide solution in a sealed tube at 210-230° for
three or four days to form a substance later characterized 3 as 1-naphthyl-
acetamide. Other methyl ketones such as acetophenone1 and 2,4-di-
methylacetophenone 2 were found to behave in a similar manner. In
each case a mixture of amide and acid salt was obtained. Extension of
the reaction to ethyl, n-propy.1, and n-butyl aryl ketones led to the re-
markable finding that the terminal methyl is always converted into a
carbonamide group, even though it may be several carbon atoms re-
moved from the original carbonyl group. Thus propiophenone gives /3-
phenylpropionamide,1 butyrophenone yields 7-phenylbutyramide,1 and
n-butyl p-tolyl ketone yields 5-p-tolylvaleramide.4 The publications of
3 — C 6 H 6 CH 2 CH 2 C—NH 2
>° /
CeHsC—CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
(j>-)CH 3 C 6 H 4 C—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 -» (p-)CH 3 C 6 H4CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C—NH 2
Willgerodt and collaborators extending over a period of nearly twenty-

five years l~1 described efforts to develop the procedure ipto a useful syn-
1
Willgerodt and Merk, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 80, 192 (1909).
2
Willgerodt, Ber., 20, 2467 (1887).
3
Willgerodt, Ber., 21, 534 (1888).
4
Willgerodt and Hambrecht, / . prakt. Chem., [2] 81, 74 (1910).
5
Willgerodt, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 80, 183 (1909).
6
Willgerodt and Scholtz, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 81, 382 (1910).
7
Willgerodt and Albert, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 84, 387 (1911).
THE WILLGERODT REACTION 85
thetic tool. Approximately forty ketones were investigated, but the
final procedures did not differ greatly from those originally described, and
the fundamental chemistry of the process was not elucidated.
Although the Willgerodt reaction was known through standard refer-
ences,8 it was used by only a few workers».10. ». 12 and remained a chem-
ical curiosity until increasing interest in complex polynuclear systems led
to a search for additional methods of synthesizing aryl-substituted
aliphatic acids of unequivocal structure. Interest in the reaction revived
after its application to the preparation of 3-acenaphthylacetic acid from
3-acetylacenaphthene.11 The requisite temperature was lowered to 160°
by the use of purified dioxane to increase the mutual solubility of the
ketone and aqueous ammonium polysulfide, and the yield of acid com-
pared favorably with that realized by an alternative synthesis involving
the Arndt-Eistert reaction. The Willgerodt reaction in the presence of
dioxane has been used by several investigators 13~21 in the synthesis of
a variety of aryl-substituted aliphatic acids and amides.
The Kindler variation,22'23 which promises to be more useful than the
original Willgerodt procedure, consists in heating the ketone with ap-
proximately equimolecular amounts of sulfur and a dry amine instead of
aqueous ammonium polysulfide. A thioamide is formed as the principal
product and on hydrolysis with acid or alkali affords the carboxylic acid,
usually in good yield. Generally a secondary aliphatic amine but some-
times a primary amine or even anhydrous ammonia M is used; the devel-
opment of a method for the electrolytic reduction of the thioamides to
amines 26 extended the usefulness of the reaction as a new route to the
synthesis of many important nitrogen bases. Early descriptions of this
8
Houben, Die Meihoden der organischen Chemie, 3d ed., Vol. Ill, pp. 867, 872, Georg
Thieme, Leipzig, 1930.
9
Weitzenbock and Lieb, Monatsh., 33, 556, 563 (1912).
10
Mosettig and van de Kamp, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 55, 3444 (1933).
11
Fieser and Kilmer, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 1354 (1940).
12
Smith and MacMullen, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 58, 633 (1936).
13
Bachmann and Sheehan, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 62, 2688 (1940).
" Bachmann and Carmack, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 63, 2494 (1941/.
15
Hartmann and Bosshard, Helv. Chim. Ada, 24, 28E (1941).
16
Bachmann and Cortes, J. Am. Cfiem. Soc., 65, 1329 (1943).
17
Bachmann and Cronyn, J. Org. Chem., 8, 461 (1943).
18
(o) Arnold and Barnes, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 65, 2395 (1943); (6) R. T. Arnold, private
communication.
19
Riegel, Gold, and Kubico, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 65, 1775 (1943).
20
(o) DeTar and Carmack, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 68, 2025 (1946); (b) Carmack and De-
Tar, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 68, 2029 (1946).
21
Cavalieri, Pattison and Carmack, J.'Am. Chem. Soc, 67, 1783 fl945)
22
Kindler, Ann., 431, 193, 222 (1923).
23
Kindler, Arch. Pharm., 265, 389 (1927).
24
Kindler, Ger. pat., 405,675; Chem. Zentr., 96, I, 1529 (1925).
26
Kindler and Peschke, Arch. Pharm., 270, 340 (1932).
procedure were placed inconspicuously in communications dealing with
other subjects,22"26 and the possibilities of the process have been appreci-
ated only recently.27
ArCOCH3 ——^—> ArCH2C —^» ArCH2COOH

8
\
N(CH3)2
ArCH2CH2N(CH3)2
Morpholine is well suited to the Kindler version of the Willgerodt reac-
tion; 28 it is cheap, and its boiling point (128°) makes possible the use
of open apparatus in place of an autoclave or bomb tube.
The Willgerodt reaction has been applied to a number of completely
aliphatic ketones.21 For example, pinacolone is converted into i-butyl-
acetamide and 2-heptanone into heptanamide.
(CH3)3CCOCH3 - • (CH3)3CCH2CONH2
CH3(CH2)4COCH3 -» CH3(CH2)6CONH2
Aryl-substituted olefins and acetylenes are transformed into amides
under the conditions of both the Willgerodt and Kindler procedures.20
C6H6CH2CONH2
C6H5CH=CH2 '
\
C6H6CH2CH2CONH2
MECHANISM
The mechanism of the Willgerodt reaction is not clear. The possibility
that the ketone first undergoes reduction at the carbonyl group to form
a hydrocarbon which is subsequently oxidized at the terminal methyl
group was rejected when it was found that an alkyl substituent such as
the ethyl group is unaffected under the conditions that bring about the
reaction with ketones. 1 ' 3 Willgerodt considered it unlikely that the oxi-
dation of the terminal methyl group of the ketone could precede the final
26
Kindler and Peschke, Arch. Pharm., 272, 236 (1934).
27
Kindler and Li, Ber., 74, 321 (1941).
28
Schwenk and Bloch, J. Am. Chem. Soe., 64, 3051 (1942).
reductive step in which the carbonyl group would be converted to a
methylene unit, since there is no evidence for intermediate keto acids and
since the latter cannot be converted into amides by the ammonium poly-
sulfide reagent. 3 He concluded that the oxygen atom of the alkyl aryl
ketone can, in some unknown way, wander to the end of the chain, or, in
effect, exchange place with two hydrogen atoms of the methyl group to
form an aldehyde isomeric with the ketone. The aldehyde could then
react with sulfur and ammonia to produce the amide and hydrogen sul-
fide; indeed, aldehydes are known to yield amides under these conditions.
Kindler 22 suggested that the reaction may proceed by a migration of
the aryl group to the carbon atom alpha to the carbonyl group; the origi-
nal carbonyl group would thus become the thioamide function of the final
product. To accommodate ketones higher than acetophenone, e.g.,
propiophenone, he postulated "" migration of the phenyl group to the end
of the chain, two or more atoms removed from the original carbonyl group.
First, he stated, there is the preliminary formation of the hydramine (I),
which adds sulfur to give an amine sulfide (II). This is dehydrated to I I I ,
NR2 S=NR 2 S=NR, S

w
ArCCH2CH3 -> ArCCH2CH3 — • Ar C=CHCH2H • R2NCCH2CH2Ar
OH OH
I 11 III IV
and then the final thioamide is formed in a rearrangement which results

in the simultaneous migration of the sulfur atom, the aryl radical, and a
terminal hydrogen-atom. However, evidence against this mechanism is
recorded in Willgerodt's observation that isovalerophenone gives (after
hydrolysis) a-methyl-7-phenylbutyric acid, VI. According to Kindler's
hypothesis the ^-methyl isomer VII should result. That VI is the prod-
uct seems highly probable.11
CH3
C6HBCOCH2CH(CH3)2 -
v vi
CH 3
'HOOCCH 2 CHCH 2 C 6 H6
VII
On the basis of three facts—that no change in the carbon skeleton oc-

curs during the reaction; that all members of a family of isomeric ali-
phatic carbonyl compounds, differing from one another only in the
position of the oxygen atom, form the same final product; and that un-
saturated hydrocarbons can undergo reactions very similar to the
Willgerodt and Kindler reactions of ketones—Carmack and DeTar 20
have argued that there must be one fundamental mechanism involving
the preliminary formation of a labile intermediate which has an unsatu-
rated carbon-carbon bond in the side chain. They have postulated a
series of steps involving the stepwise addition, elimination, and readdi-
tion of the elements of simple molecules such as ammonia, amines, sulfur,
water, or hydrogen sulfide, the net result being the migration of the func-
tional group along the chain. Irreversible oxidation by the action of sul-
fur when the function reaches the terminal position produces a thioamide.
The type of process is illustrated schematically as follows:
OH
R'COCH2CH8 + R2NH ^ R'CCH2CH3 ^
NR2
R'C=CHCH 3 ^± R'O=CCH 3 ^ R'CH=CCH 3
NR2 NR2
R'CH2CH=CH ^ R'CH2C=CH ;=± R'CH2C=CH2

NR2 \ NR2
R'CH2CH2C=S
NR2
R = alkyl or H.
That a carbonamide rather than a thioamide is isolated in the Willge-
rodt reaction with aqueous ammonia does not constitute an argument
against the above scheme, for hot aqueous ammonia29 is known to con-
vert thioamides to carbonamides. The isomerization of straight-chain
acetylenic compounds (with and without aromatic substituents) to
products having the acetylene function in the terminal position is known
to take place in the presence of sodium amide.30'31 The assumption that
such unsaturated substances are intermediates in the Willgerodt reaction
offers an explanation of the appearance of certain by-products. Tetra-
hydronaphthoic acid, isolated in small amounts from the reaction of
ethyl 6-tetralyl ketone with morpholine and sulfur,32 may arise from an
oxidative attack by sulfur on an unsaturated intermediate. The pres-
ence of traces of thiophenes in the reaction mixtures is explicable when it
"Bernthsen, Ann., 184, 297 (1877).
" Bourguel, Compt. rend., 179,686 (1925), 192,686 (1931); Ann. chim., (10) 3,207 1925).
11
Vaughn, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 55, 3455 (1933).
» Arnold, Schultz, and Klug, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 66, 1606 (1944).
is considered that olefins and sulfur react at elevated temperatures to
give hydrogen sulfide and thiophenes33 and that acetylenes also give
thiophenes but with little evolution of hydrogen sulfide. Styrene and
phenylacetylene both undergo transformation to substituted thio-
phenes.20
SCOPE, LIMITATIONS, AND SIDE REACTIONS
Application of the reaction under the conditions originally specified by
Willgerodt usually results in yields of 20-50% of arylacetic acids or
amides from acetophenone and substituted acetophenones. The modi-
fied procedure in which a solvent is used gives somewhat higher yields,
and when applied to the aceto derivatives of naphthalene and especially
of phenanthrene, acenaphthene, and pyrene affords yields of 57-92%.
When the earlier reaction conditions were applied to the higher homologs
of acetophenone, such as propiophenone or butyrophenone, more by-
products resulted and the yields of acids dropped to 7^0%. The three
isomers, propiophenone, phenylacetone, and hydrocinnamaldehyde, all
react to form /3-phenylpropionamide.20 The reaction appears to be un-
successful for homologs higher than amyl, although the earlier experi-
mentation was very limited and the improved procedures have not been
investigated.
It should be kept in mind that reactive functions such as amino, nitro,
and formyl groups may undergo oxidation, reduction, or condensation
under conditions of the Willgerodt reaction, hence their presence as sub-
stituents on the starting compounds may lead to various side reactions.
Alkyl groupi, alkoxyls, halogens (if inert) and similar unreactive groups
appear to have no effect on the course of the reaction.
Ketones with branched chains have been reported to undergo reaction
in low yields (0.5-20%) l in a manner analogous to the straight-chain
ketones without rearrangement of the carbon skeleton. Isopropyl phenyl
ketone and isobutyl phenyl ketone may be cited as examples.
C6H6COCH(CH3)2 -> Ce
CH 3
C6H6COCHi!CH(CH3)2 -> C6H6CH2CH2CHCONH2
CH 3
11 14 34
However, subsequent investigators ' ' have reported experiments
with branched-chain ketones in which little or no amide was obtained.
33
Baumann and Fromm, Ber., 28, 891 (1895).
M
Carmack, doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan, 1940.
Derivatives of pyridine have been studied, particularly 3-acetylpyri-
dine "•36 and other heterocyclic compounds such as 5-acetyl-l-phenyl-
4-methylpyrazole and 8-acetylquinoline.35 The yield of methyl 3lpyri-
dylacetate from 3-acetylpyridine was about 70%.
The Willgerodt reaction is apparently not limited to aromatic aliphatic
ketones. A few completely aliphatic ketones have been found to undergo
the reaction, though in general the yields are lower. Pinacolone reacts
with ammonium polysulfide solution containing dioxane and a large
excess of sulfur to form ^butylacetamide in 58% yield. Methyl cyclo-
hexyl ketone yields 40% of cyclohexylacetamide, and ethyl cyclohexyl
ketone 27% of /3-cyclohexylpropionamide. The four isomeric carbonyl
compounds, heptanal, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, and 4-heptanone, all
give heptanamide in varying yields, the highest yields being obtained
from the aldehyde (50%) and the methyl ketone (38%).
CH3(CH2)6CHO
CH3(CH2)4COCH3
-+ CH3(CH2)6CONH2
CH3(CH2)3COCH2CH3
- CH3(CH2)2COCH2CH2CH3
The conversion of unsaturated compounds into acids has been studied
in a very limited way. The transformation of phenylacetylene into
phenylacetamide proceeds under comparable conditions and in about
the same yield as the conversion of acetophenone into phenylacetamide.
From styrene the yield is somewhat less. 1-Phenylpropyne and 1-
phenylpropene give /3-phenylpropionamide in good yields. Phenylacety-
lene and styrene both produce phenylacetothiomorpholide when treated
with morpholine and Sulfur.
b
CeHsC^CH ] HN(CH2CH2)2O + s II
> C6H6CH2CN(CH2CH2)2O
C6HBCH=CH2J
The Kindler procedure has not been applied extensively. It report-
edly gives somewhat higher yields with certain compounds than the
Willgerodt procedure. However, compounds containing active meth-
ylene groups, such as 3-acetylacenaphthene or 2-acetylfluorene, do not
react satisfactorily,36 though good yields of amides result from the same
ketones by reaction with ammonium polysulfide in dioxane-water solu-
tion.11' 13 Only one example of an ethyl aryl ketone in the morpholine-
sulfur procedure is reported;32 yields of 30-58% have been obtained
with ethyl aryl ketones, dimethylamine, and sulfur.23' Ml w
"Brit, pat., 558,774; Brit. C. A., BII, 102 (1944).
36
Zaugg and Rapala, private communication.
It is of interest to note the behavior of molecules containing other
functional groups. Carbinols form amides at somewhat higher tempera-
tures than the corresponding ketones, probably by way of unsaturated
intermediates. Aldehydes are converted into the corresponding carbox-
ylic acid amides when heated with aqueous ammonium polysulfide,3'20
and they form substituted thioamides under conditions of the Kindler
procedure. Aldimines 22- M likewise are converted to acid derivatives.
Two imines derived from methyl ketones and methylamine are reported
to react with sulfur to form N-methylarylthioacetamides in a manner
analogous to the reaction of methyl ketones in the presence of the amine.
By-ProductS. The commonest by-products accompanying the amides
prepared from ketones are the corresponding hydrocarbons.8- n
RCOCH3 -» RCH2CH3
A high concentration of hydrogen sulfide probably favors this side reac-
tion.
Methyl aryl ketones in the Willgerodt reaction produce minor amounts
of thiophenes, probably mixtures of 2,4- and 2,5-diarylthiophenes.20
^
n
Ar\ ^
S S
Substituted thiophenes of this type constitute the principal products
isolated when colorless ammonium sulfide is used in place of ammonium
polysulfide.1' u
Side chains may be degraded, as in the example already cited in which
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-naphthoic acid appears as a by-product in the reac-
tion of ethyl 6-tetralyl ketone with morpholine and sulfur.32 Ammonium
polysulfide and long-chain alkyl phenyl ketones give some benzoic acid.1
Ethyl 9-anthryl ketone,20 on the other hand, produces anthracene in 85%
yield, possibly owing to the great lability of a substituent in the 9-
position of anthracene.
EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS AND REAGENTS

Ammonium Polysulfide. Most of the published procedures for the
Willgerodt reaction specify the use of aqueous ammonium polysulfide re-
agent prepared by "saturating" concentrated aqueous ammonia with
hydrogen sulfide and dissolving in the solution 10% by weight of sulfur
to form a clear, deep red reagent containing the complex polysulfide.
In nearly all experiments 5 cc. of such a solution has been used for*each
gram of ketone. With aliphatic ketones *>•21 higher yields are obtained
when the proportion of sulfur is increased to as much as 10 to 20 gram
atoms for each mole of ketone.
It has been demonstrated M that "saturation" of aqueous ammonia
by bubbling gaseous hydrogen sulfide through the liquid is a slow process
and may produce almost any concentration of hydrogen sulfide up to 7
moles per liter; the concentration of ammonia also changes during the
process, so that the composition of the reagent may vary widely, depend-
ing upon the conditions. To ensure reproducibility of results the actual
composition of the reagent should be determined by analysis. Ammonia
can be titrated directly with acid; hydrogen sulfide (or its equivalent)
can be determined iodometrically; and the sulfur present in free elemen-
tary state or combined as polysulfide is known from the weight of sulfur
used in the preparation of the reagent.
In spite of the implications of most published procedures, high concen-
trations of hydrogen sulfide are not desirable, except perhaps with com-
pletely aliphatic compounds. It is known that ammonium sulfide can
-cause reduction of carbonyl compounds.37
A convenient and reproducible method of preparing a satisfactory
polysulfide reagent consists in suspending finely powdered sulfur in about
ten times its weight of concentrated aqueous ammonia (15 M) and pass-
ing a stream of hydrogen sulfide through the agitated suspension until
all the sulfur dissolves. This process requires only a short time and
produces a reagent containing approximately 0.7 mole of hydrogen sul-
fide (or the equivalent) per liter.
Highest yields are obtained from some ketones, e.g., acetophenone,20
with a reagent to which no hydrogen sulfide is added; the reagent con-
sists of a solution or suspension of flowers of sulfur in a mixture of concen-
trated aqueous ammonia and a solvent such as pyridine or dioxane.
Better results are obtained with aliphatic ketones and some ketones de-
rived from complex polycyclic hydrocarbons when a moderate concentra-
tion of hydrogen sulfide is present initially in the reagent. When hydro-
gen sulfide is not added it probably is formed as a reaction product and is
present during most of the reaction period.
Attempts to use colorless ammonium sulfide (no added free sulfur)
have been unsuccessful,6 as the yields of amide are always lower than
with the polysulfide reagent, and mixtures of by-products such as diaryl-
thiophenes and hydrocarbons predominate among the products isolated.
The use of sodium polysulfide in place of ammonium polysulfide 1 in
the reaction of acetophenone at 220° results in the formation of only a
very small amount of sodium phenylacetate contaminated with sodium
beriloate.
* Baumann and Fromm, Ber., 28, 907 (1895).
Added Organic Solvents. The addition of 4 volumes of dioxane
to every 5 volumes of ammonium polysulfide reagent " has the advantage
of allowing the reaction to proceed at a much lower temperature than
would be possible without the organic solvent. Side reactions, in partic-
ular the formation of tarry material, are minimized, so that higher yields
of amide are obtained; the amide is purer, and less hydrolysis of the amide
to ammonium salt takes place.
Pyridine has been found20 to be similarly effective in making possible a
lower temperature of reaction. Since neither dioxane nor pyridine has
been shown to take part in the Willgerodt reaction, it is presumed that
their beneficial influence is due to their solvent properties, which increase
tiie mutual solubility of the immiscible ketones and the" polysulfide
reagent.
The choice of dioxane or pyridine in a given case is governed to some
extent by the type of procedure to be followed in isolating the product.
The amides often precipitate directly from dioxane-water solutions upon
cooling, and can be isolated by direct filtration in a state of fair purity,
but many amides are soluble in pyridine-water mixtures.
The Kindler Modification with Amines and Sulfur. The theoretical
molecular proportions of reactants in Kindler's procedure are 1 mole of
amine and 1 gram atom of sulfur for each mole of ketone. The propor-
tions which have been used vary from almost the theoretical to ratios of
1.5/1.5/1 for amine, sulfur, and ketone.23' *• •*• «• »• »
The amines which have been used most frequently are dimethylamine
and morpholine, although methylamine,24 piperidine,23'28 and anhydrous
ammonia u have been mentioned.
Apparatus. All reactions with aqueous reagents must be carried
out in closed systems capable of withstanding pressure. For this reason
most reported experiments have been limited to runs with small amounts,
usually 1 to 4 g. of ketone, in sealed glass tubes. Most procedures at
present call for temperatures below 180°; at temperatures of 160-180°
the pressures developed in sealed tubes seldom appear to be dangerously
high; it has been estimated 6 that aS 230° the pressure may reach as high
a value as 41 atmospheres. When the tubes are opened there is little
residual pressure, and sometimes air is drawn into the tube. However, it
is advisable to observe the precautions usual in such work.
The limitations placed upon the scale of preparative reactions in sealed
glass tubes have led to attempts to carry out the Willgerodt reaction in a
lead-lined autoclave,6 with disappointing results. Unfortunately, in these
experiments a reagent containing only colorless ammonium sulfide in-
stead of ammonium polysulfide was used. The colorless reagent is known
38
M. S. Newman, private communication; Newman. J. Org. Chem., 9, 521 (1944).
to give poor results even in small-scale runs. Less satisfactory results
have been reported for a reaction carried out in an autoclave than for the
same reaction carried out on a smaller scale in a sealed glass tube.11
Excellent results have been obtained when the Willgerodt reaction
(dioxane present) was carried out in a simple autoclave consisting of a
short length of 2-in. iron pipe threaded on both ends and fitted with iron
screw caps.18 The caps are sealed on the tube with pipe cement, and the
tube with its contents is heated in a liquid metal bath. There is no reason
to believe that the Willgerodt reaction could not be carried out on a still
larger scale in suitable equipment.
Kindler23> ** has described a special apparatus for carrying out the re-
action of ketones, sulfur, and volatile aliphatic amines. When an amine
is used which boils at approximately the desired temperature of reaction,
no special closed apparatus is required, the reaction mixture being heated
in conventional glass equipment under reflux condenser. A large-scale
preparation starting with 373 g. of 2-acetylnaphthalene in a single run
has been carried out (for experimental procedure see p. 97) .**
Time and Temperature. Earlier experiments were usually carried
out at temperatures above 200°. More recently, in runs with added
dioxane, temperatures in the range 150-160° have been generally em-
ployed. The time required for complete reaction is dependent upon the
temperature. It appears likely, however, that the reaction periods of
twelve to twenty-four hours which frequently have been used are longer
than necessary, and that most reactions are complete in three to four
hours at 160°. For a relatively unreactive ketone like pinacolone,21 a
temperature above 200° may be required to obtain a satisfactory yield in
a convenient time. The conditions in the Kindler modification with
amines have been approximately the same as those in the Willgerodt
reaction in aqueous solution, usually four to six hours of heating at 140-
160°; occasionally reaction times have been longer—up to fifteen hours.
When morpholine is employed the reaction mixture is simply heated to
boiling under reflux.
Information in the literature does not indicate how closely the experi-
mental times and temperatures have approached the minimal values.
There is reason to believe that, once the reaction to form the amide is
complete, continued heating of the mixture produces little further change
except for the slow hydrolysis of the amide to ammonium carboxylate
salt. In the absence of specific information about optimum conditions
with individual compounds, it is probably safest to err on the side of an
overly long reaction period.
Isolation of Product. The methods of isolating and purifying the
products of the Willgerodt reaction depend upon the solubility behavior
THE WILLGEEODT REACTION 95
of the products, the presence of added organic solvents, the extent of side
reactions, and upon whether the amide or the free carboxylic acid is the
desired final product. In general the procedures fall into two main cate-
gories: (1) the amide or thioamide is isolated and purified as such; (2)
the amide is hydrolyzed to the acid, which either is isolated as such or is
converted into an ester that can be further purified by distillation.
When the amide is insoluble in the cooled reaction mixture, as amides
of high molecular weight are likely to be, it can be isolated by direct fil-
tration from the reaction mixture. Often the yield can be improved by
working up the nitrates for dissolved amide or for the ammonium salt
resulting from hydrolysis of a portion of the amide.
In working up a complete reaction mixture, or filtrates from the amide,
it is advantageous to remove water, organic solvent, and as much of the
volatile ammonium sulfide as possible by evaporation to dryness on a
water bath or by distillation under reduced pressure; the residue contains
the amide mixed with excess sulfur, small amounts of the ammonium salt
of the acid, and other by-products. Separation of the amide from the
sulfur is accomplished usually by extraction with a solvent such as hot
water, ethanol, or carbon tetrachloride which will dissolve the amide but
not the sulfur. When such a separation is not feasible, it may be neces-
sary to hydrolyze the amide to the acid by heating with aqueous or
ethanolic alkali or with a mineral acid. A mixture of acetic acid and con-
centrated hydrochloric acid is particularly effective 14 for the hydrolysis
of insoluble amides.
The reaction mixture from the Kindler modification is usually taken
up in ether' and washed with dilute alkali, acid, and water, after which
the ether solution is dried. The residual thioamide often can be crystal-
lized from ethanol or benzene-petroleum ether. When the thioamide
does not crystallize, it is purified by distillation at low pressure or is
hydrolyzed to a carboxylic acid with either mineral acid or alkali. The
carboxylic acid can then be separated from neutral by-products and
purified by standard methods.
EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES
Phenylacetamide from Acetophenone (Use of Ammonium Polysul-
fide).1 An ammonium sulfide solution is prepared by passing hydrogen
sulfide into concentrated aqueous ammonia until the solution is sat-
urated. A mixture of 2 g. of acetophenone with 10 g. of the colorless
ammonium sulfide solution and 1 g. of sulfur is heated in a closed tube for
four hours at 200-220°. After the reaction mixture has cooled, it is
^reated with sufficient hydrochloric acid to decompose the ammonium
96 ORGANIC REACTIONS .
polysulfide completely, refluxed with carbon black in a large volume of
water to decolorize the solution and coagulate the sulfur, and then fil-
tered. The clear, hot filtrate is made alkaline with sodium carbonate
and when cool is repeatedly extracted with ether to remove phenylacet-
amide. When the amide has been thoroughly extracted, the solution is
made strongly acid with hydrochloric acid and is again thoroughly ex-
tracted with ether to remove phenylacetic acid. On distillation of the
ether the two groups of combined extracts give, respectively, 50% of
phenylacetamide, m.p. 155°, and 13.5% of phenylacetic acid, m.p. 76°.
1-Pyrenylacetamide and 1-Pyrenylacetic Acid from 1-Acetylpyrene
(Use of Ammonium Polysulfide in Dioxane-Water).14' M The reagent is
prepared by suspending 1 g. of sulfur in 10 cc. of concentrated aqueous
ammonia and passing hydrogen sulfide gas through the mixture until the
sulfur has dissolved to form a clear, deep red solution. To this solution
are added 8 cc. of dioxane and 2 g. of 1-acetylpyrene. The mixture is
sealed in a glass bomb tube and heated at 160-165° for twelve hours.
When the tube has cooled to room temperature, a process which requires
eight hours in the heavy furnace, it is foimd to be filled with large, golden-
brown prisms, which are filtered and washed with a solution of colorless
ammonium sulfide in dioxane-water. The product is practically pure 1-
pyrenylacetamide; yield 1.95 g. (92%); m.p. 250-252° (cor.). The mate-
rial purified by sublimation at low pressure and by several recrystalliza-
tions from acetic acid-chlorobenzene forms colorless needles melting at
252-253° (cor.) in an evacuated capillary tube.
A total of 13.7 g. of crude amide obtained directly from several runs as
described above can be hydrolyzed to the free acid by the following pro-
cedure: The solid amide is dissolved in 200 cc. of glacial acetic acid in a
1-1. round-bottomed flask. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (100 cc.) is
cautiously added to the boiling solution through the reflux condenser.
The solution, containing a little suspended material, is refluxed for
seventy-five minutes, after which the addition (through the condenser)
of 100 cc. of concentrated hydrochloric acid causes the precipitation of
crystals of the acid. After the mixture has been chilled for several hours,
13.4 g. of crude acid (98%) is obtained, by filtration; m.p. 223.5-225°
(cor.). The acid is purified by treatment of the aqueous solution in dilute
potassium hydroxide with Norit and Filter-Cel, followed by precipitation
of the free acid and recrystallization from chlorobenzene. The first crop
of crystalline acid amounts to 12.3 g. (90%); m.p. 227.5-228° (cor.) in an
evacuated tube.
Methyl p-(6-Tetralyl)propionate from 6-Propionyltetralin18 (Use of
Ammonium Polysulfide in Dioxane-Water). A mixture of 20 g. of 6-pro-
pionyltetralin, 80 cc. of dioxane, and 100 cc. of concentrated aqueous
ammonia saturated with hydrogen sulfide and containing 10 g. of sulfur
is heated in an iron tube 2 in. in diameter fitted with an iron screw cap
and having a capacity of 350 cc. The screw cap is sealed with pipe ce-
ment, and the tube is heated at 165° for twenty-four hours in a Wood's
metal bath. When the tube has cooled it is opened, and the product is
washed out with methanol. The solvents are removed by evaporation on
the steam bath, and the residue is hydrolyzed by heating with 150 cc. of
25% aqueous potassium hydroxide until the odor of ammonia is no
longer evident. The alkaline solution is treated with Norit, filtered, and
acidified. The crude solid acid is esterified by refluxing for four hours
with 200 cc. of methanol and 3 cc. of concentrated sulfuric acid. The
reaction mixture is poured into 800 cc. of water and extracted with ether.
The ether extract is washed with sodium bicarbonate solution and water,
and the ether is removed by distillation. Distillation of the residue gives
15.5 g. (67%) of the methyl ester of /3-(6-tetralyl)propionic acid, boiling
at 165-168°/12 mm. A portion of the above-mentioned crude acid after
recrystallization melts at 81.5-82.5°.
Phenylacetamide from Acetophenone (Use of Sulfur, Aqueous
Ammonia, and Pyridine).20 A mixture of 25 g. of acetophenone, 50 cc. of
concentrated (15 M) aqueous ammonia, 37.5 g. of sulfur, and 30 cc.
of pyridine is heated in a sealed glass tube at 150° for one hour and at
163° for tlyee and one-half hours (heating at 165° for four hours is
equally effective). The tube is cooled and opened, the contents removed,
and the mixture evaporated to dryness on a water bath. The residue is
extracted with approximately 500 cc. of boiling water in several portions.
From the filtrate, upon cooling, 20.0 g. of phenylacetamide, m.p. 156-
158° (cor.), separates. Concentration of the filtrate affords 2.7 g. of
additional amide. The oily residue from evaporation of the filtrate is
washed with ether, whereupon 0.32 g. of amide separates, and from the
ether layer 1.2 g. of phenylacetic acid is isolated. The acid melts at
76.3-77.3° (cor.) after recrystallization. The total yield of amide is
23.0 g. (82%), and the combined yield of amide and acid is 86%.
Phenylacetamide from Styrene (Use of Sulfur, Aqueous Ammonia,
and Pyridine).20 In a sealed glass tube 21.7 g. of styrene (99.5% mate-
rial) is heated for four hours at 165° with the same amounts of reagents
as described in the previous experiment for acetophenone; two crops of
phenylacetamide are obtained, amounting to 16.1 g. (57%) of colorless
plates; m.p. 158.6-160.1° (cor.). From the filtrate a second crop of
2.0 g. of crystalline phenylacetamide is obtained. This fraction contains
some phenylacetic acid. The total yield of acid and amide is 64%.
2-Naphthylacetothiomorpholide and 2-Naphthylacetic Acid from
2-Acetylnaphthalene (Use of Morpholine and Sulfur; Kindler Pro-
cedure).38 A mixture of 373 g. (2.2 moles) of 2-acetylnaphthalene, 105 g.
(3.3 moles) of sulfur, and 290 g. (3.3 moles) of morpholine is cautiously
heated (in the hood) in an Erlenmeyer flask fitted with a ground-in
reflux condenser. The first heating has to be moderated to prevent froth-
ing due to evolution of hydrogen sulfide. After one hour the mixture is
heated to vigorous refluxing, which is continued for ten to fifteen hours.
The hot reaction mixture, which has separated into two layers, is poured
into 1200 cc. of warm ethanol and left to crystallize. The crystals are
collected and liberally washed with cold ethanol. The 2-naphthylaceto-
thiomorpholide at this stage is pure enough for hydrolysis; yield 534 g.
(90%); m.p. 102-108°. When only theoretical amounts of sulfur and
morpholine are used the yield varies from 53% to 65%.
A mixture of 388 g. (1.43 moles) of the thiomorpholide, 800 cc. of
acetic acid, 120 cc. of concentrated sulfuric acid, and 180 cc. of water is
brought carefully to the boiling point, then refluxed for five hours. The
solution is decanted from a little tarry material into 6 1. of water and
left overnight. The solid acid is removed by filtration and washed well
with water. It is dissolved in aqueous alkali, filtered, and reprecipitated
with hydrochloric acid. The yield at this step is 225 g. (85% based on
the crude amide). The product has a slight purple cast but has a satis-
factory melting point, 137-140°. Recrystallization from benzene raises
the melting point to 142-143°. The overall yield of pure acid from the
ketone is 76%.
Note added in proof. After this chapter had gone to press two papers
by King and McMillan relating to the Willgerodt reaction, J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 68, 525, 632 (1946), described their independent observation -
that olefins are converted into carbonamides under the conditions of
the Willgerodt reaction and postulated the following sequence of steps
to account for the reaction of ketones: ketone —> thioketone —> mer-
captan —> olefin —> isomercaptan —» thioaldehyde —* dithioacid —> car-
boxylic acid —» carbonamide. According to this picture the reagent
functions first as a reducing agent, then subsequently as an oxidizing
agent. The labile functional units are assumed to be thiol groups.
EXAMPLES OF THE WILLGERODT AND KINDLER REACTIONS
TABLE I
EXAMPLES OF THE WILLGERODT REACTION
(Aqueous Ammonia)
Types of procedure are abbreviated as follows:
A. Ammonium polysulfide in water (original WiUgerodt).
B. Colorless ammonium sulfide in water.
C. Ammonium polysulfide in dioxane-water.
D. Ammonium hydroxide, sulfur, and pyridine-water.
Methyl Aryl Ketones
Ketone Pro- Total Refer-

Aryl Group
Formula cedure Yield * ences
C7H7NO 3-Pyridyl C 70% 15,35

C8H8O Phenyl A 63% 1,2,3
B 31% 1,6
D 86% 20
C9H9BHI) 2-Bromo-5-methylphenyl A — 5
4-Bromo-5-methylphenyl A — 5
C9H9C1O 2-Chloro-5-methylphenyl A — 5
4-Chloro-6-methylphenyl A — 5
C9H10O 4-Methylphenyl A 53-55% 3, 4, 5, 39
B 31% 4,6
C10H12O 2,4-Dimethylphenyl A — 2,3,5
2,5-Dimethylphenyl B — 6
C11H14O 2,4,5-Trimethylphenyl A — 5, 12
B 22% 6
2,4,6-Trimethylphenyl A — 5
B — 6-
C12H10O 1-Naphthyl A 34% 2, 3, 5, 9
B — 6
2-Naphthyl A 23-25% 5,9
Ci 2 Hi 2 N 2 O 5- (l-Phenyl-4-methylpyrazolyl) C — 35
Ci2HuO 5-Isopropyl-2-methylphenyl A — 5
3-Isopropyl-4-methylphenyl A — 5
CMHUO 3-Acenaphthyl C 57% 11
4-Biphenyl40 B 20% 6
C 66% 20
* The total yield refers to the sum of the yields of amide and of free acid.
39
Claus and Wehr, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 44, 85 (1891).
41
The 4-biphenyl ketone series was incorrectly referred to as "3-biphenyl" by Willgerodt;
cf. Vorliinder, Ber., 40, 4535 (1907).
TABLE I—Continued
EXAMPLES OF THE WILLGERODT REACTION
Methyl Aryl Ketones—Continued

Formula Aryi tjroup cedure Yield * ences
CisHisO 2-Fluorenyl C 70% 13

C16H12O 2-Phenanthryl A — 10
C 82% 20
3-Phenanthryl A — 10
C 40-82% 16
C 76% 20
9-Phenanthryl t A — 10
C 16 H 16 O 7-(l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro)phenanthryl C 66% 17
9-(l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro) phenanthryl C 56% 17
Ci 8 Hi 2 0 1-Pyrenyl C 92% 14
Ci 8 H 16 O 3-(6-Ethyl)phenanthryl C 82% 16
Methyl Alkyl Ketones
C5H10O n-Propyl C 31% 21

C 6 H 12 O «-Butyl C 58% 21
C 7 H 14 O n-Amyl C 38% 21
C 8 H 14 O Cyclohexyl 40% 21
C9HioO Benzyl
cD 72% 20
Ethyl Aryl Ketones
C9H10O Phenyl A 50% 1 .

B — 6
D 82% 20
C10H12O 4-Methylphenyl A 36-38% 3,4
CnH 14 O 2,4-Dimethylpheny 1 A — ••
5, 41, 42
C12H14O 5-Indanyl C 68% 186
C12H16O 2,4,5-Trimethylphenyl B ' 6% 6
C13H12O 1-Naphthyl A •— 3, 5
2-Naphthyl A — 5
Ci3H16O 6-Tetralyl C •67% 18
* The total yield refers to the sum of the yields of amide and of free acid.
t Willgerodt and Albert (Ref. 7) reported a reaction with a ketone to which they assigned the-struc-
ture of 9-acetylphenanthrene. The correctness of the structure has been questioned by, Moaettig
and van de Kamp (Ref. 10)
41
Bornhauser, dissertation, Freiburg, 1891.
« Claus, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 46, 475 (1892).
THE WILLGERODT REACTION • 101
TABLE I—Continued
EXAMPLES OP THE WILLGEBODT REACTION
Ethyl Aryl Ketones—Continued

Formula Aryl Group cedure Yield * ences
C15HMO 4-Biphenyl« B 6% 6
C 17 H 14 O 2-Phenanthryl C 57% 19
C 66% 20
9-Anthryl t C 0 20
C19H14O 1-Pyrenyl C 67% 14
Ethyl Alkyl Ketones
C 7 Hi 4 0 n-Butyl C 23% 21
CH14O f-Butyl C 30% 21
CgHieO Cyclohexyl C 27% 21
n-Propyl Aryl Ketones
010H120 Phenyl A 37% 1

• D 42% 20
CnH 1 4 O 4-Methylphenyl A 23-25% 4
C12H16O 2,4-Dimethylphenyl A 7% 5, 41, 42
2,5-Dimethylphenyl A 7% 5, 41, 42
Ci 3 Hi 8 0 2,4,5-Trimethylphenyl B 6% 6
C14H14O 1-Naphthyl A — 3,5
CieHjeO 4-Biphenyl 4° B — 6
C2oHieO 1-Pyrenyl C 46% 14
n-Propyl Alkyl Ketones
* The total yield refers to the sum of the yieMs of amide and of free acid.
t Ethyl 9-anthryl ketone was oleaved in a unique manner, yielding 85% of anthracene.
TABLE I—Continued
EXAMPLES OF THE WILLQEEODT REACTION
Other n-Alkyl Aryl Ketones
Pro- Refer-
Formula Ketone Products
cedure ences
Ci 3 H 18 O n-Hexyl phenyl ketone A Heptanamide 1

C22H36O n-Pentadecyl phenyl ketone A CeHsCONHa; C6HB- 1
COOH; impure
C15H31COOH
C23H38O ra-Pentadecyl 4-methyl- A S-containing oils or 5
phenyl ketone decomposition
products
C 26 H 4 4O n-Heptadecyl 2,4-dimethyl- A S-containing oils or 5
phenyl ketone decomposition
products
Isopropyl Aryl Ketones
Ketone Pro- Refer-

Aryl Group Products Yield
Formula cedure ences
CioHi20 Phenyl A Amide, m.p. 108° 19% 1

CuH 1 4 O 4-Methylphenyl A Amide, m.p. 130° — 4
C12H16O 2,4-Dimethylphenyl A Amide, m.p. 120° 2 % 5, 41,42
Ci3Hi80 2,4,5-Trimethylphenyl B Amide, m.p. 158° 0.5% 6
CieHieO 4-Biphenyl« B No identified product — 6
C20H16O 1-Pyrenyl C Trace of high-melt- 0 14,34
ing S-containing amide
solid
Isobuty, Aryl Ketones
C11H14O Phenyl A- Amide, m.p. 118°, 16- 1

and benzoic acid 17%»
A Amide, m.p. 121° 1.8% 11
Ci2Hi60 4-Methylphenyl A Amide, m.p. 150° 3-1% 4
C14H2oO 2,4,5-Trimethylphenyl B Solid, m.p. 158° 0.1% 6
Ci 7 H 18 O 4-Biphenyl4° B None isolated 0 6
C 2 iH 1 8 O 1-Pyrenyl C No amide 0 34
TABLE I—Continued
REACTIONS RELATED TO THE WILLGERODT REACTION
Unsaturated Hydrocarbons
Pro- Refer-
Formula Hydrocarbon Products Yield
cedure ences
P PP
C8H6 Phenylacetylene Phenylacetamide 80% 20
C8H8 Styrene Phenylacetamide 64% 20
C9H8 1-Phenylpropyne /3-Phenylpropion- 20
amide
C9H10 1-Phenylpropene P /3-Phenylpropion- 20
amide
Aldehydes
Pro- Refer-
Formula Aldehyde Products Yield
cedure ences
C7H6O Benzaldehyde A Benzamide 3

C7H14O Heptaldehyde A Heptanamide 3,21
C8H8O Phenylacetaldehyde D Phenylacetamide 48% 20
C9H10O ,8-Phenylpropionaldehyde D ,8-Phenylpropi on- 48% 20
amide
TABLE II
EXAMPLES OP THE KINDLER MODIFICATION
(Sulfur and Amine)

Methyl Aryl Ketones
Ketone Refer-,
Aryl Group Amine Thioamide Formed Yield
Formula ences
3-Pyridyl _ N-Alkyl-3-pyridylaceto-
C7H7NO 23
thioamide
Diethyl N,N-Diethyl-3-pyridyl- — 35
acetothioamide
C 8 H 7 BrO 4-Bromo- Morpholine 4-Bromophenylacetothio- (10%) * 28
phenyl morpholide
C8H7C1O 4-Chloro- Morpholine 4-Chlorophenylacetothio- 31% 36,43
phenyl morpholide
C8H8O Phenyl Methyl N-Methylphenylacetothio- — 24
amide
Dimethyl N,N-Dimethylphenyl- 70% 22, 23
acetothioamide
Diethyl N,N-Diethylphenylaceto- — 22
thioamide
Morpholine Phenylacetothiomor- 92% 28
pholide
QHoO 4-Methyl- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-methyl- 80% 23
phenyl phenylacetothioamide
Morpholine 4-Methylphenylacetothio- 57% 36,43
morpholide
C9H10O2 2-Methoxy- Morpholine 2-Methoxyphenylaceto- (55%) * 28
phenyl thiomorpholide
3-Methoxy- Morpholine 3-Methoxyphenylaceto- 85% 28
phenyl thiomorpholide
4-Methoxy- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-methoxy- 7 5 % 22, 23,
phenyl phenylacetothioamide 24
Diethyl N,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy- — 22
phenylacetothioamide
Piperidine 4-Methoxyphenylaceto- 48% 23
thiopiperidide
Morpholine 4-Methoxyphenylaceto- — 43
thiomorpholide
C10H12O 4-Ethyl- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-ethyl- 40% " 23
phenyl phenylacetothioamide
* yields given in parentheses are for the free acids isolated after hydrolysis of the crude thioamide.
«Haller and Barthel, U. S. pat., 2,358,925; C. A., 39, 1948 (1945).
EXAMPLES OP THE KINDLER MODIFICATION
Methyl Aryl Ketones—Continued
Ketone Refer-
Formula ences
C10H12O3 3,4-Dimeth- Methyl N-Methyl-3,4-dimethoxy- 25

oxyphenyl phenylacetothioamide
Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-3,4-di- 68% 23,26
methoxyphenylaceto-
thioamide
2,5-Dimeth- Morpholine 2,5-DimethoxyphenyL- (28%) * ,28
oxyphenyl acetothiomorpholide
CUHDNO 4-Quinolyl — N-Alkylquinolylacetothio- — 23
amide
8-Quinolyl Diethyl N, N-Diethylquinoly 1- — 35
acetothioamide
C12H10O 1-Naphthyl — N-Alkyl-1-naphthyl- — 23
acetothioamide
2-Naphthyl Morpholine 2-Naphthylacetothio- 85% 28
morpholide 90% 33
— N-Alkylnaphthylaceto- 23— •
thiomorpholide
CISHHNOU 6-Methoxy- — N-Alkyl-6-methoxy-4- 23—
4-quinolyl quinolylacetothioamide
C14H12O 3-Acenaph- Morpholine No amide isolated 0 36
thyl
4-Biphenyl Morpholine 4-Biphenylacetothiomor- 82% 36
pholide
C15H12O 2-Fluorenyl Morpholine Much tar formation 0 36
C15H14O2 2-Benzyloxy- Morpholine 2-Benzyloxyphenylaceto- 72% 28
phenyl thiomorpholide*
CjeHisO 2-Phenan- Morpholine 2-Phenanthrylacetothio- (41%) * 28
thryl morpholide
9-Phenan- — N-Alkyl-9-phenanthryl- — 23
thryl acetothioamide
Ethyl Aryl Ketones
C9H9B1O 4-Bromo- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-bromo- 27

phenyl phenylpropiothioamide
C 9 H 9 C1O 4-Chloro- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-chloro- 27
C9H9FO 4-Fluoro- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-fluoro- 40% 27
* Yields given in parentheses are for the free acids isolated after hydrolysis of the crude thioamide:
EXAMPLES OF THE KINDLEB MODIFICATION
Ethyl Aryl Ketones—Continued
Ketone Refer-
Formula ences
C9H9IO 4-Iodo- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-iodo- 27

C9H10O Phenyl Dimethyl N,N-Dimethylphenyl- 58% 23
propiothioamide
C10H12O 4-Methyl-. Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-methyl- 58% 27
CioHijOS 4-Methylthi- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-methyl- — 27
ophenyl thiophenylpropiothio-
amide
C10H12O2 4-Methoxy- Dimethyl N, N-Dimethyl-4-methoxy- — 25,27
C11H14O 4-Ethyl- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-ethyl- — 27
C11H14O2 3-Methyl-4- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-3-methyl- — 27
methoxy- 4-methoxyphenylpropio-
phenyl thioamide
CuHi 4 O 3 3,4-Dimeth- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-3,4-di- 42% 25,27
oxyphenyl methoxyphenylpropio-
thioamide
CwHieO 6-Tetralyl Morpholine /3-(6-Tetralyl)propiothio- 35% 32
morpholide
C14H14O2 4-Methoxy- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-meth- — 27
1-naphthyl bxy-1-naphthylpropio-
thioamide
EXAMPLES OF THE KINDLER MODIFICATION AND RELATED REACTIONS
Aldehydes
Refer-
Formula Compound Amine Product Formed Yield
ences
CTHOO Benzalde- Ammonia Thiobenzamide 22,24

hyde
Dimethyl N,N-Dimethylthiobenz- 80% 22,23
amide
Diethyl N,N-Diethylthiobenz- — 22
amide
2-Naphthyl N-(2-Naphthyl)thiobenz- — 22
amide
EXAMPLES OF THE KINDLER MODIFICATION AND RELATED REACTIONS
A Idehydes—Continued
Refer-
Formula Compound Amine Product Formed Yield
ences
C8H8O 4-Methyl- Methyl N-Methyl-4-methylthio- 22

benzalde- benzamide
hyde
Phenyl- Dimethyl N,N-Dimethylphenyl- — 22,24
acetalde- acetothioamide
hyde
C8H8O2 4-Methoxy- Methyl N-Methyl-4-methoxythio- — 24
benzalde- benzamide
hyde
Dimethyl N,N-Dimethyl-4-methoxy- — 22
thiobenzamide
Hydrocarbons, Imines, and Other Compounds
C 8 H« Phenylacet- Morpholine Phenylacetothiomor- 60% 20

ylene pholide
CgHg Styrene Morpholine Phenylacetothiomor- 52% 20
pholide
C8H9N N-Methyl- None N-Methylthiobenzamide 80% 22,23
benzaldi-
mine
C9HnN N-Methyl- None N-Methylphenylaceto- 30% 22,23
acetophe- thioamide
nonimine
C 9 HnNO N-Methyl- None N-Methyl-4-methoxythio- 40% 22,23
4-meth- benzamide
oxybenz-
aldimine
CioHuN02 N-Methyl-3, None N-Methyl-3,4-methyl- 45% 23
4-methyl- enedioxyphenylaceto-
enedioxy- thioamide
acetophe-
nonimine
CioHuO n-Propyl — N-Alkyl-7-phenylbutyro- — 23
phenyl thioamide
ketone
CnH14O n-Butyl Dimethyl N, N-Dimethy 1- «-phenyl- — 24
phenyl t valerothioamide
ketone
Ci 3 H n N Benzalan- None Thiobenzanilide — 22
iline
CHAPTER 3
PREPARATION OF KETENES AND KETENE DIMERS

W. E. HANFORD * AND JOHN C. SAUER
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
CONTENTS
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 109
PREPARATION OF K E T E N E S 109
Pyrolysis of Acids, Anhydrides, Ketones, Esters, etc 109
Table I. The Formation of Ketenes b y the Pyrolysis of Ketones, Acids,
Acid Anhydrides, Esters, and Other Substances Ill
Table I I . Substances Whose Conversion to Ketenes is Described in the
Patent Literature - 114
Decomposition of Malonic Acid Derivatives 116
Table I I I . Ketoketenes Prepared from Malonic Acid Derivatives . . . 118
Regeneration of Ketenes from the Dimers 119
Table IV. Preparation of Ketenes by Pyrolysis of Ketene Dimers . . . 120
Dehalogenation of a-Haloacyl Halides 120
Table V. Preparation of Ketenes by Zinc Dehalogenation of a-Haloacyl
Halides 122
Miscellaneous Methods 123
Decomposition of Diazo Ketones 123
The /3-Lactone Method 124
Dehydrohalogenation of Acyl Halides by Means of Tertiary Amines. . . . 124
Table VI. Preparation of Ketoketenes by Dehydrohalogenation of Acyl
Halides 126
PREPARATION OF K E T E N E D I M E R S 127
Table V I I . Ketene Dimers 130
EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES 132

Pyrolysis 132
Ketene b y Pyrolysis of Acetone 132
Malonic Anhydride Method 135
Dimethylketene 135
Dipropylketene 135
Dibenzylketene 135
' Depolymerization 136
Dimethylketene 136
Ethylcarbethoxyketene 137
Dehalogenation of a-Haloacyl Halides 138
Ethylcarbethoxyketene 138
* Present address, M. W. Kellogg Co., 225 Broadway, New York, N. Y.
108
PREPARATION OF KETENES AND KETENE DIMERS 109
PAGE
Dehydrohalogenation 138
Diheptylketene 138
Mesitylphenylketene 139
n-Butylketene Dimer 140
INTRODUCTION
Ketenes are substances containing the functional group —C=C=O.

I
They have been classified as aldoketenes (RCH=C=O) and ketoketenes
.(R 2 C=C=O). Although these terms carry the implication of a non-
existent similarity to aldehydes and ketones, respectively, they have
become generally accepted. Carbon suboxide, O = C = C = C = O , proba-
bly is best considered in a class of its own.
The ketenes are prepared by modifications of the general methods for
the synthesis of olefins. The ketenes are much more reactive than simple
olefins, however, and are more likely to enter into combination with the
reagents from which they are prepared or with the solvents used or into
self-condensation to yield dimers or polymers. Many of the aldoketenes,
which generally are more reactive than ketoketenes, have not been iso-
lated as the pure monomers. The dimers of aldoketenes (p. 127) have
some of the properties of ketenes, and certain of them are useful reagents.
PREPARATION OF KETENES
Pyrolysis of Acids, Anhydrides, Ketones, Esters, etc.

Ketene, CH2=C=O, the first member of this class, apparently can be
obtained by the pyrolysis of any compound which contains the group
CHr.CO—. The method is of no value for the synthesis of higher homo-
logs, although some have been obtained by pyrolysis, but it is the basis
of the best.preparations, both laboratory and commercial, of the first
member. Ketene was first prepared by the decomposition of acetone,
ethyl acetate, or acetic anhydride by means of a hot platinum wire im-
mersed in the liquid.1 In the pyrolysis of acetone better results are ob-
tained by passing the vapor over a heated surface.2 The commercial
preparation of ketene consists in the pyrolysis of acetone or acetic acid at
temperatures of 550° or higher. The most useful laboratory method3
consists in passing acetone over Chromel A wire heated at 700-750°, the
1
Wilsm»e, J. Chem. Soc, 91, 1938 (1907); Wilamore and Stew-art, Proc. Chem. Soc.,
23, 229 (1907); Nature, 75, 510 (1907).
2
Sohmidlin and Bergman, Ber., 43, 2821 (1910).
3
Williams and Hurd, J. Org. Chem., 5, 122 (1940),
yield of ketene being 90-95% (see p. 132). The other product of the re-
action is methane.
CH3COCH3 - ^ > CH2=C=O + CH4
The thermal decomposition of acetone is-a free-radical chain reaction.
The initiating process may consist in the generation of carbon monoxide
and methyl radicals.
CH3COCH3 -> 2CH3- + CO
The chain process then can be represented as follows.4
CH3COCH3 + CH3- - • CH3COCH2- + CH4
CH3COCH2- -» CH3- + CH2=C=O
As ordinarily prepared, ketene contains 5-10% of ethylene along with
carbon monoxide and methane, all of which can be removed'by careful
fractionation. Only partial purification can be effected by freezing the
ketene (m.p. —134°) and holding the solid under diminished pressure;
the ketene purified in this way contains about 5% of an unsaturated hy-
drocarbon, which can be separated by fractionation.
Principally because of the ease with which it dimerizes, ketene (b.p.*
— 41°) is seldom isolated. The mixture of gases from the generator is
passed into a reaction vessel in which the ketene is converted to the
desired derivative. The most important industrial uses are in the manu-
facture of acetic anhydride and of the dimer, known as diketene.
CHs=C=O + CH3CO2H -> (CH3CO)2O
2CH2=C=O -» (CH2=C=O)2
The preparation of acetic anhydride from acetic acid at a high tempera-
ture 6i 6 probably depends upon the primary formation of ketene and its
reaction with acetic acid.
The use of ketene as an acetylating agent is restricted by the tendency
of the compound to dimerize (p. 127). Diketene is an important indus-
trial intermediate in the manufacture of derivatives of acetoacetic acid
(see p. 127).
There have been extensive investigations of the preparation of ketene
by the pyrolysis of acetone, acetic acid, acetic anhydride, and other sub-
stances. The various compounds which have been subjected to pyrolysis
in studies of the production of ketene and its homologs are listed in Table
I. A list of the various substances whose pyrolysis to ketene and higher
ketenes is described in the patent literature is given separately in Table
II.
* The boiling point of ketene has been recorded as —56° also, but this figur% apparently
is incorrect (see ref. 17).
* Rice and Walters, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 1701 (1941).
5
For an example see U. S. pat., 2,278,537 [C. A., 36, 4831 (1942)].
* Hurd and Martin, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 51, 3614 (1929).
TABLE I
FOBMATION OF KETENES BY THE P Y B O L Y S I S OF K E T O N E S , ACIDS, ACID A N H Y D B I D E S ,
ESTEBS, AND OTHEB SUBSTANCES
A. Ketene (CH2=C=O)
Conditions
Raw Filament Yield Refer-
Material Phase or Hot Tube Packing Temp. ence
Wire
Acetone Liq. Pt Glass None 10% 1,2

Vap. None Glass Pumice 500-600 10% 2
Vap. Chromel A Glass None 750 90% 3
Vap. None Glass Porcelain 600 17.5% 7
Vap. Pt Glass None — 9.8% 8
Vap. None Glass Porcelain 700 35-15% 9
"Vap. None Glass Porcelain ca. 650 25-30% 10
Vap. None Glass Silica gel 650 — 11
Vap. Pt Glass None — — 12
Vap. Fe Glass None — 5-7% 13
Vap. Ni Glass None — 12% 13
Vap. W Glass None — 50% 13
(Brush discharge) — 11% 14
Vap. — Glass Various 600-700 * 15
^catalysts
Vap. — Quartz Various 675-690 t 16
catalysts
Vap. None Quartz or Quartz or 650-750 70% 17
Pyrex Pyrex
Vap. Pt or Ni Glass None — — 17a
Vap. — SiO2 Cu — — 18
Vap. None Glass V2O6 on 700 3% 19
pumice
Vap. W Glass None — — 20
Vap. None Cu None 520-670 High* 21
Vap. § None Glass Glass 506-540 — 4
Vap. — — CeO2 — 85% 22
Vap. None Pt None 1150 — 23
Vap. II None Quartz None 588, 635 25-60% 24
Vap. Chromel A Glass None — — 25,26
Vap. None Glass Porcelain — 27
Acetic acid Vap. None Quartz Porcelain 800 "Low" 6
Acetic anhy- Liq. Pt Glass None — — 1
dride
* The best catalyst (77% yield) was pumice containing V2O5.
t The best catalyst (96.5% yield) was pumice containing V2O5.
X The yield approaches 100%.
i In the presence of biacetyl.
II Nitrogen saturated with acetone.
TABLE I—Continued
FORMATION OP KETENES BY THE PYROLYSIS OP KETONES, ACIDS, ACID ANHYDRIDES,
ESTERS, AND OTHER SUBSTANCES
A. Ketene (CH2=C=O)—Continued
Conditions
Raw Filament Yield Refer-
Material Phase or Hot Tube Packing Temp. ence
Wire •
Ethyl acetate Liq. Pt Glass None — — 1
Methyl ethyl Vap. None Glass Porcelain 600 1-3.5% 28
ketone
Vap. Pt Glass None 3.4- 8
3.7% *
Diethyl ketone Vap. Pt Glass None — 7%* 8
Acetylacetone Vap. None Glass Porcelain 035 16% 29
Biacetyl Vap. None Glass Porcelain 605-625 10-14% 29,30
Pinacolone Vap. None Glass Porcelain 705 'Small" 29
Diglycolic an- Vap. None Glass None 450-500 4% 31
hydride
Acetylphthal- (Heated under reflux) — Low 32,33
imide f
Acetylcarba- (Heated under reflux) — •
0% t 32
zole
B. Higher Ketenes
Refer-
Ketene Raw Material Conditions Yield
ence
(CH 3 ) 2 C=C=O Isobutyrylphthalimide Reflux, 225° 3 0 % -32, 33
(C 6 H 6 ) 2 C=C=O Diphenylacetylphthal- Reflux, 300° Low 32,33
imide
Benzilic acid Reflux, ca. 250° Low 34
Diphenylace+yl chlo- Distil Low 35
ride
C2HB,
C 2 H 5 CH^CO 2 H)CO 2 - Heat, 180-200°, 23% 36
C^HBOaCr
c=o C2H6 P2O6
CH 2 (CO 2 C 2 H 6 ) 2 Heat, P2OB — 37
o=c=c=c=o CH 2 (CO 2 H) 2 Heat, P 2 O 6 12% 38
Diacetyltartaric anhy- 200° 41% 39
dride
Diacetoxymaleic anhy- Heat 2% 39a
dride
V;=c=o Carvone Heat 40
CH2=CH/
* Product contained methylketene.
t Aldoketenes were not obtained from the propionyl, butyryl or caproyl derivative)
% The principal product was ketene dimer.
REFERENCES FOR TABLE I

7
Hurd and Coohran, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 45, 515 (1923).
8
" Hurd, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 45, 3095 (1923).
9
Hurd and Tallyn, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 47, 1427 (1925).
10
Hurd, Org. Syntheses, Cott. Vol. I, 330, 2nd ed. (1941).
u
Goldschmidt and Orthner, Z. angew. Chem., 42, 40 (1929).
12
Herriot, J. Gen. Physiol., 18, 69 (1934).
13
Ott, Sehroter, and Packendorff, J. prakt. Chem., 130, 177 (1931). •
14
Davis, J. Phys. Chem., 35, 3330 (1931).
15
Berl and KuIIman, Ber., 65, 1114 (1932).
16
Al, Angew. Chem., 45, 545 (1932).
17
Rice, Greenberg, Waters, and Vollrath, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 56, 1760 (1934).
"' Rosenblum, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 3323 (1941).
18
Hale, Nature, 140, 1017 (1937).
19
Pearson, Pureell, and 8aigh,.J. Chem. Soc., 1938, 409.
20
Li, Science, 90, 143 (1939).
21
Morey, Ind. Eng. Chem., 31, 1129 (1939).
^Nametkin and Fedoseeva, Khim. Referat. Zhur., 1940, No. 4, 116 [C. A., 36, 3783
(1942)].
23
Peytral, Butt, soc chim., 31, 122 (1922).
24
Rice and Vollrath, Proc. Nail. Acad. Sci., 15, 702 (1929).
26
Doinbar and Bolstad, J. Org. Chem., 9, 219 (1944).
26
Bolstad and Dunbar, Ind. Eng. Chem., Anal. Ed., 15, 498 (1943).
27
Freri and Maximoff, Gazz. chim. ital., 70, 836 (1940) [C. A., 36, 1024 (1942)].
28
Hurd and Kocour, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 45, 2167 (1923).
29
Hurd and Tallyn, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 47, 1779 (1925).
30
Rice and Walters, J. Chem. Phys., 7, 1015 (1939).
31
Hurd and Glass, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 3490 (1939).
32
Hurd and DuU, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 54, 2432 (1932).
33
Hurd, DuU, and Williams, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 774 (1935).
34
Staudinger, Ber., 44, 543 (1911).
36
Staudinger, Ber., 44, 1619 (1911).
86
Hurd, Jones, and Blunck, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 2033 (1935).
37
Diels and Wolf, Ber., 39, 689 (1906).
38
Diels and Meyerheim, Ber., 40, 355 (1907).
89
Ott and Schmidt, Ber., 55, 2126 (1922).
39
» Ott, Ber., 47, 2388 (1914).
40
Staudinger, "Die Ketene," p. 29, Ferdinand Enke, Stuttgart, 1912.
TABLE II
SUBSTANCES WHOSE CONVERSION TO KETENES IS DESCRIBED IN THE

PATENT LITERATURE
Ketene Raw Material References
CH2=C=O Acetone and/or similar compounds 41-73a

Isopropyl alcohol 70, 71, 74
Acetic acid and/or similar compounds 75-91
Acetic anhydride 67, 72, 92
Acetaldehyde 93,94
Mesityl oxide 95,96
Vinyl esters 97
Carbon monoxide and hydrogen 98-101
Alcohols and carbon monoxide 102
Diketene 103
Methyl acetate 104, 105
CH3CH=C=O Methyl propionate 104,105
Methyl ethyl ketone 106
RRC=C=O Diazoketones 107
41
U. S. pat., 1,723,724 [C. A., 23, 4485 (1929)].
42
Brit, pat., 309,577 [C. A ., 24, 630 (1930)].
43
GOT. pat., 556,367 [C. A ., 26, 5579 (1932)].
44
Fr. pat., 673,051 [C. A., 24, 2474 (1930)].
46
Ger. pat., 536,423 [C. A ., 26, 999 (1932)].
48
Fr. pat., 730,724 [C. A., 27, 306 (1933)].
47
Brit, pat., 377,574 [C. A ., 27, 3946 (1933)].
48
U. S. pat., 1,926,642 [C. A., 27, 5753 (1933)].
49
U. S. pat., 1,879,497 [C. A., 27, 313 (1933)].
50
Fr. pat., 749,245 [C. A., 27, 5757 (1933)].
61
Brit, pat., 413,709 [C. A ., 29, 482 (1935)].
62
Brit, pat., 397,025 [C. A ., 28, 780 (1934)].
63
Fr. pat., 750,804 [C. A., 28, 1052 (1934)].
" Ger. pat., 646,408 [C. A.., 31, 6260 (1937)].
« Can. pat., 338,162 [C. A ., 28, 1718 (1934)].
u
U. S. pat., 1,975,663 [C.A., 28, 7268 (1934)].
67
Ger. pat., 598,953 [C. A ., 28, 7268 (1934)].
B
Ger. pat., 604,910 [C. A.., 29, 813 (1935)].
69
Can. pat., 355,618 [C. A ., 30, 2578 (1936)].
60
U. S. pat., 2,053,286 [C. A., 30, 7127 (1936)].
61
Brit, pat., 472,988 [C. A ., 32, 1278 (1938)].
82
U. S. pat., 2,069,243 [C, A., 81, 1826 (1937)].
83
U. S. pat., 2,080,562 [C, A., 31, 4994 (1937)].
64
TJ. S. pat., 2,184,963 [C. A., 34, 2866 (1940)].
66
U. S. pat., 2,232,705 [C.A., 35, 3651 (1941)].
88
U. S. pat., 2,258,985 [C.A., 36, 497 (1942)].
87
Brit, pat., 237,573 [C. A ., 20, 1415 (1926)].
* Ger. pat., 468,402 [C. A, 23, 1142 (1929)]
69
U. S. pat., 1,602,699 [C. A., 20, 3697 (1926)]
70
Brit, pat., 396,568 [C. A., 28, 483 (1934)].
71
Fr. pat., 742,985 [C. A., 27, 3722 (1933)].
72
Fr. pat., 722,477 [C. A., 26, 4063 (1932)].
73
U. S. pat., 2,305,652 [C. A., 37, 3108 (1943)].
730
U. S. pat., 2,376,748 [C. A., 39, 4621 (1945)].
74
U. S. pat., 2,086,582 [C. A., 31, 6260 (1937)].
75
Fr. pat., 777,483 [C. A., 29, 4029 (1935)].
78
Ger. pat., 687,065 [C. A., 37, 5988 (1943)].
77
Ger. pat., 734,349 [C. A., 38, 1250 (1944)].
78
Brit, pat., 435,219 [C. A., 30, 1072 (1936)].
79
Fr. pat., 46,965 [C. A., 31, 7893 (1937)].
80
Brit, pat., 478,213 [C. A., 32, 4610 (1938)].
81
Brit, pat., 478,303 [C. A., 32, 4610 (1938)].
82
U. S. pat., 2,108,829 [C. A., 32, 2961 (1938)].
83
U. S. pat., 2,176,419 [C. A., 34, 1037 (1940)].
* U . S. pat., 2,249,543 [C. A., 35, 6604 (1941)].
86
Brit, pat., 478,325 [C. A., 32, 4610 (1938)].
86
Brit, pat., 509,778 [C. A., 34, 4080 (1940)],
87
Brit, pat., 509,777 [C. A., 34, 4080 (1940)].
88
U. S. pat., 2,202,046 [C. A., 34, 6656" (1940)].
89
Brit, pat., 478,326 [C. A., 32, 4610 (1938)].
90
U. S. pat., 2,295,644 [C. A., 37, 1133 (1943)].
91
Fr. pat., 878,651.
92
U. S. pat., 2,045,739 [C. A., 30, 5597 (1936)].
93
Brit, pat., 273,622 [C. A., 22, 1981 (1928)].
94
U. S. pat., 1,870,104 [C. A., 26, 5315 (1932)].
96
U. S. pat., 2,143,489 [C. A., 33, 2914 (1939)].
96
Fr. pat., 851,816 [C. A., 36, 1944 (1942)].
" G e r . pat., 515,307 [C. X., 25, 1537 (1931)].
98
Brit, pat., 262,364 [C. A., 21, 3626 (1927)].
99
U. S. pat., 1,773,970 [C. A., 24, 5046 (1930)].
100
Fr. pat., 617,428 [Chem. Zentr., I, 2686 (1927)].
101
Fr. pat., 617,433 [Cftem. Zentr., I, 2686 (1927)].
102
Brit, pat., 537,480 [C. 4 . , 36, 1336 (1942)].
103
U. S. pat., 2,218,066 [C. A., 35, 1072 (1941)].
104
Brit, pat., 504,626 [C. A., 33, 7818 (1939)].
105
U. S. pat., 2,175,811 [C. A., 34, 776 (1940)].
1M
U. S. pat., 2,235,561 [C. A., 35, 4042 (1941)].
107
Ger. pat., 220,852 [C. A., 4, 2188 (1910)].
Decomposition of Malonic Acid Derivatives

A method of synthesis of ketoketenes which is closely related to the
pyrolysis described in the preceding section consists in the thermal de-
composition of disubstituted malonic anhydrides, of either the simple or
mixed types.
R
\
C=C=O + C02
R
0
R
R COOCOR' R
\ / \
C=C=O + R'COOCOR' + CO2
c -»
/ \
R
Monosubstituted COOCOR' R
malonic anhydrides have not yielded aldoketenes,108
but malonic acid itself yields carbon suboxide when heated with phos-
phorus pentoxide.38
The disubstituted malonic anhydrides can be prepared from the corre-
sponding malonic acids and acetic anhydride in the presence of a little
sulfuric acid, with neutralization of the mineral acid by treatment with
barium carbonate and removal of acetic acid and acetic anhydride by dis-
tillation.109 The residual malonic anhydride is decomposed by heating
under low pressure. This method appears to have been used only for
dimethylketene (80% yield), diethylketene (55% yield), methylethyl-
ketene (65% yield), and dipropyl- and diisopropyl-ketenes (50% yields).
A more common method involves the decomposition of mixed anhy-
drides, nearly all of which have been obtained by treating the dialkyl-
malonic acid, dissolved in dry ether, with diphenylketene. The resulting
mixed anhydrides, derived from the malonic acids and diphenylacetic
acid, are nearly insoluble in ether and separate in almost quantitative
yields. They are decomposed by heating under diminished pressure until
108
Staudinger, Anthes, and Schneider, Ber., 46, 3539 (1913).
109
Staudinger, Helv. Chim. Ada, 8, 306 (1925).
the evolution of carbon dioxide is complete. If the ketene being prepared
is easily volatile it may distil with the carbon dioxide. If a ketene of low
volatility is prepared in this way it is separated from the diphenylacetic
anhydride by extraction rather than by distillation, in order to prevent
the occurrence of ketene interchange. For example, distillation (under
diminished pressure) of a mixture of dibenzylketene and diphenylacetic
anhydride results in the formation of diphenylketene and dibenzylacetic
anhydride.
2(C6H6CH!!)i!C=C=O + [(C6HB)2CHCO]2O ^
2(C6H6)2C=C=O + [(C6H6CH2)2CHCO]2O
Decomposition of the mixed anhydrides prepared by means of diphenyl-

ketene has been used for the production of simple dialkylketenes m- no
(30-60% yields), diallylketene u0 (80% yield), dibenzylketene "° (73.5%
yield), and ethylchloroketene108 [C2H5C(C1)==C=O] (50% yield).
Methylphenyl ketene has been made in 75% yield, and other unsym-
metrical ketoketenes no (RR'C=C=O) have been prepared in unspeci-
fied yields. Attempts to prepare ketenes containing additional cumula-
tive double bonds [e.g., isopropylideneketene,108'1U (CH 3 ) 2 C=C=C=O]
from alkylidenemalonic acids have failed. Methylethoxymalonic and
diethoxymalonic acids have yielded none of the ketenes, but ethyl-
phenoxymalonic and diphenoxymalonic acids appeared to give some of
the corresponding ketenes.112 Cyclopropane-l,l-dicarboxylic acid gave
none of the ketene.110
Dimethylketene has been obtained in unspecified yield by heating the
monochloride of dimethylmalonic acid;113 it is probable that the malonic
anhydride was formed as an intermediate. This method failed in at-
tempted applications to diethylketene and carbon suboxide. Low yields
of carbon suboxide have been obtained by treating malonyl chloride with
lead, silver, or zinc oxide or with silver oxalate or malonate, and by
treating silver malonate with cinnamoyl chloride;1W malonic anhydrides
or mixed anhydrides may be intermediates.
The ketenes which have been prepared by fliese methods are listed in
Table III; unsuccessful attempts mentioned above are not repeated in
the table.
110
Staudinger, Schneider, Schotz, and Strong, Helv. Chim. Ada, 6, 291 (1923).
111
Staudinger and Schneider, Heh. Chim. Ada, 6, 316 (1923).
m
Staudinger and Schneider, Helv. Chim. Ada, 6, 304 (1923).
113
Staudinger and Ott, Bar., 41, 2208 (1908).
114
Staudinger and St. Bereza, Bar., 41, 4461 (1908).
80X 0 O=O=O I; IO
801 %oe O=O=(IO)O 9 H !! O
SIT %6 o=o=(ja)osH5o
OIT %9l O=O=( C HO)O 9 H 9 O
OTT %9Sl O=0=05(sH09H90)
on U) O=O=( S HO) OZHO9H9O
on %08 O=O=O 2 ( 5 HOHO= !! HO)
0X1 %S8 o=o=ot(iH8O-M)
on U) O=O=(sH0)0!!H0H0=!;HO
801 %n O=O=O i! ( 8 HO 8 HO)
on U) O=O=( 8 HO)O 5 HO 8 HO
801 %& O=O=O i! ( 8 HO)
aouaiajay; PI9!A
O'tOOHO'WO)] + O=O=O(/H)H
<___ 8[S(9H9O)HOOOOOO1O(,H)H <- O = O = O S ( 9 H 9 O ) S + ! (H*OO)O(,H)H
puv sppy oiuop>j\[ vwxf p3j,vdaj,,j sapt-ipfiyuy psxiffl -uu>j,g - g
601 %09 O=O==O!!(zH8O-os?)
601 %0S O=O=O 5 ( i H 8 O- M )
601 %99 O=O=O i! ( i! HO 8 HO)
60T %99 O=O=( 8 HO)O s HO e HO
60T %08 O=O=O S ( 8 HO)
oouajaja a
8
OO4- o=o=o(,a)a <
^ — x[—oo(/a)aoooo—1
S9pupHi(uy oiuop)pi ajdiuig vmox^ - y
83AI1VAM aQ aioy oiNonvj\
III aaavx
SNOixovaa OINVOHO 8TI
TABLE III—Continued
KETOKETENES PREPARED FBOM MALONIC ACID DERIVATIVES
C. Related Preparations
Refer-
Ketene Prepared from Reagent Yield
ence
(CH3)2C=C=O (CH3)2C(CO2H)COC1 Heat (?) 113

o=c=c=c=o CH2(COC1)2 A g2 O 63% 114
PbO "Low" 114
ZnO 5.5% 114
(CO2Ag)2 10.5% 114
CH2(CO2Ag)2 5.7% 114
CH2(CO2Ag)2 C 6 H 6 CH=CHCOC1 1-2% 114
CH 2 (CO 2 H) 2 P2O6 (?) 2,37
Regeneration of Ketenes from the Dimers

Because of the ease with which many ketenes dimerize, the reconver-
sion of the dimers to the monomers is an important adjunct to the meth-
ods of synthesis of ketenes. In general, the regeneration of the mono-
mers is effected by pyrolysis, but the process is smoother than the ther-
mal decomposition of ketones, acids, etc. The dilution of the dimer with
an inert gas has proved advantageous in some preparations.116-116
The pyrolysis of diketene produces ketene in quantitative yield,117
and the product is not contaminated with hydrocarbons, carbon monox-
ide, etc., which are present in ketene produced by the cracking of acetone.
In other instances also it may be possible to prepare ketenes in the state
of highest purity by utilization of the dimers (for the preparation of the
dimers, see-p. 127).
Relatively few such preparations have been reported. -The dimers of
ketene, methylketene, and dimethylketene have been converted to the
monomers in yields of 86-100% by decomposition over hot filaments or
in hot (550-600°) tubes. Ethylcarbethoxyketene has been prepared in
80-90% yield by heating the dimer under a pressure of 15 mm. in an oil
116 private communication from Professor J. R. Johnson, Cornell University, and taken
from the doctoral thesis of C. M. Hill, entitled "Studies of Ketenes and Their Derivatives,"
1941.
lie Private communication from Professor J. R. Johnson, Cornell University, and taken
from the doctoral thesis of J. M. Witzel, entitled "Dimethyl Ketene and Its Reaction with
Cyclopentadiene," 1941.
U7
Boese, Ind. Eng. Chem., 32, 16 (1940).
bath at 180-200°. A complete list of the ketenes prepared and the con-
ditions employed (if reported) is given in Table IV.
TABLE IV
PREPARATION'OP KETENES BY PYROLYSIS OP KETENE DIMERS
Conditions of Depolymerization Yield Refer-

of the Dimer ence
CH2=C=O Hot platinum filament Quant. 117

Hot tube (550-600°) Quant. 117
CH 3 CH=C=O Hot Nichrome wire — 115
(CH 3 ) 2 C=C=O Hot Nichrome wire 86% 116
Hot platinum spiral — 118
CH3C(CO2CH3)==C=O Treatment with NaOCHr—CH3OH * 119
C 2 H 6 C(CO2C 2 H 6 )=C=O Heat at 200°/15 mm. 80-90% 120
Distillation at 15 mm. 30% 36
Treatment with CeHgMgBr -t 36
(C 2 H 6 O 2 C) 2 C=C=O Heat at 150° — 121
C6H6C (CO 2 CH 3 )=C=O Distillation in "abs." vacuum 70% 122
Heat at 150° — 121
C 6 H 6 C(CH 3 )=C=O Distillation — 121, 123
(C6H 6 ) 2 C=C=O Pyrolysis — 121, 124
* The product isolated was CHsCH(CO2CH3)2, evidently formed from the ketene.
t The product isolated was ethyl a-benzoylbutyrate.
Dehalogenation of a-Haloacyl Halides

The oldest procedure for the synthesis of ketenes is the dehalogenation
of a-haloacyl halides by treatment with zinc.125 There have been no
R' 0 R'
R—C—C Zn C=C=O + ZnX2
\
X R
118
Staudinger and Klever, Ber., 44, 2215 (1911).
118
Schroeter, Ber., 49, 2697 (1916).
120
Staudinger and St. Bereza, Ber., 42, 4908 (1909).
m
Staudinger and Hirzel, Ber., 50, 1024 (1917).
m
Staudinger and Hirzel, Ber., 49, 2522 (1916).
123
Staudinger and Ruzicka, Ann., 380, 278 (1911).
m
Staudinger, Ber., 44, 521 (1911).
126
Staudinger, Ber., 38, 1735 (1905).
extensive studies of the relative yields from theVarious possible dihalo
compounds such as bromoacid bromides, chloroacid chlorides, bromoacid
chlorides, and chloroacid bromides. In the preparation of ketene the
yields obtained from bromoacetyl bromide and bromoacetyl chloride
were 12% and 3.7%, respectively, but none of the product was obtained
from chloroacetyl bromide or chloroacetyl chloride.126 However, a 13.5%
yield of phenylketene was obtained from phenylchloroacetyl chloride.127
Later attempts to prepare ketene by the dehalogenation of bromoacetyl
bromide with zinc either in boiling ether solution or in the vapor
phase at 200° were unsuccessful;128 copper bronze, molten sodium,
sodium iodide, or magnesium and magnesium iodide likewise failed to
effect the dehalogenation.
Only carbon suboxide 114' m (yield up to 80%) and ketoketenes (yields
up to 95%, see Table V) have been prepared in yields above 20%.
Many of the aldoketenes have not been isolated from the reaction
mixtures, their presence being demonstrated only by conversion to
derivatives.126' 127' 129' 129a The method has given only negative results
when applied to a,/3-unsaturated a-haloacyl halides.130
The dehalogenation generally is carried out in pure ethyl ether or ethyl
acetate at the reflux temperature. These solvents are especially useful
because they dissolve the zinc halides and because their low boiling points
facilitate control of the reaction temperature. The solvents used in this
synthesis must, of course, be free from water and ethanol. Some ethyl
ester may be formed through cleavage of ether (when it is used as the
solvent) by the acyl halide in the presence of zinc halide. Mercury and
silver have been used as dehalogenating agents instead of zinc, but they
are less satisfactory.131' * Magnesium appears to have been used only with
bromoacetyl bromide and a-bfomoisobutyryl bromide; the yields were
about the same as those obtained with zinc.
Various a-haloacyl halides which have been used in preparations or
attempted preparations of ketenes are listed in Table V.
* See p. 7 of ref. 40.
126
Staudinger and Kubinsky, Ber., 42, 4213 (1909).
127
Staudinger, Ber., 44, 533 (1911).
m
Hurd, Cashion, and Perletz, J. Org. Chem., 8, 367 (1943).
129
m
" Fuson, Armstrong, and Shenk, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 66, 964 (1944).
130
Staudinger and Ott, Ber., 44, 1633 (1911).
131
Staudinger, Ann., 356, 51 (1908).
TABLE V
PREPARATION OF KETENES BY ZINC DEHALOGENATION OF «-HALOACYL HAMDES
R(R')CXCOX' + Zn — R(R')C=C=O + ZnXX'
a-Haloacyl
Refer-
Ketene Halide Solvent Yield
X X' ence
CHi!=C=O Br Br (C2H6)2O 7-13% 126, 132

Br Br CH3CO2C2H5* 12-14% * 126
Br Br (C2H6)2O * 11-12% * 126
Br Br CH3CO2C2H6 8-12% 126, 132
Br Cl (C2H6)2O 3.7% 126
Br Cl C H 3CO2C2H5 4.4% 126
Cl Cl (C 2 H 5 ) 2 O 0 126
Cl Br (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 0 126
CH 3 CH=C=O Br Br (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 6-8% f 127, 129
C2H6CH==C=O Br Br (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 4-6% t 129
(CH 3 ) 2 C=C=O Br Br (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 38% 133
Br Br CH 3 CO 2 C 2 H 6 28% 133
(C 2 H 6 )C(CH 3 )=C=O Br Br (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O ? 134
HC(CO 2 C 2 H 6 )=C=O Br Cl — 0 135
QH5C (CO2CH3)==C=O Br Cl (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 34% 120
C6H6CH=rC=O Cl Cl (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 13% t 125, 127
4.
2,4,6-(CH3)3C6H2CH=C=O Br Br (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 129a
, J-
2,4,6-(C2HB)3C6H2CH=C=O Br Br (C 4 H 9 ) 2 O 129a
C6H6C(CH3)=C==O Cl Cl (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 80-90% 123
(C 6 H S ) 2 C=C=O Cl Cl (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 95% 125, 131
p-CH3C6H4C (C 6 H 6 )=C=O Cl Cl (C 2 H 8 ) 2 O ? 134, 136
(p-C6H6C6H4)2C==C==O Cl Cl (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 60% 137
( 6H4
f' \ c==c=0
C6H4- 7
Cl Cl (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 90% 138
(CH3)2C=C=C=O Br Cl CH 3 CO 2 C 2 H 6 0 130
C 6 H 6 CH=C=C=O Br Cl CH 3 CO 2 C 2 H 6 0 130
Br Br CH 3 CO 2 C 2 H 6 0 130
[Br2C(COCl)2] (C 2 H 6 ) 2 O 80% f 114
o=c=c=c=o • CH 3 CO 2 C 2 H 6 40-50% 114
[Br2C(COBr)2] (C2HB)2O 129
* Magnesium was used instead of zinc,

t In solution—not isolated.
132
133
Steudinger and Klever, Ber., 39, 968 (1906).
134
McKenzie and Christie, J. Chem. Soc, 1934, 1070.
136
Staudinger and Becker, Ber., 50, 1016 (1917).
136
Weiss, Monatsh., 40, 391 (1920).
137
Shilov. and Burmistrov, Ber., 68, 582 (1935).
138
Staudinger, Ber., 39, 3062 (1906).
Miscellaneous Methods
Decomposition of Diazo Ketones. Diphenylketene usually is pre-
pared from benzil through the following series of reactions.107-1W> 140
C6H6COCOC6HB + NH2NH2 - » C 6 H 6 COC(NNH 2 )C 6 H 5 - ^ > ,

C6H6COC(N2)C6H6 -> (C.H«) 2 C=C=O + N 2
The last step is effected, by slowly dropping a benzene solution of the
diazo ketone into a distilling flask heated in a metal bath at 100-110°.
The residual diphenylketene is then distilled (64% yield) and redistilled
(58% yield). A somewhat lower yield (45%) results when the decompo-
sition is effected in ligroin; fos-benzilketazine is a by-product of the
decomposition.141 Di-p-tolylketene has been prepared in unspecified
yield by similar reactions.142 Mesitylphenylketene has been prepared
from the diazo compound in 35% yield, but dehydrohalogenation of
mesitylphenylacetyl chloride is a much superior method (see p. 139).
This general method has been followed in the preparation of a few
other ketoketenes from ethoxalylacetic ester and from acylacetic esters.
The diazo ketones were prepared by nitrosation, reduction, and treat-
ment with nitrous acid. The use of methyl acetoacetate is illustrative; 119
the ketene was isolated as the dimer.
CH3COCH2CO2CH3 - * CH3COCHCO2CH3 -> CH3COCHCO2CH3 - *

NH 2
CH3COCCO2CH3 > N 2 + C H 3 C = C = O (47% yield of
I the dimer)
N2 CO2CH3
The diazo compound from methyl benzoylacetate gives phenylcarbo-

methoxyketene in 70% yield when the final decomposition is carried out
in refluxing xylene, but it is converted largely to the ester of phenyl-
malonic acid by heating in the absence of a solvent.122 The ethyl ester of
ethylmalonic acid is the principal product from the decomposition (in the
absence of a solvent) of the diazo compound obtained from ethyl pro-
pionylacetate. 122 A small amount of the ketene evidently was formed
also. The diazo compound obtained from ethyl ethoxalylacetate on
decomposition in warm xylene gives 54% of dicarbethoxyketene. 122
139
Schroeter, Ber., 42, 2336, 3356 (1909).
140
Smith and Hoehn, Org. Syntheses, 20, 47 (1940).
"'* Ritter and Wiedeman, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 3583 (1929).
142
Gilman and Adams, Rec. trav. chim., 48, 464 (1929).
Small pieces of platinum have been used as catalyst for the decomposi-
tion of these diazo compounds.
Only the ketoketenes mentioned above have been obtained from the di-
azo ketones. Attempts to prepare the more highly unsaturated ketenes,
C6H5CH==CHC(CO2R)=C=O and CH 3 CH=CHC(CO 2 R)=C=O
from cinnamoylacetic ester and crotonylacetic ester, respectively, were
unsuccessful.122 Aldoketenes could not be obtained from acetyldiazo-
methane (CH3COCHN2) and benzoyldiazomethane (CeHgCOCHNg),119
nor could ketenes be obtained from diacetyldiazomethane, benzoyl-
acetyldiazomethane,119 mesitoyldiazomethane,129" and 2,4,6-triisopro-
pylbenzoyldiazomethane. It is of interest that methyl 5-phenyl-
l,2,3-thiodiazole-4-carboxylate and methyl l,5-diphenyl-l,2,3-triazole-
carboxylate do not yield ketene analogs on pyrolysis.122
The P-Lactone Method. Dimethylketene has been prepared in 50%
yield by pyrolysis of a-carbomethoxy-a,/?-dimethyl-/3-butyrolactone.143
The lactone was prepared from acetone and methylmalonic acid.144 The
(CH3)2CO + CH3CH(CO2H)2 ^™h° > (CH3)2C—C(CH3)Co2H

H2SO4 I I
0—CO
(CH3)2C—C(CH3)CO2CH3 - ^ (CH3)2C=C=O + (CH3)2CO + CO2
0—CO
intermediate a-carboxy lactone did not give any methylketene upon
pyrolysis. However, the lactone of a-carboxy-j3-methyl-|8-butyrolactone
did give a little carbon suboxide (5.2% yield).143 a-Carbomethoxy-a-
(CH3)2C—CHC02H -» (CH3)2CO + O = C = C = C = O + H20
0—CO
bromo-/8-methyl-j3-butyrolactone yielded an unspecified amount of a
polymer of methylbromoketene.143 The corresponding a-carboxy lactone
gave none of the expected bromoketene.143
Dehydrohalogenation of Acyl Halides by Means of Tertiary Amines.
One of the oldest methods of preparing diphenylketene consists in the
dehydrohalogenation of diphenylacetyl chloride with tertiary amines.146
The yield of the ketene was reported as quantitative when tripropyl-
amine was the dehydrohalogenating agent, and considerably less with
quinoline, whereas thermal dehydrohalogenation of the acid chloride
143
Ott, Ann., 401, 159 (1913).
144
The method is an adaptation of that of Meldrum, / . Chem. Soc, 93, 601 (1908).
146
Staudinger, Ber., 40, 1148 (1907).
gave only a low yield.35 However, certain unsymmetrical diarylketenes
have been prepared by thermal dehydrohalogenatios of the acid chlorides
in the presence of not more than traces of pyridine hydrochloride.146'147
For example, mesitylphenylacetic acid, prepared from mesitylene and
mandelic acid in the presence of stannic chloride, is converted into the
ketene in excellent yield 146 by refluxing in benzene with thionyl chloride
and a little pyridine, separation of the precipitated pyridine hydro-
chloride by filtration, and distillation of the acid chloride at reduced
soci2
CH3
ICH(C6H5)COC1
HC1
pressure. I t is of interest to note that this ketene was formed during an

attempt to carry out a Rosenmund reduction of the. acid chloride.146
In preparations of aliphatic ketoketenes 115'148 the dehydrohalogena-
tions have been accomplished by treatment with slightly more than
equivalent amounts of tertiary aliphatic amines, the reactions being
carried out by adding the amines to solutions of the acid chlorides in inert
solvents like ether, benzene, toluene, ligroin, trichloroethylene, tetra-
chloroethylene, or carbon tetrachloride. Trimethylamine appears to be
the most satisfactory base in the preparation of aliphatic ketoketenes,
owing to the low solubility of the hydrochloride in organic solvents.' The
reaction is effected by allowing the mixture to stand at room temperature
for several hours, after which time the amine salt is removed by filtration
and the ketene is recovered by distillation at the lowest possible pressure.
Dimethylaniline and pyridine are reported to be unsatisfactory for the
preparation of dialkyl ketoketenes.148
The tertiary amines must be free of primary and secondary amines.
The presence of small amounts of diethylamine in the triethylamine used
in such preparations leads to formation of diethylamides. Such amides
were originally mistaken for "ketenium" derivatives of tertiary amines.149
The applicability of this method is limited by the fact that the tertiary
146
Fuson, Armstrong, Kneisley, and Shenk, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 66, 1464 (1944).
147
Fuson, private communication.
14S
- U. S. pat., 2,268,169 [C. A., 36, 2737 (1942)].
149
For a discussion, see Miller and Johnson, J. Org. Chem., 1, 135 (1936).
amine salts catalyze the dimerization of ketenes.132' m Consequently
only those ketenes which have relatively low tendencies toward dimeriza-
tion can be prepared in this way. Dialkylacetyl chlorides of low molecu-
lar weight, such as isobutyryl chloride,149 and monoalkylacetyl chlorides
give only dinners (see p. 129).160 Evidently no aldoketene has been pre-
pared by this method.
The ketenes which have been prepared by dehydrohalogenation of
acyl halides are listed in Table VI.
TABLE VI
PREPARATION OF KETOKETENES BY DEHYDROHALOQENATION OF ACYL HALIDES
R(R')CHCOX + R3"N -> R(R')C=C=O + R3"N HX
Dehydrohalogenating Refer-
Ketene Yield
Agent ence
(CH 3 ) 2 C=C=O (C2H6)3N Dimer only 149

(60%)
(n-C 7 Hi 6 ) 2 C=C=O (CH3)3N 58% 148
n-Ci2H25C (C 2 H 6 )=C=O (CHS)3N 29% 148
CH2CH2 •
CH2 C=C=O (C2H6)sN 32% * 115 .
CH2CH2
CH 2
H HCH\=C=0
1
CH 2
) S 2 C 9 H 7 N or (Q!H5) 3 N 56-58% f 151
C
ATT
(C 3 H 7 ) 3 N Quant. 35
C9H7N — 35
Heat Low 35
2,4,6-(CH3)3C6H2C(C6H6)=C=O Distillation at reduced 64-67% 146, 147-
pressure
* The dimer was obtained in 66% yield.

t The yield is based on the formation of derivatives from the unisolated ketene.
160
U. S. pat., 2,238,826 [C. A., 35, 4970 (1941)].
161
Staudinger and Schotz, Ber., 63, 1105 (1920).
PREPARATION OF KETENE DIMERS
All known ketenes dimerize when heated or when allowed to stand at

room temperature or below for a sufficient length of time. The dimers of
ketoketenes undoubtedly are derivatives of cyclobutanedione. For ex-
ample, the dimer of dimethylketene has a pleasant odor similar to that of
ketones; it yields two isomeric (cis and trans) glycols upon reduction;
and it yields mono- and di-oximes which give the expected products in
the Beckmann transformation.162
0
I
CH 3 C CH 3
\ / \ /
2(CH 3 ) 2 C=C=O - • C C
/ \ / \
CH3 C CH3
II
0
The dimers of aldoketenes are much more reactive. Diketene has a
harsh, irritating odor entirely unlike that of dimethylketene dimer, and
its characteristic reactions resemble those of ketenes or acid anhydrides
rather than those of ketones. It reacts with water and alcohols (in the
presence of catalytic amounts of strong acid) to give acetoacetic acid and
its esters,117 with ammonia and amines to give acetoacetamides,117 and
with ozone to give pyruvaldehyde,163 reactions which are easily inter-
preted on the basis of formula I. Hydrogenation over Raney nickel
catalyst converts.it to /3-butyrolactone,1M a reaction most readily explica-
ble on the basis of one of the lactone formulas (II and III). The addition
of halogen leads to a i-haloacetoacetyl halide,166-1M a result which might
CH3C0CH=C==0 CH2=C—CH2 CH 3 C=CH CHz—CO
0—C=0 0—C=0 CO CH2
1 11 in iv
be accounted for on the basis of formula II more easily than on the basis
of formula III; however, the absorption spectrum appears to be in better
162
Private communication from Professor J. R. Johnson, Cornell University, and taken
from the doctoral thesis of L. L. Miller, entitled "The Structure of Some Derivatives of
Dimethylketene," 1937.
163
Hurd and Williams, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 962 (1936).
164
Johnson and Gross, paper presented at the American Chemical Society, Organic
Division, in New York City on April 23, 1935.
166
Chick and Wilsmore, J. Chem. Soc, 97, 1978 (1910).
"•Hurd and Abernethy, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 1147 (1940).
167
agreement with III. The dipole moment of diketene agrees with values
calculated for the most probable structures and does not serve to-dis-
tinguish among them.168 The behavior of diketene on pyrolysis is said to
be compatible only with the cyclobutanedione formula, IV.169'160 The
dinners of aldoketenes yield higher polymers on moderate heating. Dehy-
dracetic acid is formed from diketene; if the acetylketene formula (I) is
0 0
II II
c c
/ / \
CH CHCOCHs CH CHCOCH3
CH3C C=O CH3C C=O
\ \ /
0 0
used the reaction can be written as a Diels-Alder condensation. Dike-
tene can be stored indefinitely at temperatures of 0° or below.117
Apparently there is yet no agreement among students of the problem
of the diketene structure, 117 ' 163~164 and it is possible that the substance
actually is a mixture of readily interchangeable isomeric forms. The use
of the acylketene formula I in the sequel is for convenience only. The
dimers of aldoketenes undergo the same reactions as diketene and
present the same problems of structure. 116 ' *
In the laboratory preparation 166 of diketene the mixture of ketene,
unchanged acetone, and methane from a ketene generator is passed into a
condensing system which is cooled initially in Dry Ice, and the conden-
sate is allowed to warm to room temperature over a period of about
twenty-four hours. The resulting mixture of acetone, diketene, and
dehydracetic acid is separated by distillation under reduced pressure
(50-55% of diketene). More exact control of the concentration and
* Note added in proof. Bauer, Bregman, and Wrightson of Cornell University (private
communication) have recently made electron diffraction studies of diketene vapor using
the sector technique. They find that formulas II and III are compatible with the observed
diffraction pattern and that formulas I and IV must be discarded. Since the evidence of
Taufen and Murray from the Raman spectrum of liquid diketene eliminates formulas III
and IV, only formula II satisfies both sets of experimental data, and it therefore appears
to represent the most probable structure for the dimer.
167
Calvin, Magel, and Hurd, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 2174 (1941).
168
Oesper and Smyth, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 64, 768 (1942).
169
Rice and Roberts, abstract of paper presented at 104th meeting of the American
Chemical Society, Organic Division, Buffalo, New York, p. 12M, September, 1942.
l«o Rice and Roberts, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 65, 1677 (1943).
161
Hurd, Sweet, and Thomas, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 55, 337 (1933).
162
Staudinger, Ber., 53, 1085 (1920).
1C3 Angus, Leckie, LeFevre, LeFevre, and Wassermann, J. Chem. Soc, 1935, 1751.
164
Taufen and Murray, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 67, 754 (1945).
165
Williams and Krynitsky, Org. Syntheses, 21, 64 (1941).
temperature in the commercial preparation probably permits a higher
conversion to diketene. Several variations of the above procedure are
disclosed in the patent literature.166"176
Dimers of other ketenes also can be prepared from the monomers, but
frequently it is more convenient to prepare the dimers directly by extend-
ing the reaction time or increasing the reaction temperature. The most
convenient preparation of higher aldoketene dimers is that of dehydro-
halogenation of acyl halides with tertiary aliphatic amines.116'160' m
2RCH2COC1 + 2R'3N -> RCH 2 COC=C=O + 2R'3NH+C1-
R
In many preparations nearly quantitative yields are obtained by allow-
ing the reactions to run at room temperature for about twenty-four
hours. This is one of the simplest methods of bringing about the forma-
tion of a new carbon-carbon bond, and it affords a very attractive route
to derivatives of /3-keto acids; for example, esters of the type
RCH2COCHRCO2C2H5 are obtained from the acids (RCH2CO2H) by
converting the acid chlorides to the ketene dimers and allowing these
to react with ethanol.
RCH 2 COC=C=O + C2H5OH - ^ - 4 RCH2COCHCO2C2H6
R R
Mixed aldoketene dimers have been prepared by treating mixtures of
two acid chlorides with tertiary aliphatic amines.150 Presumably the two
monomeric ketenes are formed and combine to give the simple and mixed
dimers. Three of the four possible products have been isolated from the
treatment, of a mixture of acetyl and lauroyl chlorides with triethylamine.
CH 3 COCH=C=O (14%)
CH3COCI 2(CWiW CH3(CH2)10COC(C10H21)=C=O (14%)
CH3(CH2)10COC1 * CH 3 (CH 2 ) 10 COCH=C=O (12%)
[CH3COC(CioH2i)=C==0, not identified]
166
U. S. pat., 2,019,983 [C. A., 30, 487 (1936)].
167
Fr. pat., 761,731 [C. A., 28, 4072 (1934)].
188
Can. pat., 352,920 [C. A., 29, 8008 (1935)].
169
Brit, pat., 410,394 [C. A., 28, 6160 (1934)].
170
TL S. pat., 1,998,404 [C. A., 29, 3689 (1935)].
171
V. S. pat., 2,103,505 [C. A., 32, 1718 (1938)].
172
Brit, pat., 498,280 [C. A., 33, 3820 (1939)].
173
U. S. pat., 2,216,450 [C. A., 35, 757 (1941)].
174
Ger. pat., 700,218 [C. A., 35, 6976 (1941)].
176
Fr. pat., 835,162,[C. A., 33, 4274 (1939)].
176
Brit, pat., 550,486 [C. A., 38, 1534 (1944)].
1 7 7 U. S. pat., 2,369,919 [C. A., 39, 4086 (1945)].
The various ketene dimers which have been reported are listed in
Table VII. No attempt has been made to give all the references to the
preparation of a particular dimer; only those references which, in the
authors' opinion, give the best preparative methods are listed. Experi-
mental procedures for preparing ketene dimers are described on pages
1137 and 140.
TABLE VII
KETENE DIMERS
A. Aldoketene Dimers
Refer-
Dimer Method of Preparation Yield
ence
(CH2=C=O) 2 Monomer in acetone, low tempera- 55% 165

ture
CH3COC1 + (C2H6)3N * 14%* 150
(CH 3 CH=C=O) 2 CH3CH2COC1 + (C2HB)3N 60%, 74% 115, 177
28%, t 150
36% t 150
CH3CHBrCOBr + Zn ? 127
(;so-C 3 H 7 CH=C=O)2 i"so-C3H7CH2COCl + (C2H6)3N 60% 177
(ra-C 4 H 9 CH=C=O) 2 n-C4H9CH2COCl + (C2H6)3N 65%, 115,
27% t 150
C 2 H 6 COC(n-C 4 H 9 )=C=O CH3CH2COC1 + CH3(CH2)4COC1 44% t 150
and/or + (C2H6)3N
n-C 6 H u COC (CH 3 )=C=O
C2HBCOC (n-C 6 Hi 3 )=C=O CH3CH2COC1 + CH3(CH2)6COC1 26% f 150
and/or + (C2H6)3N
n-C 7 Hi 6 COC(CH 3 )=C=O
n-CuH 2 3 COCH=C=O CH3COC1 + CH3(CH2)i0COCl 12%* 150
+ (C2H5)3N
(n-C 6 Hi 3 CH=C=O) 2 CH3(CH2)6COC1 + (C2H6)3N 31% t 150
75% 177
(n-Ci 0 H 2 iCH=C=O) 2 ra-CioH2iCH2COCl + (C2H6)3N 90% 177
(rc-Ci6H33CH=C=O)2 n-Ci6H33CH2COCl + (C2H6)3N 97% 177
(C 6 H B CH=C=O) 2 C6H6CHC1COC1 + Zn 10% 127
[2,4,6-(CH3)3C6H2CH= 2,4,6-(CH3)3C6H2CHBrCOBr +Zn — 129a
C=O] 2 ' CO2CH3
[ (CO 2 CH 3 )CH=C=O] 2 H2C^ (heated) Low 135
X
COC1
* From the preparation of simple and mixed dimers by the action of triethylamine on a mixture of
acetyl and lauroyl chlorides.
t From the preparation of simple and mixed dimers by the action of triethylamine on a mixture of
propionyl and capryloyl chlorides.
t From the preparation of simple and mixed dimers by the action of triethylamine on a mixture of
propionyl and caproyl chlorides.
KETENE DIMBRS
B. Ketoketene Dimers
Dimer Method of Preparation Yield Ref.
CO
(CH3)2C C(CH3)2 (CH3)2CHCOC1 57% 149
+ (C2H6)gN
CH 3 CO CH 3
C C Heating of monomer 84% 110
C2H6 CO C2H5
CO
Heating of monomer 83% 110
CO CH2CH2
(CH2)6C C(CH2)6 CH 2 CHCOC1 32-66% 115
X /
co CH2CH2 (C2H6)3N
CO
(n-C3H7)2C C(ra-C3H7)2 Heating of monomer 10% no
CO
CH 3 CO CH 3
\ / \ /
c c Heating of monomer 78% no
CH2=CHCH2 / \ CO/ \ CH2CH=CH2
CO
y* V
(CH 2 =CHCH 2 ) 2 C C(CH 2 CH=CH 2 ) 2 Heating of monomer 96% no
CO
C2H6 CO C2H5 C2H6 Br
X / X /
c c C +Zn 80% 120,
121
C2H5O2C CO CO2C2H5 C2H6O2C COC1
From the monomer — 36
KETBNE DIMERS
B. Ketoketene Dimers—Continued
Dimer Method of Preparation Yield Ref.
CO
\\J2a.b\J2\~')2^ ^ \S-'V2\J2xlb)2 > Heating of monomer Low 121
CeHs CO CSHB
"Nearly 121
Heating of monomer quanti-
tative"
C2H5O2C CO OO2C2H5
CO
(C 6 H 6 ) 2 C C(C 6 H 6 ) 2 Heating of monomer _ 35,

X /
co
CH3 CO CH3
Heating of monomer "Quan- 123

tita-
C6H5 CO C6H6 tive"
C 6 H 6 CH 2 CO CH 2 C 6 H 5
"Quan-
V V Heating of monomer tita- 110
tive"
CH 3 CO CH 3
CO
"Nearly
(C6H6CH2)2C C(CH2C6H6)2 Heating of monomer quanti- 110
tative"
CO
Pyrolysis
Kete'ne by Pyrolysis of Acetone.3 Description of Apparatus. The

apparatus consists essentially of a Chromel A filament (0 in Fig. 1) sus-
pended from the top portion of a ground-glass joint (H) so that it can be
removed from the pyrolysis chamber (E) whenever desired. Filament
0 is prepared from 175 cm. of B. and S.* gauge 24 Chromel A wire (an
* B. and S. refers tp Brown and Sharpe, Inc., 20 Vesey Street, New York, New York.
alloy of 80% nickel and 20% chromium) by wrapping the wire in a
tight spiral around a rod 3 mm. in diameter and stretching the coil so
formed to a length of 70 cm. The filament is held in position on 15-mm.-
long platinum hooks (N) sealed into the Pyrex glass rod which supports
-w
M-
FIG. 1.
them. The three hooks at the bottom of the rod are spaced 120° apart.
Two platinum hooks support the filament at a distance of 11 cm. above
the end. The ends of the filament 0 are connected to tungsten leads by
means of nickel sleeves P, 10 mm. in length and 3.5 mm. in internal
diameter, equipped with two set screws. The tungsten leads are of B.
and S. gauge 24 wire and are sealed into the glass at the points Q, and
above these junctions are soldered to B. and S. gauge 24 copper wire (S)
at the points R. The copper leads' S are insulated by pieces of 6-mm.
glass tubing T, which are held by the cork stopper W. The copper wire
leads are connected to a source of 110-volt alternating current, preferably
through a variable resistance such as a Variac transformer.
All the glass in the apparatus is Pyrex. The ground-glass joint H is a
55/50 standard taper. Chamber E is constructed from a 25-cm. length
of glass tubing of 70-mm. internal diameter. Connecting tube D is 12-
mm. tubing, side arm F is 15-mm. tubing, and reflux return tube G is
6-mm. tubing. Joint / is a 19/38 standard taper. Condensers / and K
are of any efficient type. In the apparatus illustrated / is a double
spiral condenser 50 cm. long, and K is a single spiral condenser 90 cm.
long. The two are connected at the tops by a glass seal. The liquid
trap L sealed to the lower end of condenser K is constructed of 35-mm.
tubing and is 125 mm. long, with a stopcock for the removal of liquid
from the trap. The ketene is conducted away through the tube M, of
8-mm. diameter.
Operation. The acetone is placed in A, a 2-1. round-bottomed flask
which is attached to the lamp by means of a rubber stopper C. Through
this stopper extends a piece of 6-mm. glass tubing B which may be used
to introduce more acetone when needed. The tube B must be closed
when the apparatus is being operated. The introduction into A of suffi
cient glass wool to extend a few centimeters above the surface of the
liquid serves to prevent bumping. After M is connected to the proper
apparatus, the stopcock on L is closed and the liquid in A is heated until
it refluxes gently from condenser J. Five minutes' refluxing should be
allowed to drive the air from chamber E. The current is then passed
through filament 0, which should be heated to a dull red glow (tempera-
ture 700-750°).
After the operation is started the apparatus needs little attention.
Occasionally, condensed liquid must be removed from trap L, in which
the amount of condensate collected depends upon the temperature of
the water in condensers J and K.
At the end of a run the following operations must be carried out rapidly
in this order: (1) the source of heat is removed from flask A, (2) the fila-
ment current is turned off, and (3) the stopcock on L is opened.
Calibration. The amount of ketene produced per hour may be deter-
mined either by weighing the acetanilide produced by passing the effluent
gas stream through excess aniline for a measured period of time or by
passing the gas stream through standard alkali with subsequent titration
of the unused alkali. By the second method the apparatus described
was found to deliver 0.45 mole of ketene per hour. In a continuous run of
ten hours 4.53 moles of ketene was produced with a net consumption of
about 350 cc. of acetone from flask A. If the residual liquid and con-
densate were pure acetone, this would represent a 95% yield, but the
figure is too high, for, although the liquid is chiefly acetone, it contains
small amounts of acetic anhydride, acetic acid, and ketene dimer.
Malonic Anhydride Method

Dimethylketene.109 To 25 g. of acetic anhydride containing a trace of
concentrated sulfuric acid in a dry Claisen distilling flask protected from
moisture is added 6.5 g. of dimethylmalonic acid. The solid dissolves
when the mixture is shaken. The solution is allowed to stand at room
temperature for two days. A small amount of powdered barium car-
bonate is added, and most of the acetic acid and acetic anhydride is re-
moved by distillation at 1-mm. pressure while the flask is heated gently
in an oil bath. The last traces of acetic acid and acetic anhydride are
removed by heating at 60° under a pressure of 1 mm. or lower. The
flask is then connected to a dry receiver cooled in a Dry Ice bath, and the
residual, thoroughly dry dimethylmalonic anhydride is decomposed by
slowly raising the temperature of the oil bath until vigorous evolution of
carbon dioxide and dimethylketene occurs (about 100°). The pressure is
maintained at the lowest possible point during the decomposition. The
dimethylketene (b.p. 34° at atmospheric pressure) collected in the cold
receiver weighs 2.3 g. (65%).
Dipropylketene.110 To 5.6 g. of dipropylmalonic acid in 5 cc. of an-
hydrous ether is added 11.5 g. of diphenylketene (p. 123) with cooling
in an ice bath. The clear solution begins to deposit crystals after one
hour. Crystallization is completed by cooling in an ice bath, and a
nearly quantitative yield of the mixed anhydride melting at 84° is ob-
tained. The mixed anhydride can be recrystallized from a mixture of
carbon disulfide and petroleum ether (b.p. 30-70°).
The mixed anhydride (10 g.) is placed in a small Claisen flask connected
to a receiver cooled in Dry Ice and acetone and is heated under a pressure
of about 11 mm. and at a bath temperature of 90-100°. Decarboxylation
proceeds fairly rapidly, and dipropylketene (b.p. 30°/ll mm.) distils into
the cooled receiver. Diphenylacetic anhydride remains in the distillation
flask. On the basis of the amount of dipropylacetanilide formed when
aniline is added to the distillate, the yield of dipropylketene is 32%.*
Dibenzylketene.110 A solution of 8.5 g. of dibenzylmalonic acid in
8 cc. of anhydrous ether is mixed with 11.6 g. of diphenylketene (p. 123).
The" mixture is shaken mechanically for four hours, or until complete
solution occurs. It is then transferred to ,an ice bath and cooled until
•This is the percentage yield cited by Staudinger (ref. 110); however, the weight of
dipropylacetanilide reported by him corresponded to an 83% yield.
crystallization is complete. The yield of crude mixed anhydride is nearly
quantitative. After recrystallization from a mixture of carbon disulfide
and petroleum ether (b.p. 35-70°) it melts at 104°. The purified anhy-
dride is placed in a Claisen flask and heated under reduced pressure at
110° until the evolution of carbon dioxide is complete. The dibenzyl-
ketene is extracted from the residue with petroleum ether (b.p. 35-70°).
The yield of dibenzylketene in the filtered extract, calculated from the
weight of dibenzylacetanilide obtained by treatment of an aliquot por-
tion with excess aniline, is 73%; the yield of dibenzylketene (b.p. 121—
122°/0.08 mm.) which can be isolated by distillation is 2.7 g. (40%).
Depolymerization
116
Dimethylketene. A modification of the ordinary ketene lamp is
necessary to permit the pyrolysis of the comparatively high-melting di-
methylketene dimer (m.p. 115°), which tends to sublime out of the reac-
tion zone. The apparatus illustrated in Fig. 2 has a triple filament made
Dimethylketene Lamp
Fio. 2.
of No. 26 gauge Nichrome wire. For each filament (C), between 25 and
28 cm. of wire is wound around a microscope slide (2.5-cm. width) and
then spot-welded to the tungsten supports (H), All joints are made of
ground glass, and when the lamp is in operation they are held together
by rubber bands. The circular bulb trap (D) is cooled by a stream of tap
water. There are two traps (E) cooled in Dry Ice-acetone in the train
(one shown in diagram); the final trap is connected to a calcium chloride
tube. The filament is connected to a 110-volt a-c. source, with an am-
meter and variable resistance in the circuit. The plunger (F) can be used
if necessary to dislodge any sublimed dimethylketene dimer.
The nitrogen gas, employed to sweep the ketene and unchanged dimer
and monomer away from the filament and into the traps, is passed
through two gas wash bottles containing Fieser's solution,* two cal-
cium chloride tubes, a third wash bottle containing concentrated sulfuric
acid, finally a third calcium chloride tube, and then into the lamp at
the nitrogen inlet (A). A weighed amount of the dimer is placed in the
reaction flask (B), and the entire system is evacuated by a water pump.
Nitrogen is then drawn through the system for approximately five minutes.
The water pump is then disconnected, and the nitrogen is allowed to flow
under the pressure of a few centimeters of mercury. Dry Ice and acetone
are next placed in the Dewar flasks for cooling the traps (E). As soon as
the temperature of these traps reaches — 70° the filament is heated, and
an oil bath (90-100°) is placed around the reaction flask. The oil level
reaches the outlet tube ((?) of the reaction flask. The oil bath is heated
to the desired temperature, usually 120°, for the duration of the run.
Within a few minutes vapor is observed leaving the reaction flask, and
the flow of nitrogen is regulated so that the vapor flows steadily and
slowly into the circular bulb trap. The nitrogen current must not be
strong enough to carry the vapor into the Dry Ice traps. At the end of
the run the flow of nitrogen is stopped, the electric current is turned off,
and a cork is placed in the calcium chloride tube at the end of the train.
The monomeric dimethylketene, which collects for the most part in the
first Dry Ice trap, may be stored in this condition until desired.
With the oil-bath temperature at 120° and the Nichrome filament at a
dull red heat, there are collected 6 g. of dimethylketene in E and 3 g. of
unchanged dimer in D from a charge of 10 g. of starting material (86%
yield of dimethylketene based on dimer consumed). The recovered
dimer is washed out of the apparatus with ether. The filament is cleaned
with a camel's-hair brush after each run; less than 0.05 g. of carbon is
deposited during a 10-g. run.
If the temperature of the oil bath is allowed to fall below 120° for an
appreciable length of time or if the flow of nitrogen is slow, the yield is
lower. Too strong heating of the filament also lowers the yield.
Ethylcarbethoxyketene.120 To 32 g. (0.5 mole) of zinc shavings is
added 104 g. (0.41 mole) of a-bromo-a-carbethoxybutyryl chloride
(p. 138) in 600 cc. of absolute ether, and the mixture is refluxed for four
hours. The ether solution is shaken with water, dilute hydrochloric acid,
and dilute sodium hydroxide and is then dried over calcium chloride.
The solvent is removed, and the residue is distilled in the highest vacuum.
The yield of the dimer boiling at 113-116° ("absolute" vacuum) is 35 g.
(61%). A 10-g. portion of the dimer is placed in a small distilling flask
equipped with a short fractionating column connected to a receiver cooled
* For details of the preparation of the solution see Fieser, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 46, 2639
(1924).
in Dry Ice. Depolymerization is effected by heating in an oil bath at
180-200° under a pressure of 15 mm. for about five hours. The yield of
ethylcarbethoxyketene (b.p. 48°/15 mm.) is nearly quantitative.
Dehalogenation of a-Haloacyl Halides

Ethylcarbethoxyketene.120 a-Carbethoxybutyryl Chloride. To a solu-
tion of 300 g. (1.9 moles) of a-carbethoxybutyric acid in 500 cc. of abso-
lute ether is added slowly with cooling 420 g. (2 moles) of phosphorus
pentachloride. The mixture is refluxed two hours to complete the reac-
tion. After removal of the ether and phosphorus oxychloride by distilla-
tion under reduced pressure, there is obtained 230 g. (69%) of the acid
chloride boiling at 75-77°/13 mm.
a-Bromo-a-carbethoxybutyryl Chloride. Into a refluxing solution of
200 g. (1.13 moles) of the acid chloride in 200 cc. of carbon disulfide is
slowly dropped 190 g. (1.18 moles) of bromine. Refluxing is continued
for two hours after completion of the addition. After removal of the
carbon disulfide by distillation under reduced pressure, there is obtained
250 g. (87%) of the bromo derivative boiling at 95-102°/14 mm.
Ethylcarbethoxyketene. A solution of 26 g. (0.1 mole) of the bromo
acid chloride in 200 cc. of absolute ether is added to 15 g. (0.23 mole) of
zinc shavings at such a rate that the ether refluxes gently. After the
addition is complete the reaction mixture is refluxed briefly and 600 cc. of
petroleum ether is added in order to precipitate the zinc chloride.
If the ketene is not isolated from the solvent but converted into the
anilide by addition of aniline, an amount of anilide corresponding to a
34% yield of the ketene is isolated. However, if the ketene is isolated
from the solvent by vacuum distillation, the yield of monomer is much
lower (not given). If pure monomeric ethylcarbethoxyketene is de-
sired, it is preferable to prepare the dimer and depolymerize it thermally
(p. 137).
Dehydrohalogenation
Diheptylketene.148 In a dry flask protected from the atmosphere 24 g.
(0.09 mole) of diheptylacetyl chloride is added to a solution of 7.1 g. (0.12
mole) of trimethylamine in 150 g. (188 cc.) of anhydrous benzene. The
mixture is allowed to stand at room temperature for twenty-nine hours,
and the precipitated trimethylamine hydrochloride (6.8 g., 80%) is
separated by rapid filtration.178 The solvent is removed from the filtrate
by distillation at room temperature under about 200 mm. pressure. Dis-
178
For a simple technique of filtration with exclusion of moisture see Bost and Constable,
Org. Syntheses, CoU. Vol. 2, 610 (1943).
tillation of the residue yields 12.3 g. (60%) of diheptylketene boiling at
133-13575 mm. (rag 1.4432).
Mesitylphenylketene.146'l47 Mesitylphenylacetic Acid. A mixture of
152 g. (1 mole) of a good grade of dry mandelic acid and 353 g. (400 cc,
2.9 moles) of dry mesitylene is placed in a 1-1. round-bottomed three-
necked flask fitted with a mechanical stirrer (grease seal), a 250-cc.
separatory funnel, and a condenser protected from moisture by calcium
chloride tubes. A thermometer is inserted in the reaction mixture by way
of the condenser tube, the stirrer is started, and the temperature is
raised to 70° by heating over an electric light. After this temperature
has been maintained for one hour (to bring most of the mandelic acid
into solution), 390 g. (175 cc, 1.5 mole) of anhydrous stannic chloride is
added dropwise over a period of eighty minutes. Stirring and heating
are continued for eight hours more. During this period large colorless
stannic chloride hydrate crystals form on the upper parts of the flask.
After standing overnight at room temperature, the reaction mixture is
treated with 500 cc. of water. The organic layer is separated, the aque-
ous portion is extracted with one 100-cc. portion of ether, and the com-
bined organic layers are diluted with 1200 cc. of ether. The ethereal so-
lution is washed twice with 100-cc. portions of water and is then shaken
with 100-cc. portions of 7% aqueous sodium carbonate (about fourteen
washings are required for complete separation). The first two or three
portions of carbonate solution cause precipitation of stannic hydroxide,
and they are collected separately and filtered. The filtrate is combined
with the subsequent carbonate extracts. Acidification with concentrated
hydrochloric acid precipitates the acid as a white solid. It is collected by
filtration on a 15-cm. Btichner funnel, washed twice with 300-cc. portions
of water, and dried in the air. It weighs about 190 g. and melts at 170-
172°; it can be purified further by recrystallization from a mixture of
800 cc. of ethanol and 150 cc. of water. The yield of acid melting at 172-
173° is 165 g. (65%).
Mesitylphenylketene. A mixture of 25 g. (0.1 mole) of dry mesityl-
phenylacetic acid, 200 cc. of dry benzene, 13 g. (0.11 mole) of thionyl
chloride purified by distillation from cottonseed oil (2.5 1. of commercial
thionyl chloride to 1 1. of Puritan oil), and 0.5 cc. of dry pyridine is
placed in a 300-cc. flask fitted with a ground-glass joint. A condenser
equipped with a drying tube is attached, and the solution is heated under
reflux for five hours. Pyridine hydrochloride is precipitated on the sides
of the flask. The mixture is filtered by suction, the filtrate is introduced
into a 250-cc. Claisen flask, and the solvent is removed under the
vacuum of a water pump. The residue is transferred to a 60-cc. Claisen
flask and distilled at a good water pump (much hydrogen chloride is
evolved). A golden yellow liquid boiling at 150-155°/13-14 mm. and
weighing 18-19 g. (80%) is collected. Redistillation yields 15-16 g. of
the ketene boiling at 125-126°/3 mm. The yellow liquid turns deep red
upon storage but is regenerated upon distillation. It reacts rapidly
with the moisture of the air to give mesitylphenylacetic acid.
n-Butylketene Dimer.116 Into a 2-1. three-necked round-bottomed
flask equipped with a reflux condenser carrying a calcium chloride tube,
a motor-driven stirrer with a mercury seal, and a 150-cc. graduated
dropping funnel is poured 850 cc. of anhydrous ether. Stirring is com-
menced, and 134.5 g. (1.0 mole) of n^caproyl chloride, b.p. 45-45.5°/6
mm., is added rapidly through the condenser. To this well-agitated mix-
ture is added dropwise from the funnel 99.9 g. (0.99 mole) of triethyl-
amine, b.p. 88°, at a rate just sufficient to maintain gentle refluxing.
During the addition of the first few cubic centimeters of the triethyl-
amine, there is no noticeable evidence of reaction. However, as the
proportion of triethylamine to n-caproyl chloride increases, the reaction
proceeds with great vigor and triethylamine hydrochloride precipitates
as a light orange-colored solid. The reaction mixture is stirred for one
and one-half hours after the addition of the triethylamine and is then
allowed to stand overnight at room temperature.
The solution of the ketene dimer is removed by the inverted filtration
method.178 The crude triethylamine hydrochloride can* be purified by
pressing firmly on a Biichner funnel and washing thoroughly with dry
ether. The pure air-dried hydrochloride weighs 135 g. (98%). The ether
is removed from the filtrate by fractionation through a helix-packed
column (1.5 cm. by 60 cm.). About 75 cc. of a light yellow residue which
remains is transferred to a modified Claisen flask. The r^butylketene
dimer boiling at 115-116°/4 mm. weighs 64 g. (65%). The n-butylketene
dimer is a colorless, oily liquid possessing no distinct odor. Its physical
constants are as follows: Df 0.91700; % 1.4513; MRD calculated 57.19,
observed 57.50; molecular weight calculated 196.2, found (cryoscopically
in benzene) 191.4.
CHAPTER 4
DIRECT SULFONATION OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS AND

THEIR HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
C. M . StTTER
Winthrop Chemical Company

AND
ARTHUR W. WESTON
Abbott Laboratories
CONTENTS
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 142
GENERAL ASPECTS OF THE REACTION 142

Sulfonation with Sulfuric Acid and Sulfur Trioxide 142
Sulfonation with Addition Compounds of Sulfur Trioxide 146
Sulfonation with Miscellaneous Reagents 147
Side Reactions , 148
APPLICATION OF THE REACTION . 149
Benzene 149
Toluene 150
Xylenes 151
Trimethylbenzenes 153
Halobenzenes 153
Alkylhalobenzenes 154
Biphenyl and Derivatives 155
Arylalkanes and Arylalkenes 156
Naphthalene 156
Anthracene 158
Phenanthrene 159
SELECTION OF EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS 160
ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF SULFONIC ACIDS 161

2,4,6-Trimethylbenzenesulfonic Acid (Mesitylenesulfonic Acid) 162
Sodium 1,3,5-Benzenetrisulfonate 163
4,4'-Dibromobiphenyl-3-sulfonic Acid 163
Sodium Pyrene-3-sulfonate 163
2,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl Chloride 164
Benzenesulfonyl Fluoride 164
TABLES 165
141
INTRODUCTION
This chapter deals with the direct replacement of the hydrogen atoms
in aromatic hydrocarbons and their halogen derivatives by sulfonic acid,
sulfonyl chloride, and sulfonyl fluoride groups. These sulfonations are
more convenient and much more commonly used than indirect synthetic
methods such as those which involve the reaction of an aryl halide with a
sulfite, the oxidation of a disulfide, thiol, or sulfinic acid, or the conver-
sion of a diazonium salt into a sulfonic acid. The reagents most often
used for direct^sulfonation are (1) sulfuric acid, (2) sulfur trioxide in an
inert solvent, in sulfuric acid as oleum, or as an addition product with
pyridme or dioxane, (3) chlorosulfonic acid, its salts, and its anhydride
(pyrosulfuryl chloride), and (4) fluorosulfonic acid. Sulfamic acid, alkali
bisulfates, and sodium trihydrogen sulfate, NaH3(804)2, are employed
less frequently. Combinations of reagents which have been used are
sulfuric acid with phosphorus pent6xide, chlorosulfonic anhydride with
aluminum chloride, sulfuryl chloride with aluminum chloride, and
sulfuryl chloride with chlorosulfonic acid.
GENERAL ASPECTS OF THE REACTION

Sulfonation with Sulfuric Acid and Sulfur Trioxide. Various mecha-
nisms for the reaction of aromatic hydrocarbons or aryl halides with
sulfuric acid or with sulfur trioxide have been proposed.1 Since.the reac-
tion is heterogeneous, it is not favorable for experimental study. Sol-
vents that dissolve sulfuric acid or sulfur trioxide form addition com-
pounds with the reagent; hence any conclusion drawn from a homogene-
ous sulfonation might not be applicable to the ordinary sulfonation. One
possibility is that an electrophilic reagent such as sulfur trioxide with its
relatively positive sulfur atom or an ion such as HO 3 S + in the case of
sulfuric acid le attacks the negative center of the polarized form of the
hydrocarbon, as illustrated for benzene.
S-O" -=2-*
H
(1)
9
-OH
DIRECT SULFONATION OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS 143
V0H 0^
<A>H
OH21 0.
<A>H
6
The reaction with sulfuric acid is reversible; for example, the sulfona-
tion of benzene at temperatures between 100° and 200° attains equilib-
rium when the concentration of sulfuric acid is 73-78%. lc ' 2 In order to
obtain maximum yields it is necessary either to separate the sulf onic acid
by continuous extraction or, more generally, to remove the water as the
reaction proceeds. One industrial method of preparing henzenesulfonic
acid is a modification of the Tyrer process,3 which utilizes the latter prin-
ciple. The reaction is carried out at temperatures of 170-180°; the
water is removed by passing benzene vapor through the reactor at such
a rate that unchanged benzene is present in the condensate. The reac-
tion is carried to about 95% completion.4 Two other.expedients used
in manufacturing processes consist in carrying out the reaction under
such a vacuum as to remove the water as it is formed,5 and in the inter-
mittent addition of sulfur trioxide, which reacts with the water to form
sulfuric acid.6 The water can be removed also by entrainment with
an inert gas that is passed through the reaction mixture.7
The aromatic sulfonic acids undergo hydrolysis (reversal of the sul-
fonation reaction) when they are heated with water or dilute acid. The
sulfonic acids that are the most readily formed are the most readily
hydrolyzed.8 This accounts for the variation in the relative amounts of
1
(a) Lantz, Bull. soc. chim., [5] 6, 302 (1939); (6) Spryskov, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 8,
1857 (1938) [C.A., 33, 5820 (1939)]; (c) Guyot, Chimie & Industrie, 2, 879 (1919); (d)
Courtot, Rev. gin. mat. color., 33,177 (1929); (e) Courtot and Bonnet, Compt. rend., 182,855
(1926); (f) Vorozhtzov, Anilinokrasochnaya Prom., 4, 84 (1934) [C. A., 28, 4652 (1934)];
(g) Price, Chem. Revs., 29, 37 (1941).
2
Zakharov, J. Chem. Ind. U.S.S.R., 6, 1648 (1929) [C. A., 25, 5154 (1931)].
3
Tyrer, TJ. S. pat. 1,210,725 [C. A., 11, 689 (1917)].
4
Killeffer, Ind. Eng. Chem., 16, 1066 (1924).
6
Downs, V. S. pats. 1,279,295 and 1,279,296 [C. A., 12, 2572 (1918)]; Bender, TJ. S. pat.
1,301,360 [C. A., 13, 1862 (1919)].
6
Aylesworth, U. S. pat. 1,260,852 [C. A., 12,-1469 (1918)].
7
Meyer, Ann., 433, 327 (1923); Gay, Aumeras, and Mion,- Chimie & industrie, 19, 387
(1928); Spruiskov, J. Chem. Ind. U.S.S.R., 8, 41 (1931) [C.A., 26, 2735 (1932)].
8
(a) Ioffe, AnUinokrasochnaya Prom., 3, 296 (1933) [C. A., 28, 957 (1934)]; (6) J. Gen.
• Chem. U.S.S.R., 3,437, 505 (1933) [C. A., 28,1593 (1934)]; (c) Lantz, Compt. rend., 201,149
(1935); (d) Fedorov and Spruiskov, Org. Chem. Ind. U.S.S.R., 2, 100 (1936) [C. A., 31,
678 (1637)].
isomeric sulfonic acids resulting from changes in the time allowed for
reactions capable of producing isomers; an extended reaction time would
be expected to favor the formation of the most stable isomer. The dif-
ference in the stability of a- and /3-naphthalenesulfonic acid toward hy-
drolysis provides the basis for a convenient purification of the /3-isomer.9
When a mixture of the two substances is heated to 145-155° with water,
the a-isomer is completely hydrolyzed and there is little loss of the more
stable /3-isomer. Since aromatic hydrocarbons or halogen derivatives
are regenerated, usually in good yield, by hydrolysis of the sulfonates,
sulfonation followed by hydrolysis is utilized in the separation of mix-
tures of aliphatic and aromatic compounds and in the separation of
mixtures, of aromatic compounds that differ in ease of sulf onation.10
The reaction of aromatic hydrocarbons with sulfur trioxide is practi-
cally instantaneous and occurs under much milder conditions than are
needed for other sulfonating agents. For example, the reaction of ben-
zene with sulfuric acid (equal volumes) at reflux temperature reaches
equilibrium only after twenty to thirty hours when 80% of the benzene
is sulfonated; n the reaction with sulfur trioxide (chloroform solution) is
practically instantaneous even at 0-10°, and benzenesulfonic acid can be
isolated in a yield of 90%. ld ' le - lf Sulfuric acid is the usual solvent for
the trioxide (oleum), but certain chlorinated solvents, particularly
ethylene chloride 12 and chloroform,13 and liquid sulfur dioxide are used to
advantage.
One interesting feature of the sulf onation reaction with sulfuric acid is
that the temperature plays a striking role in the orientation. This effect
has been examined most extensively in the sulf onation of toluene u
and of naphthalene.16 In the sulfonation of toluene at 0° three isomers
are produced in the following proportions: o-toluenesulfonic acid, 43%;
m-toluenesulfonic acid, 4%; p-toluenesulfonic acid, 53%. At this tem-
perature there is only a slight preference, for para substitution over ortho
substitution. In the sulfonation at 100° the yields are 13% o-toluene-
sulfonic acid, 8% m-toluenesulfonic acid, and 79% p-toluenesulfonic
'Masters, TJ. S. pat. 1,922,813 [C.A., 27, 5085 (1933)]; Vorozhtzov and Krasova,
Anilinokrasochnaya Prom., 2, 15 (1932) [C. A., 27, 5321 (1933)].
10
Kruber, Ber., 65, 1382 (1932).
u
Michael and Adair, Ber., 10, 585 (1877).
12
I. G. Farbenind. A.-G., Ger. pat. 647,988 [C. A., 31, 8074 (1937)].
13
Courtot and Lin, Bull. soc. chim., [4] 49, 1047 (1931); Kipping, J. Chem. Soc, 91, 209,
717 (1907); Luff and Kipping, ibid., 93, 2090 (1908); Kipping and Davies, ibid., 95, 69
(1909); Marsden and Kipping, ibid., 93, 198 (1908); Bygd&i, / . prakt. Chem., [2] 96, 86
(1917); Wedekind and Schenk, Ber., 44, 198 (1911); Bad. Anilin- und Soda-Fabrik, Ger.
pat. 260,562 [Chem. Zentr., 84, II, 104 (1913)]; Pschorr and Klein, Ber., 34, 4003 (1901);
Hodgkinson and Matthews, J. Chem. Soc, 43, 163 (1883).
"Holleman and Caland, Ber., 44, 2504 (1911).
16
Euwes, Bee. trail, chim., 28, 298 (1909).
DIEECT SULFONATION OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS 145
acid. The extent of meta substitution is affected only slightly by the
reaction temperature, but that of-parasubstitution is increased markedly
with increasing temperature, at the expense of ortho substitution. Both
the ortho and the para isomers can be partially transformed into one
another by heating at 100° with sulfuric acid containing a little water;
the meta isomer is stable under similar conditions.14-16 The effect of
temperature on the orientation undoubtedly is a result of the reversi-
bility of the sulfonation reaction; the transformation of the isomers
probably proceeds through hydrolysis followed by sulfonation. In the
sulfonation of naphthalene, a-naphthalenesulfonic acid is the predomi-
nant product (96%) at temperatures below 80°, whereas /3-naphthalene-
sulfonic acid is the main product (85%) at a temperature of 165°. Here
again the a-isomer can be transformed into the more stable /3-isomer by
heating with sulfuric acid.
The discovery that the sulfonation of anthraquinone, winch normally
occurs in the /3-position, is directed exclusively to the a-position by a
small amount of mercury has prompted investigations of the effect of
mercury on other sulfonations. No instances have been found in which
the course of the reaction of hydrocarbons is altered drastically. The
sulfonation of naphthalene 16 and of anthracene "•18 is unaffected. How-
ever, the course of the reaction of sulfur trioxide-sulfuric acid with o-
xylene, o-dichlorobenzene, and o-dibromobenzene is affected to a certain
extent.19 The 4-sulfonic acid is the exclusive product of sulfonation in
the absence of mercury; the 3-sulfonic acid is formed to the extent of
20-25% in the presence of 10% of mercury. The relative ineffectiveness
of mercury in the sulfonation of hydrocarbons is understandable if it is
true that the activity of mercury in the reactions of oxygen-containing
compounds is due to mercuration followed by replacement with the
sulfonic acid grouping. Phenols are known to be particularly susceptible
to mercuration (in the ortho position), and mercury has been found to
exert some effect in the sulfonation of phenols, such as a-naphthol.20
Many instances of the response of sulfonation to catalysts are known.
The most active catalyst for the high-temperature sulfonation of benzene
is a mixture of sodium sulfate and vanadium pentoxide.21' The sulfates
of mercury, cadmium, aluminum, lead, arsenic, bismuth, and iron in-
crease the rate of sulfonation of benzenesulfonic acid, whereas manganous
16
Bradfield and Jones, Trans. Faraday Soc, 37, 731 (1941).
17
Battegay and Brandt, Bull. soc. chim., [4] 31, 910 (1922).
18
Battegay and Brandt, Bull. soc. chim., [4] 33, 1667 (1923).
19
Lauer, J. prakt. Chem.) [2] 138, 81 (1933).
TO
Holdermann, Ber., 39, 1250 (1906).
21
Ambler and Cotton, Ind. Eng. Chem., 12, 968 (1920); Hauser and Korovits'ka, C. A.,
33, 159 (1939); Senseman, Ind. Eng. Chem., 13, 1124 (1921).
sulfate has little effect.22'23 Benzene and its homologs are said to be
sulfonated quantitatively at room temperature in the presence of in-
fusorial earth or animal charcoal.24 The trisulfonation of benzene with
sulfur trioxide-sulfuric acid is facilitated by the presence of mercury.22'2B
One notable feature of the sulfonation reaction is the tendency of
the entering sulfonic acid group to avoid a position adjacent to certain
substituents. i-Butylbenzene is substituted exclusively at the 4-posi-
tion,26 even under conditions where toluene is substituted to some extent
at the 2-position. Under the most favorable conditions p-cymene is
sulfonated to only a limited extent (15%) at the 3-position,27 which is
ortho to the more, bulky alkyl substituent. In fact the first authentic
sample of the 3-acid was prepared indirectly by sulfonating 2-bromo-
cymene and subsequently removing the bromine from the product of
sulfonation, 6-bromocymene-3-sulfonic acid.28 Particular interest in the
^
3 CH3
H2SO4 % B ^
CH(CH3)2 CH(CH3)2 CH(CH3)2

3-sulfonic acid stems from the fact that this substance, if it were readily
available, would serve as a convenient starting material for the prepara-
tion of thymol.
Sulfonation with Addition Compounds of Sulfur Trioxide. In a broad
sense all sulfonating agents are more or less stable addition products of
sulfur trioxide. The more readily an atom donates an electron pair, or
the more basic it is, the less active is the additionf compound with sulfur
trioxide as a sulfonating agent. The most active sulfonating agents are
sulfur trioxide and its addition product with itself, the known sulfur
/3-trioxide, S2O6; the next most active are the addition compounds with
the mineral acids, chloro- and fluoro-sulfonic-acid, and with sulfuric acid,
pyrosulfuric acid (H2S2O7). Sulfuric acid is less active; this agent is not
precisely a coordination compound of sulfur trioxide and water, but
certain etHers such as di-(/3-chloroethyl) ether and dioxane do form
stable addition complexes with sulfur trioxide that are active'sulfo-
^Behrend and Mertelsmann, Ann., 378, 352 (1911).
23
Mohrmann, Ann., 410, 373 (1915).
24
Wendt, Ger. pat. 71,556 [Frdl., 3, 19].
26
Suter and Harrington, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 59, 2575 (1937).
26
Senkowski, Ber., 23, 2412 (1890).
27
(o) Schorger, Ind. Eng. Chem., 10, 259 (1918); (h) Phillips, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 46,
686 (1924); (c) Le Ffevre, J. Chem. Soc, 1934, 1501; (d) Kuan, J. Chem. Soc Japan, 52,
473 (1931).
*" Remsen and Day, Am. Chem. J., 5, 154 (1883).
29
nating agents. The addition compounds with bases, such as pyri-
dine,18'30 are the least active. No data- are available to distinguish
between the behavior of the amine addition products, but the com-
pound with trimethylamine would be expected to show little activity.
A possible mechanism for the sulfonating action of these reagents that
does not require preliminary dissociation into free sulfur trioxide in-
volves the stereochemical inversion of the sulfur atom, the carbon atom
attaching itself to the sulfur atom opposite the valence bond that is
broken. This is analogous to the Walden inversion reactions by which
C6H6 + O3SX -> CeHjSOaH + X
replacement of a group attached'to carbon frequently occurs.
Chlorosulfonic acid is not used widely for the preparation of sulfonic
acids, partly because excess reagent reacts with the sulfonic acid to
form the sulfonyl chloride; it is commonly employed for the prepara-
tion of sulfonyl chlorides.
C6H6 + CISO3H -* C6H6SO3H'+ HC1
C6H6SO3H + CISO3H -> C6H6SO2C1 + H2SO4
The reaction of fluorosulfonic acid is probably similar u-32 but has not
been investigated so extensively. The action of chlorosulfonic anhy-
dride 33 leads to such a complex mixture of products that this reagent is of
little value. Sulfonation with chlorosulfonic acid is often carried out in
an inert solvent,12'13'34 usually chloroform.
Sulfonation with Miscellaneous Reagents. Sodium hydrogen sulfate36
and sodium trihydrogen disul'fate36 exert some sulfonating action, but
their value is limited by the fact that they are solids at room temperature
and insoluble in organic solvents. Sodium trihydrogen disulfate melts at
approximately 100° and has been used in reactions carried out at higher
temperatures. Sulfamic acid, which differs from sulfuric acid in that
one hydroxyl group is replaced by an amino group, has only a slight
sulfonating action; furthermore, sulfamic acid is a solid and is insoluble
in anhydrous solvents.
29
Suter, Evans, and Kiefer, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60, 538 (1938).
30
Baumgarten, Ber., 69, 1976 (1926); Die Chemie, 55, 115 (1942); Ger. pat. 614,821
[C. A., 25, 2156 (1931)].
81
Steinkopf et al., J. prakt. Chem., [2] 117, 1 (1927).
32
Meyer and Schramm, Z. anorg. aMgem. Chem., 206, 24 (1932).
83
Steinkopf and Buchheim, Ber., 54, 2963 (1921).
"Huntress and Autenrieth, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 3446 (1941).
85
Soc St. Denis, Ger. pat. 72,226 [Frdl., 3, 195]; Ger. pat. 77,311 [Frdl., 4, 271].
36
(a) Gebler, J. Chem. Ind. U.S.S.R., 2,-984 (1926) [C. A.,21,1450 (1927)]; (b) Lamberts,
Ger. pat. 113,784 [Chem. Zentr., II, 883 (1900)].
148 OEGANIC REACTIONS
Side Reactions. The most common side reaction is the formation of a
sulfone, Ar2SO2. This reaction is favored by an excess of the hydrocar-
bon or aryl halide and by an active sulfonating agent, such as sulfur tri-
oxide, oleum,37 or chlorosulfonic acid.38 The reaction between benzene
and sulfur trioxide in the vapor phase has been patented as a method of
preparing phenyl sulfone.39 The formation of 2,2'-cyclic sulfones is
characteristic of biphenyl and its derivatives,40 where the structure is
favorable for intramolecular sulfone formation. Sulfone formation,
/TY^TY- 6C1SO3H - >
+ 4HC1
like sulfonation, is a reversible process; phenyl sulfone, for example, is

converted by sulfuric acid into benzenesulfonic acid.41
Compounds containing bromine,42 iodine, 43- **•45 or an accumulation
of alkyl groups 46> •"•48 or of alkyl and halogen groups49 attached to the
aromatic riucleus frequently undergo rearrangement or disproportiona-
tion or both when treated with sulfuric acid. The redistribution of
methyl and halo substituents in polysubstituted benzene derivatives
under the influence of sulfuric acid is known as the Jacobsen reaction.48
Bromobenzene on refluxing with sulfuric acid gives a complex mixture of
products that includes 3,'5-dibromobenzenesulfonic acid, two bromoben-
zenedisulfonic acids (structure not established), p-dibromobenzene,
1,2,4,5-tetrabromobenzene, and hexabromobenzene.*2
37
Spiegelberg, Ann., 197, 257 (1879); Koerner and Paternd, Gazz. chim. Hal., 2, 448
(1872); Troeger and Hurdelbrink, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 65, 82 (1902).
88
(o) Pollak, Heimberg-Krauss, Katseher, and Lustig, Monatsh., 55, 358 (1930); (6)
Dziewonski, Grunberg, and Schoen, Bull, intern, acad. polon. sci., 1930A, 518 [C. A., 25,
5419 (1931)].
39
Carr, U. S. pat. 2,000,061 [C. A., 29, 4027 (1935)]; Planovskir and Kagan, Org. Chem,
Ind. U.S.S.R., 7, 296 (1940) [C. A., 35, 3985 (1941)].
40
Courtot and Lin, Bull, soc. chim., [4] 49, 1047 (1931).
41
Gericke, Ann., 100, 207 (1856); Kekulfi, Zeit. far Chem., 1867, 195.
c
Herzig, Monatsh., 2, 192 (1881).
43
Huntress and Carten, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 62, 511 (1940).
44
Neumann, Ann., 241, 33 (1887).
46
Boyle, J. Chem. Soc, 95, 1683 (1909).
« Smith and Kiess, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 989 (1939).
47
Smith and Guss, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 2631 (1940).
48
Smith, Org. Reactions, I, 370 (1942).
49
Jacobsen, Ber., 22, 1580 (1889).
DIEECT SULFONATION OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS 149
The formation of by-products other than the sulfone usually can be
decreased by the use of a more active sulfonating agent and of a lower
reaction temperature. However, satisfactory yields of the sulfonic acid
cannot be obtained under any conditions for certain reactions, among
them the sulfonation of p-diiodobenzene;43> 44> ^ iodine groups generally
have been found to migrate more readily than bromine or methyl groups.
The reaction of p-diiodobenzene with chlorosulfonic acid is abnormal in
another respect, for the principal product is 2,3,5,6-tetrachloro-l,4-di-
iodobenzene.43
APPLICATION OF THE REACTION
Practically any aromatic hydrocarbon or aryl halide can be sulfonated
if the proper conditions are chosen. As the compound becomes more
complex, however, the tendency toward the production of by-products
and mixtures of isomers is increased. It is usually difficult to prevent
polysubstitution of a reactive hydrocarbon. For example, even when
phenanthrene is sulfonated incompletely at room temperature, some
disulfonic acids are formed.60 The sulfonation of anthracene follows
such a complex course that the 1- and 2-sulfonic acid derivatives are made
from the readily available derivatives of anthraquinone. The following
sections include comments.on the accessibility of the reaction products of
the commonly available hydrocarbons and aryl halides. The examples
cited and still others are listed in Tables I-XIII.
Benzene (Table I, p. 165). Some of the factors involved in the indus-
trial sulfonation of benzene have been discussed. In the small-scale,
laboratory preparation, where the difference in cost between sulfuric acid
and oleum is negligible, oleum is the preferred reagent. Benzene is
added gradually to ice-cold sulfuric acid containing 5-8% of the anhy-
dride; the reaction is complete after ten to fifteen minutes. Benzensul-
fonic acid is isolated readily as the sodium salt by the addition of the
reaction mixture to a saturated sodium chloride solution.61 The reac-
tion of benzene with chlorosulfonic acid is not used for the preparation
of benzenesulfonic acid because, under conditions that limit the forma-
tion of the sulfonyl chloride, the acid is always accompanied by phenyl
sulfone.62 Benzenesulfonyl chloride can be obtained in a yield of 75-77%
by the addition of benzene to an excess of chlorosulfonic acid (room
temperature).63 Fluorosulfonic acid reacts less vigorously; the addi-
M
Sandqvist, "Studien uber die Phenanthrensulfosauren," Dissertation, Upsala, 1912.
^ Gattermann and Wieland, "Laboratory Methods of Organic Chemistry," translation
by W. McCartney of the 22nd ed., p. 181, Macmillan, 1932.
62
Knapp, Zeit. filr Chem., 1869, 41.
6
»Ullmann, Ber., 42, 2057 (1909); Pummerer, Ber., 42, 1802, 2274 (1909); Clarke,
Babcock, and Murray, Org. Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 1, 85 (1941).
tion of 55 g. of benzene to 225 g. of fluorosulfonic acid at 16-20° affords
benzenesulfonyl fluoride in 62% yield31 (p. 164).
m-Benzenedisulfonic acid is readily prepared, either by treating ben-
zene with 20-^0% oleum at elevated temperatures (160-209°) "• M or by
treating a monosulfonate with 12-20% oleum at about 210°.M Less
vigorous sulfonating agents that require a longer reaction time or a
higher temperature lead to the formation of some of the para isomer; for
example, barium benzenesulfonate when heated with 98% sulfuric acid
for forty-eight hours at 209° is converted into the m- and p-disulfonic
acids in the approximate ratio of 3 : l.M 'The formation of the para
isomer is favored also by the addition of mercury.22 The ortho disulfonic
acid cannot be prepared by sulfonation of benzene or benzenesulfonic
acid under any conditions. Treatment of benzene with a large excess of
chlorosulfonic acid at 150-160° for two hours affords benzene-m-disul-
fonyl chloride (28% yield) together with a small amount of the para
isomer and some (phenyl sulfone)-disulfonyl chloride.38"
The introduction of a third sulfo group into benzene proceeds with
difficulty, but benzene-l,3,5-trisulfonic acid can be prepared in 73%
yield by heating sodium benzene-l,3-disulfonate with 15% oleum in the
presence of mercury for twelve hours at 275° (p. 163) P- a
Toluene (Table II, p. 168). Toluene is more readily sulfonated than
benzene. The reaction mixture always contains the three possible mono-
sulfonic acid derivatives; the meta isomer is present in such low amounts
that its presence has been demonstrated only by indirect means." The
sulfonation reaction is employed for the production of both the ortho and
para acids; as described earlier, by suitable control of the temperature it
is possible to favor the production of one or of the other isomer. The
preparation of the para sulfonic acid 66 is relatively simple since this
isomer predominates in reactions carried out at temperatures above-75°
with either sulfuric acid or oleum.20 The para acid can be freed from the
accompanying ortho isomer either by crystallization from cold concen-
trated hydrochloric acid, in which the para acid is practically insoluble,
or by conversion into the sodium or calcium salt,67 either of which crystal-
lizes readily. The relative proportion of the ortho sulfonic acid in the
reaction mixture is never higher than 35-45%, even under the optimum
conditions for the formation of this isomer.14 •68 The separation of the
"Holleman and Polak, Rec. trav. chim., 29, 416 (1910).

» Voluinkin, / . Applied Chem. U.S.S.R., 9, 885 (1936) [C. A., 30, 7555 (1936)].
"Gattermann and Wieland, op. tit., p. 183; Fieser, "Experiments in Organic Chem-
istry," p. 136, Heath, Boston, 1941.
67
Bourgeois, Rec. trav. chim., 18, 426 (1899).
M
Fahlberg and List, Ger. pat. 35,211 [Frdl., 1, 509]; Lange, Ger. pat. 57,391 [Frdl., 3,
905].
, DIRECT SULFONATION OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS 151
two isomers, however, is relatively easy. On the addition of a little water
the para isomer separates readily; when the mother liquor is cooled to
—5° the crude ortho acid is obtained and is then purified as the barium
salt, which is practically insoluble in cold water, in contrast to that of the
•para acid, which is readily soluble.14
Toluene reacts with gaseous sulfur trioxide at 40-55° to yield a mixture
containing 20-24% of p-tolyl sulfone, 8% of the ortho, 7% of the meta,
arid 55% of the para sulfonic acid.69 The reaction of toluene with the
calculated amount of chlorosulfonic acid at 35° results in the forma-
tion of the three isomeric acids in the following amounts: 59% of the
para acid, 4% of the meta acid, and 37.5% of the ortho acid.M That is,
the relative proportion of the three acids is roughly the same in the
reaction at a given temperature with either sulfuric acid or chlorosulfonic
acid. The reaction of toluene (60 g.) with excess chlorosulfonic acid
(150 g.) at a low temperature leads to a mixture of monosulfonyl chlorides
but gives mainly the 2,4-disulfonyl chloride at a high temperature.38"
The reaction of toluene with chlorosulfonic anhydride leads to a complex
mixture containing p-toluenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, a
chlorinated tolyl sulfpne, and a mixture of isomeric dichlorotoluenes.33
Toluene reacts with excess fluorosulf onic acid 31 at ordinary temperature
to give a mixture of sulfonyl fluorides (89% yield), of which 40% is the
ortho derivative; from the reaction at 130-140° the 2,4-disulfonyl fluoride
can be isolated in 48% yield.
Only one of the six possible toluenedisulf onic acids is prepared by the
sulfonation reaction, toluene-2,4-disulfonic acid. This acid is the pre-
dominant product of the sulfonation of toluene,60 o- and p-toluenesulfonic
acid,61 and o- and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride.62 Toluene-2,4,6-trisulfonic
acid is obtained from the reaction of potassium toluene-2,4-disulfonate
(1 mole) with chlorosulfonic acid (3 moles) at 24O0.63
Xylenes (Table IV, p. 172). The 4-sulfonic acid is the exclusive
product of the sulfonation of o-xyleneM under ordinary conditions.
In the presence of mercury some of the 3-isomer is also formed.19
This isomer rearranges to the 4-isomer on heating either alone M or with
sulfuric acid.66 The sulfonation of wi-xylene occurs more readily than
69
Lauer and O d a , / . prakt. Chem., [2] 143, 139 (1935).
«>Senhofer, Ann., 164, 126 (1872); Gnehm and Forrer, Ber., 10, 542 (1877).
61
Claesson and Berg, Ber., 13, 1170 (1880).
""Fahlberg, Am. Chem. J., 1, 175 (1879); 2, 182 (1880).
« Claesson, Ber., 14, 307 (1881).
64
Jaobbsen, Ber., 11, 17 (1878); 17, 2374 (1884).
65
Moody, Chem. News, 67, 34 (1893). • :
M
Kizhner, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.B., 3, 578 (1933) [C. A., 28, 2693 (1934)].
that of o- and p-xylene; the 4-sulfonic acid is the main product.67 A
small amount of the 2-sulfonic acid can be isolated from a reaction con-
ducted at room temperature,68 but this isomer rearranges rapidly to the
4-isomer when warmed with sulfuric acid,69 and hence is not isolated in
the usual preparation. The 4-position of m-xylene is also the point of
attack in the reaction with fluorosulfonic acid.81 The sulfonation of p-
xylene proceeds less readily than that of either of the isomers; only one
monosubstitution product, the 2-sulfonic acid,70 is possible. The reac-
tion with fluorosulfonic acid yields the 2-sulfonyl fluoride.31 The dif-
ference in the ease of sulfonation and desulfonation of the xylenes is
utilized for the separation of the pure hydrocarbons from the xylene
fraction of coal tar.71
The structure of the only known disulfonate of o-xylene, obtained by
heating barium o-xylene-4-sulfonate with chlorosulfonic acid,72 is not
established. The second sulfonic acid group would be expected to enter
the position meta to the first to yield o-xylene-3,5-disulfonic acid. The
dichloride of the same disulfonic acid is obtained from the reaction
of o-xylene itself with excess chlorosulfonic acid.38" The disulfonic acid
obtainable from m-xylene73 or m-xylene-4-sulf onic acid72 was originally
considered to be the 2,4-disulfonic acid, partly because the same diacid
was obtained by sulfonation of a sample of m-xylene-2-sulfonic acid72
and also by the elimination of bromine from 6-bromo-m-xylene-2,4-
disulfonic acid.73 The former evidence, however, is not significant, for
the 2-sulfonic acid has been shown to rearrange readily to the 4-sulfonic
acid.69 More recent work indicates that the sulfonic acid groups are in
the 4- and 6-positions;7* one piece of evidence is that the disulfonyl
chloride can be converted into the known 4,6-dichloroisophthalic acid.
Furthermore, a 2,4rstructure would be very unlikely in view of the fact
that the entering sulfo group is known to avoid a hindered position such
as the 2-position in m-xylene. The second sulfonic acid group enters
67
(o) Jacobsen, Ber., 10, 1009 (1877); Ann., 184, 179 (1877); (6) Crafts, Ber., 34, 1350
(1901).
68
PoUak and Meissner, Monatsh., 50, 237 (1928).
69
Moody, Chem. News, 58, 21 (1888).
70
Krafft and Wilke, Ber., 33, 3207 (1900); Karslake and Huston, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 36,
1245 (1914).
71
Spielmann, "The Constituents of Coal Tar," pp. 56-60, Longmans, Green, London,
1924; Weissberger, "Chemische Technologic der Steinkohlenteers," pp. 57-58, Otto
Spamer, Leipzig, 1923.
72
Pfannenstill, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 46, 152 (1892).
73
Wischin, Ber., 23, 3113 (1890).
74
Pollak and Lustig, Ann., 433, 191 (1923); Holleman, Anales soc. espan. fis. quim., 27,
473 (1929) [C. A., 24, 85 (1930)]; Holleman and Choufoer, Proc. Acad. Sci. Amsterdam, 27,
353 (1924) [C. A., 18, 3183 (1924)].
p-xylene in the 6-position to give p-xylene-2,6-disulfonic acid.76' M The
disubstitution of p-xylene by excess chlorosulfonic acid leads to the
formation of both the 2,6- and the 2,5-disulfonyl chloride in the ratio of
10 : I.74
Trimethylbenzenes (Table V, p. 175). Only one monosulfonic acid
, has been obtained from each of the trimethylbenzenes. 1,2,3-Trimethyl-
benzene (hemimellitene) is sulfonated in the 4-position,771,2,4-trimethyl-
benzene (pseudocumene) in the 5-position.78-79 Sulfonation of 1,3,5-
trimethylbenzene (mesitylene) can lead to only one monosulfonic acid,
obtainable in good yield by the reaction with either sulfuric acid (90%
yield, preparation p. 162)79 or oleum.80 Mesitylenesulfonyl chloride
has been made by the action of sulfuryl chloride and aluminum chloride
(chloromesitylene is formed also);81 the disulfonyl chloride is obtained
from the reaction of mesitylene with chlorosulfonic acid 82 or with a
mixture of chlorosulfonic acid and sulfuryl chloride.76 Fluorosulfonic
acid converts mesitylene into the sulfonyl fluoride,31 which reacts with
chlorosulfonic acid to form the disulfonyl chloride. Mesitylenedi-
sulfonic acid has been made by treating mesitylene with oleum and
phosphorus pentoxide; M the introduction of a third sulfonic acid group
proceeds with difficulty but has been accomplished by the action of
sulfur trioxide (low yield).81
Halobenzenes (Table I, p. 165). Halogen atoms attached to the
benzene nucleus decrease the ease of sulfonation, and hence oleum is the
preferred reagent for the sulfonation of halobenzenes, particularly since
the use of the less potent sulfuric acid also favors the rearrangement of
the halogen group (p. 148). Only one monosulfonic acid is obtained
from any of the four monohalobenzenes, for the sulfonic acid group
always enters the position para to the halogen group. p-Fluorobenzene-
sulfonic acid M and p-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid w are available from
the sulfonation of the corresponding halobenzenes with 10% oleum at
temperatures of 60-75°. p-Chlorobenzenesulfonic acid is obtained also
76
Pollak and Sohadler, Monatsh., 39, 129 (1918).
"Holleman, Choufoer, and Alozery, Rec. trav. chin?., 48, 1075 (1929).
77
(a) Jacobsen, Ber., 15, 1853 (1882); 19, 2517 (1886); (6) v. Auwers and Wieners, Ber.,
58, 2815 (1925).
78
Jacobsen, Ann., 184, 179 (1877); Schultz, Ber., 42, 3602 (1909).
79
(a) Smith and Cass, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 54,1606, 1617 (1932); (6) Jacobsen, Ann., 146,
85 (1868).
""Moschner, Ber., 34, 1259 (1901).
81
Tohl and Eberhard, Ber., 26, 2940 (1893).
82
Backer, Bee. trav. chim., 64, 544 (1935).
83
Barth and Herzig, Monatsh., 1, 807 (1880).
84
HoUeman, Rec. trav. chim., 24, 26 (1905).
86
Baxter and Chattaway, / . Chem. Soc, 107, 1814 (1915).
from the reaction of chlorobenzene with one molecular equivalent of
chlorosulfonic acid; m the sulfone and the sulfonyl chloride are formed in
small amounts. p-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride is obtainable in 84%
yield by the reaction with excess chlorosulfonic acid at a temperature of
25°<»7 The sulfonyl chloride is converted by sulfuric acid at 160-180°
into the 2,4-disulfonic acid M and by chlorosulfonic acid into the disul-
fonyl chloride.38" Disulfonation of chlorobenzene can be accomplished
directly by the reaction of 20% oleum at 300°,88'89 but the reaction is
abnormal, for these sulfonic acid groups are meta to the chlorine atom;
the product is chlorobenzene-3,5-disulfonic acid. This same disulfonic
acid is obtained under the same conditions from chlorobenzene-4-sulfonic
acid M and from chlorobenzene-2,4-disulfonic acid.89
In contrast to the reaction of bromob'enzene with sulfuric acid, which
requires a high temperature and yields a mixture of products (p. 148),
the reaction with oleum M or with chlorosulfonic acid in carbon disul-
fide solution43 is normal and gives the 4-sulfonic acid and bis-(4-bromo-
phenyl) sulfone. The 4-sulfonic acid is sulfonated in the 2-position by
either pyrosulfuric acid M or sulfur trioxide; the reaction with oleum
at high temperatures is abnormal, like that of chlorobenzene, and yields
the 3,5-disulfonic acid.
p-Iodobenzenesulfonic acid is prepared by the action of sulfuric acid **
or oleum44' **•91 on iodobenzene at 100°; side reactions giving rise to
p-diiodobenzene and benzenesulfonic acid ** become appreciable above
100°.
Alkylhalobenzenes (Table II, p. 168; Table III, p. 171; Table IV,
p. 172; Table V, p. 175). In the sulfonation of benzene derivatives con-
taining alkyl and halogen groups, the sulfonic acid group appears in a
position para to a halogen atom rather than para to an alkyl group;
thus, 2-chlorotoluene yields the 5-sulfonic acid.92' 93 However, if only
ortho positions are available, the sulfonic acid produced in larger quan-
tity is that in which substitution occurs ortho to the alkyl group; thus
4-chlorotoluene yields a mixture of the 2- and the 3-sulfonic acids in
86
(a) Beckurts and Otto, Ber., 11, 2061 (1878); (6) Ullmann and Korselt, Ber., 40, 641
(1907).
87
Pummerer, Ber., 42, 1802 (1909).
88
Olivier, Rec. trav. chim., 37, 307 (1918).
89
Olivier, Rec. trav. chim., 38, 351, 356 (1919).
90
Fischer, Ber., 24, 3805 (1891).
91
Langmuir, Ber., 28, 90 (1895); Troeger and Hurdelbrink, / . prakt. Chem,, [2] 65, 82
(1902); Willgerodt and Waldeyer, ibid., [2] 59, 194 (1899)
92
Hubner and Majert, Ber., 6, 790, 1672 (1873).
93
Wynne, J. Chem. Soc, 61, 1073 (1892).
94
which the 2-stilfonic acid predominates. Furthermore, 1,3-dimethyl-
CH 3
5-chlorobenzene96 and l,3-dimethyl-4,6-dichlorobenzene ** are sul-

fonated exclusively in the 2-position.
As in the reaction with halobenzenes, sulfuric acid is likely to bring

about rearrangement of elimination of bromine.or iodine of alkylhalo-
benzenes. For example, 5-bromo-l,2,4-trimethylbenzene on longstand-
ing with sulfuric acid at room temperature is converted into the 3-bromo-
CH 3 CH 3 CH 3
CH 3 CH 3
(90% yield) (Small amount)
5-sulfonic acid and trimethyltribromobenzene. 97 This reaction and simi-

lar rearrangements have been discussed in detail by Smith.48
The structures of many of the sulfonic acids obtained from dihalotol-
uenes (Table II) and also from other alkylhalobenzenes have not been
established.
Biphenyl and Derivatives (Table VII). Biphenyl-4-sulfonic acid can
be prepared very satisfactorily by sulfonation with sulfuric acid in nitro-
benzene solution ** (90% yield) or by the action of chlorosulfonic acid in
tetrachloroethane at 5'0°.38a Sulfuric acid alone either gives a mixture of
the 4-mono- and 4,4'-di-sulf onic acids with unchanged hydrocarbon or,
with excess reagent, yields chiefly the di- derivative. 99 The monosulfonic
acid is readily freed from the disulf onic acid through its sparingly soluble
copper salt; the disulf onic acid remains in solution and can be crystallized
84
Wynne and Bruce, J. Chem. Soc, 73, 731 (1898).
95
Klages and Knoevenagel, Ber., 27, 3019 (1894); Klages, Ber., 29, 310 (1896).
98
Koch, Ber., 23, 2319 (1890).
97
Smith and Moyle, / . Am. Chem. Soc., 68, 1 (1936); Jacobaen, Ber., 22, 1580 (1889).
98
Gebauer-Fiilnegg, Riesz, and Use, Monatsh., 49, 41 (1928).
99
MoCullough, V. S. pat. 1,865,776 [C. A., 26, 4346 (1932); Stoesser and Marschner,
U. S. pat. 1,981,337 [C. A., 29, 478 (1935)]; Fittig, Ann., 132, 209 (1864).
as the potassium salt. Potassium biphenyl-4-sulfonate is converted by
heating into biphenyl and the 4,4'-disulfonate.100 The reaction of
biphenyl with excess chlorosulfonic acid at 0° gives the 4,4'-disulfonyl
chloride (80% yield) and at 18° gives (dibenzothiophene dioxide)-2,7-
disulfonyl chloride.380
Arylalkanes and Arylalkenes (Table VIII, p. 181). Diphenylmethane
is sulfonated exclusively in the para position rather than in the more
hindered ortho position. The 4-sulfonic acid is prepared by treating
diphenylmethane with chlorosulfonic acid in chloroform solution at 0°;101
the 4,4'-disulfonic acid, by the action of oleum at 100°.102 1,2-Diphenyl-
ethane (bibenzyl) when heated with sulfuric acid 103 yields a mixture of a
disulfonic acid (probably 4,4') and a tetrasulfonic acid. Oleum reacts
with stilbene without affecting the olefinic linkage to yield a disulfonic
acid of unknown structure.104 Triphenylmethane,106 sj/m-tetraphenyl-
ethane,106 and tetraphenylethylene 107 yield sulfonic acids containing one
sulfo group for each benzene ring, probably in the para position.
Naphthalene (Table IX, p. 182). The course of the sulfonation of
naphthalene is strikingly dependent upon both the reaction temperature
and time; at low temperatures the product is almost exclusively the a-
isomer (96%),108 at 165° the product consists of approximately 85% /3-
naphthalenesulfonic acid, 15% a-naphthalenesulfonic acid, and traces
of the 1,6-disulfonic acid and of 0-naphthyl sulfone (1%).109 The pure
a-acid is isolated from the former sulfonation as follows: the reaction
mixture is diluted with water, filtered from unchanged naphthalene,
and evaporated somewhat under vacuum at a low temperature; the a-
acid dihydrate separates slowly, and is recrystallized from dilute hydro-
chloric acid (m.p. 90°).108 The pure /3-acid is obtained from the high-
temperature sulfonation as follows: the reaction mixture is diluted with
water and filtered from the sulfone, then shaken with benzene to remove
the last traces of the sulfone; the water layer is evaporated, and the
/S-acid separates as the trihydrate on cooling to 10°. The pure trihydrate
(m.p. 83°) is obtained after several recrystallizations from 10% hydro-
chloric acid, in which it is practically insoluble at 10°. The trihydrate is
converted into the monohydrate (m.p. 124°) on drying in a desiccator
100
Engelhardt and Latschinow, Zeit. far Chem., 1871, 259.
101
Wedekind and Schenk, Ber., 44, 198 (1911).
102
Lapworth, J. Chem. Soe., 73, 402 (1898).
103
Kade, Ber., 6, 953 (1873).
104
Limpricht and Schwanert, Ann., 146, 330 (1868).
106
Kekul6 and Franchimont, Ber., 5, 908 (1872).
108
Engler, Ber., 11, 926 (1878).
107
Behr, Ber., 5, 277 (1872).
108
Fierz and Weissenbaoh, Helv. Chim. Ada, 3, 312 (1920).
109
Witt, Ber., 48, 743 (1915).
DIRECT SULFONATION OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS. 157
over sulfuric acid or calcium chloride.109 The a-isomer is transformed
into the /3-isomer by heating the reaction mixture obtained at a low
temperature; at 129° equilibrium is established after forty-two hours
when the ratio of the a-acid and /3-acid is approximately 1 : 3.16 It is
noteworthy that the acid group of the more stable isomer is situated in
the less hindered /3-position.
In the polysubstitution of naphthalene the sulfo groups are never
found ortho, para, or peri (1,8) to one another; even so, six disulfonic
acids, three trisulfonic acids, and one tetrasulfonic acid are obtainable
by sulfonation reactions.110 Seventy-three polysulfonic acids are theo-
retically possible. The acids obtainable from naphthalene by sulfonation
are indicated in the chart; the symbol S used in the formulas represents
the sulfonic acid group.
CHART I
SUWONATION OF NAPHTHALENE
110
The naphthalenesulfonic acids are important intermediates in the dyestuff industry;
for a complete account of their industrial preparation see Fierz-David and L. Blangey,
"Grundlegende Operationen der Farbenchemie," 5th ed., J. Springer, Vienna, 1943.
The disulfonation of naphthalene below 40° with oleum yields 70%
of the 1,5- and 25% of the 1,6-disulfonic acid.111 In the reaction at 130°,
the 1,6- and 2,7-acids predominate;111 minor amounts of the 1,3-, the 1,5-,
and 1,7-acids are present.112 On sulfonation with 98% sulfuric acid at
60°, the 2-sulfonic acid is converted into the 1,6-disulfonic acid (80%)
and into the 1,7-isomer (20%) .113 The 2,6-disulfonic acid is formed in
sulfonations carried out above 140°,m but in a yield that never exceeds
42%;114 the main product is the 2,7-acid, which has been shown to rear-
range at the reaction temperature into the 2,6-acid.114 The 2,7-acid can
be obtained in high yield (78-85%) by sulfonation at 220-245° with
80-95% sulfuric acid.115
Direct high-temperature (180°) sulfonation of naphthalene with 24%
oleum gives the 1,3,6-trisulfonic acid;116 the 1,3,5-trisulfonic acid116 is
made by treating the 1,5-diacid with 67% oleum at 90°; m the 1,3,7-
triacid is obtained by further sulfonation of the 2,6-diacid by oleum at
100°.118 ' Both the 1,3,5- and 1,3,7-trisulfonic acids yield the 1,3,5,7-
tetrasulfonic acid on treatment with oleum.119 A fourth sulfonic acid
group is not introduced into the 1,3,6-trisulfonic acid, even by treatment
with sulfur trioxide.
Anthracene (Table XI, p. 188). Anthracene is sulfonated so readily
that even at low temperatures and with a mild sulfonating reagent some
polysubstitution occurs. It is striking, therefore, that dilution of the
reaction mixture with acetic acid (but not with water) decreases the
extent of disubstitution, even with the more reactive sulfonating agents,
chlorosulfonic acid or oleum.120 Under these conditions only 20% of the
product consists of disulfonic acids; the 1-sulfonic acid is formed in 50%
yield, the 2-acid in 30% yield. Substitution in the 2-position is favored
by high temperatures,121 but this is not a result of conversion of the 1-acid
into the 2-acid (as is probably true in the case of the naphthalenesulf onic
111
Fierz-David and Hasler, Hete. Chim. Ada, 6, 1133 (1923).
112
(o) Ufimtzew and Krivoschlykowa, J. praU. Chem., [2] 140, 172 (1934); (6) Chuksa-
nova, Compt. rend. acad. sci. U.R.S.S., 26, 445 (1940) [C. A., 34, 5834 (1940)].
113
Chuksanova and Bilik, AniLinokrasochnaya Prom., 4, 488 (1934) [C. A., 29, 1085
(1935)].
1U
Heid, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 49, 844 (1927).
116
Ambler, Lynch, and Haller, Ind. Eng. Chem., 16, 1264 (1924).
118
Busse, Bregman, and Trokhimovskaya, Khim. Farm. Pram., No. 1, 31 (1934) [C. A.,
28, 5432 (1934)]; Ufimtzew and Krivoschlykowa, Org. Chem. Ind. U.S.S.R., 2, 144 (1936)
[C. A., 31, 1021 (1937)].
117
Erdmann, Ber., 32, 3186 (1899).
118
Cassella and Co., Ger. pat. 75,432 [Frdl., 3, 484].
u9
Schmid, dissertation, Zurich, 1920 [C.A., 16, 2141 (1922)]; Fierz and Schmid, Helv.
Chim. Ada, 4, 381 (1921); Bayer and Co., Ger. pat. 80,464 [Frdl., 4, 605].
m
Bayer and Co., Ger. pat. 251,695 [Chem. Zentr., II, 1413 (1912)].
121
Soc. St. Denis, Ger. pats. 72,226 [Frdl., 3, 195]; 77,311 [Frdl., i, 271].
DIRECT SULFONATION OP AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS 159
acids), for the 1-acid on heating with sulfuric acid at 150-180° is not con-
verted into the 2-acid, but into the 1,5- and 1,8-disulfonic acids.18
SO.H SOSH SO3H SO3H
SO3H
(9 parts) (.part)
Another striking observation is that the formation of the 2-acid can be

depressed to as little as 1% by the use of pyridine-sulfur trioxide as
the sulfonating agent, even when the reaction is carried out at tempera-
tures (150-175°) that, with oleum, favor substitution in the 2-posi-
tion.17'18 Although the two sulfonic acids can be separated from each
other and from polysulfonic acids fairlyjreadily by fractional crystalliza-
tion of the sodium or barium salts, the sulfonation reaction of anthracene
is not employed commonly, since the monosulfonic acids are prepared
more conveniently from the corresponding derivatives of anthraquinone.
Phenanthrene (Table XII, p. 189). Phenanthrene is as readily sul-
fonated as anthracene; when the reaction is carried out for three hours
at 120-125° with concentrated sulfuric acid, more than 40% of the
phenanthrene is converted into disulfonic acids.122 Two monosulfonic
acids are isolated under these experimental conditions: phenanthrene-2-
sulfonic acid (25% yield) and phenanthrene-3-sulfonic acid (27%
yield).122- m The same acids are obtained by sulfonating at lOOf for
eight hours (2-acid, 7% yield; 3-acid, 9% yield), and in addition a third
acid, phenanthrene-9-sulfonic acid (6% yield)124 is formed. The 9-acid
is formed in larger amounts at lower temperatures (14.5% at 20°, twenty
days).126 A fourth monosulfonic acid, the 1-acid, is isolated from the
sulfonation reaction conducted at 60° for several days.122 The yields of
the four monosulfonic acids isolated under these conditions are 4% of the
1-acid, 18% of the 2-acid, 19% of the 3-acid, and 13% of the 9-acid.
There is no indication that the only other possible monosulfonic acid, the
4-isomer, is ever formed, probably because the 4-position of phenanthrene
is particularly hindered.
The extent of disulfonation can be decreased by decreasing the time
interval and, within certain limits, the quantity and strength of the
sulfuric acid.126 Thus far no pure phenanthrenedisulfonic acids have been
m
Fieser, J. Atn. Chem. Soc, 51, 2460 (1929).
"Tieser, Org. Syntheses, CoU. Vol. 2, 482 (1943).
124
Werner et al., Ann., 321, 248 (1902).
^Sandqvist, Ann., 392, 76 (1912).
m
Ioffe, / . Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 3, 448 (1933) [C. __., 28, 1694 (1934)].
prepared, by the sulf onation either of phenanthrene or of a phenanthrene-
sulfonic acid, but the formation of the 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 3,6-, and 3,8-
disulfonic acids is inferred by the isolation of the corresponding dihy-
droxy compounds from mixtures resulting from alkali fusion.127
SELECTION OF EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS
In the sulfonation of the less reactive aromatic hydrocarbons or aryl

halides, it is desirable to use 5-20% oleum, which brings about reaction
at a convenient rate at moderate temperatures (0-50°); furthermore, if
oleum is used, less sulfuric acid remains at the completion of the reaction
to interfere with the isolation of the product. In the preparation of
salts, however, this factor is of less significance. Although sulfur trioxide
is even more active than oleum, it can be used to advantage only occa-
sionally because it favors the formation of a sulfone. The formation of
by-products is decreased by use of a solvent; a suitable solution can be
prepared by passing the gaseous material, obtained by warming 60%
oleum, into cold ethylene dichloride.
Sulfuric acid is a satisfactory reagent for the sulfonation of the more
reactive aromatic hydrocarbons; the reaction, however, is reversible, and,
as ordinarily carried out, a large amount of reagent must be employed to
obtain a fairly complete reaction. The excess is undesirable since it pro-
motes polysubstitution. The use of excess reagent can be avoided by
carrying out the reaction in an ingenious apparatus that permits removal
of the water as it is formed.128 The use of a solvent in sulfonation with
sulfuric acid is sometimes desirable. For example, in the sulfonation of
biphenyl38a'98 the presence of a sulfonic acid group in one ring does not
greatly reduce the rate of sulfonation in the other ring but does increase
the solubility in sulfuric acid and therefore the chance of further sulfona-
tion. This and similar compounds containing two or more substantially
independent aromatic nuclei are preferably monosulfonated by using a
solution of chlorosulfonic acid in chloroform, ethylene dichloride, or
tetrachloroethane. The presence of one sulfo group in naphthalene de-
creases the rate of sulfonation in the other ring to such an extent that a
solvent is not essential;108'109 but in the monosulf onation of anthracene a
solvent is desirable.120 When chlorosulfonic acid is used to prepare the
sulfonic acid of polynuclear hydrocarbons a solvent such as chloroform
seems to minimize the formation of the sulfonyl chloride.38" •129' 13°
m
Fieser, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 51, 2471 (1929).
m
Meyer, Ann., 433, 327 (1923); see also p. 183 of ref. 51.
w
Armstrong, J. Chem. Soc, 24, 176 (1871).
""Pschorr, Ber., 34, 3998 (1901).
The progress of a sulfonation reaction can be followed by determining
the acidic titer of a given weight of reaction mixture at suitable inter-
vals,131 since for every mole of sulfonic acid produced the acidity is de-
creased by one equivalent. If a sulfonation yields a mixture of mono-
and di-sulf onic acids, neutralization of the diluted reaction mixture with
barium hydroxide, filtration of the insoluble barium sulfate, and analysis
for barium of a sample of the dried barium sulfonates obtained by evapo-
ration of the filtrate will indicate the composition of the mixture.
ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF SULFONIC ACIDS
In a few instances it is possible to isolate the free sulfonic acid directly

from the reaction mixture. The solubility of the acid is usually decreased
by the addition of an inorganic acid. Several sulfonic acids have been
isolated from the reaction mixture by the addition of hydrochloric acid:
for example, p-toluenesulfonic acid,66 /3-naphthalenesulfonic acid,109
and m-xylene-4-sulfonic acid.^—Sometimes the acid can be isolated by
treating an aqueous solution of the lead salt with hydrogen sulfide, re-
moving the insoluble lead sulfide, and evaporating the filtrate, preferably
under reduced pressure. The free acids are comparable in acidic strength
to sulf uric acid; they are hygroscopic liquids or solids that are difficult to
purify, and some are not even isolable. They usually form hydrates
when crystallized from solvents containing water. For most purposes
the alkali or ammonium salts serve equally well, and these are readily
obtainable by adding a concentrated solution of the chlorides to the
reaction mixture after partial neutralization with the carbonate.132 The
remaining acid is converted into the salt by displacement of the equilib-
rium
ArSO3H + NaCl *± ArSO3Na + HCi
An excess of the inorganic salt has a strong salting-out effect. An isola-

tion procedure that is suitable for di- and tri-sulfonic acids as well as
monosulf onic acids consists in neutralizing the diluted reaction mixture
with a base that forms an insoluble sulfate (e.g., barium carbonate) and
in treating the filtrate with an exact equivalent of dilute sulf uric acid;
the insoluble sulfate is again precipitated, and the filtered solution con-
taining the free sulfonic acid is then treated with the desired carbonate or
sulfate and evaporated. The separation of isomers is often possible by
fractional crystallization of various salts. The sulfonates prepared by
either procedure are usually contaminated by the inorganic salt; salt-free
131
Simpson and Olsen, Ind. Eng. Chem., 29, 1350 (1937).
m
Gattermann, Ber., 24, 2121 (1891). ~
material can often be obtained by crystallization from anhydrous ethanol.
Another procedure applicable to polysulfonates, particularly azo dyes,
consists in resalting the sodium sulfonate several times with sodium ace-
tate (or ammonium bromide) and then removing the salting agent from
the dried, ground sulfonate by repeated extraction with ethanol.133
The identification and purity of a sulfonate are difficult to establish
since the salts do not melt without decomposition; the melting points of
the free acids or hydrates are often not sharp. In the precise work of
Holleman and Caland14 on the quantitative determination of the course
of the sulf onation of toluene where the pure sulfonic acids were required
as standards, the purity was established by conversion into the sulfo-
chloride or into the sulf'onamide, both of which derivatives in general
exhibit satisfactory melting characteristics. The sulfonic acid is readily
regenerated by hydrolysis of the sulfonyl chloride; in fact, if the sulfonyl
chloride is readily available, it may serve as a convenient source of the
free sulfonic acid.14'1S4 Identification through conversion into the sul-
fonyl chloride or into the ester has the disadvantage that an anhydrous
sample of the sulfonate is required. A solid derivative that can be made
from an aqueous solution of the free acid or from the sodium, potassium,
or ferrous salt is the p-toluidine salt, prepared by adding p-toluidine and
hydrochloric acid and allowing crystallization to occur.126'126'135 The
amine salts are sparingly soluble in water and can be recrystallized from
ethanol or ethanol-water mixtures. The amine salt of an impure acid
remains as an oil almost indefinitely, and this property is very charac-
teristic of a mixture of isomers.
2,4,6-Trimethylbenzenesulfonic Acid (Mesitylenesulfonic Acid).78"

A mixture of 100 cc. (87.6 g.) of mesitylene and 200 cc. of concentrated
sulf uric acid, contained in a 500-cc. flask fitted with a short air-cooled
condenser, is shaken vigorously. The temperature rises rapidly to 60°,
and solution of the hydrocarbon is complete in five to ten minutes. The
clear yellowish liquid that results is poured, while still warm, into 400 cc.
of concentrated hydrochloric acid, kept at 10° or lower, or onto 300 g. of
ice, and stirred vigorously. The sulfonic acid that precipitates is filtered
with suction through a cloth filter and pressed as dry as possible. The
yield of air-dried crude acid, which usually has a slight color, is 150 g.
(90%); m.p. 76-78°. It may be purified by crystallization from chloro-
133
Hartwell and Fieser, Org. Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 2, 145 (1943).
134
Sandqvist, Ann., 379, 79 (1911).
186
Dermer and Dermer, J. Org. Chem., 7, 581 (1942).
form (50 g. acid, 200 g. chloroform); the acid (46 g.) then melts sharply
at 78° and is snow white.
Sodium 1,3,5-Benzenetrisulfonate.26 A mixture of 50 g. of crude
sodium m-benzenedisulfonate, 50 cc. of 15% oleum, and 2 g. of mercury-
is placed in a 300-cc. Kjeldahl flask and is heated in a salt bath at 275°
for twelve hours with occasional shaking. The cooled mixture is poured
into 11. of water. The resulting solution is heated and treated with solid
calcium carbonate until neutral to litmus. The calcium sulfate is filtered
and washed with three 200-cc. portions of boiling water. The combined
nitrates and washings are treated with a saturated solution of sodium
carbonate until they are just alkaline to phenolphthalein. The mixture
is digested on a steam bath and filtered through a Norit pad, and the fil-
trate is evaporated to dryness. The residue, which is practically pure
sodium sym-benzenetrisulfonate, is dried in an oven at 140° for four
hours. The yield is 50 g. (73%).
4,4'-Dibromobiphenyl-3-sulfonic Acid.40 To a mechanically stirred
solution of 20 g. of 4,4'-dibromobiphenyl in 50 cc. of anhydrous chloro-
form, 20 g. of chlorosulfonic acid is added slowly so that the temperature
is maintained at 40°. The solution becomes dark green, and hydrogen
chloride gas is steadily evolved. At the end of three hours the reaction
product is hydrolyzed, and the insoluble material is removed by cen-
trifugation. Crystallization of this solid from acetic acid gives 6 g. (25%
yield) of 4,4'-dibromobiphenylene-2,2'-sulfone. The solution is neutral-
ized with sodium carbonate. From the chloroform layer there is obtained
by evaporation 5 g. (25% yield) of the unchanged dibromobiphenyl.
The addition of acid precipitates the 4,4'-dibromobiphenyl-3-sulfonic
acid in small orange crystals. The yield is 8 g. (32%). The acid can
be crystallized from boiling water.
Doubling the quantity of chlorosulfonic acid increases the yield of acid
to 11 g. There is obtained also 8 g. of sulfone together with 2.5 g. of
unchanged starting material. When 20 g. of the dibromide and 40 g. of
chlorosulfonic acid are heated at 60° for fifteen minutes in the absence of
a solvent, the reaction product consists of 13 g. (41.5% yield) of the
3,3'-disulfonic acid, 4 g. (12.5% yield) of the coiyesponding disulfonyl
chloride, and 10 g. (42% yield) of the sulfone mentioned above.
Sodium Pyrene-3-sulfonate.136' m To a cooled solution of 1 equivalent
of pyrene in 6 volumes of s-tetrachloroethane there is added dropwise
with stirring the calculated amount of chlorosulfonic acid (2 equivalents)
dissolved in an equal volume of s-tetrachloroethane. The temperature is
maintained at 0-5° during the addition. The mixture is stirred for fifteen
136
Volmann, Becker, Corell, and Streeck, Ann., 531, 1 (1937).
187
Tietae and Bayer, Ann., 540, 189 (1939).
to twenty hours at 10-20°, and the gray-green mass is poured on ice. The
original solvent is removed under reduced pressure, and the aqueous
solution is heated and then filtered to remove a small amount of un-
changed pyrene. Finally the hot nitrate is mixed with a boiling solution
of the calculated amount of sodium sulfate in water, which precipitates
the almost insoluble sodium sulfonate. This is filtered and dried.
The yield is 90-92%.
2,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl Chloride.138 A mixture of 1 mole of
p-dichlorobenzene and 5 moles of chlorosulfonic acid is heated at 150°
for one hour in a flask equipped with an air-cooled condenser. The flask
is then cooled and the contents are poured on crushed ice; the chloro-
sulfonyl derivative separates as a solid. This is filtered and dried. The
yield of crude material is 85%. After crystallization from ethanol the
substance is obtained as colorless needles that melt at 39°.
Benzenesulfonyl Fluoride.31 For experiments with fluorosulfonic acid,
Steinkopf recommends the use of an iron vessel with a screw top fitted
with a mercury-seal stirrer, dropping funnel, thermometer well, and gas-
exit tube. A small open-top iron or platinum container without a stirrer
can be used only in very small-scale fluorosulfonations.
To 225 g. (2.25 moles) of-fluorosulfonic acid in an iron container is
added 55 g. (0.7 mole) of benzene with stirring during six hours at 16-20°.
After an additional nine hours at the same temperature, with continued
stirring, the reaction mixture is poured on ice and extracted with ether;
the ether layer is washed with water to which sufficient calcium car-
bonate is added to neutralize the acid, the ether solution is separated and
concentrated, and the residue is distilled with steam. There is obtained
77.5 g. (62% yield) of an oil that distils at 90-91°/14 mm. and 203-204°/
760 mm.; df° 1.3286 and n™ 1.4932. The residue from the steam dis-
tillation contains 9.5 g. of phenyl sulfone. Benzenesulfonyl fluoride
may be obtained also by allowing benzenesulfonyl chloride to stand with
four times its weight of fluorosulfonic acid at room temperature for
twenty-four hours.
138
Stewart, J. Chem. Soc., 121, 2555 (1922).
TABLE I
BENZENE AND ITS HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
Position
Compound Reagent * and
Experimental Conditions of Sulf 0 Remarks
Sulfonated Reference t
Group(s)
Benzene A (lc, Id, le, 2, 4, 11, Various conditions Mono-SO3H

51, 139, 140)
B, 5-9.5% (132, 141, 3.7 parts B, warm — Mono-SO3H,
142) mainly
SO3 (Id, le. If) CHCI3 solution, 0-10° — Mono-SOjH, 90%
SO3 dioxane (29) CCU solution, room tem- — Mono-S0 3 H, high
perature; 1 day yield
C (53) 3 moles C, 20-25°, 1 hr. — Mono-SOijCl, 76%;
* some sulfone
C(52) Excess benzene — Mono-S0 3 H and
sulfone
D (31) 4 parts of D, 9 hr. at 16-20° .— Mono-SO2F, 62%;
also sulfone
NaH 3 (SO 4 ) 2 (36) 2.5 parts reagent, reflux, — Mono-SO3H, 3 3 -
various times 40%
Nitryl sulf ate — — Mono-SOsH
(143)
A, then SO3 (144) Excess A 1,3- Di-SO3H
NaH3(SO4)2 (36) Excess reagent, heat 1,3- Di-SChiB
B, 20% (54, 55) 2 vol. B, 200-220°, 3 hr. 1,3- Di-SO3H
B, 66% (110) 75°, 2 h r . ; 9 0 ° , 1 hr. 1,3- Di-SO 3 H, 90%
C (38a) 10 parts C, 150-160°, 2 hr. 1,3- D1-SO2CI
A, 97 or 100% (19, 2-4 parts A, 235-250°, Hg 1,3- 1,3-Di-SO3H,
22) catalyst and 67-69%
1.4- 1,4-Di-SOsH,
31-33%
A (145) 7 parts A, 4 parts P2O6, 1,3,5- Tri-SO3H
280-290°, 5-6 hr.
Benzenesulfonic A (146) 210-275°, 60 mm., 3 hr. 1,3- 82.5% of di-SO3H
acid and 1,4- mixture
NaH 3 (SO 4 ) 2 (36b) 1.5 parts A, 240°, 2-3 hr. 1,3- Di-SO 3 H, 100%
Benzenesulfonyl D(31) 4 parts D, 20°, 24 hr. — CeHsSOiiF
chloride
Sodium benzene- B, 15% (25) 1 part B, 2% Hg, 275°, 12 1,3,5- Tri-SO 3 H, 73%
1,3-disulfonate hr.
Potassium ben- A (147) High temperature 1,3,5- Tri-SO 3 H, 44%
zene-l,3-di-
sulfonate
Benzene-l,3-di- NaH 3 (SO 4 ) 2 (366) 280-300° 1,3,5- Tri-SO3H
sulfonic acid
Benzene-l,3-di- D (31) 5 parts D ; 95°, 19 hr. 1,3- Di-SO 2 F
sulf onyl chloride
Bromobenzene A (42) 10 parts A, reflux — Complex mixture
B, 10% (27d, 85) 1 mole SO3, 60°, 1 hr. 4- Trace of 4,4'-sulf one
C (86) 1 mole C ** 4- -SO3H, smaller
amounts of the 4-
SO2C1 and sulfone
C (43, 148, 149) 5 parts C, CHCU solution, 4- -SO2CI
25°. 20 min.
* A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonic acid; and D , to fluoro
8ulf onio acid.
t References 139-406 appear on pp. 192-197.
TABLE I—Continued
BENZENE AND ITS HALOGEN DEBIVATIVES
Position
Experimental Conditions of Sulfo Remarks
Group (s)
Bromobenzene-4- SO3(150) 200-220°, 10 hr. 2,4- Di-SO3H, 73%

sulfonic acid
H2S2O7 (90) 8-10 parts reagent, 220- 2,4- Di-SO3H
240°, 6 hr.
A (151) 10 parts A, reflux 10 hr. 3,5- Di-SO 3 H, 40%
(crude)
Chlorobenzene A (152) Excess A, 100°, 3-4 hr. 4- -SO3H
B, 10% (85) 1 m«le SO3, < 60°, 1 hr. 4- -SO3H
C (860) 1 mole C 4- -SO3H, small
amounts of the 4-
SCteCUndsulfone
C (43, 866, 87) 4 vol. C, 25°, 1-3 hr. 4- -SO2CI, 84%; sul-
fone, 6.2%
B, 20% (88, 89) 5 vol. B, 300°, 6 hr. 3,5- Di-SO 3 H, 30%
Chlorobenzene-4- A, 100% (89, 153) 160-180° 2,4- Di-SO3H
sulf onyl chloride
C(38) 150-180° 2,4- Di-SO2Cl
Chlorobenzene-4- B, 20% (88, 89) Excess B, 300° 3,5- Di-SOsH, mainly
sulfonio acid
Chlorobenzene-2,- B, 20% (88, 89) Excess B, 300° 3,5- Di-SO 3 H, mainly
4-disulfonic acid
Fluorobenzene B, 10% (84) 70° 4- —
C(43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, 4- -SO2CI
25°, 20 min.
5 parts C, 40°, 1 hr. — 100% of 4,4'-sulfone
Iodobeazene A (44) 10 parts A, 25°, several 4- Mixture
days
A (44) 1 part A, 170-180°, 2 hr. — 50% C6H4I2, some
4-SO3H and
C8H5SO3H
B (85) 1 mole SO3, < 60°, 1 hr. 4- -SO3H and some
4,4'-sulfone
C (43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, — 4,4'-Sulfone
25°, 20 min.
1,2-Dibromoben- B (19) — 4- -SO3H
zene
B (19) 10% Hg 3- and 4- 3-SO3H, 24%
C (43) 5 parts C, 50° — 3,4,3',4'-Sulfone
5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, 4- -SO2CI, also 3 % of
25°, 20 min. sulfone
1,3-Dibromoben- C(43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, 4- -SO2CI
zene 25°, 20 min.
1,4-Dibromoben- B (154) Various conditions 2- -SO3H
zene
C (43) * 5 parts C, reflux, 1 hr. 2- -SO2C1, 80%
1,2-Dichlaroben- B (155, 156, 157) 25°, 100°, or 210° 4- -SO3H
zene
B (19) 2% or 10% Hg 3- and 4- 3-SO3H, 16%; 4-
SO3H, 26%
* A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonic acid; and D, to fluoro-
sulfonic acid.
TABLE I—Continued
BENZENE AND ITS HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
Position
Group(s)
1,2-Dichloroben- C(43) 5 parts C, 50° 3,4,3',4'-Sulfone

zene
C (43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, 4- -SO2CI, also 8% of
25°, 20 min. sulfone
1,3-Dichloroben- B, 7% (156, 157) 230° or 100° 4- -SO3H
zene
B, 45% (158) 2.3 vol. B, 145°, 5 hr. 4,6- • Di-SOsH
C (43) 5 parta C, CHCI3 solution, 4- -SO2CI
25°, 20 min.
1,4-Dichloroben- B, 10% (157, 159, 25°, shake 24 hr. 2- -SO3H; almost
zene 160) quantitative
SO3 (161) — 2- -SO3H
C (138, 162) 5 parts C, reflux, 1 hr. 2- -SO2CI, 80%
C (162) 140", 48 hr. 2,5- and Di-SO2Cl, mainly
2,6- 2,6-
1,4-Diiodoben- SO3 (45) Warm 2- -SO3H, <10%,
zene mainly polyiodo
compounds
C (43) 5 parts C, 50°, 5 min. — 2,3,5,6-TetrachIoro-
1,4-diiodobenzene
1,4-Bromochloro- B (163) — 2- and 3- Equal amounts of
benzene two -SOaH
C(43) 5 parts C, reflux, 1 hr. 2- and 3- -SO2CI, 86%,
mainly the 2-
1,2,4-Tribromo- H2S2O7 (164) 6.6 parts reagent 5-(?) Anhydride of a
benzene mono-S03H
I,3i5-Tribromo- B (165, 166, 167) 3 or 4 parte B, 100°, 3-4 hr. 2- -SO3H, good yield
benzene
25°, 20 min.
1,2,3-Trichloro- C (43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, 4- -SO2CI
benzenc 25°, 20 min., then 80°,
lhr.
1,2,4-Trichloro- C(43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, 5- -SO2CI
benzene 25°, 20 min., then 150°,
1 hr.
1,3,5-Trichloro- C(43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, 2- -SO2CI
benzene 25°, 20 min., then 150°,
"^ 30 min.
B (158) 3 vol. B, 100°, 15 hr. 2, 4- Di-SO3H
1,2,3,5-Tefra- B (166) 3-4 vol. B, 100°, 14 days — Mono-SOsH
bromobenzene
1,2,4,5-Tetra- C(43) 4 parts C, reflux, 1 hr. Hexachlorobenzene,
chlorobenzene 78%

sulf onic acid.
TABLE II
ToiiUENE AND ITS HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
Position
Group (s)
Toluene A, 84-100% (14, 16, Various conditions 2-, 3-, 4- Yield of each isomer
62, 168) -i determined for
each condition
B, 8% (20, 169) 2.3 parts B with or without 2- and 4- 82% yield (69% 4-
3% HgSOi and 3 1 % 2-)
C (86a) 1 mole of C 2- and 4- Two -SO3H, some
4,4'-sulfone
C (14, 16, 34, 170, Various conditions 2-, 3-, -SO2CI
171) and 4-
D(31) 4 parts D; 10 hr. at 25° 2-and 89% of -SO2F (40%
4- of 2-isomer)
SO3 (59) 40-55° 2-, 3-, -SO3H; 8%, 7%,
and 4- and 55% respec-
tively, also 22%
of 4,4'-sulfone
NaH3(SO4)2 (36a) 2.5 parts reagent, reflux, 4- -SO3H, 87%
15-16 hr.
S2O5CI2 (33) 1 mole reagent, 60°, 1 hr. 4- -SO3H and -SO2CI,
also sulfone and
dichlorotoluenes
B, 66% (110) 125°, 4 hr. 2,4- Di-SO3H
B (60, 62, 63, 172) 3-4 parts B, 150-180°, 2,4- and Di-SOsH, mostly
2 hr., then 200° 2,5- 2,4-
C (38a) 8 parts C, 140-150°, 5 hr. 2,4- Di-SO2Cl, 60%
C (38o) 1 mole C, heat, then 10 — 4,4'-sulfone-3,3'-di-
moleij 150-160°, 5-6 hr. SO2CI, 42%
Toluene-2-suIfonyl B, 40-50% (173) 4 parts B, heat slowly to 2,4-(?) -SO3H derivatives of
chloride 200° -SO2CI
Toluene-4-eulfonyl B (62) 140-150° 2,4- Di-SO 3 H
chloride
D(31) 4 parts D 4- -SO2F
Toluene-4-sulfonyl D(31) 4 parts D, 130-140°, 3 hr. 2,4- Di-SO2F, 48%
fluoride
ToIuene-3-sulfonic B (94, 172) 2.5 parts B, 180°, 3-4 hr. 2,5- and Di-SO3H
acid 3,5-
Toluene-2,4-di- C(31) 4 parts C, 100°, 10 hr. 2,4- D1-SO2CI
sulfonyl fluoride
Potassium toluene- C (63) 3 moles C, 240° 2,4,6- Tri-SOjH
2,4-disuIfonate
2-Bromotoluene B (174) Warm, shake 5- and 6- 5-SOsH, mainly
C. (43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, 5- -SOaCl
25°, 20 min.
3-Bromotoluene B (175) 100° 6- -SO3H
C(43) 5 parts C, CHCU solution, 6- -SO2CI
25°, 20 min., then 50°,
10 min.
4-Bromotoluene B (176) 1-4 voL B, 60°, 4 days 2- and 3- 2-SO3H, mainly
* A refers to con «ntrated sulfurio acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonic acid; and D, to fluoro'
sulfonic acid.
TABLE II—Continued'
TOI/OTBNE AND ITS HALOGEN D E W V A T I V E S
Position
Jroup(s)
4-Bromotoluene C(43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, 2- -SOjCl

25°, 20 min., then 50°,
10 min.
B (177) Heat, 24 hr. 2,6-(7) Di-SQsH, 37%
2-Chlorotoluene A, 100% (93) 3 parts A, 60°, 10 min. 5- -SO3H
* B (92) Dissolve in B 5- -SO3H
C (43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution, 5- -SO2CI
25°, 20 min.
Potassium 2- B, 35% (94) 1.4 parts B, 150°, 2 hr. 5- and 6-SO8H, mainly
ehlorotoluene- 6-
4-sulfonate
Potassium 2- B, 20% (94) 1.7 parts B, 150°, 2 hr. 3- -SO3H
ohlorotoluene-
5-eulfonate
3-Chloro toluene A, 100% (93) 3 parts A, 70°, 10 min. 6-(7) -SO3H
25°, 20 min., then 50°,
10 min.
4-Chlorotoluene A, 100% (92, 93, 94, 3 parts A, 100°, 40 min. 2- and 3- 2-SO3H, 86%
178)
25°, 20 min., then 50°,
10 min.
Potassium 4- B, 20% (94) 1.7 parts B, 150°, 2 hr. 2,5- and Di-SOsH
chlorotoluene- 2,6-
2-sulfonate
Potassium 4- B, 20% (94) 1.7 parts B, 150°, 2 hr. 3,5- and Di-SO3H
chlorotoluene- 3,6-
3-sulfonate
2-Fluorotoluene C (43) 5 parts C, CHCls solution, 5- -SO2CI
25°, 20 min.
2-Iodotoluene A (44) 1 part A, 100°, 4 hr. 5-(7) -SOaH
SO3 (179) Cold, then heat 5-(7) Also diiodo com-
pounds
4-Iodotoluene SO3 (180) 1 mole SO3, CHCI3 solution 2- and 3- -SO3H
2,3-Dibromo- B (181) 5-(7) -SO3H
toluene
2,4-Dibromo- B (181) 5-(?) -SO3H
toluene
2,5-Dibromo- B (181) 4-(7) -SO3H
toluene
2 parts B, 100°
2,6-Dibromo- B (181) 3-(?) -SO3H
toluene
3,4-Dibromo- B (181) i 6-(?) -SO3H
toluene
3,5-Dibromo- B (181) 2-(7) -SO3H
toluene
2,3-Dichloro- B (182) 3 parts B, heat 5- and -SO3H
toluene 4- or 6-
sulfonio acid.
TOLUENE AND ITS HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
Position
Sulfonated Reference t Group (s)
2,4-Dichloro- B (182, 183) 2 parts B, heat 5- -SO3H

toluene
C (43) 5 parts C, CHCI3 solution. 5- -SO2C1
25", 20 min., then 50°,
10 min.
2,5-Dichloro- B, 10% (93) 2 parts B, 60-70°, then 2 4- -SO3H
toluene parts more, 100°
2,6-Dichloro- B (182) 2 parts B, heat 3-(7) -SO8H
toluene
25°, 20 min., then 50°,
10 min.
3,4-Dichloro- B, 5% (93) 3 parts B, dissolve 6- -SO3H
toluene
3,5-Dichloro- B (182) 2 parts B, heat 2-(7) -SOaH
toluene
2-Bromo-3- B (184)] 6-(7) -SO3H
chlorotoluene
2-Bromo-4- B (184) 5-(?) -SO3H
chlorotoluene
2-Bromo-5- B (184) 4-(7) -SO3H
chlorotoluene
2-Bromo-6- B (184) 3-(?) -SO3H
chlorotoluene or 5-(?)
3-Bromo-2- B (184) 6-(?) -SO3H
chlorotoluene 3 parts B, 100°
3-Bromo-4- B (184) 6-(?) -SO3H
chlorotoluene
3-Bromo-5- B (184) 6-(?) -SO3H
chlorotoluene
3-Bromo-6- B (184) 4-(?) -SO3H
chlorotoluene
4-Bromo-2- B (184) 5-(?) -SO3H
chlorotoluene
4-Bromo-3- B (184) J 6-(7) -SO3H
chlorotoluene
2,3,4-Trichloro- B (183) 80-100° 5- and 6- Structures undeter-
toluene mined
3,4,5-Trichloro- B, 10% (93) 3 parts B, 70-80° 2- -SO3H
toluene X
*A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonic acid; and D, to fluoro-

sulfonic acid.
t The sulfonic acid was isolated from the sulfonation of a chlorinated toluene fraction boiling above
166°.
DIRECT SULFONATION OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS - 171
TABLE III
HIGHER ALKYLBENZENES J AND THEIR HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
Position
Group(s)
Ethylbenzene A (185) Equal volume A added 4- -SO3H

slowly to boiling com-
pound
B (186, 187) By.dissolving in B 4- -SO 3 H
C (186, 187) 1 mole C 4- —
D (188) 4 parts D, standing 4- -SO2F, 86%; trace
of sulfone
B, 50% (189) — 2,4- Di-SO3H
Ethylbenzene-2- Heat (187) 100° — Rearranges to tb»
- sulfonic acid 4-SO3H
2- and 4-Bromo- B (185, 187) 1.5 vol. B added slowly to (2) 5- 2-SO3H, mainly
ethylbenzene boiling mixture and
(4) 2-
n-Propylbenzene A (190) — 4- and 2- -SO3H
B (191, 192) Dissolve in B 4- and 2- -SO3H
Isopropylbenzene A (193) 100° 4- -SO3H; trace of 2-
SO3H
B (796, 191, 194) 1-2 parts B, stir 4- -SO3H
n-Butylbenzene B (195) Warming 4- and 2- -SO3H
sec-Butylbenzene B, "very strong" 24 hr. 4- -SO3H
(196a)
B, 6% (1966) 5 parts B, 50° Un- -SO3H
known
(-Butylbenzene A (197) Warm 4-(?) -SO3H
B(26) Dissolve, cooling 4- — .
C (34) Excess C, CHCI3 solution 4- -SO2C1, 100%
Isoamylbeniene B (199) Warm slightly 4-(?) Cryst. acid
2-Phenylpentane B, 6% (200) Warm slightly 4-(?) -SO3H
3-Phenylpentane B, 6% (200, 201) Warm 4-(?) -SO3H
2-Phenyl-3- B, 6% (200) Warm 4-(?) Rapid reaction
methylbutane
Neopentyl- B, 6% (202) 2 parts B, room tempera- 4: Ba salt, 95%
benzene ture
2-Phenylhexane B (203) — ? -SO3H
l-Phenyl-3- B, 6% (204) 40° approximately 4-(?) Oily product
methylpentane
2-Phenyl-4- B, "weak" (205) Warm 4-(?) -SO3H
methylpentane
n-Octylbenzene B (206) Room temperature 4-(?) -SO3H
n-Dodecylbenzene C or SO3 (207) C2H4CI2 solution 4-(?) Washing agent
n-Hexadecylben- B (208) 35-40" 4- -SO3H
zene
n-Octadecylben- B (208) Approximately 40°; excess 4- -SO3H
zene B
* A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonic acid; and D,*to fluoro-
sulfonio acid.
t Mixtures of alkylbenzenesulfonic acids, obtained by the sulfonation of mixed sec-alkylbenzenes
which in turn have been prepared by the condensation of a mixture of olefins or alkyl chlorides with
benzene, have been patented as washing or emulsifying agents. 12 * 209 The condensation of acid chlorides
with benzene, followed by reduction and sulfonation, has also been employed for this purpose. 207
In a number of instances, alkylbenzenesulfonic acids have been obtained by the alkylation of ben-
zene-, toluene-, or xylene-sulfonic acids. 210
TABLE IV
DiALKTLBENZENES AND THEIR HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
Position
Group(s)
1,2-Dimethyl- A (64) 1 vol. A, warm 4- -SO3H

benzene
A (19) 2% and 10% HgSO4 as 4- and 3- 3-SOaH, 8 and 22%
catflyst
A (66) 1.2 vol. A, room tempera- 4- 82% dissolves in 2
ture hr.
C (34) CHClj solution 4- -SO2CI, 74-86%
C (38a) Excess C 3,5- Di-SO2Cl
Barium 1,2-di- C(72) 2 parts C, 150° 3,5-(?) Di-SOsH
methylbenzene-
4-sulfonate
l,2-Dimethyl-3- B (211, 212) By shaking 6--I
ohlorobenzene Mixed chloro-
l,2-Dimethyl-4- B (211, 212) By shaking xylenes used
chlorobenzene
l,2-Dimethyl-3- B (213) Dissolve in B J
6- and 4- 6-SO3H, mostly
bromobenzene •
l,2-Dimethyl-4- B (64) . By warming 5- A reacts very slowly
bromobenzene
l,2-Dimethyl-4,5- B, 15% (65) 10 parts B; 75°, shaking 3- -SOaH
dibromobenzene
1,3-Dimethylben- A (676, 68, 69, 214) 2 parts A; 100° or less; 2 hr. 4- 2-SOsH, trace
nnc
D (31) 4 parts D; 5 hr. 5°; 15 hr. 4- -SO2F, 86%
20-30°
HSSJOT (73) 4 parts reagent; 150° 4,6- Di-SOsH
1,3-Dimethylben- D (31) 4 parts D; 100° 4,6- Di-SO2F, 70%
zene-4-sulfonyl
fluoride
1,3-Dimethylben- C (68, 74) 10 parts C; 80-90°; 4 hr. 4,6- Di-SOzCl; mop*1"
zene-2-sulfonic and 4,6-
acid 2,4-
C (68) 10 parts C; 150-160°; 5 hf. 4,6- D1-SO2CI
1,3-Dimethylben- C (68) 7 parts C; 150-160°; 5 hr. 4,6- Di-SO2Cl
zene-4-sulfonio
add
l,3-Dimethyl-4- B (215) Dissolve in B 6- -SOsH
cblorobenzene
HaSaOr (73) Heat 2,6- Di-SOjH
l,3-Dimethyl-5- B, 15% (956) 30-40°, shaking 2- -SO3H; anhydride is
chlorobenzene by-product
l,3-Dimethyl-4- B (216) Cold 6- -SOjH
bromobenzene
l,3-Dimethyl-4- A (217) 4-6 weeks; room tempera- 6- Diiodoxylene also
iodobenzene ture
l,3-Dimethyl-2,4- C (96) — 6- -SO3H
dichlorobenzene
l,3-Dimethyl-2,4- C (218) Excess C 6- -SO2CI
dibromobenzene
* A refers to concentrated sulfurio acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonic acid; and D, to fluoro-

sulfonic acid.
DiALKYLBENZENES AND THEIR HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
Position
Sulfonated Reference t Group(s)
I,3-Dimethyl-4,6- C (96) 2- A causes rearrange-

dichlorobenzene ment
l,3-Dimethyl-4,6- B (219) 70-80° 2- -SO3H
dibromobenzene
l,3-Dimethyl-4,6- B (220) 25°, 6 days 6- Iodine to 2,4-
diiodobenzene
1,4-Dimethylben- A (66) Room temperature 2- -SO3H, 68%
zene
B (70, 221) 2 vol. B 2- -SOsH
D (31) 4 parts D, 16 hr., 25° 2- -SOjF, 85%
B, 80% (75, 76) 140-150° 2,6- D1-SO3H
C (74) Excess C 2,6- D i - S O 2 a ; ratio
and 10 : 1,-alsosul-
2,5- fone (38)
1,4-Dimethylben- B (221) Warm 2,6-(?) Di-SOaH
chloride
1,4-Dimethylben- C(31) 4 parts C, 36 hr., 25° 2- and SO2CI compounds
zene-2-sulfonyl 2,6-di-
fluoride
l,4-Dimethyl-2- B (222) By shaking 5- -SO3H
chioro benzene •
l,4-Dimethyl-2,3- A (223) Reacts readily 5- -SO3H
dichlorobenzene
l,4-Dimethyl-2,6- A (223) Reacts readily 3- -SO3H
dichlorobenzene
l,4-Dimethyl-2,5- B (223) 100° 3- -SO8H
dichlorobenzene
l,4-Dimethyl-2,5- B, 20% (224) 80-85° 3- -SO3H
dibromobenzene
1,2-Diethylben- B (225) 50-60° 4-(?) -SO3H
zene
1,3-Diethylben- B (226) Dissolve in B 4-1 Mixture of isomers
zene sulfonated
1,4-Diethylben-
zene
B (226, 227) Dissolve in B i
1,4-Di-n-propyl- B (228) Dissolve in B 2- -SO3H
benzene
1,2-Diisopropyl- A (229) Long shaking 4-(?) -SO3H
benzene
1,3-Diisopropyl- A (229) Long shaking 4- -SO3H
benzene
C (230) CCU solution 4- -SO2CI
1,4-Diisopropyl- C (230) CCU solution 2- -SO2CI
benzene
1,4-Di-f-butyl- A (231) By warming 2- -SO3H
benzene
* A refers to concentrated sulfurie acid; B, to oleum; C, to cUorosulfonio acid; and D, to fluoro

sulfonic acid.
t References 139-406 appear on pp. 192-197,
DiALKYLBENZENES AND T H E I B HALOGEN D E B I V A T T V E S
Position
Group(8)
2-Ethyltoluene B (232) Cold or at 100° Mixture, two -SO3H

3-Ethyltoluene A (233) Dissolve in A — Mixture, two -SOSH
4-Ethyltoluene A (234) 2.5 parts A at 100° 2- and 3- 2-SO3H, mostly
B (235) 130° — -SO3H
4-Ethyl-2(?)- B (235) 130" 5-(?) -SO3H
chlorotoluene
4-Ethyl-2-bromo- B (235) 130° 5-(?) -SO3H
toluene
3-n-Propyltoluene A (236) By warming 4- and -SO3H
4-n-Propyltoluene A (237) 100° 2- and 3- 2-SO3H, mostly -

2-Isopropyl- B (238) 50° 4- and -SO3H
toluene 5-(?)
3-Isopropyl- A (239, 240) By warming 4- and 6- 6-SO3H, mostly
toluene
3-Isopropyl-6- B (240) By warming 4- -SO3H
bromotoluene
4-Isopropyl- A (27a, 241, 242) 100° 2- and 3- 2-SO3H, mostly
toluene
A (276, 27c) . 3 parts A, 100° 2- and 3- 3-SO3H, 15.6%
B, 15% (276, 27c) 0° 2- and 3- 2-SO3H, 90%; 3-
* SOSH, 2.5%
A (27d) 2.8 equivalents of A 2- and 3- 3-SOaH, 20%
<C (27c) — 2-
4-Isopropyl-2- B, 20% (243) 10 parts B, shaking 5-(?) -SO3H
chlorotoluene
4-Isopropyl-3- C (243a, 244) AddC 6- -SO2C1
chlorotoluene
4-Isopropyl-2- B (28, 242a, 245) — 5- Trace of a second
bromotoluene compound
C (246) 1 part C 5- -SO3H and -SO2CI
3-(-Butyltoluene A (247) 50° 6-(?) -SO3II
B, 15% (248) Dissolve in B 6-(?) -SO3H
"p-Butyltoluene" A (247a, 249) 50° — -SO3H
4-Isoamyltoluene A (250) — 2-(?) -SO3H
4-n-Octyltoluene B (251) By dissolving 2-(?) -SO3H
4-n-Hexadecyl- B (252) By dissolving 2-(?) -SO3H
toluene
l-Ethyl-4-n- A (253) 100° 2- and 3- -SO3H
propylbenzene
l-Ethyl-3-iso- B (254) By dissolving 6-(?) -SOjH
propylbenzene
l-Ethyl-4-iso- B, 6% (255) By warming 2-(?) -SO3H
propylbenzene
1-Ethyl-(?H- B (231, 256) By dissolving — -SO,H
butylbenzene
l-n-Propyl-4-iso- B (256, 257) By warming 2- and 3- -SO3H
propylbenzene
sulfonio acid.
TABLE V
TRIALKTLBENZENES AND HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
Position
Group(s)
1,2,3-Trimethyl- A (77) 2.5 parts A, 100° 4- High yield

benzene (hemi-
mellitene)
4-Chloro-l,2,3-tri- B, 20% (97) 5 parts B, 15 hr., 75° 5- -SOsNa, 46%
methylbenzene
1,2,4-Trimethyl- A (79o) 2 vol. A, 60°, 5 to 10 min. 5- -SOjH, 85%
benzene (pseu-
dooumene)
SO2CI2 + AICI3 (81) 36 hr., cold 5- -SOjCl, etc.
D (31) 5 parts D, 25°, 3 hr. 5- -SO2F, 37%
3-Bromo-l,2,4-tri- A or B (218, 258) 100° 5- Anomalous substi-
methylbenzene tution
C (218, 258) — 5- -SO2CI
5-Bromo-l ,2,4-tri- B (49, 258, 259) Warm 6- Rearranges on
methylbenzene standing
B, 20% (97a) 6 parts B, 6 weeks; 70°, 5- -SOjH, 90%; Br to
then 25° 3-position *
6-Bromo-l,2,4-tri- B (49, 259) Heat 3- From dibromo com-
methylbenzene pound
3-Chloro-l,2,4-tri- B (97) 3 parts B, shaking 5- -SOsNa, 80%
methylbenzene
5-Chloro-l,2,4-tri- B (260) Long standing —
methylbenzene
r
B, 20% (97a) 6 parts B, 4 hr., 65-70° 5- -SOsH, 71%; Cl to
3-position
6-Chloro-l,2,4-tri- B (97a) 16 parts B, 3 days, 25° 5- -SOjH, 44%; Cl to
methylbenzene 3-position
5-Fluoro-l,2,4-tri- A (261) Warm 6-(?) No rearrangement
methylbenzene in 3 months
B (261) Warm 6-(?) —
5-Iodo-l,2,4-tri- A (262) Long standing • 6-(?) Also rearranges
methylbenzene
B (262) Long standing — —
6-Bromo-5-fluoro- A (261) Room temperature, long — Rearrangement
1,2,4-trimethyl- standing
benzene
C (261) 3-
6-Chloro-5-fluoro- A (261) Long standing — Chlorine slowly re-
1,2,4-trimethyl- arranges
benzene
B (261) Long standing 3- —
C (261) •— 3- —
5,6-Dibromo- B (49, 259) Heat at high temperature — Decomposition and
1,2,4-trimethyl- formation of SOj
benzene -
C (49, 259) Stand 1 to 2 hr. 3- Also other produota
• A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonic acid; and D, to fluortf-

aulfonic acid.
TABLE V—Continued
TRIALKTLBENZENES AND HALOGEN DEMVATIVES
Position
1,3,5-Trimethyl- A (79o, 263, 264) 2 vol. A, < 60°, 5 to 10 min. 2- -SOsH, 90%
benzene (mesit-
ylene)
B (796, 80) 20-30° 2- —
SO2CI2 + AICI3 (81) — . 2- -SO2CI
B—P 2 Oj (83) 30-40°, 2-3 days 2,4- Di-SO8H
C (82) -5° 2,4- Di-SO3H
C + SO2C12 (76) 100°, 10 hr. 2,4- Di-SOsH
C(34) CHCI3 solution 2- -SO2CI, 65-72%
D (31) 5.5 parts D, 25°, 3 hr. 2- -SO2F
1,3,5-Trimethyl- C (31) 4 parts C, 20° 2,4- Di-SO2Cl
benzene-2-sul-
fonyl fluoride
1,3,5-Trimethyl- SO3 (82) 120° 2,4,6- Tri-SOaH, low yield
benzene-2,4-di- *
sulfonic acid
2-Bromo-l,3,5-tri- A (264, 265) 20°, 1 week — C»HioBr2 and
methylbenzene CjHnSOsH
B (264, 265) 20° 4- Also CjHioBr2
2-Chloro-l,3,5-tri- B, 20% (97a) 9 parts B, 70°, 6 hr. 4- — •
methylbenzene
B, 20% (97a) 8 parts B, 60°, then 25°, 6 4- —
weeks
2-Iodo-l,3,5-tri- A (265) 5 parts A, 20°, 12 hr. — C9H10I2 and
methylbenzene C9H11SO3H
B (265) 5 parts B, 20°, 48 hr. — Ci,H9I3
SO3 (265) Cold 4- Also other products
C (265) Excess C, many days — C»H9Cl8
1,2,4-Triethyl- A (47) 3 parts A, 100°, 3 hr. — No rearrangement
benzene
B, 8% (^6) 1.6 parts B, 50° 5- —
1,3,5-Triethyl- A (47, 266) 2 vol. A, warm 2- -SO3H as an oil
benzene
1,2,4-Triisopropyl- C (230) CCU solution, 30-50° 5- -SO2CI, 99%
benzene
1,3,5-Triisopropyl- B (267) 2 vol. B, shaking 2- Free acid isolated
benzene
C (230) CCU solution, 30-50° 2- —
l,2-Dimethyl-4- A (77a, 268, 269) Dissolve 3- and 5- Cryst. acid
ethylbenzene (?)
l,3-Dimethyl-4- A (77a, 270) Warm, dissolve 6-(?) —
ethylbenzene
1,3-Dimethyl-S- A (271, 272) Dissolve 2- —
ethylbenzene
2-Bromo-l,3-di- C (272) 1 mole of C 4- -SO3H and
methyl-5-ethyl- -SO2CI
benzene

sulfonic acid.
TABLE V—Continued
TBIALKYLBENZENES AND HALOGEN DEBIVATIVEB
Position
Group(s)
l,4-Dimethyl-2- A (77a, 268) Dissolve 3-

ethylbenzene
l,2-Dimethyl-4-n- — (273) — 5-(?) —
propylbenzene
l,4-Dimethyl-2-n- — (273) — 5-(?) —
"propylbenzene
l,3-Dimethyl-4-n- — (273) -— 6-(?) —
propylbenzene
1,2-Dimethyl~4- B, 6% (198) — 3- and 5- 2 isomers
iaopropylben- (?)
zene
l,3-Dimethyl-4- — (273) — 6-(?) —
isopropylben-
zene
l,3-Dimethy]-5- B (31, 231, 248, 274) 1 part B, 24 hr., 20-25° 2-(?) Also other condi-
ferl-butyl- tions
benzene
C (34) CHCIs 6-(?) -SO2CI, 97%
D (81) 2.5 parts D; 18-22°, 16 hr. 2-(?) -SO2F
l-Methyl-2-n- B, 6% (275) Warm 5-(?) -SO3H
propyl-4-iso-
propylbenzene
l-Methyl-3,5-di- C (276) — 2-(?) -SO2C1
isopropylben-
zene

Bulfonic acid,
TABLE VI
POLTALKTLBENZENES AND HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
Position
Group
1,2,3,4-Tetra- A (258, 277) 2 vol. A, 10 min., shake 5- 6-S0sH, 9 1 % ; no

methylbenzene rearrangement
(prehnitine)
C (34) CHCU solution 5- -SO2CI, 95%
o-Chloro-1,2,3,4- B (97a, 278) fi hr., 25-30° — QsJKCHiOsClSOaH
tetramethyl- and Ce(CH3)6Cl
benzene
1,2,3,5-Tetra- A (277a) 4 parts A, 10 min., 25° 4- 4-SO3H, 60-70%;
methylbenzene slowly rear-
(isodurene) ranges
B (279) 2 vol. B, warm 4- —
4-Chloro-l,2,3,5- A (97, 278) 6 parts A, 65°, 4 hr. — C8H(CH8)8C18O3H
te tram ethyl- and C6(CH3)eCl
benzene
1,2,4,5-Tetra- B (277o, 280) 40°, 5 min. 3- 3-SOjH, 94%;
methylben- slowly rearranges
zene (durene)
C (281) 2.5 parts C, cold 3- Some -SO2CI and
- Bulfone
C (34) CHCI3 solution 3- -SO2CI, 100%
3-Bromo-l,2,4,5- A (282, 283) — — Rearrangement
tetramethyl-
benzene
3-Chloro-J,2,4,5- A (97a, 278) 6 parts A, 65°, 4 hr. — CsHCKCHiOaSOaH
tetramethyl- and C6(CH3)6C1
benzene
l-Ethyl-2,4,6-tri- A (46) 6 hr., 60-70° .— Rearrangement
methylbenzene
B (284, 285, 286) — 3- —
l-Ethyl-2,4,5-tri- A (46, 287) — 3-(?) Rearranges slowly
methylbenzene t
B, 10% (40, 284) 1 vol. B, to 45° 3-(?) -SO 3 H, 95%
C (46) — 3-(?) —
3-Ethyl-l,2,4-tri- A (46) 2 vol. A, 2 min., 55° 6-(?) -SO S H, high yield
methylbenzene
A (46) ' 6 hr., 70° 6-(?) No rearrangement
l-n-Propyl-2,4,6- — (286) — — —
tfimethylben-
zene
l-Isobutyl-2,4,6- — (286) — — —
trimethylben-
zene
l-Isopentyl-2,4,6- — (286) — —
trimethylben-
zene
* A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chloroaulfonic acid; and D, to fluoro-

sulfonic acid.
t References 13&-406 appear on pp. 192-197.
TABLE VI—Continued
POLYALKYLBENZENES AND HALOGEN DERIVATIVES
Position
Group
l-n-Heptyl-2,4,6- B (286) Dissolves 4-

trimethylben-
zene
1,2,3,5-Tetra- C(47) 1.4 parts C, 20-30° 4- Rearranges with A
ethylbenzene
1,2,4,5-Xtetra- A (47, 288o) Cold or warm 3- Rearranges
ethylbenzene
C (47) 1.4 parts C, 80-30° 3- -SOjH, 90%
1,2,4,6-Tetraiso- C (34, 230) Excess C, in CHCI3 or 6- Lossofo-CaHT;
propylbenzene alone -SO2CI, 97%
Pentamethyl- A (282, 2885) — 6- Rearranges on
benzene standing
C(34) CHCI3 solution 6- -SO2CI, 98%
Pentaethylben- C(47) 5 parts C, or 1 part C in 6- -SO3H, 89%
zene CHCI3
* A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chloroeulfonio aoid; and D, to fluoro-

sulfonic acid.
t References 13&-406 appear on pp. 192-197.
TABLE VII
BlPHENYIi AND ITS DERIVATIVES
Position
Group(s)
Biphenyl A (98, 99) CeHsNOs solution, heat 4- 4-SOsH, 90%

C (38a) . . 1 mole of C in CI2CHCHCI2, 4- Good yield
A (289) Excess A, heat ' 4,4'- Nearly quantitative

C (38a) Excess C, 0° 4,4'- Di-SOjjCl, 80%
C (38a) 5 parts C, 24 hr., 18° — Dibenzothiephene
dioxide 2,7-di-
• SOjCl
Potassium bi- (100) Heat, no reagent 4,4'- Also biphenyl
phenyl-4-sul-
fonate
Biphenyl-4-sul- B, 4% (173) 15-20° 4'- No loss of halogen
f onyl chloride
3-Methylbi- A, 98% (10) 0.1 part A, 40-45°, 2 hr, 4- — •
phenyl t
4-Methylbi- A, 98% (10) 0.1 part A, 40-45°, 21»r. 2'-(?) —
phenyl t
3,4'-Dimethylbi- A, 98% (10) 0.1 part A, 40-46° 2'-(?) —
phenyl $
4,4'-Dimethylbi- A, 98% (10) 0.1 part A, 40-45° 2'-(?) —
phenyl t
2-Methyl-5-iso- B, 6% (275) 5 parts B, cold ? Mono-SO3H
propylbiphenyl
2,2'3,3'4,4'6,6'- C (290) 5 parts C, 0°, 1 hr. 5,5'- Di-SO2Cl, 77%
Octamethylbi-
phenyl
4,4'-Dibromobi- C(40) 1 part C, CHCI3 solution, 3- -SOsH, 32%; 2,2'-
phenyl 40° sulfone, 25%
A (40) Excess A, 80°, 4 hr. 3,3'- Only product iso-
lated
B, 30% (40) 6.6 parts B, 80°, 4 hr. 3,3'- Di-SO8H, 73%;
sulfone-di-SOaH,
13.5%
C(40) 5.3 moles C, 60° 15 min. 3,3'- 3,3'-Di-SO3H,
41.5%; 3,3'-di-
SO2CI, 12.5%;
2,2'-sulfone, 42%

sulfonic acid.
t References 139-406 appear'on pp. 192-197.
t The sulfonic acids of these hydrocarbons were obtained from the sulfonation of high-boiling frac-
tions of coal tar. The pure hydrocarbons were regenerated from these acids by high-temperature
hydrolysis.
TABLE VIII
ARYLALKANES, ARTLALKENES, AND DERIVATIVES
Position
Group (s)
Diphenylmethane C (101) 1.3 moles C, CHClj solution, 4- -SO3H, 82% and

0°, several hours some sulfone
B (102) Excess B, 90°, 2 days 4,4'- —
4-Methyldi- B (291) Warm ? Mixture; a di-SO3H
phenylmethane isolated
2-Methyl-5-iso- B (292) 5 vol. B — Mono-SO3H
propyldiphenyl-
methane B (293) 100°, several hours — Di-SO3H
Bibenzyl A (103) 2 vol. A, warm 4,4'-(?) Trace of a tetra-
SO3H
Stilbene B (104) Warm, 12 hr. 4p4'.(7) —
1,1-Diphenyl-l- A (294) — — •
4-Phenyl-5,6-
nropene benzothio-a-
pyran-1-dioxide
a,a-Ws-(2,4,5-Tri- B, 20% (295) Room temperature, many 3,3'- or Good yield
methylphenyl)- hours 6,6'-(?)
0,/S-diohloro-
ethylene
1,1-Diphenyl- B (296) Warm P,p'-m Di-SO3H
2,2,3-trichloro-
butane
Triphenylmethane B (105) Hot or cold 4,4',4"- Tri-SOjH
(7)
1,1,2,2-Tetra- A (106) S parts A, warm Tetra-SO3H
phGnylethane
Tetraphenyl- A (107) Heat — Tetra-SO3H
ethylene
* A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonk) acid; and D, to fluoro-

sulfonic acid.
TABLE IX
N A P H T H A L E N E A N D NAPHTHALBNEStrLFONic A C I D S
Position
Naphthalene A (15, 297) 1 mole A, various condi- 1- and 2- By-products and %

tions yield determined
for each condition
A, 90%, 96%, 100% 129°, 2 or 7-8 hr. 1- and 2- % determined for
(15) each reagent and
time
A, 100% (108, 298, 2 parts A, 0°, 1 hr. 1- and 2- 1-SOsH, mainly
299)
A, 94% (8a, Sd, 109, 1.6 parts A, 160°, 5 min. 1- and 2- 2-SO,H, 80%; 1-
300, 301) SO3H, 15%; 2,2'-
sulfone, trace
B, 15% (299) Below 70° 1- and 2- 1-SO8H, chiefly
B, 12% (15) 129", 2 or 7-8 hr. 1- and 2- 1-SOsH, respec-
tively, 70% and
62%
NaH3(SO4h (36) 1.5 parts reagent, various 1- and 2- 1-SOjH, mainly,
conditions all temperatures
C (148) <1 part C, 10% CSj solu- 1- and 2- -SO3H, a little 1,5-
tion di-SOjH
SO 3 C 6 H 6 N (30) 0.86 mole, SO3, 170°, 11 hr. 1- and 2- 1-SOsH, 38%; 2-
SO8H, 10%
D (31) 1.6 parts D, 2.4 parts of 1- I-SO2F, 16%
C82, 14 hr., 20°
A, 100% or 86% (111, 40", 70°, 100°, 8 hr. 1,6- 99%, 97%, 85% re-
302) spectively
B, 30% (303) 4 parts B, short time 1,5- Almost quantitative
C (148, 304, 305) 2 moles C, 15-45° 1,5- Di-SOsH; some di-
SO2CI
C(38o) 10 parts C, 0°, short time 1,5- D1-SO2CI, 59%
D (31) 4 parts D, 75°, 6 hr. ? Di-SO2F, not the
1,5-; also other
products
A (111) 165° 1,6- 1,6-Di-SO3H, 40-
45%
A, 100%, then B, 2.3 parts A, then 2.3 parts of 1,5-and 1,5-Di-SO3H, 70%;
64% (111, 306) B, <40° 1,6- 1,6-Di-SO3H,
25%
A, 80-95% (115) Vapor phase, 220-245° 2,7- and 2,7-Di-SO3H, 78-
2,6- 85%; a mono-
SO3H, traces
A, 100% (111, 305, 4.7 parts A, 180°, 8 hr. 1,6-, 2,6-, 1,6-Di-SO3H, 10%;
307) and 2,7- 2,6-Di-SO3H,
27%;2,7-Di-
SO3H, 65%
A (112&) 4 parts A, 130°, 4 hr. 1,3-, 1,5-, —
1,6-,-1,7-,
2,6-, and
2,7-
Buifonic acid.
NAPHTHALENE AND NAPHTHALENESULFONIC ACIDS
Position
Sulfonated Eeference t
Group (s)
Naphthalene B, 24% or 40% (116) 8 parts B, 180°, 1 hr. or 6 1,3,6- No further reaction
parts, 100° respectively
Naphthalene-1- A (15) 1 mole A, 129°, 7 hr. 1- and 2- 47% of 1-isomer
sulfonic acid • converted to 2-
isomer
Sodium naph- D (31) 4 parts D, 1 hr., 50-60° 1- —
thalene-1-sul-
fonate
Naphthalene-1- C (31) 4 parts C, 1 day 1,5- I-SO2F-5-SO2CI
sulfonyl fluoride
Naphthalene-1- D (31) 4 parts D, 24 hr., 100° 1,5- 1,5-Di-SOsF
sulfonyl chloride
Naphthalene-2- C (305) 3 moles C, 100° 1,6- 1,6-Di-SOsH
sulfonic acid
A, 98% (111, 113, 55-60°, 2 and 10 hr. 1,6- and 1,6-Di-SOjH, 80%;
308) 1.7- 1,7-Di-SOjH,
20%
A, 100% and K^SsO? 10 moles A and 1 mole 2,6- and 2,6-Di-SOs?, 12%;
(309) K2S2O7, 160-170° 2,7- 2,7-Di-SO.H,
87%
D (31) 4 parts D, 1 hr., 50° 2- -SO2F, 33%
Naphthalene-2- B, 4% (173) 8 parts B, 15-20° — -SO3H derivatives
sulf onyl chloride of -SO2C1
Naphthalene-2- C (31) 2.4 parts C, 2 days 2,6- 2-SO2F-6-SO2C1
sulfonyl fluoride
Naphthalene-1,5- A, 100%, then B, 1.5 parts A, 56°, then 1.4 1,3,5- —
disulfonic acid 67% (117) parts B, 90°, 3.5 hr.
Naphthalene-1,5- C(31) 4 parts C, 24 hr., 100° 1,3,5^ Tri-SO2Cl
disulfonyl fluo-
ride
Naphthalene-1,6- A (111) 160°, 8 hr. 2,6-Di-SOaH, 20%
disulfonic acid
Naphthalene-2,6- B (118) 120° 1,3,7- —
disulfonic acid
Naphthalene-2,7- A, 95% (114) 1 mole A, 160°, 1-24 hr. 2,6- and Conversion to 2,6-
disulfonio acid 2,7- isomer deter-
mined for various
times
B, 25% (119) 3 parts B, 90°, 4 hr., then 1,3,5,7- End product of sul-
250°, 6 hr. fonation
Naphthalene- B (119) High temperature 1,3,5,7- —
1,3,5-trisulfonic
acid
Naphthalene- B (119) High temperature 1,3,5,7- —
1,3,7-trisulfonic
acid

sulfonic acid.
TABLE X
AXiKTL AND HALONAPHTHALENES
Position
Group (s)
1-Methylnaph- A (316) 0.75 part A, warm, 5-6 hr. 3- 3-SO.H, 32%

thalene
A (317) 1.8 parts A, room tempera- 4- Good yield
ture, 5-6 hr.
A (316) 110° 3- and 7- Former predomi-
nates
A (318, 319) 165-170°, 5-6 hr. 6-
B (320) 1 vol. B, room temperature — Mono-S0 8 H
C (316, 321, 322) CCU solution, cold 4- and 5- 73% of mixture,
mainly 4-; some
sulfone
2-Methylnaph- A (323) 0.75 part A, 95", 6 hr. 6- 6-SOsH, 80%, no
thalene other isomers iso-
lated
A (324o) 1 mole A, shake, room tem- — Mixture of two
perature mono-SOaH
B, 21% (3246) 3 parts B, shake ? Mono-SOaH
C (326) 1 mole C, CeHsNOa solu- 8- -SO3H
tion, 35°
1-Ethylnaph- B (320) 1 vol. B, room temperature — Mono-SOsH
thalene
2-Ethylnaph- A (326) 2 moles A, 70-80" — Mono-SOaH
thalene
A, 66% (327) 1.3 moles A, heat 6- 6-SOjH, 86%
1-Isopropylnaph- A, 96% (312) 40-45° 4- —
thalene
2-Isopropylnaph- A (312) — 1- —
thalene
1-Benzylnaph- A (328) 2.5 moles A, 66° 4- SO3H, sole product
thalene
C (328) C6H5NO2 solution, room 4- Sole product
temperature
A (329) 140° — Not 4-SOjH
Coal-tar fraction A (330) 0.6 part A, 40-45°, 10 hr. — Some 1,6-dimethyl-
(b.p. 260-365°) naphthalene-4-
SO3H
A, 98% (330) 1 part A, 135-140°, 3 hr. — Some 2,6-dimethyl-
naphthalene-7-
- SO3H and 2,3-di-
methyl-?-SO3H
2,6-Dimethyl- A, 98% (330) 1 part A, 35-40°, long stir- 8- 8-SO3H, 60%, per-
naphthalene ring haps some
1-SO«H
2,7-Dimethyl- A (330) 1 part A, 100°, 1 hr. — Mixture of 3-SO3H
naphthalene and other -SO3H
* A refers to concentrated sulfurio acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonic acid; and D, to fluoro-
sulfonic acid.
t A number of nuclear alkylated naphthalenesulfonic acids has been prepared by treating the hydro-
carbon with alcohols in the presence of chlorosulfonic acid 3 1 0 ' I n or oleum. 311 ' 312 Successive alkylation
and sulfonation 8 l a or the reverse 814 has also been employed. Other procedures involve the chloromethyl-
ation of naphthalene before, during, or after the sulfonation, and the condensation of an unsaturated
aloohol or hydrocarbon with the sulfonated naphthalene.31'
TABLE X—Continued
ALKTL AND HALONAPHTHALENES
Position
Group (a]
1,4-Dimethyl- A (331) 2 parts A, 120° _ Unknown structure

naphthalene
2,6-Dimethyl- A, 78% (330) 135°, short time — Rearranges to 7-iso-
naphthalene-8- mer
sulf onic acid
l,8;Dibenzyl- C (332) 100-110° 4-(?) -SO3H
naphthalene
Diisopropylnaph- — (312) — — Mono-SOaH
thalene
1-Chloronaph- C (333, 334) CS2 solution 4- 4-SO3H, mainly
thalene
A, 100% (335) 2.5 moles A, 10° 4- 4-SO3H, 84%, some
of 5-isomer
A (336) 56°, 78°, 98° 4- 4-SO3H, 70%, 57%,
31% respectively
C (336) Excess C, 30° — Mixture of -SO2CI;
4-SO2CI is present
C(43) CHCI3 solution, 5 parts, 4- -SO2CI
25°, 20 min.
A, 66° Be. (336, 337) 1-1.5 parts A, 160-170°, 6- and 7- —
several hours
B (333, 335a) 160° 4- and 5- Equal amounts
B, 45% (338) 5 parts B, 80°, 8 hr. 2,4,7- Some di-SOsH,
probably 4,7-
1 -Chloronaphtha- B, 20% (339) 100° 3,5- —
lene-3-eulfonio
acid
1-Chloronaphtha- A (333) 150° — Rearranges to 5-
lene-4-sulfonio SO3H
acid
B, 20% (340) 100° 4,7- D1-SO3H
B, 20% (338) 5 parts B, 170°, 8 hr. 2,4,7- Tri-SOsH
1-Chloronaphtha- B, 10% (341) 3-4 parta B, 110°, 6 hr. 4,6- Di-SOsH
lene-6-sulfonic
acid
2-Chloronaph- A and B (342) 130-140°, long heating 6- and 8- 8-SO3H predomi-
tbalene nates
B (335a) Excess B, 160-180° 6,8- Di-SO3H
C (343) CS2 solution, cold 6- and 8- 8-SO3H, mainly;
6-isomer, 4%
C(43) CHCI3 solution, 5 parts C, 8- -SO2CI
25°, 20 min.
sulfonic acid.
t A number of nuclear alkylated naphthalenesulfonic acids has been prepared by treating the hydro-
carbon with alcohols in the presence of chlorosulfonic acid 310 ' 3U or oleum.811'312 Successive alkylation
and sulfonation 313 or the reverse 3 U has also been employed. Other procedures involve the chloromethyl-
alcohol or hydrocarbon with the sulfonated naphthalene.315
TABLE X—Continued
ALKTL AND HALONAPHTHALENES
Position
Group (s)
2-Chloronaphtha- H2S2OT (344)

_ 6,8- D1-SO3H
lene-6-sulfonic
acid
B, 20% (344) — — 4,6-Di-SOsH as by-
product
2-Chloronaphtha- H 2 S 2 O 7 (344) 100° 4,7- Di-SO3H
lene-7-eulfonic
acid
2-Chloronaphtha- A (345, 346) 150°, 5 hr. — 53% of 6-isomer by
lene-8-sulfonic rearrangement
acid
H 2 S 2 O 7 (344) — 6,8- Di-SO 3 H
1-Bromonaphtha- B (347, 348, 349) 2 parts B, warm, few min- 4- and -SO3H
lene - utes 5-(?)
C (350) CS 2 solution 4- and -SO3H (and SO2CI?)
C(43) CHCI3 solution, 5 parts 4- -SO2C1

C, 25°, 20 min.
2-Bromonaphtha- C (343, 346, 351) CS2 solution 6- and -SO3H (and
lene 8-(?) -SO2C1?)
C (43) CHCI3 solution, 5 parts C, 8- -SO2C1
25°, 20 min.
2-Bromonaphtha- (346) Heat — Rearranges to 6-iso-
lene-8-sulfonic mer
acid
1-Iodonaphtha- C (352) CS 2 solution 4-(7) -SO3H (and
lene -SCfcCl?)
2-Iodonaphtha- C (343, 346, 353) CS2 solution 8- and 5- -SO3H
lene
C (343, 346) Cold, then heat to 150° 6- -SO3H
2-Iodonaphtha- A (346) 150° — Rearranges *o 6-iso-
lene-5- and 8- mer
sulf onic acids
1,2-Dichloro- C (346, 354) 10% CS 2 solution 5- and 6- -SO3H
naphthalene
1,3-Dichloro- C (354) In CSto 5- and 7- -SO3H
naphthalene
1,4-Dichloro- C (354) In CS 2 6- and -SO3H
naphthalene (?)
C (355) — Sulfone, mainly
A, 100% (356) 12 parts A, room tempera- 6-(?) -SO3H
ture
B (357) 160° 6- -SO8H
*A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosuUonic acid; and D, to fluoro-

Bulfonic acid.
X A number of nuclear alkylated naphthalenesulf onic acids has been prepared by treating the hydro-
carbon with alcohols in the presence of chlorosulfonic acid ""•m or oleum. 311 ' B2 Successive alkylation
and sulfonation 3W or the reverse 314 has also been employed. Other procedures involve the chloromethyl-
alcohol or hydrocarbon with the sulfonated naphthalene.*16
TABLE X—Continued
ALKYL AND HALONAPHTHALENES X
Position
Group (s)
1,5-Diohloro- C (354) CSg solution 3-and -SO3H

naphthalene (?)
A, 100% (356) 12 parts A, room tempera- 3- -SO3H
ture
1,6-Dichloro- C (354) CS2 solution 4- -SO3H
naphthalene
A and B (358) Equal volumes of A and B, 4- -SOSH
warm
1,7-Dichloro- C (354, 359) CSj solution, low tempera- 4- -SO3H
naphthalene ture
1,8-Dichloro- C (354) CS2 solution, low tempera- 4- -SO8H
naphthalene ture
2,3-Dichloro- C (354) CS2 solution, low tempera- 5- and 6- -SOaH
naphthalene ture
2,6-Dichloro- C (354) C82 solution, low tempera- 4- -SO3H
naphthalene ture
2,7-Dichloro- C (354) CS2 solution, low tempera- 3-and -SO3H
naphthalene ture (?)
1,3-Dibromo- A (360) 2 parts A, 100° 5- and 7- -SO3H
naphthalene
1,4-Dibromo- A, 100% (360, 367a) 100° 6- -SO3H
naphthalene
B, 2% (361) 2 parts B, 60°, 8 hr. 6- 6-SO3H, 46%
1,5-Dibromo- A (360) 2 parts, 100" 7-(?) -SO3H
naphthalene
1,6-Dibromo- A (360) 100° 4-(?) -SO3H
naphthalene
1,7-Dibromo- A (360) 100° 4-(?) -SO3H
naphthalene
l-Chloro-4-bromo- C (355) CS2 solution — Sulfone (?), chiefly
naphthalene
1,2,3-Trichloro- B, 10% (354) 100° — -SO3H
naphthalene
1,2,4-Trichloro- A or C (354) 100° — -SO3H
naphthalene
1,2,7-Triohloro- ? (362) — ? No details given
naphthalene ,
1,3,6-Triohloro- ? (362) — —. No details given
naphthalene
?-Tetrachloro- B (348) — — -SO3H
naphthalene
-
*A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonic acid; and D, to fluoro-

sulfonic acid.
- t A number of nuclear alkylated naphthalenesulfonic acids has been prepared by treating the hydro-
carbon with alcohols in the presence of chlorosulfonic acid 3 1 0 ' m or oleum."1' "* Successive alkylation
and sulfonation a 3 or the reverse 3W has also been employed. Other procedures involve the chloromethyl-
aloohol or hydrocarbon with the sulfonated naphthalene.316
TABLE XI
ANTHRACENE AND DERIVATIVES
Position
guUonated Reference t
Group(s)
Anthracene B, 20% (18, 120) 1.3 parts B, AcOH solution, 1- and 2- I-SO3H, 50%; 2-
95°, 3 hr. SO3H, 30%
C (18, 120) 0.7 part C, (CH|CO)iO so- 1- and 2- Equal amounts
lution, 95°, 5 hr.
SOs-CrflsN (17, 18) Various solvents and condi- 1- 1-SO8H; 2-SOsH,
tions traces (1%)
A (363) 3 parts A, 100° 1- and 2- -SO3H
A, 53° B6. (121) 2 parts A, 120-135° 2- -SO3H
MHSO4 (121) 1.4 parts reagent, 140°, 5.5 2- Some di-SOsH
hr.
A (18, 363) 3 parts A, 100°, 1 hr. 1,5- and Di-SO3H
1,8-
A, 53-58° (364) 4.5 parts A, 140° 2-, 2,6-, Mainly the 2,7-di-
and 2,7- SO3H
Anthracene-2-sul- B, 4% (365) — — Mixture
fonyl chloride
Anthracene-1- A, 96% (18) 150-180°, l h r . 1,5- and Mixture: 1,5-di-
sulfonic acid 1,8- SO3H, 90%;, 1,8-
di-SO3H, 10%
9-Ben«ylanthra- A (366) 100° — Mono-SO3H
cene
9,10-Dichloro- A, 100%, and C (367) 3 parts A, 0.5 part C, 30°, 2- -SO3H
anthracene 3hr.
B, 20% (368, 369, 2 parts B, C6H6NO2, 10- 2- -SO3H
370) 15°
C (367) 0.5 part C, CHCU solution, 2- -SO8H
40°, 4 hr.
B (370) 5 parts B, 100° 2,6- and Di-SOsH
9,10-Dibromo- C (367) 0.6 part C, CHCI3 solution 2- -SO3H

anthracene
B (369, 370) 2 parts B, CeHjNCh solu- 2- -SO3H ""
tion, 10-15°
B (370) 6-7 parts B, 100°, 1.5 hr. 2,6- and Di-SO3H
* A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chloroeulfonic acid; and D, to fiuoro-

sulfonio acid.
DIRECT SULFONATlON OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
TABLE XII
PHENANTHRENE AND DERIVATIVES
Position
Phenanthrene A (122, 123, 126) 2 moles A, 120-125°, 3.5 hr. 2- and 3- 2-SOjH, 20%; 3-
SO3H, 25%; di-
SO3H, >40%
A (124, 126) 100°, 8 hr. 2-, 3-, 2-SO3H, 7%; 3-
and 9- SO3H, 9%;9-
SO3H, 6%
A (122, 371) 0.6 cc. A per g., 60°, 3 days 1-, 2-, 3-, I-SO3H, 4 % ; 2 -
and 9- SO3H, 18%; 3-
SO3H, 19%; 9-
SOSH, 13%
C (130) 1 mole C in boiling CHC13 2- and 3- -SO3H, 85% of mix-
ture
Phenanthrene-2- A (127) 1 cc. A per g., 130°, 30 min. 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,6-Di-SO3H, 54%;
sulfonic acid and 2,8- 2,7-, 2.1%; 2,8-,
1%. Isolated as
diacetates
Phenanthrene-3- A (127) 1 cc. A per g., 130°, 1.5 hr. 2,6-, 3,6-, 2,6-Di-SO3H, 10%;
sulfonio acid and 3,8- 3,6-, 59%; 3,8-,
0.9%. Isolated
as diacetates
Ammonium (125) 250-260° — 2-SO3H, phenan-
phenanthrene- threne, and a di-
9-sulfonate SO3H'
l-Methyl-7-iso- A (373a, 3736) 1 part A, 100°, 5 min. 2- and 6- -SO3H
propylphenan-
threne
A (3736, 374) 1 part A, 190°, 2 min. 6- 6-SO3H, 69%
A and B (375) Room temperature, 2-3 — Di-SO3H
weeks
B (375) 100°, 24 hr. — Tri-SO3H
9-Bromo- and 9- A, 96% (372, 376) 0.9 part A, 100°, 2.5 hr. 3- or 6- -SO3H, 65-75%
ehloro-phenan- then 0,6 part, 150°, 0.5
threne hr.
* A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to ohlorosulfonic add; and D, to fluoro-

sulfonic acid.
TABLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS COMPOUNDS
Position
Compound Reagent * and of Sulfo Remarks
Experimental Conditions
Benzal chloride A (377) 2-, 3-, 2-SOsH, 10%; 3-,

and 4- 30%; 4-, 60%
Benzotrichloride SO3 (377) — 3- -SO3H
Benzotrifluoride SO3 (378) — 3-(?) -SO3H
4-Chlorobenzo- SO3 (378) —. ? -SO3H
trifluoride
Phenylcyclo- B (379) 7 vol. B, cool, shake 4- Substitution in ben'
hexane zene ring
3-Phenylmethyl- B (380) — — Mono-SOsH
cyclopentane
Bomylbenzene A (379) Room temperature 4-(?) Quantitative, sub-
stitution proba-
bly in benzene
ring
m-Tolylcyclo- A (381) —. 6-(?) Substitution in tolyX
hexane ring
Hydrindene A (382) 2 parts A, shake 4- and 5- -SO3H
C (383) 4.3 moles C, - 1 0 ° , 15 min. 4- and 5- 76% yield of mixed
-SO3H
4,7-Dimethyl- A (384) 11.5 parts A, 100°, 15 min. 5- 1,5-Di-SOsH, 79%
hydrindene
Tetralin A (385, 386) 1.2 parts A, 100° 5- and 6- 6-SO3H, mainly
C (386) 4.3 moles C, - 5 - 1 0 ° 5- and 6- 80% of mixed
-SO2CI
D (31) 4 parts D, 15-20°, 12 hr. 5- and 6- -SO2F, 13% of 5-
6-Methyltetralin A (387) 1.25 parts A, 100° 7- -SO3H
1,1-Dimethyl- A (388) 1 vol. A, 90°, 2 hr. — Two mono-S0 3 H
tetralin
1,1,6-Trimethyl- A (389) 1 vol. A, 90°, 2 hr., then 7-(?) -SO 8 H, 50%
tetralin (ionene) stand at room tempera-
ture
Fluorene A (390) 2- -SO3H; mostly 2,7-
di-SOsH
C (391, 392) 1 mole C with or without 2- -SO3H
CHCI3
C (391) CHClj solution 2,7- Di-SO3H
A (390, 393) 4 parts A, 100° 2,7- Also two other di-
SO3H, probably
2,6- and 3,6-
SO3 (Id, 390) CHCI3 solution 2- -SO3H
2,7-Dibromo- C (392) 1 mole C in CHCI3 3-(?) -SO3H
fluorene
Aoenaphthene A (394) 0.8 part A, 100°, 2 hr. 3- -SO3H
C (386) 0.5 part C, 125-130°, 10 hr. 3,3'- Sulfone
C (394, 395) 1 mole C, inert solvent, 5- -SO3H, ca. 40%
near 0°
A (394c) 2 parts A, 100°, 8 hr. — Di-SO3H
A (394c) 5 parts A, 20°, 20 hr. — Di-SO 3 H, different
from above acid

sulfonic acid.
TABLE XIII—Continued
MISCELLANEOUS COMPOTTNDS
Position
Group(s)
5-Chloroace- A (396) 0.5 part A, 70°, 2 hr. 8-(?) -SO3H

naphthene
5-Bromoace- C (38b, 397) Room temperature 3- and 8- -SQ3H
naphthene
A (386, 397) 80-90° — D1-SO3H
Octahydro- A (398) 1.07 moles A, 75°, 50 min. — Rearranges to oct-
anthracene anthr«ne-9-
SO3H, 66%
C (3986) 2.5 parts C, cool 9- -SO2CI, 98%
9-Bromo8ctahy- C (3986) 3 parts C, cool and stir 10- -SO2CI, 82%
droanthracene
9,10-Dihydro- A (399) 80°, 50 min. — Mixture of two di-
phenanthrene SO3H
Octahydro- A (399) 1.8 parts A, 70°, 15 min. 9- -SQ3H, 76%
phenanthrene
(octanthrene)
JTluoranthene A (400) 2 parts A, 100° — D1-SO3H
(idryl)
1,3,5-Triphenyl- B (401) 100° — D1-SO3H
benzene
Pyrene C (136, 137) 1 mole C, CCU, or CbCH- 3- -SO3H, 90-92%
CHCI2 solution, 15 hr.
H 2 S 2 O 7 (402) — — D1-SO3H
A, 66% Be1. (137) 4.8 moles A, 15°, 2 days 3,8- -SO3H, 32%
A, 100%, thenB, 13 moles A with 2.1 moles 3,5,8,10- Tetra-SO 3 H, 70%
65% (137) Na2SOj, then 4 parts B,
63°, stir 5 hr.
Sodium py.ene-3- A, 66° Be". (137) 19 moles A, 5-10°, 1 hr. 3,8- 3,8-Di-SOsH, 42%
sulfonate 3,5-isomer, 5.7%
A, ;00% (137) 22.4 moles A, 15°, 1 day 3,5,8- Tri-SOsH, 10%
A, 100%, then B, 8.8 moles A, then 2.6 parts 3,5,8,10- Tetra-SOaH, 80%
65% (137) B, 20°, 15 hr.
i5-Chloropyrene A, 100%, then B, 13 moles A with 2.1 moles 5,8,10- Tri-SO 3 H, 76%
65% (137) Na2SO4, then 3.3 parts B
at 50°, 3 hr.
2,2'-Binaphthyl A (4036) 0.2 part A, 200°, 5-6 hr. — Two mono-SOjH
A (403) 0.7 part A, 200°, 5-6 hr. — Two CC-SO3H
B (4036) Excess B, 200°, 5-6 hr. — Tetra-SOsH
Deoacyclene A (404) — — Tri-SO3H
"Abietene" A (405) 2 parts A, 0-15°, 20 hr. — Mono-SO3H
"Abietanes" A (406) — — —
*A refers to concentrated sulfuric acid; B, to oleum; C, to chlorosulfonio acid; and D, to fluoro-

sulfonic acid.
REFERENCES TO TABLES
139
Mohrmann, Ann., 410, 373 (1915).
140
Martinsen, Z. physik. Chem., 59, 619 (1907).
141
Hochstetter, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 20, 549 (1898).
142
Dennis, Can. pat. 177,138 [C. A., 11, 3278 (1917)].
143
Pictet and Karl, Compt. rend., 145, 239 (1907); Bull. soc. chim., [i] 3, 1114 (1908).
144
Grillet, U. S. pat. 1,956,571 [C. A., 28, 4071 (1934)].
146
Senhofer, Ann., 174, 243 (1874).
148
Kamens'kil-Shmidt, Mem. Inst. Chem. Ukrain. Acad. Sci., 3, 21 (1937) [C. A., 31,
5777 (1937)].
147
Jackson and Wing, Am. Chem. J., 9, 325 (1887).
148
149
Armstrong, Chem. News, 23, 188 (1871).
160
Meyer and Noelting, Ber., 7, 1308 (1874).
161
Olivier and Kleermaeker, Rec trav. chim., 39, 640 (1920).
M2
Glutz, Ann., 143, 181 (1867).
153
Farbw. v. Meister, Lucius, and Brilnning, Ger. pat. 260,563 [C. A., 7, 3198 (1913)].
164
Hiibner and Williams, Ann., 167, 118 (1873); Woelz, Ann., 168, 81 (1873); Boms,
Ann., 187, 350 (1877).
166
Friedel and Crafts, Ann. chim., [6] 10, 413 (1887).
166
Beilstein and Kurbatow, Ann., 176, 27 (1875); 182, 94 (1876).
167
Holleman and van der Linden, Bee. trav. chim., 30, 334 (1911).
m
Davies and Poole, J. Chem. Soc, 1927, 1122.
169
Crauw, Rec. trav. chim., 50, 753 (1931).
160
Seel, TJ. S. pat. 2,171,166 [C. A., 34, 272 (1940)].
161
Lesimple, Zeit. fur Chemie, 1868, 226.
162
Gebauer-Fulnegg and Figdor, Monatsh., 48, 627 (1927).
163
164
Rosenberg, Ber., 19, 652 (1886).
166
Reinke, Ann., 186, 271 (1877).
ia
> Basseman, Ann., 191, 206 (1878).
167
Kohlhase, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 54, 2441 (1932).
168
Engelhardt and Latschinoff, Zeit. fUr Chemie, 1869, 617; Wolkow, ibid., 1870, 321;
Vallin, Ber., 19, 2952 (1886).
169
Remsen and Fahlberg, Am. Chem. J., 1, 426 (1879).
I70
Klaesson and Vallin, Ber., 12, 1848 (1879); Heumann and Kochlin, Ber., 15, 1114
(1882).
171
(a) Noyes, Am. Chem. J., 8, 176 (1886); (b) Harding, / . Chem. Soc, 119, 1261 (1921).
172
Klason, Ber., 19, 2887 (1886).
173
I. G. Farbenind. A.-G., Fr. pat. 837,855 [C. A., 33, 6349 (1939)].
174
Hiibner, Retschy, Miiller, and Post, Ann., 169, 31 (1873); Miller, J. Chem. Soc, 61,
1029 (1892).
176
Hiibner and Grete, Ber., 6, 801 (1873); 7, 795 (1874); Grete, Ann., 177, 231 (1875);
Wroblevski, Ber., 7, 1063 (1874).
176
Hiibner and Post, Ann., 169, 1 (1873); Jenssen, Ann., 172, 230 (1874); v. Pechmann,
Ann., 173, 195 (1874); Schafer, Ann., 174, 357 (1874).
177
Kornatzki, Ann., 221, 191 (1883).
178
Vogt and Henninger, Ann., 165, 362 (1873).
179
Mabery and Palmer, Am. Chem. J., 6, 170 (1884).
180
Hiibner and Glassner, Ber., 8, 560 (1875).
81
1 Cohen and Dutt, / . Chem. Soc, 105, 501 (1914).
182
Cohen and Dakin, / . Chem. Soc, 79, 1129 (1901); Wynne and Greeves, Chem. News,
72, 58 (1895).
183
Seelig, Ann., 237, 129 (1887).
184
Cohen and Smithells, J. Chem. Soc, 105, 1907 (1914).
185
Sempotowski, Ber., 22, 2663 (1889).
186
Chrustschoff, Ber., 7, 1166 (1874).
187
Moody, Chem. News, 71, 197 (1895).
188
Steinkopf and Hiibner, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 141, 193 (1934).
I89
Pollak, Fiedler, and Roth, Monaish., 39, 182 (1918).
190
Moody, Chem. News, 79, 81 (1899).
191
Fittig, Schaeffer, and Konig, Ann., 149, 324 (1869).
192
Spioa, Gazz. chim. ital., 8, 406 (1878).
193
Meyer and Baur, Ann., 219, 299 (1883).
194
Spiea, Ber., 12, 2367 (1879).
196
Balbiano, Gazz. chim. ital., 7, 343 (1877).
198
(a) Estreichner, Ber., 33, 436 (1900); (6) Klages, Ber., 39, 2131 (1906).
197
Kelbe and Pfeiffer, Ber., 19, 1723 (1886); Baur, Ber., 24, 2832 (1891).
198
Klages and Sommer, Ber., 39, 2306 (1906).
199
Tollens and Fittig, Ann., 131, 315 (1884).
200
Klages, Ber., 36, 3688 (1903).
201
Dafert, Monatsh., 4, 616 (1883).
^ B y g d e n , / . prakt. Chem., [2] 100, 1 (1919):
^ B r o c h e t , Compt. rend., 117, 117 (1893); Bull. soc. chim., [3] 9, 687 (1893).
204
Klages and Sautter, Ber., 37, 654 (1904),
206
Klages, Ber., 37, 2308 (1904).
206
Sohweinitz, Ber., 19, 642 (1886).
w
I. G. Farbenind. A.-G., Brit. pat. 453,778 [C. A., 31, 1122 (1937)].
" K r a f f t , Ber., 19, 2982 (1886).
^ K y r i d e s , U. S. pat. 2,161,173 [C. A., 33, 7438 (1939)]; Stirton and Peterson, Ind.
Eng. Chem., 31, 856 (1939).
210
Gilnther and Hetzer, U. S. pat. 1,737,792 [C. A., 24, 864 (1930)].
al
Kriiger, Ber., 18, 1755 (1885).
m
Claus and Bayer, Ann., 274, 304 (1893).
213
Stallard, J. Chem. Soc, 89, 808 (1906).
214
Kizhner and Vendelshtein, J. Russ. Phys.-Chem. Soc, Chem. Part, 57, 1 (1926)
[C. A., 20, 2316 (1926)].
216
Jaoobsen, Ber., 18, 1760 (1885).
218
Weinburg, Ber., 11, 1062 (1878).
217
Bauch, Ber., 23, 3117 (1890).
218
Jacobsen, Ber., 21, 2821 (1888).
219
Jacobsen and Weinberg, Ber., 11, 1534 (1878).
220
Tohl and Bauoh, Ber., 26, 1105 (1893).
221
Holmes, Am. Chem. J., 13, 371 (1891).
^ K l u g e , Ber., 18, 2098 (1885).
^ W a h l , Compt. rend., 200, 936 (1936).
224
Moody and Nicholson, J. Chem. Soc, 57, 974 (1890).
226
Voswinkel, Ber., 21, 3499 (1878).
226
Voswinkel, Ber., 21, 2829 (1878); Fournier, Bull. soc. chim., [3] 7, 651 (1892); Allen
and Underwood, ibid., [2] 40* 100 (1883).
227
Fittig and Konig, Ann., 144, 286 (1867); Aschenbrandt, Ann., 216, 214 (1883) t
Remsen and Noyes, Am. Chem. J., 4, 197 (1883).
228
Korner, Ann., 216, 224 (1883); Remsen and Keiser, Am. Chem. J., 5, 161 (1883); see
also Heise, Ber., 24, 768 (1891).
229
Uhlhorn, Ber., 23, 3142 (1890).
230
Newton, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 65, 2439 (1943).
231
Baur, Ber., 27, 1606 (1894).
232
Claus and Pieszcek, Ber., 19, 3090 (1886).
233
Wroblewski, Ann., 192, 199 (1878).
^ B a y r a c , Bull. soc. chim., [3] 13, 890 (1895); Ann. chim., [7] 10, 28 (1897).
T* Defren, Ber., 28, 2648 (1895).
236
Claus and Stiisser, Ber., 13, 899 (1880).
237
Widman, Ber., 24, 444 (1891); Claus, Ber., 14, 2139 (1881).
238
Sprinkmeyer, Ber., 34, 1950 (1901).
239
Kelbe, Ann., 210, 30 (1881); Kelbe and Czarnomski, Ber., 17, 1747 (1884); Ann., 235,
285 (1896).
240
Spica, Ber., 14, 652 (1881); Gazz. chim. Hal., 12, 487, 546 (1882); Armstrong and
Miller, Ber., 16, 2748 (1883).
241
Claus and Cratz, Ber., 13, 901 (1880); Claus, Ber., 14, 2139 (1881).
248
(o) Kelbe and Koschnitsky, Ber., 19, 1730 (1886); (6) Dinesmann, Ger. pat. 125,097
[Chem. Zentr., 72, II, 1030 (1901)].
243
(a) Junger and Klages, Ber., 29, 314 (1896); (6) Klages and Kraith, Ber., 32, 2555
(1899).
244
Carrara, Gazz. chim. ital., 19, 173, 502 (1889).
246
Claus and Christ, Ber., 19, 2162 (1886). i
246
Patern6 and Canzoneri, Gazz. chim. ital., 11, 124 (1881).
247
(o) Kelbe and Baur, Ber., 16, 2559 (1883); (6) Baur, Ber., 24, 2832 (1891); 27, 1614
(1894).
248
Noelting, Ber., 25, 785 (1892).
249
Noelting, Chimie & Industrie, 6, 722 (1921).
280
Bigot and Fittig, Ann., 141, 166 (1867).
261
Lipinski, Ber., 31, 938 (1898).
262
Krafft and Gottig, Ber., 21, 3183 (1888).
263
Widman, Ber., 23, 3080 (1890); 24, 456 (1891).
264
von der Becke, Ber., 23, 3191 (1890).
266
Klages and Keil, Ber., 36, 1641 (1903).
268
Heise, Ber., 24, 768 (1891).
267
Fileti, Gazz. cftim. ital., 21, I, 4 (1891).
258
Kelbe and Pathe, Ber., 19, 1546 (1886).
269
Jacobsen, Ber., 19, 1218 (1886).
260
Franke, dissertation, Rostockfsee Tohl and Miiller, ref. 261.
2 6 1 Tohl and Miiller, Ber., 26, 1108 (1893).
262
Kurzel, Ber., 22, 1586 (1889).
263
Ravikovich, J . Buss. Phys.-Chem. Soc, 62, 177 (1930) [C. A., 24, 5588 (1930)].
264
R o s e , Amre., 164, 5 3 (1872).
265
Tohl and Eckel, Ber., 26, 1099 (1893).
266
Klages, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 66, 394 (1902).
267
Gustavsen, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 72, 57 (1905).
268
Stahl, Ber., 23, 988 (1890).
269
Armstrong and Miller, Ber., 16, 2259 (1883).
270
Ernst and Fittig, Ann., 139, 184 (1866).
271
Jacobsen, Ber., 7, 1433.(1874); Ann., 195, 284 (1879).
272
Tohl and Geyger, Ber., 25, 1533 (1892).
273
Uhlhorn, Ber., 23, 2349 (1890).
274
Darzens and Rost, Compi. rend., 152, 607 (1911); Valentiner, Ger. pat. 69,072 [Frdl.,
3, 881].
276
Klages, B«r., 40, 2370 (1907).
276
Schorger, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 39, 2678 (1917).
• *" (a) Smith and Cass, J.-Am. Chem. Soc, 54, 1603, 1609, 1614 (1932); (6) Jacobsen ;
Ber., 19, 1209 (1886).
278
Tohl, Ber., 25, 1527, 2759 (1892).
279
Bielefeldt, Ann., 198, 381 (1879); Jacobsen, Ber., 15, 1853 (1882).
280
Markownikoff, ^1»»., 234, 101 (1886).
281
Jacobsen and SchnapaufF, Ber., 18, 2841 (1885).
282
Smith and Lux, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 51, 2994 (1929).
283
Jacobsen, Ber., 20, 2837 (1887); Smith and Moyle, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 55,1676 (1933).
284
Klages and Keil, Ber., 36, 1632 (1903).
285
Tohl, Ber., 28, 2459 (1895).
286
Klages and Stamm, Ber., 37, 1715 (1904).
287
Tohl and Karchowski, Ber., 25, 1530 (1892).
288
Jacobsen, Ber., (a) 21, 2821 (1888); (6) 20, 896 (1887).
289
Feldmann, Helv. Chim. Acta, 14, 751 (1931); Latschinow, J. Russ. Phys.-Chem. Soc., 5,
50 (1873); Ber., 6, 193 (1873); Fittig, Ann., 132, 209 (1864).
290
Knauf and Adams, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 55, 4704 (1933).
291
Zincke, Ber., 5, 683 (1872).
292
Klages, Ber., 40, 2371 (1907).
293
Mazzara, Gazz. chim. Hal., 8, 509 (1878).
291
Bergmann, Chem. Revs., 29, 538 (1941).
295
Elbs, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 47, 49 (1893).
296
Hepp, Ber., 7, 1420 (1874).
297
Merz, Zeit./Ur Chemie., 1868, 395; Merz and Weith, Ber., 3, 195 (1870); Merz and
Miihlhauser, Ber., 3, 710 (1870); Brande, Quart. J. Sci., 8, 289 (1819); Chamberlain,
Annals of Phil., 6, 136 (1823).
298
Fierz-David, J. Soc. Chem. Ind., 42, 421T (1923); J. R. Geigy Soc, Fr. pat.
765,771 [C. A., 28, 6726 (1934)].
299
Landshoff and Meyer, Ger. pat. 50,411 [FrdL, 2, 241].
' 30° Armstrong and Wynne, Ber., 24R, 718 (1891).
301
Dennis, U. S. pat. 1,332,203 [C. A., 14, 1123 (1920)]; Grishin and Spruiskov, Anilino-
krasochnaya Prom., 2, 19 (1932) [C. A., 27, 4791 (1933)].
302
Sohultz, Ber., 23, 77 (1890).
303
Ewer and Pick, Brit. pat. 2,619 [Frdl., 2, 245].
304
Corbellini, (Horn. chim. ind. applicata, 9, 118 (1927) [C. A., 22, 2938 (1928)]; Arm-
strong, Chem. News, 54, 255 (1886); Bernthsen and Semper, Ber., 20, 938 (1887).
306
Armstrong, Ber., 15, 204 (1882).
306
A.-G. fur Anilinofabrik, Ger. pat. 45,776 [Frdl., 2, 253]; Bernthsen, Ber., 22, 3327
(1889); Armstrong and Wynne, Chem. News, 55, 136 (1887).
307
Willard, Color Trade J., 15, 40 (1924).
308
Ewer and Pick, Ger. pat. 45,229 [Frdl., 2, 244].
309
Baum, Ger. pat. 61,730 [Frdl., 3, 419].
310
Dachlauer and Thiel, U. S. pat. 1,804,527 [C. A., 25, 3669 (1931)].
311
1 . G. Farbenind. A.-G., Brit. pats. 253, 118 [C. A., 21, 2477 (1927)]; 269,155 [C. A.,
22, 1365 (1928)].
312
Meyer and Bernhauer, Monatsh., 53-54, 721 (1929); Chem. Zentr., 101, I, 354 (1930).
313
Cook and Valjavec, U. S. pat. 2,133,282 [C. A., 33, 646 (1939)].
314
Giinther and Krauch, Ger. pat. 407,240 [Chem. Zentr., 96,1, 1791 (1925)].
316
Kimbara, Brit. pat. 502,964 [C. A., 33, 6997 (1939)].
316
Vesely and Stursa, Coll. Czechoslov. Chem. Commun., 3, 328 (1931) [C. A., 25, 4877
(1931)].
317
Elbs and Christ, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 106, 17 (1923).
318
Dziewonski and Waszkowski, Bull, intern, acad. polon. sci., 1929Aw 604 [C. A., 25,
1241 (1931)].
319
Dziewonski and Otto, Bull, intern, acad. polon. sci.. 1935A, 201 [C. A., 30, 2561 (1936)];
Dziewonski and Kowalczyk, ibid., 1935A, 559 [C. A., 30, 5212 (1936)].
320
Fittig and Remsen, Ann., 155, 115 (1870).
321
Steiger, Helv. Chim. Acta, 13, 173 (1930).
322
Vesely, Stursa, Olejriicek, and Rein, Coll. Czechoslav. Chem. Commun., 1, 493 (1929)
[C. A., 24, 611 (1930)].
323
Dziewonski, Schoen6wne, and Waldman, Ber., 58, 1211 (1925).
324
(a) Wendt, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 46, 322 (1892) ;.(6) Reingruber, Ann., 206, 377 (1881).
325
Dziewonski and Wulffsohn, Bull, intern, acad. polon. sci., 1929A, 143 [C. A., 25, 1514
(1931)].
326
Marchetti, Gazz. chim. Hal., 11, 265, 439 (1881).
327
Levy, Ann. chim., .9, 5 (1938).
828
Dziewonski and Dziecielewski, Bull, intern, acad. polon. set., 1927A, 273 [C. A,, 22,
2164 (1928)].
329
Miquel, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 26, 5 (1876).
830
Weissgerber and Kruber, Ber., 52, 346 (1919); Gesell. fur Teerverwertung, Ger. pat.
301,079 [Chem. Zentr., 88, II, 713 (1917)].
331
Giovannozzi, Gazz. chim. ital., 12, 147 (1882).
332
Dziewonski and Moszew, BuU. intern, acad. polon. sci., 1928, 283 [C. A., 23, 3220
(1929)]; Dziewonski and Moszew, Roczniki Chem., 9, 361 (1929)4C A., 23, 3923 (1929)].
333
Armstrong and Wynne, Chem. News, 61, 285 (1890).
334
Armstrong and Williamson, Proc. Chem. Soc, 1886, 233; 1887, 145.
335
(a) Arnell, BuU. soc. chim., [2] 39, 62 (1883); (b) Vorozhtzow and Karlash, Anilino-
krasochnaya Proni., 4, 545 (1934) [C. A., 29, 2530 (1935)].
336
Ferrero and Bolliger, Helv. Chim. Ada, 11, 1144 (1928).
337
Oehler, Ger. pat. 76,396 [frdl., 4, 523].
338
Oehler, Ger. pat. 76,230 [Frdl., 4, 522].
339
340
341
Rudolph, Ger. pat. 104,902 [Chem. Zentr., 70, II, 1038 (1899)].
842
Arnell, BuU. soc. chim., [2] 46, 184 (1886).
343
Armstrong and Wynne, Chem. News, 55, 91 (1887); 57, 8 (1887).
344
346
346
Armstrong and Wynne, Chem. News, 60, 58 (1889).,
347
Jolin, Bull. soc. chim., [2] 28, 514 (1877).
- *» Laurent, Ann., 72, 298 (1849).
349
Otto and Mories, Ann., 147, 183 (1868); Darmstaedter and Wiohelhaus, Ann., 152,
303 (1869).
350
Armstrong and Williamson, Chem. News, 54, 256 (1886).
361
Sindall, Chem. News, 60, 58 (1889).
362
363
Houlding, Chem. News, 59, 226 (1889).
364
366
Heller, Chem. News, 60, 58 (1889).
366
Bad. Anilin- und Soda-Fabrik, Ger. pat. 229,912 [Chem. Zentr., 82, I, 358 (1911)].
367
Arnell, dissertation, tjpsala, 1889.
368
Cleve, Ber., 24, 3477 (1891).
369
360
Armstrong and Rossiter, Chem. Netbs, 66, 58 (1892).
361
Salkind and Belikoff, Ber., 64, 959 (1931).
362
863
Liebermann and Boeck, Ber., 11, 1613 (1878); Liebermann, Ber., 12, 182 (1879).
364
Soc. St. Denis, Ger. pats. 73,961 [Frdl., 3, 196]; 76,280 [Frdl, 4, 270].
866
I. G. Farbenind., Fr. pat. 837,855 [C. A., 33, 6349 (1939)].
m
Bach, Ber., 23, 1570 (1890).
867
Bad. Anilin- und Soda-Fabrik, Ger. pat. 260,562 [Chem. Zentr., 84, II, 104 (1913)].
368
Minaev and Federov, Bull. inst. polytech. Ivanovo-Vosniesensk, 15, 113 (1930) [C. A*
28, 4258 (1931)].
369
Hochster Farbwerke, Ger. pat. 292,590 [Chem. Zentr., 81, II, 208 (1916)].
370
Perkin, Ann., 158, 319 (1871).
871
Ioffe and Matveeva, Russian pat. 34,550 [C. A., 29, 2977 (1935)].
372
Bolam and Hope, J. Chem. Soc, 1941, 843,
373
(a) Komppa and Wahlforss, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 52, 5009 (1930); (b) Fieser and Young
Oid., 63, 4120 (1931).
374
Hasselstrom and Bogert, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 1579 (1935).
376
Ekstrand, Ann., 185, 86 (1877); Fritzsehe, J. prakt. Chem., 82, 333 (1861).
DIRECT SULFONATION OP AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS 197
Ânschiitz and Siemienski, Ber., 13, 1179 (1880); Sandqvist, Ann., 398, 125 (1913);
417, 1, 17 (1918).
377
Lauer, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 142, 252 (1935).
378
1 . G. Farbenind. A.-G., Brit. pat. 463,559 [C.A., 31, 5817 (1937)]; Zitsoher and
Kehlen, U. S. pat. 2,141,893 [C. A., 33, 2730 (1939)].
379
Kursanoff, Ann., 318, 309 (1901).
380
381
Kurssanoff, J. Russ. Phys.-Chem. Soc, 38, 1304 (1907) [Chem. Zentr., I, 1744 (1907)].
382
Spilker, Ber., 26, 1538 (189S); Moschner, Ber. 34, 1257 (1901).
383
Arnold and Zaugg, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 63, 1317 (1941).
384
Fieser and Lothrop, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 2050 (1936).
385
Bamberger and Kitschelt, Ber., 23, 1563 (1890); Schroeter and Schranth, Ger. pat.
299,603 [Chem. Zentr., 90, IV, 618 (1919)]. .
386
Schroeter, Svanoe, Einbeck, Geller, and Riebensohm, Ann., 426, 83 (1922).
387
Vesely and Stursa, Coll. Czechoslov. Chem. Commun., 6, 137 (1934) [C. A., 28, 5815
(1934)].
388
Bogert, Davidson, and Apfelbaum, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 56, 959 (1934).
389
Bogert and Fourman, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 55, 4676 (1933).
390
Courtot, Ann. chim., [10] 14, 17 (1930).
891
Courtot and Geoffrey, Compt. rend., 178, 2259 (1924).
392
Hodgkinson and Matthews, / . Chem. Soc, 43, 166 (1883).
393
Schmidt, Retzloff, and Haid, Ann., 390, 217 (1912); Courtot and Geoffrey, Compt.
rend., 180, 1665 (1925).
384
(a) Dziewo"nski, Galitzerowna, and Kocwa, Bull, intern, acad. polon. sd., 1926A, 209
[C. A., 22,1154 (1928)]; (b) Dziewonski and Kocwa, ibid., 1928,405 [C. A., 23,2435 (1929)];
(c) Dziewonski and Stollyhwo, Iszy. Zjazd. Chemikdw Polskich, 1923, 57 [C.A., 18, 981
(1924)]; Ber., 57, 1531 (1924).
395
Bogert and Conklin, Coll. Czech. Chem. Commun., 5, 187 (1933) [C. A., 27, 4230
(1933)].
396
Dziewonski and Zakrzewska-Barnaowska, Bull, intern, acad. polon. sci., 1-2A, 65 (1927)
[C. A., 21, 2682 (1927)].
397
Dziewonski, Sehoen, and Glazner, Bull, intern, acad. polon. sci., 1929A, 636 [C. A., 25,
1518 (1931)]; Dziewonski, Glasner6wna, and Orzelski, Iszy. Zjazd. Chemikdw Polskich,
1923, 57 [C. A., 18, 981 (1924)].
398
(a) Schroeter, Ber., 57, 2003 (1924); (b) Schroeter and Gotzky, Ber., 60, 2035 (1927).
399
Schroeter, Miiller, and Hwang, Ber., 62, 645 (1929).
400
Goldschmiedt, Monatsh., 1, 227 (1880).
401
Mellin, Ber., 23, 2533 (1890).
402
Goldschmiedt and Wegscheider, Monatsh., 4, 242 (1883).
403
(a) Smith, J. Chem. Soc, 32, 558 (1877); (6) Smith and Takamatsu, ibid., 39, 551
(1881).
404
Dziewonski and Pochwalski, Iszy. Zjazd. Chemikdw Polskich, 1923, 56 [C. A., 18,
982 (1924)].
406
Henke and Weiland, U. S. pat. 1,853,352 [C. A., 26, 3264 (1932)].
^ G u b e l m a n n and Henke, U. S. pat. 1,853,348 [C. A., 26, 3264 (1932)].
CHAPTER 5
AZLACTONES
H. E. CARTER
University of Illinois
CONTENTS
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 199
PREPARATION OP AZLACTONES 202

Azlactonization of an a-Acylamino Acid 202
Procedures 204
2-Phenyl-4-benzal-5-oxazolone 204
2-Phenyl-4-benzyl-5-oxazolone 205
2-Methyl-4%enzyl-5-oxazolone 205
a-AcetamWcinnamic Acid 205
Reaction of an Aldehyde with an Acylglycine in the Presence of Acetic Anhy-
dride 205
Mechanism 205
Scope and Limitations 206
Carbonyl Component 206
Acylglycines 208
Experimental Conditions and Procedures 209
Reaction of an a-Acylamino-j3-hydroxy Acid with an Acid" Anhydride or
Acid Chloride 211
Procedures 211
a-Benzoylaminocinnamic Azlactones I and I I 211
Reaction of an ex-(a'-Haloacyl)-amino Acid with Acetic Anhydride . . . . 212
P R O P E R T I E S AND REACTIONS OP AZLACTONES 213
General Discussion •. 213
Hydrolysis 214
Alcoholysis 215
Aminolysis, Synthesis of Peptides 216
T Y P E S OP COMPOUNDS W H I C H C A N B E P R E P A R E D PROM AZLACTONES . . . . 217
General Discussion 217
a-Amino Acids 218
Procedures 220
Reduction of a-Benzoylaminoacrylic Acids with Sodium Amalgam , . 220
a-Keto Acids 220
Abnormal Hydrolytic Products 222
o-Nitrobenzaloxazolones 222
o-Carboalkoxybenzaloxazolones . 223
Miscellaneous Reactions 223
198
AZLACTONES 199
PAGE
Procedures 224
Hydrolysis with Barium Hydroxide 224
Arylacetic Acids 224
Procedures 225
4-Chlorophenylacetic Acid 225
Arylacetonitriles 225
Procedures 225
Conversion of Arylpyruvic Acids to the Oximes 225
Conversion of Oximes to Arylacetonitriles 225
Miscellaneous 226
Isoquinoline Derivatives 226
Quinoline Derivatives 226
Imidazolone (Glyoxalone) Derivatives 227
Indole Derivatives 227
Styrylamides 228
TABLES OP AZLACTONES AND DERIVED SUBSTANCES 228
I. TJnsaturated Azlactones 229
II. Saturated Azlactones 237
III. Compounds Not Definitely Established as Azlactones 238
INTRODUCTION
Azlactones may be considered anhydrides of a-acylamino acids. I t is

convenient to classify them into two groups, saturated and unsaturated,
as shown in formulas I and II, since the two types show characteristic
differences in properties.
R2C4—-8C=O R2C=C—BC=0
V V •
R R
i II
Plochl,1 in 1883, prepared the first unsaturated azlactone by the con-
densation of benzaldehyde with hippuric acid in the presence of acetic
anhydride. However, it remained for Erlenmeyer to determine the
structure of the product,2'3 to extend the reaction to other aldehydes4~10
1
Plochl, Ber., 16, 2815 (1883).
2
Erlenmeyer, Ann., 275, 1 (1893).
3
Erlenmeyer, Ber., 33, 2036 (1900).
4
Erlenmeyer and Halsey, Ann., 307, 138 (1899).
6
Erlenmeyer and Kunlin, Ann., 316, 145 (1901).
6
Erlenmeyer and Matter, Ann., 337, 271 (1904).
7
Erlenmeyer and Stadlin, Ann., 337, 283 (1904).
8
Erlenmeyer and Wittenberg, Ann., 337, 294 (1904).
9
Erlenmeyer and Halsey, Ber., 30, 2981 (1897).
10
Erlenmeyer and Kunlin, Ber., 35, 384 (1902).
(aromatic and aliphatic), and to establish the usefulness of unsaturated
azlactones as intermediates in the synthesis of a-keto u> 12'13 and a-amino
C6H6CHO + CH2CO2H ~ ^ » C6H6CH=C C=O
NH NO
I V/
COC 6 H 6 C
acids:4-14> 16> 16 Consequently, the reaction of an aldehyde with hippuric

acid usually is referred to as the Erlenmeyer azlactone synthesis.
Erlenmeyer was unable to prepare saturated azlactones,17 probably
because he failed to appreciate the ease with which they are hydrolyzed.
However, Mohr and coworkers 18~M in 1908-1910 prepared several com-
pounds of this type by the action of acetic anhydride on a-acylamino
acids. This reaction has been employed in the preparation of a variety

of saturated azlactones which have been used as intermediates in the
synthesis of peptides.26"28
11
Erlenmeyer, Ann., 271, 137 (1892).
12
Erlenmeyer, Ann., 275, 8 (1893).
13
Erlenmeyer and Frilstiick, Ann., 284, 36 (1895).
14
Erlenmeyer, Ann., 275, 13 (1893).
16
16
Erlenmeyer, Ann., 337, 205 (1904).
»» Erlenmeyer, Ann., 307, 70 (1899).
18
Mohr-and Geis, Ber., 41, 798 (1908).
19
Mohr and Stroschein, Ber., 42, 2521 (1909).
20
Mohr, J. prakt. Chem., 80, 521 (1908).
21
Mohr, J. prakt. Chem. 81, 49 (1910).
22
Mohr, J. prakt. Chem. 81,473 (1910).
23
Mohr, J. prakt. Chem. 82, 60 (1910).
24
Mohr, J. prakt. Chem. 82, 322 (1910).
26
Bergmann and Grafe, Z. physiol. Chem., 187, 196 (1930).
26
Bergmann, Stern, and Witte, Ann., 449, 277 (1926).
27
Bergmann and Koster, Z. physiol. Chem., 167, 91 (1927).
28
Bergmann and Zervas, Z. physiol. Chem,., 175, 154 (1928).
AZLACTONES 201
Several different structures have been suggested for the azlactones.
Of these only two (formulas I I I and IV) have received serious considera-
RCH=C C=O RCH=
c=o
R
IV
tion. The three-membered ring structure IV (called lactimide) was

proposed by Rebuffat29 in 1889 and accepted by Erlenmeyer 2 in 1893.
However, in 1900 Erlenmeyer 3 abandoned this formula in favor of
the five-membered ring (III) for which he later 30 proposed the term
"azlactone." The term "lactimone" also has been applied to these
compounds.18'31 Although formula III has been accepted generally,
Heller and Hessel32 as late as 1929 presented arguments in favor of the
three-membered ring structure.
Geometric isomerism is possible in the unsaturated azlactones, and
there has been speculation in the literature concerning the existence of
the two forms.6' '• 1 0 ' 3 3 The cis and trans isomers of benzoylaminocro-
tonic azlactone u and of benzoylaminocinnamic azlactone have been
isolated.36
H
\ _ = \ =
H N 0 CH3 N O
\ / \ /
c c
Benzoylaminocrotonic ailactonee
Azlactones are named as derivatives of amino acids, of oxazolone

(Chemical Abstracts and Beilstein's Handbuxh), and of dihydrooxazole
(British usage). Thus the condensation product of benzaldehyde with
hippuric acid maybe called benzoyl-a-aminocinnamic azlactone, 2-phenyl-
29
Rebuffat, Ber., 22, 551c (1889).
80
Erlenmeyer, Ann., 337, 265 (1904).
31
Mohr and Kohler, Ber., 40, 997 (1907).
32
Heller and Hessel, J. prakt. Chem., 120, 64 (1928-1929).
a'Bergmann and Stern, Ann., 448, 20 (1926).
34
Carter and Stevens, J. BM. Chem., 133, 117 (1940).
36
Carter and Risser, J. Biol. Chem., 139, 255 (1941).
4-benzal-5-oxazolone, or 5-keto-2-phenyl-4-benzylidene-4,5-dihydro-
oxazole. In this chapter the Chemical Abstracts terminology is given
preference, although compounds are named as derivatives of amino acids
whenever it seems desirable in the interest of clarity or brevity.
PREPARATION OF AZLACTONES
Azlactones have been of interest mainly as intermediates in the synthe-

sis of other compounds. Saturated azlactones are obtained most often
from the corresponding amino acids and are used in preparing derivatives
of those amino acids. Unsaturated azlactones, on the other hand, usually
are prepared by condensing an aldehyde with an acylglycine and are
used in the synthesis of the corresponding amino and keto acids. Four
methods by which azlactones can be prepared are discussed in the follow-
ing paragraphs.
Azlactonization of an a-Acylamino Acid
(
RCHCO2H ^ ° > RCH C=O
I (NaOAc) | |
NH NO
I \ /
COR C
R
a-Acylamino acids can be converted into azlactones under the follow-
ing conditions: (a) Action of an acid anhydride, either alone or in acetic
acid as a solvent, on an a-acylamino acid (or, occasionally, a free a-amino
acid).18"28'34'36 (b) Action of an acid anhydride34 or acid chloride36 on
the sodium salt of an a-acylamino acid (or free a-amino acid) in aqueous
solution, (c) Action of an acid anhydride or chloride on an a-acylamino
acid in pyridine solution.37-38 Of these methods the first is the most
convenient and the only one generally used; however, none of these
methods is practical for the preparation of unsaturated azlactones be-
cause the unsaturated acylamino acids are not readily available.
The preparation of unsaturated azlactones is effected smoothly and
quantitatively by heating the acylamino acid with an excess of acetic
anhydride on a steam bath for five to fifteen minutes.33- u-36-39- m The
88
Bettzieche and Menger, Z. physiol. Chem., 172, 56 (1927).
87
Carter, Handler, and Melville, J. Biol. Chem., 129, 359 (1939).
88
Carter, Handler, and Stevens, J. Biol. Chem., 138, 619 (1941).
89
Bain, Perkin, and Robinson, J. Chem. Soc., 105, 2392 (1914).
<° Gulland and Virden, J. Chem. Soc., 1928, 1478.
AZLACTONES 203
azlactone is isolated by pouring the reaction mixture" into water, which
hydrolyzes the excess acetic anhydride and causes the product to precipi-
tate.
The lower saturated azlactones are prepared less readily by this pro-
cedure; they are liquids, unstable toward water and heat, and can be
isolated only by fractional distillation. Those of low molecular weight,
such as the 2,4-dimethyl-,23 2,4,4-trimethyl-,21-41 and 2,4-dimethyl-4-
ethyl-oxazolone,41 boil at about the same temperature as acetic anhy-
dride and have not been obtained in the pure state. Higher-boiling
azlactones have been prepared in good yields by this method when the
distillation was effected at the lowest possible temperature. 2-Aryloxazo-
lones are synthesized more readily since they are solids and hence can be
isolated by removal of the acetic anhydride under reduced pressure and
recrystallization from ether or petroleum ether. 19 ' 34 Acyl derivatives of
glutamic acid 42 are converted to acid anhydrides rather than azlactones
on treatment with acetic anhydride. Acetylaspartic acid yields either an
azlactone or an anhydride, depending upon the conditions used; ** the
azlactone is formed in acetic anhydride at the reflux temperature; the
anhydride, at 95°.
HO2CCH2CH C=O
N ' 0
\
C
HO2CCH2CHCO2H
NH » \
|' CH2—C=O
C0 I >O
I CH3CONHCH—C=O
CH3
The action of acetic anhydride on an a-acylamino acid in aqueous solu-

tion yields an azlactone, provided that a basic catalyst, such as sodium
acetate,*1 u is present. Unsaturated azlactones are prepared readily by
this method. Saturated azlactones are obtained in poor yields since they
undergo hydrolysis rapidly in aqueous solution. Optically active a-acyl-
amino acids are racemized under these conditions as a result of the tem-
porary formation of the azlactone.44
* Sodium acetate also increases the rate of azlactone formation in glacial acetic acid
solutions, but no preparative application has been made of this observation.
11
Levene and Steiger, J. Bid. Chem., 93, 581 (1931).
42
Nicolet, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 52, 1192 (1930).
"Harington and Overhoff, Biochem. J., 27, 338 (1933).
"duVigneaud and Meyer. J. Biol. Chem., 99, 143 (1932-1933).
Saturated a-acylamino acids, are prepared by acylation of a-amino
acids or, less frequently, by reduction of the corresponding unsaturated
compounds. It sometimes is possible to effect both the preparation of
the a-acylamino acid and the formation of the azlactone by heating the
amino acid with a large excess of acetic anhydride. Leucine and phenyl-
alanine26 give excellent yields of azlactones under these conditions.
However, this method is not satisfactory with alanine,23 diiodotyrosine,46
isovaline,41 or a-amirioisobutyric acid,41 which yield products of high
molecular weight.
Unsaturated a-acylamino acids usually are obtained from the corre-
sponding azlactones. Reconversion of the unsaturated acid ±o the
azlactone is not, therefore, a reaction of any great preparative impor-
tance. A few a-acylaminoacrylic acids have been prepared by the reac-
"tion of an a-keto acid with an amide:
< (R'CONH)2CC.O2H
R'CONHCCO2H
CHR
CH2R
However, the utilization of this reaction has been severely restricted by

the unavailability of a-keto acids.
Pyruvic acid yields mainly a,a-diacetaminopropionic acid, which can
be converted into a-acetaminoacrylic acid by hot acetic acid.26' M Under
the optimum conditions47 a 23% yield of a-acetaminoacrylic acid is
obtained. Phenylpyruvic acid gives mainly a-acetaminocinnamic acid,48
as would be expected in view of the activating effect of the benzene ring.
Benzoylformic acid tf and a-ketoglutaric acid49 have been employed as
the acid components in this reaction, and benzamide,60 benzylcarba-
mate,61 and chloroacetamide46 as the amide components. The prepara-
tion of a-acetaminocinnamic acid by this method is described in the
next section.
Procedures
2-Phenyl-4-benzal-5-oxazolone.36 One gram of benzoylaminocin-
namic acid is heated on the steam cone for five minutes with 10 cc. of
« Myers, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 54, 3718 (1932).
*> Bergmann and Grafe, Z. physiol. Chem., 187, 187 (1930).
« Herbst, / . Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 483 (1939).
48
Shemin and Herbst, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 60, 1954 (1938).
49
Shemin and Herbst, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60, 1951 (1938).
60
Nieolet, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 1073 (1935).
61
Herbst, J. Org. Chem., 6, 878 (1941).
AZLACTONES 205
acetic anhydride. The solution is poured into a mixture of ice and water
and allowed to stand with occasional stirring for twenty minutes. The
precipitate is removed by filtration, air-dried, and recrystallized from
benzene-ethanol, yielding 0.8 g. (86%) of 2-phenyl-4-benzal-5-oxazolone;
m.p. 165-166°.
2-Phenyl-4-benzyl-5-oxazolone.19 Ten grams of benzoyl-df-^-phenyl-
alanine is heated on the steam bath for thirty minutes with 100 cc. of
acetic anhydride. The solution is concentrated in vacuum, and the
syrupy residue is dissolved in 100 cc. of petroleum ether, b.p. 60-110°.
The solution is decanted from a small amount of insoluble material and is
cooled. Practically pure 2-phenyl-4-benzyl-5-oxazolone crystallizes in
long needles, m.p. 69-71°; yield 7.5 g. (80%).
2-Methyl-4-benzyl-5-oxazolone.26 Five grams of powdered dirfi-
phenylalanine is heated at 100° for five minutes with 50 cc. of acetic
anhydride. The mixture is shaken vigorously during the heating. Acetic
acid and^cetic anhydride are removed under reduced pressure, and the
residue is fractionated, yielding 3.1 g. (54%) of 2-methyl-4-benzyl-5-
oxazolone, b.p. 118°/0-8 mm.
a-Acetaminocinnamic Acid.48 A mixture of 12 g. of phenylpyruvic
acid and 12 g. of acetamide is heated for three hours at 110-115° under
10-15 mm. pressure. The residue is dissolved in boiling water, and the
solution is treated with Norit and allowed to cool, yielding 7.1 g. (47%)
of a-acetaminocinnamic acid, m.p. 193°.
Reaction of an Aldehyde with an Acylglycine in the Presence of Acetic

Anhydride
Ac2
ArCHO + CH2CO2H ° > ArCH=C—•—0=0
I CNaOAo) | I
NH NO
I \ /
COR C
R
The, Erlenmeyer azlactone synthesis consists in the condensation of an
aldehyde with an acylglycine in the presence of acetic anhydride (and
usually sodium acetate). I t is a special case of the Perkin condensation
and as such has been discussed briefly by Johnson.62
Mechanism. Erlenmeyer believed that the reaction proceeds in two
steps as shown in the equations. 13 ' 17 However, convincing evidence has
accumulated that the actual condensation takes place between the alde-
62
Johnson, Org. Reactions, I, 231 (1942).
hyde and the azlactone formed by the action of acetic anhydride on the
acylglycine. The strongest support for this mechanism is the fact that
ArCHO + CH2CO2H -» ArCH— CHCO2H -> ArCH=C C==O

NH OH NH NO
I I • \ /
COR COR C
R
the condensation occurs under much milder conditions than those re-
quired in the Perkin condensation. In the azlactone synthesis uniformly
high yields are obtained from aldehydes which give poor results or fail to
react (4-imidazolealdehyde)63 in the Perkin condensation. Furthermore,
ArCH
CH2CO2H -» CH2 C=O °> ArCH
I II
NH N 0
I \ /
COR C
R
the yields from substituted aldehydes do not vary as they do in Perkin
reactions,62 which suggests that the condensation reaction is not the
limiting step in the azlactone synthesis. All these data indicate that the
intermediate contains an extremely active methylene group and there-
fore is the azlactone rather than the acylglycine. Furthermore, benzoyl-
sarcosine (benzoyl-N-methylglycine), which cannot form an azlactone,
condenses with aldehydes much less readily than does hippuric acid.64' K
Similarly, benzenesulfonylglycine M fails to condense with piperonal.
Scope and Limitations. Carbonyl Component. For practical purposes
this reaction is limited to aromatic aldehydes, of which a wide variety
has been studied, and to a,/3-unsaturated aliphatic aldehydes. The sub-
stitutents on the ring of the aromatic aldehydes include alkyl, fluoro,
chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, acyloxy, carbethoxy, nitro, and
various combinations of two or more of these groups. Aldehydes of the
naphthalene, pyrene, biphenyl, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, indole, chro-
mane, coumarane, and thiazole series also have been employed.
No generalizations can bevmade concerning the effect of the structure
of the aldehyde on the yield of azlactone. In several preparations the
63
Pyman, J. Ch&n. Soc, 109, 186 (1916).
" Heard, Biochem. J., 27, 54 (1933).
» Deulofeu, Ber.. 67, 1642 (1934).
AZLACTONES 207
yields are not reported, and in others the reaction conditions have not
been comparable. The yields in this azlactone synthesis are uniformly
good, ranging from 60 to 80%, with a few as high as 95%. The few lower
yields reported were obtained from aldehydes belonging to no particular
type and may have resulted from poor reaction conditions.
The presence of an o-nitro group appears to hinder some reactions but
not others. Thus, 2-nitro-3,4-methylenedioxybenzaldehyde gives a 3 5 %
yield of azlactone,66 and 2-nitro-3-methoxy-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde gives
a 42% yield.67 However, 2-nitro-3,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde gives a
75% yield of azlactone,68 and 2-nitro-5-methoxybenzaldehyde gives an
84% yield.69 In general, no substituent group has a specific or consistent
effect on the yield. In this respect the azlactone synthesis differs mark-
edly from the Perkin condensation.
When salicylaldehyde is heated with hippuric acid, acetic anhydride,
and sodium acetate, benzoylaminocoumarin is obtained along with the
acetoxyazlactone. 7 ' 29> 60~62 Similar results are obtained with 2,4-dihy-
CH2—CO2H
AcgO ^
NaOAo
CO—C 6 H B
C6H6
droxybenzaldehyde 63 and 2,5-dihydroxybenzaldehyde.64 It is interesting

to note that only the azlactone is obtained by heating salicylaldehyde
with acetylglycine, acetic anhydride, and sodium acetate. 86
M
Narang and Ray, / . Chem. Soc, 1931, 976.
67
Gulland, Ross, and Smellie, J. Chem. Soc, 1931, 2885.
68
Gulland, Robinson, Scott, and Thornley, J. Chem. Soc., 1929, 2924.
«• Burton, / . Chem. Soc, 1935, 1265.
60
Asahina, Buli. Chem. Soc. Japan, 6, 354 (1930).
61
Rebuffat, Gazz. chim. Hal., IS, 527 (1885).
62
Ploohl and Wolf rum, Ber., 18, 1183 (1885).
""Deulofeu, Ber., 69, 2456 (1936).
64
Neubauer and Flatow, Z. physiol. Chem., 52, 375 (1907).
« Dakin, J. Biol. Chem., 82, 439 (1929).
Phthalic anhydride2 and pyruvic acid M condense with hippuric acid
to give products which have been assigned the following structures.
0 CO 2 H N 0
\ / \
c c
Saturated aliphatic aldehydes generally give low yields in the azlactone

synthesis.6'37 a,/3-Unsaturated aldehydes such as cinnamaldehyde,6
a-n-amylcinnamaldehyde,67 and perilla aldehyde,67 which cannot undergo
an aldol condensation, react satisfactorily (65-80% yields). 2-Thio-
phenealdehyde diethylacetal gives yields as satisfactory as those from the
CBHR
free aldehyde, an observation which has led to' the suggestion that acetals
might be used generally in the condensation with hippuric acid.68 This
possibility should be investigated further since certain aldehydes may be
destroyed slowly under the usual reaction conditions. Thioaldehydes can
be condensed with hippuric acid if either cupric acetate or lead oxide is
added to the reaction mixture.69 Acetone gives a 45% yield of azlac-
tone.70 No other simple ketone has been tested.
Acylglycines. Several acylglycines (acetyl, benzoyi, phenylacetyl,
galloyl, etc.) have been used in the azlactone synthesis. Of these, ben-
zoylglycine and acetylglycine have been studied most. Each has certain
M
Erlenmeyer and Arbenz, Ann., 337, 302 (1904).
"Bodionow and Korolew, Z. angew. Chem., 42, 1091 (1929).
88
Yuan and Li, J. Chinese Chem. Soc, 5, 214 (1937).
" Fischer and Hofmann, Z. physiol. Chem., 846, 139 (1936-1937).
70
Ramage and Simonsen, J. Chem. Soc., 1935, 532.
AZLACTONES 209
advantages. Generally the yields with hippuric acid are somewhat
higher, and the resulting azlactones are more stable. If the azlactone
is to be used in preparing the a-keto acid the acetyl derivative is to be
preferred since it is hydrolyzed to the keto acid under milder conditions
and the acetic acid produced is separated from the a-keto acid more
readily than is benzoic acid.
Experimental Conditions and Procedures. 2-Phenyloxazolones usu-
ally are prepared by heating a mixture of 1 mole each of aldehyde,
hippuric acid, and freshly fused sodium acetate with 3 moles of acetic
anhydride on the water bath for varying lengths of time. In many
instances a larger proportion of sodium acetate and/or acetic anhydride
has been used, ialthough there is no direct evidence that such alterations
improve the yield. Indeed, some doubt exists whether sodium acetate is
necessary. Originally, this component was omittedx and an 80% yield of
2-phenyl-4-benzal-5-oxazolone was obtained. Dimethylethylpyrrolealde-
hyde69 and m-benzyloxybenzaldehyde n give 83 and 74% yields, respec-
tively, of azlactone without the use of sodium acetate. No other such
experiments have been reported. This point should be investigated
further since it seems possible that in certain cases the addition of
sodium acetate may actually decrease the yield.
The length of heating has varied from six minutes to ten hours, but
usually it is from fifteen minutes to one hour. This matter also deserves
a more careful scrutiny. In several preparations excellent yields have
been obtained with very short reaction times (six to fifteen minutes).
It seems probable that in other preparations a shorter reaction period
might give as good or better results, since even unsaturated azlactones
decompose slowly on heating. Thus, 3-ethoxy-4-methoxybenzaldehyde
is reported to yield 82% of the azlactone when the reaction mixture is
heated for twenty minutes,72 and 78% when the heating period is one
hour.73 3,4,5-Trimethoxybenzaldehyde gives a 65% yield in six min-
utes n and an 85%yield in ninety minutes;7B this reaction must have
been practically complete in ten minutes. With 2-nitro-3-methoxy-4-
hydroxybenzaldehyde, extensive decomposition occurs if the heating is
prolonged beyond ten minutes.67 The fact that hippuric acid azlactone
is unstable and will not exist in the reaction mixture for an appreciable
length of time also argues against a prolonged reaction time.
71
Rapson and Robinson, J. Chem. Soe., 193S, 1533.
• "Spath and Tharrer, Ber., 66, 583 (1933).
73
Barger, Eisenbrand, and Eisenbrand, Ber., 66, 450 (1933).
74
Baker and Robinson, J. Chem. Soc., 1929, 152.
78
Mauthner, Ber., 41, 3662 (1908).
Better results have been claimed76 in preparations effected by mixing
the aldehyde, acetic anhydride, and sodium acetate in one flask, hippuric
acid and acetic anhydride in another, and combining the warm solutions.
However, the yields reported are little, if any, better than those obtained
in the usual manner. Another variation of doubtful value is the addition
of sodium acetate to a hot mixture of the other reactants.77
2-Methyloxazolones are best prepared by the method of Dakin.86 In
this procedure acetylglycine is produced by heating glycine in acetic
acid with 1 mole of acetic anhydride. The aldehyde, sodium acetate, and
more acetic anhydride are then added, and the heating is continued two
to ten hours. This procedure has the advantage over the hippuric acid
synthesis that it is not necessary to prepare the acetylglycine separately.
The 2-methyloxazolones can be obtained also by heating a mixture of
glycine, acetic anhydride, sodium acetate, and aldehyde,33 but the yields
are somewhat lower, probably owing to condensation of the aldehyde
with the amino group of the glycine.65
The reaction times reported with acetylglycine are longer than those
with hippuric acid, and temperatures have been higher (120-135°).
Although no direct comparison has been made, it would appear that 2-
methyloxazolone either condenses less readily with aldehydes than does
2-phenyloxazolone or is formed more slowly. Even so, it seems doubtful
that heating longer than two hours or at a temperature above 100° is de-
sirable, since under those conditions Dakin obtained yields as high as any
reported. Furthermore, he indicated that more severe conditions led to
lower yields.
The azlactones usually are isolated either by cooling the reaction mix-
ture and removing the azlactone by filtration or by pouring the cold
reaction mixture into water, allowing the excess acetic anhydride to
hydrolyze, and collecting the crude azlactone. The product can be.
purified by recrystallization from ethanol (with the exception of a few
which undergo al'coholysis), benzene, petroleum ether, or ethyl acetate.
Detailed descriptions of the preparations of three azlactones by con-
densations of aldehydes with acylglycines are given in Organic Syntheses.
These include the syntheses of 2-methyl-4-benzal-5-oxazolone from
benzaldehyde and acetylglycine,78 2-phenyl-4-benzal-5-oxazolone from
benzaldehyde and hippuric acid,79 and 2-phenyl-4-(3',4'-dimethoxyben-
, zal)-5-oxazolone from veratraldehyde and hippuric acid.80
™ Oliverio, Gazz. chim. Hal., 65, 143 (1935).
77
Douglas and Gulland, J. Chem. Soc, 1931, 2893.
" H e r b s t and Shemin, Org. Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 2, 1 (1943).
78
Gillespie and Snyder, Org. Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 2, 489 (1943).
80
Buck and Ide, Org. Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 2, 55 (1943).
AZLACT0NE8 211
Reaction of an a-Acylamino-P-hydroxy Acid with an Acid Anhydride or

Acid Chloride
(NaOAc) I I I I J +R'OH
OR' NH
COR"
R' = H, CH3, CH3CO
The action of acetic anhydride on an a-acylamino-/3-hydroxy (alkoxy

or acyloxy) acid produces an unsaturated azlactone.13' 34~37' 81~86 The first
step in this transformation is the conversion of the acyl derivative into
the corresponding saturated azlactone. This saturated azlactone pos-
sesses an extremely active a-hydrogen atom which splits out with the
|3-substituent under very mild conditions.
The cis and trans isomers of an unsaturated azlactone were obtained
for the first time by this method. a-Benzoylamino-j3-methoxybutyric
acid on heating for ten minutes with acetic anhydride yields a mixture of
the isomeric benzoylaminocrotonic azlactones.34 The labile isomer is
less soluble and hence readily isolated in the pure state. It is rapidly
converted into the stable isomer by heat or by the action of cold pyridine.
The two isomeric benzoylaminocinnamic azlactones have been prepared
in a similar manner.36
Procedures. a-Benzoylaminocinnamic Azlactones I and 7/.3B Fifteen
grams (0.05 mole) of a-benzoylamino-/3-methoxy-/3-phenylpropionic acid
is suspended in 75 cc. of acetic anhydride, and the mixture is heated on
a steam bath until the benzoyl derivative has dissolved completely (ten
to fifteen minutes). The solution is cooled in an ice bath and filtered;
6.0-7.0 g. (48-56%) of almost pure a-benzoylaminocinnamic azlactone
I, m.p. 164-166°, is collected. . The filtrate is poured into water with
vigorous stirring. A light yellow solid separates as the acetic anhydride
is hydrolyzed. This material is collected, washed with water, air-dried,
and recrystallized from benzene, yielding 4.0-4.5 g. (32-36%) of crude
azlactone II, m.p. 124-140°. The total yield is 10.0-11.5 g. (80-92%).
81
Botvinnik, Prokof'ev, and Zelinskii, Compt. rend. acad. sci. U.R.S.S., 30, 129 (1941).
82
Erlenmeyer and Bade, Ann., 337, 222 (1904).
83
Bergmann and Delis, Ann., 458, 76 (1927).
84
Dakin and West, / . Biol. Chem., 78, 745 (1928).
86
Forster and Rao, J. Chem. Soc, 1926, 1943.
86
Bergmann, Schmitt,' and Miekeley, Z. physiol. Chem., 187, 264 (1930).
Pure benzoylaminocinnamic azlactone I, m.p. 167-168°, is obtained by
recrystailizing the crude material from 2 volumes of benzene. Recrystal-
lization of crude azlactone II from benzene or ethanol does not raise the
melting point appreciably. A preparation melting at 146-148° can
be obtained by hydrolyzing the crude material to the corresponding
acid, recrystailizing the acid from -a benzene-ethanol-petroleum ether
mixture, and reconverting the purified acid to the azlactone with acetic
anhydride.
An 80-90% yield of a-benzoylaminocinnamic azlactone I is obtained in
the above preparation if 1 cc. of pyridine is added to the reaction mixture.
Reaction of an a-(a'-Haloacyl)-amino Acid with Acetic Anhydride
RCH2CH CO2H (< ^° N) > RCH2C C = O - • RCH=C ^C=O

HN NO NO
\ \ / \ /
CO C C
X—CHR CHR CH2R
The conversion of an a-(a'-haloacyl)-amino acid into an unsaturated

azlactone M has not been studied extensively. A proposed mechanism M
is shown in the above equations. On treatment with acetic anhydride
and pyridine at room temperature, N-chloroacetyl-cS-/3-phenylalanine
is converted into a-acetaminocinnamic azlactone (yield, 80%) w and
N-chloroacetyl-i-tyrosineinto2-methyl-4-p-acetoxybenzal-5-oxaz.olone.87
This reaction has been applied in the synthesis of an a-keto acid from the
corresponding a-amino acid. a-Bromopropionyl-<2J-methionine was con-
verted into the unsaturated azlactone by the action of acetic anhydride
and sodium acetate. Dilute hydrochloric acid was added, and the reac-
tion mixture was heated in a water bath for five minutes, yielding
a-keto-7-methiolbutyric acid, which was isolated as the phenylhydra-
zone.88
CH 8 SCH 2 CH=C CO HCI

| I > CHjSCH2CH2COCO2H+CH8CH2CO2H+NH4Cl
N 0
V
C2H6
"Bergmann, Zervas, and Lebrecht, Ber., 64, 2315 (1931).

88
Cahill and Rudolph, / . Bid. Chem., 145, 201 (1942).
AZLACTONES 213
PROPERTIES AND REACTIONS OF AZLACTONES

General Discussion
Saturated azlactones are colorless liquids or low-melting solids.
Unsaturated azlactones are solids, often high-melting, and the majority
have colors ranging from light yellow Cb dark red. The color, is most
intense in 2-aryl-4-aralkylidene-5-oxazolones; the 2-alkyl-4-alkylidene-5-
oxazolones are colorless.
The azlactones behave in many respects like acid anhydrides and react
with a wide variety of compounds, such as water, alcohols, amines, and
hydrogen halides, which contain active hydrogen atoms. As with acid
anhydrides, reaction occurs most readily with amines, less readily with
alcohols, and least readily with water.
RCH C = O + HX -» RCHCOX (X = —NHj, —NHR, —NR2,
| | | —OR, —OH, and halogen)
NO NH
\ / I
C , CO
R R
The saturated azlactones are much more reactive than the unsaturated
compounds. The unsaturated azlactones can be recrystallized from boil-
ing ethanol (with one known exception, see p. 215) and are not altered
by long contact with water, whereas the saturated compounds are slowly
hydrolyzed by water at room temperature and react even more rapidly
with ethanol. Saturated azlactones are converted into thiohydantoins
by ammonium thiocyanate,42-89~91 whereas unsaturated azlactones do
not react with this reagent.89
RCH C=O NH4SCN RCH C=O
N 0 RCON NF /
c c
R S
Unsaturated azlactones are relatively stable to heat, whereas saturated
azlactones undergo condensation reactions, often at room temperature.
During this process liquid azlactones are converted into clear semi-solid
waxes. The nature of the substituents has a marked effect on this reac-
tion. 2-Phenyl-4,4-dialkyl-5-oxazolones are relatively stable, 2-phenyl-
89
Johnson and Scott, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 35, 1136 (1913).
90
Johnson and Scott, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 35, 1130 (1913).
91
Csonka and Nioolet, J. Biol. Chem., 99, 213 (1932).
4-alkyl-5-oxazolones are less stable, and hippuric azlactone is quite un-
stable, and only recently was prepared by heating hippuric acid with
acetic anhydride.*
R2C C=O RCH C=O CH2 C=O
N 0 0 N 0
/
\ / \ /
C C C
R R R
V VI VII
The difference in stability between V and VII suggests that the con-
densation reactions brought about by heating may be of the aldol type,
and it will be noted that in VI and VII the two unsaturated linkages
flanking the 4-position produce highly active methine and methylene
groups, respectively.
In view of the presence in azlactones of type VI of a labile a-hydrogen
atom it is not surprising that optically active substances of this type
racemize very readily. So rapid is the process that an optically active
azlactone never has been isolated. This property is the 'basis of two
effective methods for the racemization of amino acids.44' 92>93 In one,
the amino acid is heated in glacial acetic acid with 2 moles of acetic an-
hydride. In the other, the sodium salt of the amino acid in aqueous
solution is treated with a large excess of acetic anhydride at room tem-
perature. The racemic acetyl derivative of the amino acid is produced by
either procedure.
Hydrolysis
RCH C=O RCHCO2H
| | + H2O - » |
NO NH
\ / I
C COR
R
RCH=C C=O RCH=C—CO2H
1
I I + H 2 O -* |
NO NH
\ / I
C COR
R
* Private communication from Drs. M. A. Spielman and A. W. Weston.
82
Bergmann and Koster, Z. physiol. Chem., 159, 179 (1926).
M
Bergmann and Zervas, Biochem. Z., 203, 280 (1928).
AZLACTONES 215
Azlactones can be hydrolyzed to the corresponding acids with either
alkaline or acidic 37 reagents, the alkalies being considerably more effec-
tive. The ease of the reaction depends to a marked extent upon the
nature of the substituents on the oxazolone ring. Unsaturation in the
4-position or an aryl group in the 2-position stabilizes the molecule.
Thus 2-methyl-4-benzyl-5-oxazolone is hydrolyzed by water at room
temperature, 26 2-methyl-4-benzal-5-oxazolone by boiling aqueous ace-
tone,78 and 2-phenyl-4-benzal-5-oxazolone by boiling 1% aqueous sodium
hydroxide.12
A solution of sodium hydroxide in aqueous methanol is an effective
reagent for hydrolyzing azlactones.85' 94~96 I t converts an azlactone into
the a-acylamino ester, which is saponified. The reaction proceeds
rapidly and under less drastic conditions than those required when
aqueous alkali is used. In this connection it should be noted that pro-
longed action of alkali may hydrolyze the a-acylaminoacrylic acid to the
a-keto acid.
Alcoholysis
Unsaturated azlactones ordinarily do not react readily with hot alco-
hols.* However, if either an acid 12> 97 or a base is added to the ethanol,
the oxazolone ring is opened rapidly with the formation of an a-acyl-
aminoacrylic ester. With sodium hydroxide or alkoxide the reaction is
complete in three to five minutes at room temperature. 6 ' '•36> 69> 98 With
sodium carbonate as catalyst a short period of refluxing is required.99-10°
Azlactones also react rapidly with higher alcohols in the presence of the
sodium alkoxide.69
C4H9ONa
G4H9OH > RCHCO2C4H9
|
COR
* 2-Phenyl-4-(2'-nitro-3'-methoxy-4'-acetoxybenzal)-5-oxazolone is an exception to this

rule (see ref. 57).
94
Schmalfusz and Peschke, Ber., 62, 2591 (1929).
96
Lamb and Robson, Biochem. J., 25, 1231 (1931).
96
Slotta and Soremba, Bvr., 69, 566 (1936).
"Harington and Barger, Biochem. J., 21, 169 (1927).
98
Posner and Sichert, Ber., 63, 3078 (1930).
99
Kropp and Decker, Ber., 42, 1184 (1909).
100
King and Stiller, J. Chem. Soc, 193T, 466.
Aminolysis, Synthesis of Peptides
No systematic study has been made of the reaction of azlactones with

amines. Conditions of a widely varying nature have been reported, and
many of them obviously are far from optimum. However, the yields of
amide or substituted amide are usually excellent, and many are prac-
tically quantitative.
RCH—-C=0
| 1 HV R'NHa -•* RCHCONHR'
N 0 |
%- / NH
C |
COR
RI
Saturated azlactones react quite vigorously with ammonia and

amines.18'21> 26> **•101 The reaction usually is effected by treating the
azlactone with the pure amine or with an aqueous or ethanolic solution
of the amine at room temperature. The rate of reaction of a saturated
azlactone with aniline is markedly accelerated by the presence of a trace
of an amine hydrochloride.88 Unsaturated azlactones react somewhat
less readily with amines, and warming at 50-100° has been employed in
many instances.7-8> 102 Occasionally the reaction has been effected at
room temperature but with a longer reaction time.103 Much more
drastic conditions have been employed, but there is no evidence that the
severe conditions were essential.68 • 1M
Acyldipeptides are produced by the reaction of an azlactone with an
amino acid, and many have been synthesized in this way.26'103'106'106
The method consists in the addition of the azlactone to a solution of the
amino acid in aqueous acetone containing an equivalent amount of
sodium hydroxide. Excellent results are obtained with unsaturated
RCH C=O
| | + R"CHCO2Na -» RCHCONHCHCO2Na
NO | | |
\ / NH2 NH R"
C |
| COR'
R'
101
Lettre and Fernholz, Z. physiol. Chem., 266, 37 (1940).
J02
Granacher and Gulbas, Helv. Chim. Ada, 10, 819 (1927).
108
Bergmann and Fruton, J. Bid. Chem., 124, 321 (1938).
101
Banerjee, J. Indian Chem. Soc, 9, 479 (1932).
106
Bergmann and Miekeley, Ann., 458, 40 (1927).
m
Behrens and Bergmann, J. Bid. Chem., 129, 687 (1939).
AZLACTONES 217
azlactones and with many saturated azlactones. With certain saturated
azlactones better yields are obtained 107 by heating the azlactone and the
amino acid in acetic acid. Occasionally the ester of the amino acid has
been employed 103'108 and the reaction carried out in ether, ethanol, or
ethyl acetate.
TYPES OF COMPOUNDS WHICH CAN BE PREPARED FROM AZLACTONES
General Discussion
Unsaturated azlactones furnish a convenient starting point in the syn-
thesis of a variety of compounds, some of which are indicated below.
ArCH=' C=O ArCH=CCO2H

NH
COR
z-Acylaminoacrylio aoid
1 I I
ArCH2COCO2H ArCH2CHCO2H ArCH=CHNHCOR
NH
NH 2
COR
a-Acylamino- .-Keto acid i-Amino acid
propionic acid
1
ArCH 2 CO 2 H
Arylacetio acid
and
ArCH2CN
Arylacetonitrile
Dihydroisoquinoline Isoquinoline
derivative derivative
Most of the reactions involve the intermediate formation of an a-acyl-

aminoacrylic acid and hence are not strictly azlactone reactions.
107
Steiger, Helv. Chim. Ada, 17, 563 (1934).
108
Granacher and Mahler, Helv. Chim. Ada, 10, 246 (1927).
a-Amino Acids
Unsaturated azlactones and acylaminoacrylic acids are converted to

a-amino acids by reduction and hydrolysis. Three general methods of
RCH=CCO2H
NH
RCH=<
COR RCH2CHCO2H
NH2
RCH2CHCO2H
NH
COR
reduction which have been used for this conversion are:
1. Sodium or sodium amalgam and water or ethanol.
2. Hydriodic acid, red phosphorus, acetic acid (or acetic anhydride).
3. Catalytic hydrogenation (Pt or Pd).
The reduction of a-benzoylaminoacrylic acids with an equivalent
amount of 3 % sodium amalgam as originally described by Erlenmeyer14
has been improved in several ways.109' n 0 In a modification of the pro-
cedure,110 a-benzoylaminopropionic acids are obtained in 62-80% yields
by treating aqueous solutions of the sodium salts of a-benzoylamino-
acrylic acids with a large excess of sodium amalgam. This method is not
always satisfactory; 2-phenyl-4-(3',4',5'-trimethoxybenzal)-5-oxazolone
is not reduced,111-112 and a-benzoylamino-|8-(4-methoxy-l-naphthyl)-
acrylic acid gives only a 10% yield.113 a-Benzoylamino-/3-indoleacrylic
acids 114~~116 and a-benzoylamino-/3-pyrroleacrylic acids 117 also are not
reduced satisfactorily by sodium amalgam. However, reduction of the
former is effected readily by the action of sodium and ethanol,116'116f 118'119
109
Fischer, Ber., 32, 3638 (1899).
110
Deulofeu, Armies soc. espaH. fis. quim., 32, 152 (1934).
111
Sonn, Miiller, Bulow, and Meyer, Ber., 58, 1103 (1925).
m
Schaaf and Labouohere, Helv. Chim. Ada, 7, 357 (1924).
113
Dey and Rajagopalan, Arch. Pharm., 277, 359, 377 (1939).
114
Restelli, Anales asoc. quim. argentina, 23, 58 (1935).
1M
EUinger and Flamand, Ber., 40, 3029 (1907).
u
«EUinger and Flamand, Z. physiol. Chem., 55, 8 (1908).
U7
Fischer and Zerweck, Ber., 56, 519 (1923).
U8
Barger and Ewina, Biochem. J., 11, 58 (1917).
m
Ellinger and Matsuoka, Z. physiol. Chem., 91, 45 (1914).
AZLACTONES 219
which also hydrolyzes a considerable proportion of the reduction product
to the free amino acid. Tryptophanehas been synthesized by this pro-
cedure.115 a-Phenylacetaminocinnamic acid is reduced to phenylacetyl-
phenylalanine in 90-95% yield by sodium amalgam. 16 ' 120 Sufficient
data are not available to show whether this result is unusual or whether
phenylacetyl and perhaps other aliphatic derivatives also may give better
results than the benzoyl derivatives in this reaction.
The use of a mixture of hydriodic acid and red phosphorus as a reduc-
ing agent for benzoylaminoacrylic acids was first reported 97 in the syn-
' thesis of thyroxine, in which an alkaline agent could not be employed.
The yields were improved markedly by adding acetic acid 95 or acetic
anhydride 121 to the reaction mixture. With the acetic anhydride-con-
taining reagent the free amino acid is produced directly and alkylphenyl
ether linkages are cleaved at the same time. The best results aje ob-
tained from the acrylic acid or ester, although the azlactone can be used
satisfactorily. Hydroxybenzaloxazolones, which are destroyed by alka-
lies, are smoothly reduced by phosphorus, hydriodic acid, and acetic
anhydride. This reagent has been applied successfully to a variety of
compounds, the following amino acids being obtained in the yields indi-
cated: phenylalanine, 65%; 7 9 several methyl and dimethyl tyrosines,
61-78%; M o-, Wr, and p-fluorophenylalanines, 37, 78, and 4 1 % , respec-
tively; m dibromo- and dichloro-thyronines, 70-80%. m In the reduction
of a-benzoylamino-/3-[4-(4'-nitrophenoxy)phenyl]-acrylic acid, the nitro
group and the double bond are reduced and the benzoyl group is removed
to give a-amino-/H4-(4'-aminophenoxy)phenyl]-propionic acid (yield
62%). 96
Catalytic reduction has been used to a limited extent only.26'37>124'125
It seems likely that this method would be most satisfactory, except where
other reducible or catalyst-poisoning groups may be present. Catalytic
hydrogenation could not be used in the preparation of thyroxine m or for
the reduction of pyrrole azlactones,69 Benzoylaminocrotonic azlactone
is reduced smoothly over platinum catalyst in glacial acetic acid contain-
ing 1 mole of water; the saturated azlactone first formed hydrolyzes
immediately since it is much more reactive than the original compound.37
The conversion of an aldehyde to an amino acid containing two more
carbon atoms can be effected in at least three other ways. These involve
condensation of the aldehyde with hydantoin and its derivatives, with
diketopiperazine, or with rhodanine. Since these methods have been
120
Erlenmeyer, Ber., 31, 2238 (1898).
m
Harington and McCartney, Biochem. J., 21, 852 (1927).
122
Schiemann and Roseliua, Ber., 65, 1439 (1932).
123
Schuegraf, Helv. Chim. Ada, 12, 405 (1929).
m
Harwood and Johnson, J. Am, Chem. Spc, 66, 468 (1934).
m
Herbst and Shemin, Org. Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 2,'491 (1943).
reviewed elsewhere,62'126' m they will notro discussed here. In general
the azlactone synthesis is most satisfactory although in certain instances
one or both of the other methods is preferable to it.128"131
Procedures. The preparation of d£-j8-phenylalanine by the reduction
and cleavage of a-benzoylaminocinnamic azlactone with phosphorus,
hydriodic acid, and acetic anhydride, and the preparation of the same
amino acid from a-acetaminocinnamic acid by catalytic reduction and
hydrolysis, are described in Organic Syntheses.™-126
Reduction of a-Benzoylaminoacrylic Acids with Sodium Amalgam,}1"
Ten grams of the acrylic acid is suspended in 100 cc. of water and reduced
with 30-100 times the calculated amount of 3% sodium amalgam. The
amalgam is added in 4 portions at fifteen-minute intervals. The reac-
tion mixture is stirred vigorously for a period of two hours beginning with
the first addition of the sodium amalgam. The mercury then is separated
and the solution is filtered (if necessary), cooled in an ice bath, and acidi-
fied with 10% hydrochloric acid. The saturated benzoyl derivative
precipitates. It is filtered, washed with water, and recrystallized from
acetic acid or water. The following a-benzoylaminoacrylic acids have
been reduced to the saturated derivative in the yield indicated: a-ben-
zoylaminocinnamic acid (82%); a-benzoylamino-p-methoxycinnamic
acid (78%); a-benzoylamino-j3-furylacrylic acid (80%); a-benzoylamino-
/3-(2,4>-dimethoxyphenyl)-acrylic acid (62%); a-benzoyIamino-/3-(3,4-
methylenedioxyphenyl)-acrylic acid (74%).
The saturated benzoyl derivatives are converted into amino acids in
excellent yields by heating under reflux with 10-20% hydrochloric acid.
a-Keto Acids
Unsaturated azlactones and a-acylaminoacrylic acids are converted
into a-keto acids by strong mineral acids or alkalies.
RCH=C C=O RCH=CC02H
| | -»• | -» RCH2COCO2H +
NO NH
C COC6H5
1M
Dunn in Schmidt, "Chemistry of the Amino Acids and Proteins," p. 51, Charles C.
Thomas, Springfield, 1944.
m
Clarke in Gilman, "Organic Chemistry," 2nd ed., p. 1108, John Wiley & Sons, New
York, 1943.
188
Deulofeu and Repetto, Anales soc. espaa. fis. quim., 32, 159 (1934).
129
Deulofeu, Z. physiol. Chem., 204, 214 (1932).
130
Deulofeu and Mendive, Z. physiol. Chem., 211, 1 (1932).
111
Deulofeu and Mendivebsua, Z. physiol. Chem., 219, 233 (1933).
AZLACT0NE8 221
The initial cleavage may occur between the acrylic acid residue and
the nitrogen atom yielding an a-keto acid and benzamide, or between the
benzoyl group and nitrogen yielding an a-aminoacrylic acid and benzoic
acid. In either case further hydrolysis of the nitrogen-containing frag-
ment yields the final products. There is direct evidence favoring the
first path. If the alkaline hydrolysis of 2-phenyl-4-benzal-5-oxazolone is
stopped when the odor of ammonia is first evident, benzamide is ob-
tained from the reaction mixture in 30% yield.11'132 However, there is
one case in which the nitrogen remains in the hydrolysis product M- m' m
as shown in the following equation. I t is possible, of course, that both
C6H6
reactions occur simultaneously and that various substituents may affect

the relative rates.
The conversion of unsaturated azlactones into a-keto acids can be
effected by either strong alkalies (sodium, potassium, or barium hydrox-
ide) or strong acids (usually hydrochloric) in aqueous or alcoholic solu-
tions. Alkalies are much more effective and generally are used. The
azlactone (or acylaminoacrylic acid) is refluxed with 10 volumes of 10%
sodium or potassium hydroxide for four to six hours. 8 - 40 ' 71> m~m
Occasionally 30-40% alkali is used with a shorter reaction time.138"140
Barium hydroxide in aqueous ethanol gives excellent results in a few
cases but is unsatisfactory in others.77 This reagent has one advantage,
namely, that the barium salts of a-keto acids often are insoluble in the
reaction mixture. p-Hydroxybenzaloxazolones are hydrolyzed in an
atmosphere of hydrogen in order to prevent oxidation of the pyruvic
acids.
Acids generally are less effective than bases as hydrolytic agents.
They are used for aliphatic azlactones, which are more easily hydrolyzed,
132
PlSchl, Ber., 17, 1616 (1884).
133
Staler, J. Chem. Soc, 1937, 473.
184
Gulland and Virden, / . Chem. Soc., 1928, 921.
136
Hill and Short, J. Chem. Soc., 1937, 260.
186
Birch and Kobertson, / . Chem. Soc, 1998, 306.
137
Foster, Robertson, and Healy, J. Chem. Soc., 1939, 1594.
138
Henze, Whitney, and Eppright, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 565 (1940).
189
Canzanelli, Guild, and Harington, Biochem. J., 29, 1617 (1935).
140
Spath and Land, Monatsh., 42, 273 (1921).
or for aromatic azlactones which, because of the nature of substituent
groups, are unstable toward alkalies. Aqueous hydrochloric acid has
been used for 2-phenyl-4-ethylidene-37 and 2-phenyl-4-isopropylidene-5-
oxazolone.70 Sulfuric acid (50%) or boiling ethanolic hydrochloric acid
merely opens the azlactone ring of 2-phenyl-4-(2'-nitro-3'-methoxy-4'-
acetoxybenzal)-5-oxazolone. However, the last reagent under pressure
at 100° gives a 55% yield of a-keto ester.67 The conversion of nitroben-
zaloxazolones into a-keto esters has been effected by the action of
aqueous-ethanolic hydrochloric acid.141
In the preparation of a-keto acids from 2-phenyloxazolones, benzoic
acid must be separated from the product. This separation has been
effected by saturating the reaction mixture with sulfur dioxide, which
forms a bisulfite addition product with the keto acid. Benzoic acid is
then removed by nitration or extraction, and the keto acid is subse-
quently regenerated. These operations are avoided by the use of 2-
methyloxazolones,66'142 with the added advantage that the 2-methyl
derivatives are converted more readily into keto acids than are the 2-
phenyl derivatives. Thus, 90% yields have been reported 143 in the con-
version of a series of 2-methyloxazolones to a-keto acids by alkaline
hydrolysis to the acetaminoacryhc acids and conversion of these acids to
a-keto acids with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Abnormal Hydrolytic Products. 1. o-Nitrobenzaloxazolones. o-Nitro-
benzaloxazolones undergo extensive decomposition when treated with
alkali. The reactions are of two types, depending on the nature and posi-
tion of other substituents. Unsubstituted o-nitrobenzaloxazolone yields
o-nitrotoluene. The following mechanism has been suggested for this
reaction.144 o-Nitrophenylpyruvic acids are known to undergo a reaction
of this type,144 presumably due to vinylogous activation of the methylene
CQ2H
N
°2 CO2H
group by the o-nitro substituent. The fact that w-nitrobenzaloxazolones

give no nitrotoluene under the same conditions59 supports this interpre-
tation. o-Nitrobenzaloxazolones with no substituents adjacent to the
141
Avenarius and Pschorr, Ber., 62, 321 (1929).
142
Sugasawa and Tsuda, J. Pharm. Soc. Japan, 55, 1050 (1935).
143
Niederl and Ziering, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 64, 885 (1942).
144
Burton and Stoves, J. Chem. Soc, 1937, 402.
AZLACTONES 223
nitro group also decompose into toluene derivatives. However, the

presence of an alkoxy group next to the nitro group leads to a different
reaction as shown in the following equation.68 2-Phenyl-4-(2'-nitro-3'-
CH2COCO2H
NO2
c=o
•c=o
CH3O CH3O
methoxy^l'-acetoxybenzal)-5-oxazolone gives the isatin derivative but
no aminovanillic acid.144 Several o-nitrobenzaloxazolones which decom-
pose with alkali have been converted into the corresponding a-keto acids
or esters by the use of ethanolic hydrochloric acid.141
2. o-Carboalkoxybenzaloxazolones. o-Carboalkoxybenzaloxazolones are
converted into derivatives of isocarbostyril-3-carboxylic acid by refluxing
CCO2H
•NH
10% aqueous potassium hydroxide.39' m- m If the reaction is carried

out in methanol or ethanol the main product is an orthoester 133 of the
following structure.
CC(OR)3
•NH
, 3. Miscellaneous Reactions, (a) The decomposition of azlactones to

toluene derivatives, noted for o-nitrobenzaloxazolones, also has been
reported for p-methoxybenzal-,138 2-methoxy-l-naphthal-, 146 and 6-meth-
oxy-3,7-dimethylcoumarilal-2-phenyl-5-oxazolones.137
(6) Cinnamaloxazolone on treatment with hydrochloric acid yields
naphthalene and a-naphthoic acid. 6 ' 10 "
145
Mauthner, J. prakt. Chem., 95, 55 (1917).
Procedures. The preparations of phenylpyruvic acid by the hydroly-
sis of a-acetaminocinnamic acid with 1 N hydrochloric acid and of 3,4-
dimethoxyphenylpyruvic acid by the hydrolysis of a-benzoylamino-/3-
(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-acrylic azlactone by 10%aqueous sodiumhydrox-
ide are described in Organic Syntheses.14*-14T
Hydrolysis with Barium Hydroxide.71 The azlactone (5 g.), barium
hydroxide (20 g.), water (70 cc), and ethanol (10 cc, to prevent frothing)
are heated in an oil bath under reflux until no more ammonia is evolved.
The mixture is cooled, and the barium salt is filtered, washed with water,
and decomposed to the arylpyruvic acid with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Under these conditions 2-phenyl-4-(3'-methoxy-4'-benzyloxybenzal)-
5-oxazolone gives 3-methoxy-4-benzyloxypyruvic acid in 90% yield
(ninety-six-hour reaction time); 2-phenyl-4-(3',4'-methylenedioxyben-
zal)-5-oxazolone gives the pyruvic acid in 85% yield (reaction time not
given); the aziactones derived from vanillin, m-hydroxybenzaldehyde,
and p-hydroxybenzaldehyde give no arylpyruvic acid.
Arylacetic Acids
The conversion of substituted 4-benzaloxazolones to arylacetic acids is
accomplished readily by hydrolyzing the aziactones to a-keto acids and
oxidizing the «,-keto acids with hydrogen peroxide. The intermediate
a-keto acid usually is not isolated but rather is oxidized directly in the
hydrolysis mixture.
Na H
° ArCH2COCO2Na - ^ > ArCH2C02Na
If a substituted 2-phenyloxazolone is used benzoic acid is produced, and

it must be separated from the desired product. This separation has been
effected by fractional distillation of the esters 146'148 or by steam distilla-
tion of the benzoic acid.
At least two other methods are available for preparing arylacetic acids
from aromatic aldehydes. One involves the condensation of the aldehyde
with rhodanine,62'im and the other160 involves the formation of the
146
Snyder, Buck, and Ide, Org. Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 2, 333 (1943).
" ' H e r b s t and Shemin, Org. Syntheses, CoU. Vol. 2, 519 (1943).
148
Cain, Simonsen, and Smith, J. Chem. Soc., 103, 1035 (1913).
149
Julian and Sturgis, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 57, 1126 (1935).
^Kindler, Metzendorf, and Dschi-yin-Kwok, Ber., 76, 308 (1943).
AZLACTONES 225
cyanohydrin, which may be converted into the arylacetic acid in seyeral
ways. 160 ' 161
Procedures. The preparation of 3,4-dimethoxyphenylacetic acid
(homoveratric acid) is described in Organic Syntheses.146
4-Chlorophenylacetic Acid.m Five grams of 2-phenyl-4-(4'-chloroben-
zal)-5-oxazolone is heated under reflux for five hours with 50 cc. of 10%
aqueous sodium hydroxide. The solution is cooled in an ice bath and
shaken vigorously while 25 cc. of 10% hydrogen peroxide is added slowly.
The reaction mixture is allowed to stand overnight at room temperature
and is acidified with dilute hydrochloric acid. The benzoic acid is re-
moved by steam distillation, and the crude 4-chlorophenylacetic acid
separates-when the residual solution is cooled. The crude product is
recrystallized from petroleum ether, giving 1.8 g. (60%) of the pure
material, m.p. 104-105°.
Arylacetonitriles
Arylacetonitriles also can be prepared from the a-keto acids obtained
from azlactones. The a-keto acids are isolated from the hydrolysis
mixture and converted into the oximes, from which the nitriles are ob-
ArCH2COCO2H - » ArCH2CCO2H - ^ > ArCH2CN

. IINOH
tained by reaction with acetic anhydride. Good yields have been ob-
tained with a variety of compounds.74- M1-143> IM-U»
Procedures. 1. Conversion of Arylpyruvic Acids to the Oximes.1& Ap-
proximately 1 mole of the arylpyruvic acid is dissolved in 800 cc. of a
solution containing 2 mole equivalents of sodium hydroxide, and 1.5
moles of hydroxylamine is added. The solution is allowed to stand for
thirty-six hours, and the oxime is precipitated by acidification with
dilute hydrochloric acid. The yield of oxime is 95%.
2. Conversion of Oximes to Arylacetonitriles.14* The oxime is dehydrated
by warming with 4 parts of acetic anhydride. Since the reaction is vio-
lent the oxime is added in 3 portions to the warm reagent, the reaction
being allowed to subside between additions. The nitriles are separated
from the reaction mixture by fractional distillation in vacuum. The
yields vary from 50 to 70%.
161
Krannichfeldt, Ber., 46, 4023 (1913).
f m
Mitter and Maitra, J. Indian Chem. Soc., 13, 236 (1936).
^Pfeiffer, Quehl, and Tappermann, Ber., 63, 1301 (1930).
164
Buck, Baltzly, and Ide, / . Am. Chem. Soc., 60, 1789 (1938).
«* Robertson, J. Chem. Soc., 1933, 489.
""Haworth, Mavin, and Sheldrick, J. Chem. Soc., 1934, 1423.
4-Methoxy-, 3,4-dimethoxy-, and 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenylaceto-
nitriles have been prepared by the above methods.
Miscellaneous
Isoquinoline Derivatives. The preparation of derivatives of iso-
carbostyryl from 2»carboalkoxybenzaloxazolones already has been dis-
cussed. Derivatives of dihydroisoquinoline have been obtained indi-
rectly from azlactones as shown in the following equations.
CH3
C6H6
I 157
CH=CCO 2 H cuCr2o4 |CH==€HNHCOC«HB
CH
NH
CH3O CH3O
COC6H6
CH3O
C6H6
Quinoline Derivatives. Imidazolones obtained from o-nitrobenzal-
oxazolones give substituted diaminoquinolines on reduction. 66
CH
NHCOC 6 H 6
CNHR
N
"'Sugasawa, J. Pharm. Soc. Japan, 55, 224 (1935).

AZLACTONES 227
Imidazolone (Glyoxalone) Derivatives. Amides of a-acylamino-
acrylic acids can be converted into imidazolone derivatives as shown in
the equations:
0 •
RCH=C C=O R'NH2 RCH=C—C—NHR' RCH=C O=O
NO NH ~* N NR'
vA A^ v
R
The ring closure can be effected under a variety of conditions. When

R ' = H the action of sodium hydroxide alone converts the amide into the
imidazolone; 6 ' 8 when R ' = —CH 2 R, heating above the melting point is
required.108 Substituted anilides (R' = —CeH4R) have been converted
into imidazolone derivatives by the action of phosphorus oxychloride.66'
The conversion of amides of saturated a-acylamino acids into imidaz-
olones has not been studied extensively.21"24 Benzoylphenylalanine
amide M gives a poor yield; benzoylaminoisobutyric acid amide, a good
yield.21
Certain imidazolone derivatives can be converted into dipeptides as
follows.108
C6H6CH=C C=O Na.Hg C6H6CH2CH C=O H+

>
N NCH2CO2C2H5 NH NCH 2 CO 2 C2H 6
C6H6CH2CHCONHCH2CO2H + C6H6CHO
NH 2
Indole Derivatives. An indole derivative has been obtained from a

substituted azlactone as shown in the following equation.168 This reac-
tion has not been applied to other compounds.
CH=C C=O CH8OH O2N(^

>
NH 8
N 0
NO2 V /
««Hffl and RobinBon, J. Chem. Soc, 1933, 486.

Styrylamides. Benzoylaminocinnamic acids can be decarboxylated
to styrylamides by heating with copper chromite in quinoline at 120-
18O°.167'1M
C 6 H 6 CH=CCO 2 H
NH -> C 6 H B CH=CHNHCOC 6 H 8
COC6H6
TABLES OF AZLACTONES AND DERIVED SUBSTANCES
Those azlactones reported in the literature up to and including the

1944 Chemical Abstracts are listed in the following tables. Many of them
were prepared as intermediates, and the substances to which they were
converted are listed along with them.
w
Sugaisa-wa and Kakemi, J. Pharm. Soc. Japan, 55, 1283 (1935).
AZLACTONES 229
TABLE I
UNSATT7BATED AZLACTONES
A. 8-Phenylr4-benzalr5-oxazolones
Derived Acids
Substituted Azlactone
Benzaldehyde References and Yields
Pyruvic Acetic Amino
EJnsubstituted 79 (64%), 1 (80%), 2,3, 12- 12, 77, 147 160 (65%) 14, 79 (65%), 95
14, 35, 36, 69, 77, 85, 95, (90%) (8«%), 110, 121
102, 103, 108, 110, 121, (88%), 161, 164
132, 133, 160-166 /
3-Methyl 167 167 (60%)
4-Methyl 168 (80%), 166 168
4-Isopropyl 6 (80%), 169
2-Styryl 170 UB%)
2-Fluoro 122 (35%) 122 (37%)
3-Fluoro 122 (70%) 122 (78%)
4-Fluoro 122 (75%), 171 122 (41%)
2-Chloro 145 145
3-Chloro 172 (75%), 173 173 (77%) 173 (57%) 172
4-Chloro 174 (79%), 145 174 145 (60%) 174
3-Bromo 145 145
3-Fluoro-4-methoxy 175 (95%), 176-178 175-178,* 177*
(77%)
3-Fluoro-4-ethoxy 178 (65%), 176 176,* 178 * (88%)
3,5-Difluoro-4-methoxy 177 (50%), 175 175,* 177 * (77%)
3-Chloro-4,5-dimeth- 179
oxy 156 156 156
2-Brojno-4,5-dimeth-
oxy 96 (70%) 96
4-(4'-Iodophenoxy)
2-Fluoro-4-(4'-meth- 178 (89%), 176 176,* 178 * (85%)
oxyphenoxy)
3,5-Dichloro-4-(4'- 123 (80-85%) 123 * (80%)
methoxyphenoxy)
3,5-Dibromo-4-(4'- 123 (80%) 123 * (70-80%)
methoxyphenoxy)
3,5-Diiodo-4-(2'- 180 (95%) 180 * (12%)
methoxyphenoxy)
3,5-Diiodo-4-(3'- 181 (95%) 181 * (S9%)
methoxyphenoxy)
3,5-Diiodo-4-(4'- 97 (90%), 121, 182 97,* 121 * (82%)
methoxyphenoxy)
3,5-Diiodo-4-(3'- 183 (90%) 183 * (42%)
fluoro-4'-methoxy-
phenoxy)
3,5-Diiodo-4-(3',5'- 177 (60-66%) 177 * (66%)
difluoro-4'-meth-
oxyphenoxy)
5-Chloro-3-methoxy- 184 t (80%) 184 (49%)
4-hydroxy
References 160-248 appear on pp. 238-239.

* Alkoxyl group replaced by hydroxyl.
t Hydroxyl group acetylated during azlactonizatio
TABLE I—Continued
UNSATTJBATED AZLACTONES
Derived Acids
6-Chloro-3-methoxy- 184 t (68%)

4-hydroxy
S,6-Dichloro-3-meth- 184 t (62%)
oxy-4-bydroxy
5-Bromo-3-methoxy- 184 t (70%) 184 (47%)
4-hydroxy
6-Bromo-3-methoxy- 184 t (71%)
4-hydroxy
5,6-Dibromo-3-meth- 184 t (61%) %
oxy-4-hydroxy
2,5,6-Tribromo-3- 184 t (7«%)
metho(xy-4-hydroxy
5-Bromo-3,4-dimeth- 184 (68%) 184 (37%)
oxy
5-Iodo-3-methoxy-4- 184 t 184 (43%)
hydroxy
2-Methoxy 60, 160, 185 160, 185
3-Methoxy 1*86 (53%), 60 186 (60%)
4-Methoxy 187 (80%), 8, 60, 77, 95,102, 8, 77 (23%) 148, 160 95,* 110, 121 *
110, 121, 138, 148, 160, 138, 148 (80%) (60%), 187
188
2,3-Dimethoxy 189 (60%), 185, 190 190 189 (66%),
185, 190
2,4-Dimethoxy 110 (71%), 152, 191 152 152, 191 110 (62%)
(60%)
2,5-Dimethoxy 40 (75%), 112 40 (76%) 40 (80%) 112*
3,4-Dimethoxy 80 (69-73%), 76, 99, 124, 90, 146 146 (61%), 124, 131, 193
131,153,156,157,192,193 (80%) 153, 156,
153, 156, 192
192
3,4-Methylenedioxy 76 (70%), 56, 77, 99, 110, 77 (85%), 160 (90%), 110 (74%), 193,
160, 193-198 99, 194, 195 196
195
3,4-Carbonyldioxy 199 (74%) 199 t (76%)
2,3,5-Trimethoxy 200 (95%) 200
2,4,5-Trimethoxy 201 201 201
2,4,6-Trimethoxy 202 202 (6/%)
3,4,5-Trimethoxy 75 (85%), 74, 111 74, 75 74, 75
4,5-Dimethoxy-2- 203 (79%) 203 (57%)
methoxymethoxy .
2-Methoxy-3-methyl 135 (/0O%) 135 135
4-Methoxy-3-methyl 204 (70%) 204 * (66%)
2-Methoxy-5-ethyl 134 134 (70%) 134 (S5%)
4,5-Dimethoxy-2-ethyl 205 (66%) 205 (7/%) 205 (78%)
2,3-Dimethoxy-5-n- 206 (61%) 206 206 (83%)
propyl

t Hydroxyl group acetylated during azlactonization.
t Carbonylaioxy group hydrolyzed.
AZLACTONES 231
TABLE I—Continued
UNSATTJRATEB AZLACTONES
Derived Acids
2-Ethoxy 154 (65%) 154 (66%) 154

3-Ethoxy 154 (86%) 154 (55%) 154
4-Ethoxy 154 (66%) 154 (65%) 154
2-Ethoxy-3-methoxy 154 (65%) 154 (55%) 154
3-Ethoxy-4-methoxy 72 (82%), 73 73(71%) 72, 73 (98%)
4-Ethoxy-3-methoxy 73 (87%) 73 (71%) 73 (S8%)
3,4-Diethoxy 154 (85%) - 154 (55%) 154
4-Phenoxy 96 (85%) 96 (70%)
3-Phenoxy-4-hydroxy 207 t (75%) 207 (60%)
3-Benzyloxy 71 (74%) 71 (65%) 71 (90%)
2-Benzyloxy 185 (63%) 185 185
3-Benzyloxy-4-meth- 208 (7.8%), 194,209 194 (6i%), 208, 209
oxy 208, 209 (88%),
4-Benzyloxy-3-meth- 77 (80%) 77 (90%) 77
oxy
3,4-Dibenzyloxy 194 (60%) 194 (0%)
4-(4'-Methoxy- 121 (70%) 121 * (8/%)
phenoxy)
2-Carbethoxymethoxy 155 (54%) 155 t 155 t
2-Carbethoxymethoxy- 155 (83%) 155 t (83%) 155 t
4-methoxy
2-Carbomethoxy-3,4- 39
dimethoxy
2-Carbomethoxy 39, 133
2-Hydroxy-4-methoxy 155 t
3-Hydroxy-4-methoxy 140 t (78%), 128 X 140 (24%) 140 128 (86%)
4-Hydroxy-3-methoxy 121 X (75%), 160,1: 2044 160 121 * (60%), 204,*
210,1211 X 210,* 211
5-Hydroxy-3,4-d!- 212 t (38%) 212 (36%)
methoxy
2-Hydroxy 74 294 60-62,1 213 t 7 213 («5%)
3-Hydroxy 8,X 60,t 172.J 213 t 213 (86%)
4-Hydroxy 4 t(85%),9,t 60,J69,t 103.J 214 (36%) 160 (80%) 4, 103, 109 (67%)
1094 1604 214 t
2,4-Dihydroxy 634 155 t
2,5-Dihydroxy 64 t (.43%) 64
3,4-Dihydroxy 131 t (65%), 210 t 131
4-Hydroxy-2-methyl 94 X (73%) 94 (81%)
4-Hydroxy-3-methyl 94 X 94
4-Hydroxy-2,3-di- 94 X (77%) 94 (78%)
methyl 94 (65%)
4-Hydroxy-3,5-di- 94 f (95%)
methyl
4-Hydroxy-2,5-di- 94 X (71%) 94 (72%)
methyl

t Carbethoxy group hydrolyzed.
% Hydroxyl group acetylated during azlactonization.
TABLE I—Continued
UNSATURATED AZLACTONES
Derived Acids
2-Nitro 59 (61%), 56, 166, 169 59 (0%), 169

3-Nitro 77 (76%), 59, 166
4-Nitro 59, 77, 166 77 (0%)
2-Nitro-5-methoxy 59 (84%) 59 (0%)
3-Nitro-4-methoxy -215
2-Nitro-3,4-dimethoxy 58 (75%), 39, 141 58 (0%), 141 141
2-Nitro-4,5-dimethoxy 76 (89%), 169 76 (0%), 169
2-Nitro-3,4-methyl- 56 (35%), 39
enedioxy
2-Nitro-5-benzyloxy 59 (59%) 59 (0%)
2-Nitro-5-hydroxy 59 * (65%) 59 (0%)
5-Nitro-3-methoxy-4- 111 * (80%)
hydroxy
2-Nitro-3-methoxy-4- 57 * (J&%), 39, 144 57 (53%)
hydroxy 144 (0%)
3,5-Dinitro-2-methoxy 158 (66%)
3,5-Dinitro-2-hydroxy 158 (85%)
4-(4'-Nitrophenoxy) 96 (82%) 96 t (6S%)
•
B. %-Phenyl-4-indolal-5-oxazoloneg
Derived Acids
Carbonyl Azlactone
Component References and Yields
2-Indolealdehyde 114 (1-acetyl)

3-Indolealdehyde 116 (80%), 114, 115, 133; 216 (90%?) 114 (0%), 115, 116
1-acetyl 216 (83%), 69,
114
3-Oxindolealdehyde 217, 218 t
l-Methyl-3-oxindole- 217 t (S0%)
aldehyde
Ethyl 3-oxindolegly- 218
oxylate
Substituted 3-indole-
aldehyde
2-Carbethoxy 100 (80%), 219
(methoxy)
2-Methyl 119 (89%), 118 118 (40%), 119
5-Methyl 220 (0%)
1-Methyl 221 221

* Hydroxyl group acetylated during azlactonization.
t Nitro group reduced to amino.
t The structures of these azlactones have not been established completely.
AZLACTONES 233
TABLE I—Continued
C. 2-Phenyl-4-pyrrolalr5-oxazolones
Derived Acids
Carbonyl Azlactone
Pyruvio Acetic Amino
•
2-Pyrrolealdehyde 222
Substituted 2-pyrrole-
aldehyde
3,5-DimethyI-4-ethyI 69 (83%)
3,5-Dimethyl-4 (2'-car- 223
bethoxy-2'-cyano)-
vinyl
Substituted 3-pyrrole-
aldehyde
2,4,6-Trimethyl 117
2,o-Bimethyl-4-car- 217
bethoxy-1-phenyl
2,5-Dimethyl-4-car-
bethoxy-1-p-tolyl 217
2,4-Dimethyl-5-car-
boalkoxy 224 (62%), 69
D. S-Phenyl-4-substitiUed-S-oxazolones Derived from Other Aromatic Ring Systems
1-Naphthaldehyde 145 (38%) 145

2-Methoxy-l-naph- . 145 (*S%) 145
thaldehyde
4-Methoxy-l-naph- 113 (43%), 145 145 113
thaldehyde
3-Pyrenealdehyde 225 (77%) 225 (Good)
Furfural 172 (70%), 7, 98, 110,226 110 (Good), 172,
226
Phthalic anhydride 2, 227
3-MethyI-6-methoxy- 137 (86%) 137 (50%) 137 (69%)
2-benzofuranalde-
hyde
3,7-Dimethyl-6-meth- 137 (89%) 137 00%)
oxy-2-benzofuran-
aldehyde
3-Methyl-4,6-dimeth- 136 136 (83%) 136 (95%)
oxy-2-benzofuran-
aldehyde
3,5-Dimethyl-4,6-di- 136 (73%) 136 136
methoxy-2-benzo-
furanaldehyde
6-Formylcoumarin 104 (60%) 104
2-Thiophenealdehyde 228 (70%), 68 68 (66%), 228
4-Methyl-5-thiazole- 229 (70%), 230 229 (70%), 230
aldehyde
4-Imidazolealdehyde 53 (72%) (1-acetyl) 53

TABLE I—Continued
UNSATTJRATED AZLACTONES
E. bis-S-Phenyl-6-oxazolones
Derived Acids
Carbonyl Azlactone .
Terephthalaldehyde 231 (97%)

Isophthalaldehyde 231 231 (0%)
Dinitroisophthalalde- 231 (es%)
hyde
2,2'-Dimethoxy-5,5'- 232
diformyldiphenyl- ,
ether
F. S~Phenyl-4-alkylidene-5-oxazolones
Acetaldehyde 37 (.20%), 34, 81 37 (80%)

Acetone 70 (40%), 81 70, 81
Isobutyraldehyde 5 5
Perilla aldehyde 67 (97%)
Cinnamaldehyde 6, 10 10 (0%)
ot-n-Amylcinnamalde- 67 (80%), 233
hyde
G. %-Methyl-4-benzal~5-oxazolones
Derived Acids
Unsubstituted 78 (75%), 13, 26, 27, 33, 65, 13, 65, 147 125 (94%)
83-85, 87, 105-108, 125, (00%)
162, 165, 184, 234
5-Chloro-3-methoxy- 184 * (55%)
4-hydroxy
5-Chloro-3,4-dimeth- 184
oxy
5-Bromo-3-methoxy- 184 * (72%)
4-hydroxy
5-Bromo-3,4-dimeth- 184 (70%)
oxy
3-Bromo-3-methoxy-4- 184*
hydroxy
5-Iodo-3-methoxy-4- 184 * (27%)
hydroxy

* Hydroxyl group acetylated during azlactonization.
AZLACTONES 235
TABLE I—Continued
•
Derived Acids
3,5-Diiodo-4-(4'-meth- 139 (92%) 139

oxyphenoxy)
3,5-Diiodt>4-[3',5'- 235 (80%) « 235 * (Poor)
diiodo-4'-(4"-meth-
oxyphenoxy)-phen-
oxy]
4-Nitro 68 (96%)
2-Methoxy 82
4-Methoxy 143 (SS%), 142 142, 143 142, 143
(90%)
3,4-Dimethoxy 143 (S6%), 142 142, 143 142, 143
(00%)
3,4-Methylenedioxy 65 (57%), 54, 142, 143 142, 143 142, 143
(90%)
2-Hydroxy 65 t (50%)
4-Hydroxy 65 t (72%), 33, 87 ;
H. Miscellaneous Unsaturated Azlactones
Derived Acids
5-Oxazolone t References and Yields
4-(4'-Methyl-5'-thia- 236 (27%)

zolylmethylene)-2-
methyl
4-Formal-2-methyl 83 83
4-Formal-2-ethyl 33
4-Isobutylidene-2- 16S (70%)
methyl
4-Benzal-2-chlorc- 86 (56%) 86
methyl
4-Benzal-2-benzyl 15 (37%), 120 15 (90%), 120
4-(3'-Methoxy-4'-hy- 184 t (61%)
droxybenzal-2-o-
bromophenyl

* Alkoxy group replaced by hydroxyl.
t Hydroxyl group acetylated during azlactonization.
t A group of azlactones derived from acylated peptides of a-aminocinnamic acid has been
described. (See refs. 165 and 237.) These compounds are of the general type:
~CHC6H6)—CO
CH3, CeHs and x = 0, 1, 2, 3
TABLE I—Continued
UNSATTTRATED AzkACTONES
Derived Acids
v
5-Oxazolone Keferences and Yields
Pyruvio Acetic Amino
4-(3'-Methoxy-4'-hy- 184 * (65%)

droxy-o'-bromoben-
zal) -2-o-bromo- #
phenyl
4-(3'-Methoxy-4'-hy- 184 * (82%)
droxy-6'-bromoben-
zal)-2-o-bromo-
phenyl 1
4-(3'-Methoxy-4'-hy- 184 * (6*%)
droxy-5',6'-dibromo-
benzal) -2-&-bromo-
phenyl
4-(3'-Methoxy-4'-hy- 184 * (£8%)
droxy-2',S',6'-tri-
bromobenzal)-2-o-
bromophenyl
4-(3',4'-Diethoxyben- 1S7 (00%)
zal)-2-(3',4',5'-tri-
methoxyphenyl)
4-(3'-Isopropoxy-4'- 159
methoxybenzal) -2-
(3',4',5'-trimethoxy-
• phenyl)
4-(3'-n-Propoxy-4'- 159
methoxy benzal) -2-
(3',4',S'-trimethoxy-
phenyl)

* Hydroxyl group aoetylated during azlactonization.
AZLACTONES 237
TABLE II
SATURATED AZLACTONES
A. S-Phenyl-4-substituted S-oxazolones
Azlactone
4-Substituents Dipeptides
References and Yields
None 238, 239

Methyl 22 {95%), 19, 89, 101, 240 19, 22, 101, 240
Dimethyl 21 (95%), 18, 108, 162 21, 108
Benzyl . 19, 24, 38 19,24
4'-Methoxybenzyl 34 (66%)
Methyl, benzamido 50 50
3-Pyrenylmethyl 225
B. 2-MethyL4-8ubstituted S-oxazolones
Methyl 23, 91
Isobutyl 26,84 26
Dimethyl 21, 41
Methyl, ethyl 41
Methyl, acetamido 25 (85%), 241 25
Methyl, phenyl 41 (72%), 107 41, 107
Benzyl 26 (54%), 38, 84, 107 26, 107
3',5'-Diiodo-4'-acetoxybenzyl 45
C. Miscellaneous Saturated Azlactones
5-Oxazolone References
2-CH3CO-NH-CH2-4,4-CH3,CH3 ' 107

2-CH3CONHCH(CH3)-4,4-CH3,CH3 107
2-CH3CONHCH (C6H6CH2)-4,4- 107
2-C6H6CONHCH(CH3)-4,4-CH3,CH3" 19, 22
2-CH3CONHC(C6H5) (CH,)- 107
2-CH3CONHC(C6HB) (CH3)-4-CH3 107
2-CH3CONHC (C6H6) (CH3)-4,4- 107
2-Pyrenyl-4-methyl 225
2-(p-Nitrophenyl)-4-isobutyl 242
2- (p-Phenylazophenyl)-4-isopropyl 243
2-(p-Phenylazophenyl)-4-isobutyl 243
References 160-248 appear on pp. 238-239,

TABLE III
COMPOUNDS NOT DEFINITELY ESTABLISHED AS AZLACTONES
5-Oxazolone References
2-Methyl-4-carboxymethyl ... 26, 43, 84

2-Phenyl-4-carboxymethyl i 244
2-CH3-4-HO2CCH2CH2- 42, 93
2-Methyl-4-N-acetylimidazolemethyl . 28
2-Phenyl-4-imidazolemethyl 245
2-Phenyl-4-m-benzoylphenyl 246
2-CH3CH2-4-HO2CCH= 247
2-C6H6-4-CH3C(CO2H)== 66, 248
REFERENCES TO TABLES
180
Mauthner, Ann., 370, 368 (1909).
161
Erlenmeyer, Ber., 30, 2976 (1897).
162
Heller and Lauth, Ber., 52, 2295 (1919).;
163
Nicolet, / . Biol. Chem., 95, 389 (1932).
164
165
Doherty, Tietzman, and Bergmann, J. Biol. Chem., 147, 617 (1943).
168
Vanghelovioi and Stefanescu, C. A., 38, 5501 (1944).
167
Bohm, Z. physiol. Chem., 89, 101 (1914):
168
Dakin, J. Biol. Chem., 9, 151 (1911).
169
Red'kin and Shemyakin, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 11, 1175 (1941).
170
Natelson and Gottfried, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 487 (1941).
171
Schiemann, Winkelrauller, and Roselius, Ger. pat. 621,862, Nov. 14, 1935.
i72
Flatow, Z. physiol.'Chem., 64,"367 (1910).
173
Buck and Ide, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 54, 3302 (1932).
174
Friedmann and Maase, Biochem. Z., 27, 97 (1910).
176
English, Mead, and Niemann,/. Am. Chem. Soc., 62, 350 (1940).
176
Schiemann, Winkelmuller, and Roselius, Ber., 66, 1435 (1932).
177
Niemann, Benson, and Mead, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 2204 (1941).
178
Schiemann and Winkelmuller, J. praU. Chem., 135, 101 (1932-1933).
179
Hann, / . Wfish. Acad. Sci., 24, 464 (1934).
180
Niemann and Mead, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 2685 (1941).
181
Niemann and Redemann, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 1549 (1941).
182
Savitzkii, Mid. exptl. Ukraine, No. 1, 39 (1934).
183
Niemann, Mead, and Benson, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 63, 609 (1941). :
184
Raiford andi Buurman, / . Org. Chem., 8, 466 (1943).
185
Bergel, Haworth, Morrison, and Rinderknecht, J. Chem. Soc, 1944, 261.
18
»Psehorr, Ann., 391, 40 (1912).
187
Dakin, J. Biol. Chem., 8, 11 (1910).
188
Vanghelovici and Moise, C. A., 38, 5500 (1944).
189
Spath and Mosettig, Ann., 433, 138 (1923).
190
Chakravarti and Swaninathan, J. Indian Chem. Soc, 11, 107 (1934).
191
Pschorr and Knoffler,.4nn., 382, 50 (1911).
m
Haworth, Perkin, and Rankin, J. Chem. Soc, 125, 1686 (1924).
AZLACTONES 239
193
Narang, Ray, and Saohdeva, J. Indian Chem. Soc, 13, 260 (1936).
194
Schopf, Brass, Jacobi, Jordl, Macnik, Neuroth, and Slazer, Ann., 544, 30 (1940).
m
Buck and Perkin, J. Chem. Soc, 125, 1675 (1924).
198
Deulofeu and Mendive, Anales asoc. quim. argentina, 21, 100 (1933).
197
Labruto and Irrera, Gazz. chim. ital., 64, 136 (1934).
198
Labruto and Irrera, Gazz. chim. Hal., 65, 1201 (1935).
199
Funk, J. Chem. Soc., 99, 554 (1911).
200
Smith and LaForge, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 53, 3072 (1931).
201
Sugasawa and Sigehara, Ber., 74, 459 (1941).
202
Freudenburg and-Harder, Ann., 451, 213 (1926-1927).
m
Smith and LaForge, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 56, 2431 (1934).
204
Fromherz and Hermanns, Z. physiol. Chem.,*91, 194 (1914).
206
Barger and Silberschmidt, / . Chem. Soc, 1928, 2919.
206
Freudenberg and Richtzenhain, Ann., 552, 126 (1942).
Ûngnade and Orwoll, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 65, 1736 (1943).
208
Robinson and Sugasawa, J. Chem. Soc, 1931, 3163.
209
Schopf, Perrey, and Jackl, Ann., 497, 47 (1932).
210
Sugii, J. Pharm. Soc Japan, 468, 130 (1921).
m
Waser, Helv. Chim. Ada, 8, 117 (1925).
^Mauthner, Ann., 449, 102 (1926).
213
Blum, Arch, exptl. Pathol. Pharmakol., 59, 269 (*808).
214
Neubauer and Fromherz, Z. physiol. Chem., 70, 326 (1910-1911).
216
McRae and Hopkins, Can. J. Research, 7, 248 (1932).
2
" Ellinger and Matsuoka, Z. physiol. Chem., 109, 259 (1920).
217
Fischer and Smeykal, Ber., 56, 2368 (1923).
*» Homer, Ann., 548, 117 (1941).
219
Fischer and Pistor, Ber., 56, 2313 (1923).
220
Robson, / . Biol. Chem., 62, 495 (1924).
221
Wieland, Konz, and Mittasch, Ann., 513, 1 (1934).
222
Asahina and Mitsunaga, J. Pharm. Soc. Japan, 1917, No. 429, 986.
223
Fischer and Wasenegger, Ann., 461, 277 (1928).
224
Fischer, Weisz, and Schubert, Ber., 56, 1194 (1923).
^ L e t t r e , Buchholz, and Fernholz, Z. physiol. Chem., 267, 108 (1941).
226
Deulofeu, Anales asoc quim. argentina, 20, 190 (1932).
227
Erlenmeyer, Ber., 22, 792 (1889).
228
Barger and Easson, J. Chem. Soc, 1938, 2100.
229
Buchman and Richardson, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 891 (1939).
280
Harington and Moggridge, J. Chem. Soc, 1939, 443.
231
Ruggli and Schetly, Helv. Chim. Ada, 23, 718 (1940).
232
Robinson and Sugasawa, / . Chem. Soc, 1931, 3173.
233
Rutowski and Korolew, J. prakt. Chem., 119, 272 (1928).
234
Behrens, J. Biol. Chem., 136, 61 (1940).
236
Bovarnick, Bloch, and Foster, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 2472 (1939).
236
Harington and Moggridge, Biochem. J., 34, 685 (1940).
237
Tietzman, Doherty, and Bergmann, J. Biol. Chem., 151, 387 (1943).
238
Karrer and Widmer, Helv. Chim. Ada, 8, 203 (1925).
239
Karrer and Bussmann, Helv. Chim. Ada, 24, 645 (1941).
240
Lettre and Haas, Z. physiol. Chem., 266, 31 (1940).
241
Bergmann and Grafe, Z. physiol. Chem., 187, 183 (1930).
242
Karrer and Keller, Helv. Chim. Ada, 26, 50 (1943).
243
Karrer, Keller, and Szonyi, Helv. Chim. Ada, 26, 38 (1943).
244
Pauly and Weir, Ber., 43, 661 (1910).
245
Kuster and Irion, Z. physiol. Chem., 184, 225 (1929).
248
Minovice and Thuringer, Bui. Soc Chim. Romdnia, 2, 13 (1920).
247
Bergmann, Kann, and Miekeley, Jinn., 449, 135 (1926).
248
Hoffmann, Ber., 19, 2554 (1886).
CHAPTER 6
SUBSTITUTION AND ADDITION REACTIONS OF

THIOCYANOGEN
JOHN L. WOOD*
Cornell University Medical College
CONTENTS
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 241

, Thiocyanation of Aromatic Amines 243
Thiocyanation of Phenols . . •• ', 245
Thiocyanation of Polynuclear Hydrocarbons 246
Addition of Thiocyanogen to Olefins and Acetylenes 246
Miscellaneous Syntheses with Thiocyanogen 247
OTHER METHODS OF SYNTHESIS OP THIOCTANO COMPOUNDS 249
USE OF THIOCYANATES IN SYNTHESIS 250
EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS 251

Free Thiocyanogen 251
Thiocyanogen Generated from Salts by Electrolysis 252
Thiocyanogen Generated from Salts by Chemical Reagents 253
Detection of Thiocyano Compounds 254
Thiocyanogen Solutions • 255
Styrene Dithiocyanate 256
p-Thiocyanoaniline 256
9,10-Dithiocyanostearic Acid 256
2-Amino-4,6-dimethylbenzothiazole 256
N,N-Dimethyl-4-thiocyanoaniline 257
4-Thiocyano-l-naphthol 257
2-Amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole 257
SURVEY OF SYNTHESES WITH THIOCYANOGEN 257
TABLE
I. Aromatic Amines Substituted by Thiocyanogen 258
II. Phenols Substituted by Thiocyanogen 262
III. Polynuclear Hydrocarbons Substituted by Thiocyanogen 263
IV. Unsaturated Compounds that Add Thiocyanogen 263
V. Miscellaneous Compounds Substituted by Thiocyanogen 265
* Present address, School of Biological Sciences, The Medical School, University of
Tennessee, Memphis, Tenn.
240
REACTIONS OF THIOCYANOGEN 241
INTRODUCTION
The direct replacement of a hydrogen atom by a thiocyano group
through the use of thiocyanogen, (SCN)2, is commonly termed thiocya-
nation. This replacement reaction is limited practically to aromatic
RH + (SCN)2 - • RSCN'+ HSCN
amines and phenols, although a few particularly reactive aromatic
hydrocarbons can be* thiocyanated. Thiocyanogen reacts with olefinic
and acetylenic linkages, the reagent adding to the unsaturated linkage.
R2C—CR2
R 2 C=CR 2 + (SCN)2 -> | |
NCS SON
Thiocyanogen reacts also with compounds of other types; it can replace
a hydrogen atom attached to sulfur or nitrogen, it can replace the heavy-
metal atom of certain organometallic compounds, and it can add to the
triaryl derivatives of arsenic, antimony, and bismuth.
ArSH + (SCN)2 -> ArSSCN + HSCN
2R2NH + (SCN)2 - * R2NSCN + R2NH2SCN
2R0NHR + (SCN)2 -> RONRSCN + RONH2RSCN
R2Zn + 2(SCN)2 -»• 2RSCN + Zn(SCN)2
Ar2Hg + (SCN)2 -> ArSCN + ArHgSCN
Ar3Sb + (SCN)2 -> Ar3Sb(SCN)2
The reagent is used in synthesis in essentially the same way as the
halogens, with the exception that certain precautions must be observed
owing to the instability of thiocyanogen. Thiocyanogen is a liquid
which on cooling forms a colorless, crystalline solid melting between
—3 and — 2°.1 At room temperature it polymerizes rapidly to a reddish
orange, amorphous mass of indefinite composition known as pseudo- or
para-thiocyanogen. Although relatively stable in inert, dry solvents,
jihiocyanogen may polymerize in solution, especially under the catalytic
influence of heat, light, moisture, or oxygen. Thiocyanogen is readily
hydrolyzed to produce thiocyanic acid and hypothiocyanous acid.
(SCN)2 + H2O -» HSCN + HOSCN
The latter acid is unstable and is converted into hydrocyanic acid and
sulfuric acid, both of which occur as end products of the overall hydroly-
3(SCN)2 + 4H2O -> 5HSCN + HCN + H2SO4
1
' S6derback, Ann., 419, 217 (1919).
sis. The quantitative relationships of the process are complicated by-
side reactions.
The extreme sensitivity of thiocyanogen toward hydrolysis and poly-
merization probably accounts for the long interval between its formula-
tion by Berzelius and its preparation by Bjerrum and Kirshner2 and by
Soderback.1' * For this same reason, when thiocyanogen is employed in
chemical reactions, it is prepared in solution and more commonly is
produced in situ.
Thiocyanogen is often classified as a pseudohalogen because of its re-
semblance to halogens in its chemical behavior.1'3 It attacks even noble
metals like gold and mercury;2 it reacts with nitric oxide,1 aqueous
hydrogen sulfide,4 hydrazoic acid,6 ammonia,6 and hydrochloric acid.1'7
It is released from metal thiocyanates by the action of chlorine, bromine,
and other oxidizing agents. Halogen-thiocyanogen combinations are
formed with chlorine 8i 9> 10 and with iodine.11'12 Thiocyanogen is similar
to iodine in its chemical reactivity but is slightly less electronegative:
E°, SCN°, SCN- = 0.769; E°, 1°, I~ = 0.54.1'2
The properties and uses of thiocyano compounds have been reviewed.13
Many show toxic effects, mainly dermatitis, which vary considerably in
different individuals;14 in addition, the alkyl thiocyanates produce de-
generative changes in various organs of experimental animals.

Thiocyanogen reacts with aromatic compounds that are highly sus-
ceptible to substitution with the introduction of a thiocyano group.
Reactions reported thus far are mainly with phenols of the benzene and
naphthalene series and with primary, secondary, or tertiary amines of the
* An historical review of the attempts to prepare thiocyanogen may be found in Gold-
berg, J. praki. Chem., [2] 63, 465 (1901); Kaufmann, Arch. Pharm., 263, 675 (1925).
2
Bjerrum and Kirshner, "Die Rhodanide des Goldes und das frei Rhodan," Verlag
Horst und Sohn, Copenhagen, 1918; Kgl. Danske Videnskab. Selskab, [8] 5, 76 (1918)
[C. A., 13, 1057 (1919)].
3
Birckenbach and Kellerman, Ber., 58, 786 (1925); Walden and Audrieth, Chem. Revs.,
5, 339 (1928). .
4
Kaufmann and Gaertner, Ber., 57, 928 (1924).
6
Wilcoxon, McKinney, and Browne, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 47, 1917 (1925).
6
Lecher, Wittwer,"and Speer, Ber., 56, 1104 (1923).
7
Soderback, Ann., 465, 184 (1928).
8
Kaufmann and Liepe, Ber., 57, 923 (1924).
'Kaufmann, Ber., 60, 58 (1927).
10
Lecher and Joseph, Ber., 59, 2603 (1926).
11
Kaufmann and Grosse-Oetringhaus, Ber., 69, 2670 (1936).
12
Birckenbach and Goubeau, Ber., 70, 171 (1937).
13
Kaufmann, Angew. Chem., 54, 168 (1941).
14
Oettingen, Hueper, and Deiehmann-Gruebler, J. Ind. Hyg. Toxuxl., 18, 310 (1936).
benzene, naphthalene, and anthracene series. Apparently the presence
of other substituents, such as nitro, chloro, bromo, alkoxy, carboxyl, or
carbethoxy groups, does not interfere with the reaction provided, that
an active position is still available; however, the presence of a sulfonic
acid group may prevent the reaction, since it is reported that p-amino-
and p-hydroxy-benzenesulfonic acids do not undergo thiocyanation.
Anthracene, benzanthracene and certain of its derivatives, and 3,4-
benzpyrene also react with thiocyanogen. Anthracene yields a 9,10-
dithiocyano derivative; but the other hydrocarbons,'which are charac-
terized by the presence of one very easily substituted hydrogen atom,
give only products of monosubstitution. The powerfully carcinogenic
benzpyrene and methylcholanthrene both react in this manner with par-
ticular ease, although the point of attack with benapyrene is the aromatic
nucleus and with methylcholanthrene the reactive methylene group.
Ethylene and a variety of substituted ethylenes react with thio-
cyanogen to give addition products containing two thiocyano groups.
The reaction appears to be fairly general in its application as indicated by
addition to such compounds as amylene, cyclohexene, allyl alcohol,
pinene, styrene, stilbene, anethole, isosafrole, and oleic and other un-
saturated acids. The yields, when given, nearly always are high. Thio-
cyanogen adds to a,|8-unsaturated ketones, but not to a,/3-unsaturated
acids. The addition to other a,/3-unsaturated carbonyl or related sys-
tems has not been explored. Conjugated diene systems react, as they
do with halogen, to add two thiocyano groups, probably in the 1,4-posi-
tions. The reactions with butadiene, isoprene, and dimethylbutadiene
have been described. The acetylenic compounds that have been investi-
gated in this reaction, acetylene, phenylacetyleiie, and tolan, add one
molecule of thiocyanogen to give a dithiocyanoethylene. The yields are
lower than with the oleflnic substances.
Miscellaneous reactions of thiocyanogen have been reported, but their
study has been too limited for a proper evaluation of their usefulness.
Thiocyanogen has been shown to react with a variety of organometallic
compounds and to replace the hydrogen on sulfur in mercaptans and
thiophenols and the hydrogen on nitrogen of aliphatic amines and di-
substituted hydroxylamines. These reactions doubtless are capable of
further development.
Thiocyanation of Aromatic Amines. The thiocyano group is intro-
duced into aromatic amines with rapidity; it enters a free para position
if available, otherwise an ortho position. For example, aniline is con-
verted into 4-thiocyanoaniline (97% yield),16'16 o-toluidine into 4-thio-
16
Kaufmann and Weber, Arch. Pharm., 267, 192 (1929).
" Kaufmann, Ber., 62, 390 (1929).
244 ORGANIC REACTIONS •
cyano-o-toluidine (80% yield),17 and anthranilic acid into 5-thiocyano-
anthranilic acid (80% yield).18 The reaction when carried out in neutral
solvents almost always gives a monosubstitution product, but in an acid
medium and in the presence of excess reagent the reaction often leads to
a disubstitution product, though in lower yield.19 For example, the
dithiocyano derivatives of aniline,18'20-21 p-toluidine,17-18'22 and 2,5-
xylidine22 have been prepared. Acetylation of the amino group prevents
thiocyanation.23
When thiocyanation takes place in the position ortho to a primary
amino group, as in p-toluidine, p-chloroaniline, p-nitroaniline, or p-amino-
benzoic acid, the final product is often an aminobenzothiazole, formed
by a secondary reaction between the amino and the thiocyano groups.
2-Amino-4,6-dimethylbenzothiazole is formed from 2,4-xylidine in 79%
CH3
yield,23 2-amino-6-chlorobenzothiazole from p-chloroaniline in 75%

yield,22 and 2-amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole from phenetidine in 95%
yield.24 The ease of formation of the thiazole derivative varies with the
substituents in the primary product; thiocyanophenetidine rearranges
spontaneously, whereas l-thiocyano-2-naphthylamine rearranges when
warmed with ethanolic hydrogen chloride.22 The ortho thiocyano deriva-
tive often can be isolated if a low temperature is maintained and if acid
is excluded. The ortho thiocyano derivatives of monoalkylamines re-
arrange readily into 2-iminobenzothiazolines.23
NHR ,NR
C=NH
iCN
17
Likhosherstov and Petrov, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 3, 759 (1933) [C. A., 28, 2690
(1934)].
18
Likhosherstov and Petrov, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 3, 183 (1933) [C. A., 28, 1677
(1934)].
19
Kaufmann and Oehring, Ber., 69, 187 (1926).
20
U. S. pat., 1,790,097 [C. A., 25, 1258 (1931)]; Brit, pat., 257,619 [C.A.,21, 3507
(1927)]; Ger. pat., 484,360 [C. A., 24, 1119 (1930)].
21
U. S. pat., 1,787,315; V. S. pat., 1,787,316.
22
Kaufmann, Oehring, and Clauberg, Arch. Pharm., 266, 197 (1928).
23
Brewster and Dains, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 1364 (1936).
24
Neu, Ber., 72, 1505 (1939).
Aromatic secondary and tertiary amines undergo thiocyanation, often
more readily than primary amines. N,N-Dimethylaniline gives N,N-
dimethyl-4-thiocyanoaniline (92% yield),26 and N,N-dimethyl-p-tolui-
dine gives N,N-dimethyl-2-thiocyano-p-toluidine (21% yield).26 Di-
phenylamine and triphenylamine are converted into dithiocyano deriva-
tives, each with two of the phenyl rings substituted in the para positions.1
Two positions are potentially reactive in aminophenols, but the amino
group directs the orientation of the entering group in thiocyanation.24
An example is the conversion of o-aminophenol into 4-thiocyano-2-hy-
droxyaniline in 50% yield.
Thiocyanation of Phenols. The reaction of phenols with thiocyanogen
has not been studied so extensively as that of amines. Phenol is con-
verted into 4-thiocyanophenol in 69% yield,26-27 o-cresol into 4-thio- •
cyano-o-cresol in 90% yield,16 thymol into 4-thiocyanothymol in 95%
yield,16 and a-naphthol into 4-thiocyano-l-haphthol in 83% yield.28 The
point of attack is again the para position if free; ortho substitution occurs
when this position is blocked, as in the reaction of p-cresol and /3-naph-
thol (100% yield).28 In general the yields do not appear to be quite so
high as in the reaction of amines. The effect of a substituent other than
an alkyl group in the position ortho to the hydroxyl group has been ex-
amined to only a limited extent; the yield of the thiocyano product is
lowered in the case of an alkoxyl (guaiacol, 21% yield2B), hydroxyl
(pyrocatechol, 48% yield29), or carboxyl group (salicylic acid, 30%
yield 30). Dithiocyanation has been reported only in the reaction of
a-naphthol; the reaction can be controlled to give the monosubstitution
product or disubstitution product (2,4-dithiocyano-l-naphthol, 60%
yield19).
Ortho thiocyanophenols rearrange similarly to the corresponding
amines to yield 2-iminobenzothioxoles.16'31 The imino group is readily
hydrolyzed to a keto group on hydrolysis with acid.
26
Fichter and Schonmann, Helv. Chim. Ada, 19, 1411 (1936).
26
Zaboev and Kudryavtzev, J. Gen. Chem. U.8.8.R., 5, 1607 (1935) [C. A., SO, 2182
(1936)].
27
Melinikov, Sklyarenko, and Cherkasova, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.B., 9, 1819 (1939)
[C. A., 34, 3699 (1940); Chem. Zentr., 1940, I, 641].
28
Kaufmann and Liepe, Ber. deut. pharm. Ges., 33, 139 (1923).
29
Machek, Monatsh., 63, 216 (1933).
30
Kaufmann andXiepe, Ber., 56, 2514 (1923).
31
French pat., 852,020 [C. A., 36, 1951 (1942)].
Thiocyanation of Polynuclear Hydrocarbons. Aromatic hydrocarbons
of the benzene and naphthalene series do not undergo thiocyanation, but
certain hydrocarbons with several condensed benzene rings do.32 An-
thracene reacts with the reagent, te yield the 9,10-dithiocyano deriva-
tive. Benzpyrene is substituted in the 5-position (82% yield); 1,2-
benzanthracene in the two meso positions (9-derivative, 5%; 10-deriva-
tive, 57%); 9-methyl- and 10-methyI-i,2-benzanthracene in the free
(SCN) 2 ,
HSCN
3, 4-Benzpyrene
meso position (43% and 66%, respectively); and methylcholanthrene in

the 15-position. Benzpyrene and benzanthracene and its alkyl deriv-
tives also react with aromatic diazo compounds and with lead tetra-
acetate, and thus are substituted far more readily than benzene or
naphthalene.
1, 2-Benzanthracene 151
CH-2—CH2
Methylcholanthrene
Addition of Thiocyanogen to Olefins and Acetylenes. Thiocyanogen

resembles iodine in its addition to double and triple bonds. The yields
are usually excellent; ethylene dithiocyanate,33 styrene dithiocyanate,28
and l-(p-methoxyphenyl)-l,2-dithiocyanopropane 28 are reported to be
formed in quantitative yield from the corresponding olefin, ethylene,
styrene, or anethole. Pinene, allyl alcohol, isosafrole, terpineol, and
stilbene are examples of other unsaturated compounds to which thio-
cyanogen has been added, but in unspecified yield. Conjugated dienes,
illustrated by isoprene20' u and butadiene,36 add two thiocyano groups
"in the 1,4-positions, after which no further addition takes place. The
yields of the dithiocyano derivative are 19% and 80%, respectively.
32
Wood and Fieser, J, Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 2323 (1941).
33
Soderback, Ann., 443, 142 (1925).
84
Bruson and Calvert, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 50, 1735 (1928).
36
Miiller and Freytag, / . prakt Chem., [2] 146, 58 (1936).
REACTIONS OF THIOCYANOGEN . 247
The addition of thiocyanogen to an olefin is a slow reaction but can be
catalyzed by light and metals. Ethylene adds only traces of the reagent
in the dark in nine days, but in sunlight the reaction is complete in two
hours.33'34 Sunlight also promotes polymerization of the reagent, but
the rate of this reaction in benzene is not so rapid as to interfere with the
addition reaction.
The reaction of thiocyanogen with unsaturated fatty acids 36 has been
introduced as a method of analysis. Excess of a standardized thiocyano-
gen solution is used, and the amount of unreacted reagent is titrated.
Thiocyanogen reacts quantitatively with oleic acid but with only one
of the two double bonds of linoleic acid and with two of the three double
bonds of linolenic acid.
Methyl styryl ketone and distyryl ketone, typical a,/3-unsaturated
ketones, add thiocyanogen in unstated yields.37 Few other substances of
the a,/3-unsaturated carbonyl type have been examined. It is reported,
however, that maleic, fumaric, acrylic, crotonic, and cinnamic acids do
not react with thiocyanogen.38
Substances containing a triple bond add only one mole of thiocyano-
gen. Acetylene reacts under the catalytic influence of light to give
dithiocyanoethylene (2Q.% yield).33 Phenylacetylene 83 and tolan33 react
in the dark; the yields of the products are 50% and 20%, respectively.
Acetylene diiodide yields the same product as acetylene, dithiocyano-
ethylene,33 formed as a result of replacement of the iodine groups by the
reagent. Dibromoethylene and thiocyanogen form an equilibrium sys-
tem containing dithiocyanoethylene and bromothiocyanoethylene.
C2H2Br2 + (SCN)2 <=* C2H2(SCN)2 + Br2
It
C2H2(SCN)Br + BrSCN
Miscellaneous Syntheses with Thiocyanogen. Aliphatic primary and
secondary amines react with thiocyanogen with replacement of the
hydfogen atom attached to nitrogen to form thiocyanoamines.1'6 The
2RNH2 + (SCN)2 -> RNHSCN +"RNH8SCN
2R2NH -(- (SCN)2 -> R2NSCN + R2NH2SCN
reaction is represented for primary amines by benzylamine 39 and tri-
phenylmethylamme (55% yield),39 and for secondary amines by diethyl-
amine.6
36
Kaufraann, "Studien auf dem Fettgebiet," Verlag Chemie, Berlin, 1935; Kaufmann
and Grosse-Oetringhaus, Ber., 70, 911 (1937).
37
Challenger and Bott, / . Chem. Soc, 127, 1039 (1925).
38
Kaufmann, Angew. Chem., 54, 195 (1941).
39
Jones and Fleek, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 50, 2018 (1928).
O,N-Disubstituted hydroxylamines react similarly to aliphatic amines
to yield N-thiocyanohydroxylamines. O,N-Dibenzyl- and O,N-diethyl-
hydroxylamine yield the corresponding N-thiocyano derivatives in 47%
and 40% yields, respectively.39
C2H6ONH + (SCN)2 -> C2H6ONSCN + C2H6ONH2SCN
C2H6 C2H6 C2H6
N-Acyl- and N-aroyl-diphenylhydrazines behave like diarylamines,

forming N-acyl- and N-aroyl-bis-(p-thiocyanophenyl)-hydrazines in 6 5 -
75% yields.16
(C6H6)2NNHCOR + 2(SCN)2 -> (p-NCSC6H4)2NNHCOR + 2HSCN
Only a few heterocyclic substances have been investigated. Anti-

pyrine is .converted into the 4-thiocyano derivative.
H3CCa=CH H 3 CC=CSCN"
4
I. c=0
J * H Ic I
V ' \^°
i.H, La.
Both 2-hydroxyquinoline (carbostyryl) and 8-hydroxyquinoline react in
the 4-position, para to the nitrogen atom.
(SON),
Ethyl acetoacetate has been thiocyanated, 28 but the primary Jhio-

cyano derivative has not been isolated owing to hydrolysis to ethyl
2-hydroxy-4-methylthiazole-5-carboxylate (19% yield).28
CH3COCH2CO!iC2H6
SCN
CHJCOCHCOJCJHB ^ HaCCjj
SCONHj H6C2O2CC* 1 ^
S
Treatment of ethyl mercaptan with thiocyanogen affords ethyl thio-
thiocyanate (50% yield),40 a compound similar to a sulfenyl chloride
(RSC1) but somewhat more stable toward hydrolysis. Thiophenols
C2H6SH + (SCN)2 -»• C2H6SSCN + HSCN
yield analogous substances; the reaction has been applied to thiophenol
(70% yield),40 to p-nitrothiophenol (75% yield),41 and to /3-thionaph-
thol.40
On thiocyanation, mercury diphenyl is converted into phenyl thio-
cyanate in 66% yield, and similarly zinc diethyl yields ethyl thiocyanate
in small yield.1
(C6H6)2Hg + (SCN)2 -» C6H6SCN + C6H6HgSCN
(C2HB)2Zn + 2(SCN)2 -> 2C2H6SCN + Zn(SCN)2
The triaryl derivatives of phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, and bismuth
add thiocyanogen,42' ** with decreasing reactivity in the order indicated.
The primary products are sufficiently stable to hydrolysis to be isolable
(C6H6)3Sb + (SCN)2 - • (C6H6)3Sb(SCN)2
only in the reactions of triphenylstibine and triphenylbismuthine; but
there is no substitution in the phenyl ring of any of these compounds,
as in the reaction of triphenylamine.1 Small amounts of phenyl and
a-naphthyl thiocyanate are formed as secondary products in the reac-
tion of triphenyl- and tri-a-naphthyl-bismuthine.43
(C6H6)3Bi(SCN)2 -» C 6 HBSCN + (C6H6)2BiSCN
OTHER METHODS OF SYNTHESIS OF THIOCYANO COMPOUNDS

The use of thiocyanogen for the introduction of a thiocyano group is
limited to substances containing either a hydrogen atom particularly
sensitive to substitution or an unsaturated carbon-carbon linkage, and
consequently does not have such a wide application for the preparation
of aryl thiocyanates as the Gattermann and Sandmeyer reaction,44-45 in
which a diazonium salt group is replaced on treatment with cuprous
thiocyanate. Furthermore, the yields are usually higher in the Gatter-
mann and Sandmeyer reaction; for example, 4-thiocyanosalicylic acid is
40
Lecher and Wittwer, Ber., 55, 1474 (1922).
41
Lecher and Simon, Ber., 54, 632 (1921).
42
Challenger, Smith, and Paton, J. Cfiem. Soc, 123, 1046 (1923).
43
Challenger and Wilkinson, J. Chem. Soc., 121, 91 (1922).
44
Gattermann and Hausskneckt, Ber., 23, 738 (1890); Hantzch and Hirsch, Ber., 29,
947 (1896); Korczynski, Kniatowna, and Kaminski, Bull. soc. chim., 31, 1179 (1922).
45
Dienske, Bee. trav. chim., 50, 407 (1931).
available in 73% yield by the diazotization method45 and in only 30%
yield by thiocyanation.30 Aryl thiocyanates can also be made by the
action of alkali cyanides on thiosulfates 46 or arylsulfenyl chlorides,47
and by treating lead mercaptides with cyanogen chloride or iodide.48
There are numerous instances of the reaction of alkali metal thio-
cyanates with alkyl halides or sulfates49 •50 for the preparation of alkyl
mono- and poly-thiocyanates. Another method for the preparation of an
alkyl thiocyanate involves cleavage of a dialkyl sulfide by treatment
with cyanogen bromide;61 the second product is an alkyl bromide.
When the two alkyl groups are different, the larger radical generally re-
mains attached to sulfur; an example is the conversion of n-propyl
n-butyl sulfide into n-propyl bromide and n-butyl thiocyanate. Thio-
cyano compounds are also available from the reaction of metal mer-
captides with cyanogen halides.62
USE OF THIOCYANATES IN SYNTHESIS

Thiocyanates can often be utilized as intermediates in the preparation
of other sulfur-containing compounds, alkylthiocarbonic acid amides,
disulfides, mercaptans, sulfides, and sulfonic acids. Typical reactions are
as follows:
/OR' ,,O
RSCN + R'OH -* RSC^ - • RSCfX + R'Cl •»
^ NH 2
2RSCN + NaOH > RSSR + NaCN + NaOCN + H2O »• «• "
RSCN + H2 > RSH -f HCN «• "• "• «•
RSCN + R'MgBr > RSR' + MgBrCN "
RSCN + R'MgBr - 5 % RSH + R'CN + MgBr2 «
RSCN + [0] > RSO3H ". *8
46
Footner and Smiles, J. Chem. Soc., 127, 2887 (1925).
« Zinke and Eismayer, Ber., 51, 751 (1918).
48
Billeter, Ber., 7, 1753 (1874); Gabriel, Ber., 10, 184 (1877); Gabriel and Deutsoh,
Ber., 13, 386 (1880).
49
Kaufler and Pomeranz, Monatsh., 22, 492 (1901).
60
Walden, Ber., 40, 3214 (1907).
61
von Braun and Englebertz, Ber., 56, 1573 (1923); von Braun, May, and Michaelis,
Ann., 490, 189 (1931).
" B r i t , pat., 431,064 [C. A., 29, 8220 (1935)].
63
Knorr, Ber., 49, 1735 (1936).
" Fichter and Schonlau, Ber., 48, 1150 (1915).
66
Kaufmann and Rossbach, Ber., 58, 1556 (1925).
66
Fichter and Beck, Ber., 44, 3636 (1911).
"Adams, Bramlet, and Tendiok, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 42, 2369 (1920).
68
Fichter and Wenk, Ber., 45, 1373 (1912).
EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS
Three general methods have been described for the use of thiocyanogen
in substitution and addition reactions: free thiocyanogen in organic sol-
vents; thiocyanogen evolved by electrolysis of concentrated aqueous
solutions of alkali metal thiocyanates; and thiocyanogen liberated gradu-
ally in an organic solvent from a metal thiocyanate by various reagents.
Free Thiocyanogen. This method was the first to be employed and
is still a useful procedure when the reaction involved is slow, as in addi-
tion reactions, or when the product is difficult to purify. Usually the
only contaminant of the product other than starting material is polythio-
cyanogen, which is entirely insoluble in water and in organic solvents.
The reagent is prepared by the action of an oxidizing agent upon
thiocyanic acid or a metal thiocyanate. The oxidation of thiocyanic
acid in an organic solvent is accomplished by means of such reagents
as lead tetraacetate, lead peroxide, or manganese dioxide,69 but the
yield is so low that the preparation from metal thiocyanates is much to
be preferred. Lead thiocyanate reacts rapidly and quantitatively with
bromine to form thiocyanogen and lead bromide, which is removed
readily by filtration. Halogen carriers, such as phenyl iodochloride,26
sulfuryl chloride,60 or certain N-chloroamides,17-18> 61 can also be used,
but do not appear to possess any advantages over bromine or chlorine.
Chloroamides usually cannot be used in the thiocyanation of a phenol
owing to their oxidizing action.
Solvents that have been used with thiocyanogen include benzene,
bromobenzene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, ether, ethylene bro-
mide, carbon disulfide, petroleum ether, methyl acetate, nitromethane,
and anhydrous formic and acetic acids. At low temperatures such sol-
vents as saturated solutions of alkali thiocyanates in methanol16> 62 or
acetone 63 can be used. The yield ,in the thiocyanation of amines is
20-30% higher when the reaction is carried out in a neutral medium like
methanol rather than in acetic acid. The formation of a thiazole is also
inhibited in a neutral solvent. Ether is usually not satisfactory because
the solvent is attacked and because some of the amine is precipitated as
the thiocyanate.1'19 On the other hand, thiocyanation of phenols
appears to give better yields in acetic acid solution than in neutral
solvents.
69
Kaufmann and Kogler, Ber., 68, 1553 (1925).
80
Spangler and Muller, U. S. pat., 1,687,596 [C. A., 23, 154 (1929)].
61
Likhosherstov and Aldoshin, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.B., 5, 981 (1935) [C. A., 30, 1033
(1936)].
62
Kaufmann and Hansen-Schmidt, Arch. Pharm., 263, 692 (1923).
"Fialkov and Kleiner, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.B., 11, 671 (1941) [C.A., 35, 7307(1941)].
Moisture must be excluded from thiocyanation solutions in order to
prevent hydrolysis. Another troublesome side reaction, particularly in
concentrated solutions, is polymerization, which is induced by light,
heat, and the presence of hydrolysis products. Polymerization is re-
ported to be dependent upon the dielectric constant of the solvent.1-62' M
The limiting concentration of stable solutions of thiocyanogen depends
upon the temperature and the exposure to light. Tenth normal solu-
tions in the dark at 21° show 10% decomposition as follows: carbon
tetrachloride, thirty-eight days; carbon disulfide, fourteen days; ethylene
chloride, fourteen days. Four per cent decomposition occurs in acetic
acid in ten days.62 A normal solution in carbon tetrachloride at the boil-
ing point is polymerized to the extent of 90% after three hours in the
sunlight as compared with 24% in the dark. At room temperature 50%
polymerization occurs in twenty-four hours in the sunlight compared
with 5% when the solution is kept in the dark throughout the period.30
Tenth normal solutions in carbon tetrachloride or acetic acid-acetic
anhydride have been reported to be stable from one week to several
months when kept in the refrigerator. Stirring is said to retard poly-
merization.1
In this modification of the synthesis, the organic compound is mixed
with a solution containing from 1 to 4 equivalents of thiocyanogen at
room temperature. The end of the reaction, which may be slow, is often
determined by the disappearance or polymerization of all the reagent.
Frequently a significant yield depends upon successful initiation of the
process, but the usual methods of forcing a reaction cannot be employed
owing to the instability of the reagent.
Free thiocyanogen is used in determining the thiocyanogen number of
fats and oils,36'6B of resins,66 and of hydrocarbons;38'67'68 but for the usual
synthetic reaction the preferred procedure is to generate thiocyanogen in
a solution of the substance to be thiocyanated at a rate equal to the rate
of the removal by reaction. The low concentration of reagent main-
tained in this way minimizes polymerization. The reagent is generated
from thiocyanate salts either by electrolysis or by a chemical reaction.
Thiocyanogen Generated from Salts by Electrolysis. Thiocyanogen
is produced when concentrated solutions of alkali thiocyanates are elec-
trolyzed.19'24-27'69 Ammonium thiocyanate is most commonly used,
and the electrolyzed solution is stabilized by maintaining it at tempera-
64
Bhatnagar, Kapur, and Khosla, J. Indian Chem. Soc, 17, 529 (1940).
»« McKinney, / . Assoc. Official Agr. Chem., 21, 87, 443 (1938).
66
Gardner, Pribyl, and Weinberger, Ind. Eng. Chem., Anal. Ed., 6, 259 (1934).
67
Stavely and Bergmann, J. Org. Chem., 1, 580 (1937).
68
Pummerer and Stark, Ber., 64, 825 (1931).
69
Kersteih and Hoffman, Ber., 67, 491 (1924).
tures below —8°. The stability is satisfactory provided that the con-
centration of thiocyanogen does not become greater than that corre-
sponding to the complex NH4(SCN)3. An amine or a phenol is dissolved
in the concentrated alkali thiocyanate solution; it is usually desirable to
add enough ethanol to lower the freezing point of the mixture below —8°.
A cathode of copper, aluminum, nickel, or iron and a rotating graphite
anode are introduced, and a current of 0.02 to 0.03 ampere per square
centimeter is used for the electrolysis. If either the compound to be
treated or the thiocyanation product is reduced readily, a divided com-
partment cell is employed. The yields usually vary from 50 to 90%.
Thiocyanogen Generated from Salts by Chemical Reagents. The
compound is placed in a solution of a metal thiocyanate in acetic or
formic acid,19-26 or, better, in a neutral solvent like methyl acetate,
acetone, or methanol.15'16 Bromine or chlorine is added to the cooled
solution at such a rate that the thiocyanogen reacts as fast as it is
liberated. A neutral solvent that is susceptible to attack by halogen is
protected by saturating the solution with an appropriate alkali metal
halide or by using a large excess of an alkali metal thiocyanate in the
reaction mixture. Other reagents for producing thiocyanogen from
ammonium thiocyanate have been described; N,N-dichlorourea,18
N-chloroacetamide,17 and N-dichloropentamethylenetetramine61 in acetic
acid, acetone, or methanol solution. The addition of a drop of concen-
trated sulfuric acid is reported to improve the yield. The results that
have been obtained do not clearly justify substitution of these reagents
for the halogens.
By the action of the oxidizing agent phenyl iodochloride 24 on lead
thiocyanate, phenyl iodothiocyanate is formed. It has been suggested
that this substance is the thiocyanating agent.
C6H6IC12 + Pb(SCN)2 -> C6H6I(SCN)2 + PbCl2
Cupric thiocyanate,70 the use of which may be considered still another
modification of this general procedure, shows promise of being very
effective. It releases thiocyanogen merely by the dissociation of the
cupric to cuprous salt.
2Cu(SCN)2 -> 2CuSCN + (SCN)2
Cupric thiocyanate, prepared in advance, or a paste of copper sulfate
and sodium thiocyanate in equivalent proportions is added to a solution
of the compound in methanol or acetic acid, and the mixture is warmed
to 35-80° until the black cupric thiocyanate has changed completely to
the white cuprous thiocyanate. The product is isolated by dilution with
70
Kaufmann and Kuchler, Ber., 67, 944 (1934).
water, followed by extraction with ether. This procedure has the ad-
vantage over the others previously described of permitting higher
temperatures for thiocyanation. The preferential thiocyanation of
aromatic amines with susceptible olefmic linkages in side chains has been
accomplished with this reagent.71 Still further improvement70-72 of the
above method is reported to consist in the addition of a cupric salt to a
solution of the amine or phenol and an inorganic thiocyanate in water,
dilute acid, or 30% ethanol. Organic compounds that are insoluble in
the solvents to be used can be thiocyanated successfully by this method
after dispersal with commercial detergents. The presence of oxalic acid
is reported to decrease color formation. Resorcinol31 and olefms 73 as
well as amines have been found to react with thiocyanogen generated by
this method.
Detection of Thiocyano Compounds. The characterization of the
products of thiocyanation does not present many difficulties. Aryl thio-
cyanates do not rearrange readily upon heating into isothiocyanates
(ArN=C=S), and alkyl thiocyanates rearrange only when heated to
high temperatures. Allyl thiocyanates and analogous compounds, how-
ever, rearrange very readily at elevated temperatures into isothio-
cyanates.74
The reaction with thiol acids serves to differentiate thiocyano from
isothiocyano compounds. 76
RSCN + HSCOAr -» RSCSHNCOAr
RNCS + HSCOAr -> RNHCOAr + CS2
A simple test for aliphatic dithiocyanates consists in the development of
a red color on the addition of ferric chloride to a solution formed by heat-
ing the thiocyanate with aqueous sodium hydroxide followed by acidifi-
cation.76 A few instances have been reported in which a monothiocyano
compound produces a red color with ferric chloride alone.32 A more
general test involves heating a thiocyanate with alkaline lead tartrate,
which results in the formation of a yellow precipitate.1 The reaction
with sodium malonic ester to produce a disulfide has been suggested as a
qualitative test.77 A method for the quantitative determination involves
heating the compound under reflux with an ethanolic solution of sodium
"Arnold, Arch. Pharm., 279, 181 (1941).
72
U. S. pat., 2,212,175 [C. A., 35, 466 (1941)]; Brit, pat., 513,473 [C.A., 35, 1804
(1941)]; Brit, pat., 514,203 [C.A., 35, 4041 (1941)]; Ger. pat., 579,818 [C.A., 28, 1053
(1934)].
73
Dermer and Dysinger, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 750 (1939).
"Bergmann, J. Chem. Soc, 1361 (1935); Mumm and Richter, Ber., 73, 843 (1940).
76
Wheeler and Merriam, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 23, 283 (1901).
76
Hagelberg, Ber., 23, 1083 (1890).
77
Whitmore, "Organic Chemistry," p. 542, Van Nostrand, New York, 1937.
78
sulfide. After removal of the excess sulfide, silver thiocyanate is pre-
cipitated by the addition of standard silver nitrate and the excess silver
ion is determined by the Volhard method.
2RSCN + Na2S -> R2S + 2NaSCN
It has been noted that 20 to 30% of the nitrogen of the thiocyano ion
escapes conversion to ammonia in the regular Kjeldahl digestion.79
Thiocyanogen Solutions. Lead thiocyanate, used advantageously in

the formation of thiocyanogen, is prepared from lead nitrate and sodium
thiocyanate. To an ice-cold solution of 45 g. of lead nitrate in 100 cc.
of water is added a^cold solution of 25 g. of sodium thiocyanate in 100 cc.
of water. Lead thiocyanate precipitates as a fine, white powder. It is '
collected on a filter, washed free of nitrates with ice water, and then
dried in vacuum over phosphorus pentoxide in the dark. The product
should remain perfectly white.
One part by weight (in grams) of lead thiocyanate is suspended in 5 to
10 parts by volume (in cubic centimeters) of the desired solvent in a
glass-stoppered flask. The solution is cooled to 5-10°, and a small por-
tion of 10% bromine in the same solvent is added. The mixture is shaken
vigorously until the color due to the bromine disappears. The process
of addition .and shaking is repeated until the calculated amount of
bromine has been used. The suspended solids are allowed to settle, the
thiocyanogen solution is decanted, and the residual solids are washed by
decantation with small portions of the solvent.
Decoloration of the bromine solution by lead thiocyanate is usually
immediate; if a protracted'induction period appears to be indicated,
it can be terminated readily by exposure of the solution to direct
sunlight. As heat is evolved by the reaction, the flask must be cooled
regularly during the preparation to maintain the low temperature neces-
sary to stabilize the thiocyanogen. At the end of the reaction lead thio-
cyanate should remain in about 10% excess. Solutions of pure'thio-
cyanogen are water-clear and colorless. Filtration of the solution is of
little advantage and is not easily accomplished without the appearance
of a pink coloration indicative of the presence of moisture.
Since the reaction between bromine and lead thiocyanate is quantita-
tive, the amount of thiocyanogen present can be taken as equivalent to
the amount of bromine added to the solution provided that the reagent
is used immediately. A quantitative estimate is furnished by titration
78
Panchenko and Smirnov, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 2,193 (1932) [C. A., 27, 245 (1933)].
79
ValdiguiS, Bull. soc. chim. biol., 21, 609 (1939).
256 • ~ ORGANIC REACTIONS
of the iodine released when an aliquot of the solution is shaken with
aqueous ^potassium iodide.4 In most syntheses it is desirable that free
thiocyanogen remain in excess until the end of the reaction. The
presence of the free halogenoid may be determined by the formation of
a red color when a few drops of the solution are shaken with iron powder
and ether.
Styrene Dithiocyanate 33 (Use of Free Thiocyanogen). To a solution
of 11.6 g. (0.1 mole) of thiocyanogen in 150 cc. of benzene is added 10.4 g.
(0.1 mole) of styrene. The flask is set in direct sunlight. In about one-
half hour a mass of fine yellow crystals forms. When the test for thio-
cyanogen is negative (about two hours), the solids are filtered, washed
with cold benzene, and dried in air. The yield is 17.5 g. (80%). For
purification the product is crystallized from hot benzene and then from
ethanol. The melting point is 101-102°.
16
/>-Thiocyanoaniline (Use of Sodium Thiocyanate and Bromine). A
solution of 14 g. (0.14 mole) of freshly distilled aniline and 37 g. (0.45
mole) of sodium thiocyanate in 90 cc. of methanol is cooled to 5°, and
8.5 cc. (0.155 mole) of bromine in 30 cc. of methanol saturated with
sodium bromide is added with stirring. The reaction mixture is poured
into 1 1. of water. The solution is neutralized with sodium carbonate.
p-Thiocyanoaniline separates in colorless crystals, which after recrystal-
lization from water melt at 97°; yield, 20.4 g. (97%).
9,10-Dithiocyanostearic Acid w (Use of Sodium Thiocyanate and
Bromine). A solution of 2.8 g. (0.01 mole) of elaidic acid, in 60 cc. of
glacial acetic acid containing 5 g. (0.06 mole) of sodium thiocyanate is
warmed to 40°, and 1.5 cc. (0.29 mole) of bromine in 10 cc. of acetic acid
is dropped in. The mixture is poured into water, and the product, which
precipitates, is collected on a filter and washed with water to free it of
thiocyanic acid. It is recrystallized from a small amount of warm
ethanol. and then washed with a little petroleum ether; m.p. 79°. The
mother liquor is concentrated for a second crop. The total yield of
product is 2.78 g. (70%).
2-Amino-4,6-dimethylbenzothiazole 23 (Use of Sodium Thiocyanate
and Bromine). A solution of 12.1 g. (0.1 mole) of 2,4-xylidine and 1.6 g.
(0.2 mole) of sodium thiocyanate in 150 cc. of glacial acetic acid is
cooled in ice and stirred mechanically while a solution of 16 g. (0.2 mole)
of bromine in 25 cc. of acetic acid is added dropwise. The temperature
is kept below 10° by external cooling throughout the addition and for
thirty minutes thereafter. The product, 2-amino-4,6-dunethylbenzothi-
azole hydrobromide, is collected by filtration. It is dissolved in warm
water, and the base is precipitated by alkali and recrystallized from
ethanol or ligroin; m.p. 140°. The yield is 13 g. (79%) of free base.
80
Kaufmann, Chem. Umschau Fette Ole Wachse Harze, 37, 113 (1930).
REACTIONS OF THIOCYANOGEN -257
26
N,N-Dimethyl-4-thiocyanoaniline (Use of Ammonium Thiocyanate
and Electrolysis). A solution of 21.5 g. of dimethylaniline (0.18 inole)
and 55.5 g. (0.73 mole) of ammonium thiocyanate in 48 cc. of water,
25 cc. of 95% ethanol, and 19 cc. of 35% hydrochloric acid is cooled to
0° and electrolyzed. A cathode of copper or platinum gauze and a
rotating graphite anode are used to produce a current of 0.02-0.03
ampere per square centimeter. When 0.5 faraday (140% of the theo-
retical amount) has been consumed the precipitated product is col-
lected by filtration. It is dissolved in hydrochloric acid, reprecipitated
with ammonia, and recrystallized from 90% ethanol. The yield of
N,N-dimethyl-4-thiocyanoaniline is 29 g. (92%); m.p. 73°.
4-Thiocyano-l-naphthol70 (Use of Preformed Cupric Thiocyanate).
The cupric thiocyanate is prepared by treating an aqueous solution of
copper sulfate with an equivalent amount of aqueous sodium thio-
cyanate. The precipitate is filtered and washed with ethanol and ether.
A solution of 3.6 g. (0.025 mole) of a-naphthol in 30 cc. of acetic acid
is warmed gently with 19 g. (0.105 mole) of cupric thiocyanate until
decoloration of the copper salt is complete. The solution is filtered and
diluted with water. An oil separates but soon crystallizes. Recrystalli-
zation from carbon disulfide yields 3.6 g. (72%) of 4-thiocyano-l-
naphthol, m.p. 112°.
2-Amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole70 (Use of Copper Chloride and
Sodium Thiocyanate). To a solution of 3.5 g. (0.025 mole) of p-pheneti-
dine and 7.6 g. (0.094 mole) of sodium thiocyanate in 40 cc. of glacial
acetic acid is added a solution of 12 g. (0.090 mole) of cupric chloride in
25 cc. of ethanol. The mixture is stirred for half an hour at 70°, and then
the temperature is raised to 100°. Approximately 80 cc. of hot, dilute
hydrochloric acid is added, and the solution is filtered. The residue is
washed on the funnel with hot water. The combined filtrates are de-
colorized with carbon and then are neutralized with sodium carbonate.
The product, 2-amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole, separates as crystals which
have a melting point of 161°. The yield is 3.5 g. (71%).
SURVEY OF SYNTHESES WITH THIOCYANOGEN
The following tables record organic compounds and the products of
their reaction with thiocyanogen that were reported prior to January,
1945. Many organic compounds have been shown to react with thio-
cyanogen by titration data in terms of a "thiocyanogen number." Such
compounds are included in the tables only if a product was isolated from
the reaction mixture. An omission of the yield in the table indicates
that the information was not given in the original paper. Many of
the yields reported probably can be increased by application of the im-
proved techniques illustrated in the more recent papers.
TABLE I
AROMATIC AMINES SUBSTITUTED BT THIOCTANOGEN
Refer-
Amine Product Method* Yield
ence
Aniline p-Thiocyanoaniline C 97% 15, 16

C 87% 19
c 80% 18
c 78% 70 .
cA 50% 17,24
27% 1
C 20,72
2,4-Dithiocyanoaniline C 80% 18
2-Amino-6-thiocyanobenzothi- C 15% 19
azole C 20, 21, 22
o-Toluidine 4-Thiocyano-o-toluidine C 80% 17
B 75% 82
B 44% 27
C 39% 26
C 81
p-Toluidine 2-Amino-6-methylbenzothiazole C •81% 70,72
C 17,18,22
2,6-Dithiocyano-p-toluidine C 45% 22
m-Toluidine 4-Thiocyano-m-toluidine B 62% 27
C 17
4,6-Dithiocyano-TO-toluidine C 17
2,4-Xylidine 2-Amino-4,6-dimethylbenzothi- C 79% 23
azole
2,6-Xylidine 4-Thiooyano-2,5-xylidine C 47% 22
C 72,83
2-Amino-4,7-dimethyl-6-thio- C 22
cyanobenzothiazole
o-Chloroaniline 2-Chloro-4-thiocyanoaniline B 37,72, 84
p-Chloroaniline 2-Amino-6-chlorobenzothiazole C 75% 22
C 69% 70,72
C 21
4-Chloro-o-toluidine 5-Chloro-2-thiocyano-o-toluidine C 84
2-Amino-6-chloro-4-methyl- C 21
benzothiazole
4-Chloro-2,5- 2-Amino-6-chloro-4,7-dimethyl- C 21
xylidine benzothiazole
2-Bromo-p-tolui- 2-Amino-4-bromo-6-methyl- C 23
dine benzothiazole
p-Nitroaniline 2-Amino-6-nitrobenzothiazole C 23
* A refers to free thiooyanogen, B to thiocyanogen generated from salts by electrolysis, and C to

, thiocyanogen generated from salts by chemical reagents.
EEACTIONS OF THIOCYANOGEN 259
TABLE I—Continued
AROMATIC AMINES SUBSTITUTED BY THIOCYANOGEN
Product Refer-
Amine Method* Yield
ence
3-Nitro-p-toluidine 2-Amino-6-methyl-5-nitrobenzo- C 23
thiazole
4-Nitro-o-toluidine 2-Amino-4-methyI-6-nitrobenzo- C 23
thiazole
2-Hydroxyaniline 2-Hydroxy-4-thiocyanoaniline C 50% 24
3-Hydroxy aniline 3-Hydroxy-4-thiocyanoaniline C 55% 24
o-Anisidine 2-Methoxy-4-thiocyanoaniline C 72,84
Phenetidine 4-Ethoxy-2-thiocyanoaniline C 15,84
2-Amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole C 95% 24
C 65% 70
G 60% 22
C 54% 72
C 15,21
4nthranilic acid 4(5)-Thiocyanoanthranilic acid C 80% 18
B 60% 82
B 54% 85
C 50% 24
C 72
p-Aminobenzoic 2-Amino-6-carboxybenzothia- C 67% 72
acid zole
Ethyl p-aminoben- Ethyl 4-amino-3-thiocyanoben- C 85% 22
zoate zoate
m-Aminobenzoie 3-Amino-4-thiocyanobenzoic acid C 18
acid
a-Naphthylamine 4-Thiocyano-l-naphthylamine C 80% 18
C 71% 8
2,4-Dithiocyano-l-naphthyl- B 55% 82
amine C 50% 10,19
C 18,20
2-Amino-5-thiocyanonaphtho- C 22
[l',2' : 4,5]-thiazole
4-Chloro-l-naph- 2-Amino-5-chloronaphtho- C 21
thylamine [l',2' : 4,5]-thiazole
18-Naphthylamino l-Thiocyano-2-naphthylamine C 94% 70,72
C 55% 19
C 20, 24,
84,86
2-Aminonaphtho-[2',l' : 4,5]-thi- C 21, 22,
azole 72
7-Methoxy-2-naph- 7-Methoxy-l-thiocyano-2-naph- C 84
"thylamine thylamine
* A refers to free thiocyanogen, B to thiocyanogen generated from salts by electrolysis, and C to

thiocyanogen generated from salts by chemical reagents.
TABLE I—Continued
AROMATIC AMINES SUBSTITUTED BY THIOCTANOGEN
Refer-
ence
7-Methoxy-2-naph- 2-Amino-8-methoxynaphtho- C 21
thylamine—Cont. [2',1' : 4,5]-thiazole
/3-Anthrylamine 1 -Thiocyano-2-anthrylamine 84
2-Aminoanthra-[2',l' : 4,5]-
c 21
thiazole
c
2,6-Diaminoanthra- 2,6-Diamino-l-thiocyanoanthra- c 84
cene cene
2,6-Diamino-1,5-dithiocyanoan- c 84
thracene
N-Methylaniline N-Methyl-4-thiocyanoaniline c 85
N-Ethylaniline N-Ethyl-4-thiocyanoanilijie c 27,85
N-Propylaniline N-Propyl-4-thiocyanoaniline c 85
N-Butylahiline N-Butyl-4-thiocyanoaniline c 85
N-Benzylaniline N-Benzyl-4-thiocyanoaniline c 85,87
N-Cetylaniline N-Cetyl-4-thiocyanoaniline A 71
N-Oleylaniline N-Oleyl-4-thiocyanoaniline c 71
N-Chaulmoogryl- N-Chaulmoogryl-4-thiocyano- c 65% 71
aniline aniline
N-Ethyl-w-toluidine N-Ethyl-4-thiocyano-m-toluidine c 84% 85
N-Methyl-p-tolui- 2-Imino-3,6-dimethylbenzothi- c 23
dine azoline
N-Ethyl-p-toluidine 2-Imino-3-ethyl-6-methylben- c 23
zothiazoline
N-Benzyl-p-tolui- 2-Imina-3-benzyl-6-methylben- c 23
dine zothiazoline
N-Methylanthra- N-Methyl-4(5)-thiocyanoanthra- c 64% 85
nilic acid nilic acid
Diphenylamine Di-(4-thioeyanophenyl)-amine A 1
•
c 19, 20,
61,72
N,N-Dimethyl- N,N-Dimethyl-4-thiocyano- B 92% 25
aniline aniline C 79% 26
B 75% 82
C 65% 88
C 45% 24
A 1,60
C 18,72
N, N-Diethylaniline N, N-Diethyl-4-thiocyanoaniline C 84% 85
B 81% 25
N,N-Dimethyl-p- N,N-Dimethyl-2-thiocyano-p- B 21% 25
toluidine toluidine
* A refers to free thiocy^nogen, B to thiocyanogen generated from salta. by electrolysis, and C to

thiooyanogen generated from salts by chemical reagents.
TABLE I—Continued
AROMATIC AMINES SUBSTITUTED BY THIOCYANOGEN
Refer-
ence
N-Benzyl-N-methyl- N-Benzyl-N-methyl-4-thiocyano- C 70%. 87

aniline aniline
N-Benzyl-N-ethyl- N-Benzyl-N-ethyl-4-thiocyano- B 84% 85
aniline aniline C 70% 87
Triphenylamine Di-(4-thiocyanophenyl)-phenyl- A 1
amine
m-Phenylenediamine 4-Thiocyano-TO-phenylenedi- A 1
amine
4,6-Dithiocyano-m-phenylene- C 18
diamine
Benzidine Dithiocyanobenzidine C 18, 24
Sulfanilamide 4-Amino-3-thiocyanobenzene- C 75% 89
sulfonamide
2-Amino-6-sulfamylbenzothiazole C 58% 89
c 71
NSN^Dimethyl- 2-Amino-6-(N,N-dimethyl- c 70% 89
sulfanilamide sulfamyl)-benzothiazole
NSN^Diethyl- 2-Amino-6-(N,N-diethyl- c 80% 89
sulfanilamide sulfamyl)-benzothiazole ,
N4-Acetylsulf anil- 2-Amino-6- (N-aoety lsulf amyl) - c 71
amide benzothiazole
4'-Sulfamylsulfanil- N4-(2-Amino-6-benzothiazolyl- c 65% 89
anilide sulf onyl) -sulfanilamide
N,N'-Disulfanilyl- N-(Sulfanilyl)-N'-(2-amino-6- c40% 89
p-phenylenedi- benzothiazolylsulfonyl)-p-
amine phenylenediamine
N-Sulfanilyl-p-nitro- N-(2-Amino-6-benzothiazolylsul- c 68% 89
aniline fonyl)-p-nitroaniline
N-Sulfanilyl-p-tolu- N-(2-Amino-6-benzothiazolylsul- c 75% 89
idine f onyl) -p-toluidine
81
Horii, J. Pharm. Soc. Japan, 55, 6 (1935) [C. A., 29, 3317 (1935)].
82
U.S. pat., 1,816,848 [C.A., 25, 5355 (1931)]; Brit, pat., 364,060; Fr. pat., 702,829
[C.A., 25,4284 (1931)].
83
Brit, pat., 299,327.
84
U . S . p a t . , 1,765,678 [C. A . , 2 4 , 4307 (1930)]; B r i t , p a t . , 303,813 [C. A . , 2 3 , 4482
(1929)]; G e r . p a t . , 491,225 [C. A . , 2 4 , 2138 (1930)].
86
Cherkasova, Sklyarenko, and Melinikov, / . Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 10, 1373 (1940)
[C. A., 35, 3615 (1941)].
86
Ger. pat., 493,025 [C. A., 24, 2754 (1930)].
87
Kaufmann and Ritter, Arch. Pharm., 267, 212 (1929).
88
Brewster and Schroeder, Org. Syntheses, 19, 79 (1939).
89
Kaufmann and Bilckmann, Arch. Pharm., 279, 194 (1941).
TABLE II
PHENOLS SUBSTITUTED BY THIOCYANOGEN
Refer-
Phenol Product Method* Yield
ence
Phenol 4-Thiocyanophenol A 69% 1

C 68% 26
B 67% 27
B 25% 82
C 20% 24
C 72,84
»i-Cresol 4-Thiocyano-TO-cresol . B 27
C 15
o-Cresol 4-Thioeyano-0-cresol C 90% 15
B 72% 27
B 40% 82
p-Cresol 2-Thiocyano-p-cresol B 27
C 15
Guaiacol 4-Thiocyanoguaiacol B 21% 25
Diethylphenol Thiocyanodiethylphenol B 27
Thymol 4-Thiocyanothymol C 95% 15
C 77% 25
B 76% 27
A 7
C 4,19
Carvacrol Thiocyanocarvacrol B 50% 27
Salicylic acid 5-Thiocyanosalicylic acid A 30% 30
C 10% 19
C 20
o-Naphthol 4-Thiocyano-l-naphthol A 83% 28
C 72% 18,19,70
A 50% 59
C 20,84
2,4-Dithiocyano-l -naphthol C 60% 19
C 18,20
0-Naphthol l-Thiocyano-2-naphthol A 100% 28
C 90% 24
C 72% 72
C 18
Nerolin 2-Methoxy-l-thiocyanonaphtha- A 65% 28
lene
Elesorcinol 4-Thiocyanoresorcinol B 60% 82
Pyrocatechol 4-Thiocyanopyrocatechol C 48% 29
C 24
* A refers to free thiocyanogen, 6 to thiooyanogen generated from salts by electrolysis, and C to

thiooyanogen generated from salts by chemical reagents.
TABLE III
POLYNTJCLEAR HYDROCARBONS SUBSTITUTED BY THIOCYANOGEN
Refer-
Hydrocarbon Product Method* Yield
« ence
Anthracene 9,10-Dithiocyanoanthracene A 45% 32

3,4-Benzpyrene 5-Thiocyano-3,4-benzpyrene A 82% 32
20-Methylcholan- 20-Methyl-15-thiocyanocholan- A 89% 32
threne threne
1,2-Benz anthracene 9-Thiocyano-1,2-benzanthracene A 5% 32
10-Thiocyano-l,2-benzanthracene A 57% 32
9-Methyl-l,2-benz- 9-Methyl-10-thiocyano-l,2- A 43% 32
anthracene benzanthracene
10-Methyl-l,2-benz- 10-Methyl-9-thiocyano-l,2- A 66% 32
anthracene benz anthracene

TABLE IV
UNSATURATED COMPOUNDS THAT ADD THIOCYANOGEN
Refer-
Compound Product Method* Yield
ence
Ethylene 1,2-Dithiocyanoethane A 100% 33

A 75% 28-
C 15% 20 i
Amylene Dithiocyanopentane A 42
C 20,90
Acetylene 1,2-Dithiocyanoethylene A 20% 33
Acetylene diiodide 1,2-Dithiocyanoethylene A 33
Phenylacetylene 1,2-Dithiocyano-l-phenylethyl- A 50% 33
ene
Tolan l,2-Diphenyl-l,2-dithiocyano- A 26% 33
ethylene
Styrene a, /3-Dithiocyanoethylbenzene A 100% 28
A 80% 33
C 65% 19
C 20
Stilbene 1,2-Diphenyl-l, 2-dithiocyano- A 83% 33
ethane .
Butadiene 1,4-Dithiocyanobutene-2 A 80% • 35
* A refers to free thiocyanogen, B to thiocyanogen generated from salts by eleotrolysis, and C to

Compound Refer-
Product Method* Yield
ence
Isoprene l,4-Dithiocyano-2-methyl- C 19% 34

butene-2 c 20
Dimethylbutadiene 2,3-Dimethyl-l,4-dithiocyano- c 11% 34
butene-2
AUyl alcohol 2,3-Dithiocyanopropanol A 28
Anethole 1,2-Dithiocyano-1- (p-methoxy- A 100% 28
phenyl) -propane C 75% 19
A 20
Isosafrole 4- (Dithiocy anopropyl)-l, 2- A 28
methylenedioxy benzene
Carvone Dihydrodithiocyanocarvone A 37
Pinene Dithiocyanopinane A 91
Terpineol Dithiocyanomenthanol A 91
Terpineol methyl Dithiocy anomenthanol A 91
ether methyl ether
Alloocimene Dihydrodithiocyanoalloocimene A 91
Cyclohexene 1,2-Dithiocyanocyclohexane C 73
3-Methylcyclo- l,2-Dithiocyano-3-methyl- C 73
hexene cyclohexane ••
Methyl styryl Methyl a-thiocyanostyryl A 37
ketone ketone
Distyryl ketone Dithiocyanodistyryl ketone A 37
Oleic acid 9,10-Dithiocyanostearic acid A 80,93
C 92
Elaidic acid 9,10-Dithiocyanostearic acid C 70% 80
A 62% 93
C 60% 92
C 94
Erucic acid 13,14-Dithiocyanobehenic acid C 57% 70,72
C 49% 80
A 45% 94
A 80
C 92
Brassidic acid 13,14-Dithiocyanobehenic acid A 75% 93
A 94
C 92
Petroselenic acid 6,7-Dithiocyanosteario- acid A 80
Linolic acid Dihydrodithiocyanolinolic acid A 96% 94
Ethyl linolate Ethyl dihydrodithiocyanolino- A 93% 95
late

Refer-
ence
,8-Oleostearin /3-Oleostearin hexathiocyanate A 80

Hydnocarpic acid Dihydrodithiocyanohydno- A 96
carpic acid
Chaulmoogric acid Dihydrodithiocyanochaulmoogric A 96
acid

TABLE V
MISCELLANEOUS COMPOUNDS SUBSTITUTED BY THIOCYANOGEN
Refer-
ence
Antipyrine 2,3-Dimethyl-l-phenyl-4-thio- A 56% 30

cyanopyrazolone
Bis-(2,3-dimethyl-l-phenyl-5- C 61% 70
pyrazolone-4)-l-disulfide C 20,72
Carbostyryl 2-Hydroxy-4-thiocyanoquinoline 15
8-Hydroxyquinoline 8-Hydroxy-4-thiocyanoquinoline
c 15,27
N-Acetyldiphenyl- N-Acetyl-di-(4-thiocyanophenyl)-
c 75% 15
hydrazine hydrazine
c
N-Benzoyldiphenyl- N-Benzoyl-di-(4-thiocyano- 64% 15
hydrazine phenyl)-hydrazine
c
N-Formyldiphenyl- N-Formyl-di- (4-thiocy ano- 68% 15
hydrazine phenyl)-hydrazine
c
N-Phthalyldi- N-Phthaly 1-di- (4-thiocyano- 73% 15
phenylhydrazine phenyl)-hydrazine
c
O,N-Dibenzyl- 0, N-Dibenzyl-N-thiocyanohy- 47% 39
hydroxylamine droxylamine
c
O,N-Diethyl- 0, N-Diethyl-N-thiocyanohy- 40% 39
hydroxylamine droxylamine
c
90
U . S. p a t . , 1,859,399 [C. A . . 2 6 , 3804 (1932)].
91
U . S. p a t . , 2,188,495 [C. A . ' , 34, 3763 (1940)].
92
Kaufmann, Gindsberg, Rottig, and Salchow, Ber., 70B, 2519 (1937).
93
Kimura, Chem. Umschau Fette die Wachse Harze, 37, 72 (1930).
94
Holde, Chem. Umschau Fette die JVachse Harze, 37, 173 (1930).
96
Kimura, Ber., 69, 786 (1936).
96
Arnold, Arch. Pharm., 277, 206 (1939). •
TABLE V—Continued
MISCELLANEOUS COMPOUNDS SUBSTITUTED BY THIOCYANOGEN
Compound Product Method* Refer-

Yield
ence
Benzylamine Benzylthiocyanoamine C 39
Diethylamine Diethylthiocyanoamine A 6
Triphenylmethyl- Triphenylmethylthiocyanoamine C 55% 39
amine
Diphenylmercury Phenyl thiocyanate A 66% 1
DiethylzinQ Ethyl thiocyanate A 1
Ethyl mercaptan Ethyl thiothiocyanate A 50% 40
Thiophenol Phenyl thiothiocyanate A 70% 40
/3-Thionaphthol 18-Naphthylthiothiocyanate A 40
p-Nitrothiophenol p-Nitrophenylthiothiocyanate A 75% 41
Triphenylphosphine Triphenylphosphine sulfide A 42
Triphenylarsine Triphenylarsinehydroxy thio- A 42
cyanate
Triphenylstibine Triphenylstibine dithiocyanate A 42
Triphenylbismuth- Diphenylbismuthine dithio- A 42,43
ine cyanate
Phenyl thiocyanate A 42
Tri-a-naphthyl- a-Naphthyl thiocyanate A 43
bismuthine
Ethyl acetoacetate Ethyl 2-hydroxy-4-methylthia- A 19% 28
zole-5-carboxylate
Diethyl hydrocolli- Diethyl hydrocollidine dicar- A 30% 30
dine dicarboxylate boxylate dithiocyanate
Ammonium ligno- Ammonium thiocyanolignosul- B 97
sulfonate fonate C 97
* A refers to free thiocyanogen, B to thiocyanogen generated from salts by eleotrolysis, and C to

"Sohwabe and Preu, CeUulosechem., 21, 1 (1943),
CHAPTER 7
THE HOFMANN REACTION

EVERETT S. WALLIS and JOHN F. LANE *
Princeton University
CONTENTS
PAGE
T H E NATURE OP THE REACTION 268
T H E MECHANISM OF THE REACTION 268
T H E SCOPE OF THE REACTION 273

Aliphatic, Alicyclic, and Arylaliphatic Amides 273
Monoamides 273
Diamides 274
Aliphatic Monoacid-Monoamides 275
a-Hydroxy Amides 275
Ethylenic Amides 276
a,/3-Acetylenic Amides 276
a-Keto Amides . . . ! . . . . 276
Aromatic and Heterocyclic Amides 277
Aromatic Amides and Phthalimides 277
Aryl Semicarbazides and Ureas 278
Heterocyclic Amides 279
SIDE REACTIONS 279
T H E CHOICE OF EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES 280

The Use of Alkaline Sodium Hypobromite 280
The Use of Alkaline Sodium Hypochlorite 281
Special Conditions for the Hofmann Reaction of Higher Aliphatic Amides and
of a,|8-Unsaturated Amides 282
Neopentylamine 283
Pentadecylamine 283
2-Methyl-l,4-diaminobutane 283
Wsoserine 284
7-Truxillamic acid '. 284
w-Bromoaniline 285
Phenylacetaldehyde 285
TABULAR SURVEY OF PRODUCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN THE HOFMANN R E -
ACTION OF AMIDES 285
* Present address, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, N. J.
267
THE NATURE OF THE REACTION

In the Hofmann reaction an amide is converted to an amine of one less
carbon atom by treatment with bromine (or chlorine) and alkali.1 In
effect the carbonyl group of the amide is eliminated. The reaction is
RCONH2 + Br2 + 40H- -» RNH2 + G03= + 2Br~ + 2H2O .
applicable to the preparation of amines from amides of aliphatic, aro-
matic, arylaliphatic, and heterocyclic acids.
The Hofmann reaction generally is carried out by dissolving the amide
in a very slight excess of cold aqueous hypohalite solution, followed by
rapid warming (with steam distillation if the amine produced is volatile).2
A valuable modification (p. 282) consists in carrying out the reaction in
an alcoholic (usually methanolic) solution, with subsequent hydrolysis of
the urethan so obtained.
RCONH2 + Br2 + 2OH- + R'OH -» RNHCO2R' + 2Br~ + 2H2O
RNHCO2R' + H20 -> RNH2 + CO2 + ROH
THE MECHANISM OF THE REACTION

Hofmann found that the reaction of acetamide with equimolecular
quantities of bromine and alkali yielded N-bromoacetamide.
CH3CONH2 +^Br2 + 0H~ -> CH3CONHBr + Br~ + H20
Investigation of the behavior of this and other N-haloamides showed
that they react with alkali to give unstable salts.3
RCONHX + OH- - • [RCONX]- + H2O
In the dry state these salts undergo a decomposition wherein the organic
residue migrates from the carbon atom to the nitrogen atom, the prod-
ucts being isocyanates and alkali metal halides.
[RCONX]- -» RN=C=O + X -
In the presence of water and an excess of alkali, the isocyanates are
hydrolyzed to amines.
OH"
OH- + RN=C=O -» [RNHCO2]- -> RNH2 + CO3-
In alcoholic solution they are converted to urethans.
RN=C=O + R'OH -> RNHCO2R'
1
Hofmann, Ber.. (a) 14, 2725 (1881); (6) 15, 407 (1882); (c) 15, 762 (1882); (d) 17, 1406
(1884); (e) 18, 2734 (1885); (/) 15, 752 (1882).
2
Hoogewerff and van Dorp, Rec. trav. chim., (a) 8, 252 (1886); (6) 6, 373 (1887); (c) 10,
5 (1891); (d) 10, 145 (1891); (e) 15, 107 (1896).
» Mauguin, Ann. chim., [8] 22, 297 (1911).
THE HOFMANN REACTION »269
When one-half of the usual quantities of bromine and alkali are em-
ployed, alkyl acyl ureas are obtained. The isocyanates, in the absence
of excess alkali, react with the sodium salts of the haloamides to give
salts of the alkyl acyl ureas from which the ureas themselves result on
hydrolysis.4
[RCONX]- + RN=C=O -» [RNC—NXC—R]~ + H2O

0 0
-» RNHC—NHC—R + OX~
Isocyanates derived from the higher aliphatic amides react more rapidly
with the haloamide salts than with water and alkali, so that, when these
amides are subjected to the Hofmann reaction in aqueous medium, only
small amounts of the expected amines are formed. Although amines
arise from the hydrolysis of the alkyl acyl ureas, they are largely oxidized
to nitriles by the excess of hypobromite present.
RNHCONHCOR + H2O -» RNH2 + RCONH2 + CO2
RCH2NH2 + 2 OX" -» RCN + 2X~ + 2H2O
However, amides of this type usually may be converted in good yield to
the urethans by reaction in methanol (p. 282).
In addition it may be noted that amides of a,/3-unsaturated acids and
of a-hydroxyacids yield aldehydes when allowed to undergo this rear-
rangement. Aryl-substituted semicarbazides yield azides, and aryl--
substituted ureas yield aryl-substituted hydrazines. These reactions are
discussed more fully in a subsequent section of this chapter (p. 273).
The Hofmann reaction involves a rearrangement quite similar to the
Curtius rearrangement and to the Lossen rearrangement, as indicated by
the following equations.6'6
0
[RC—NX]- -> RN=C=O + X - (Hofmann)
O
RC—N3 -» RN=C=O + N2 (Curtius)
0
[RC—NOCOR']- -» RN=C=O + RCO2~ (Lossen).
4
(a) Stieglitz and Earle, Am. Chem. J., 30 412 (1903); (jb) Jeffreys, ibid., 22 14 (1899)
6
Stieglitz rind Slosson, Ber., 34, 1613 (1901); Stieglitz, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 30, 1797
(1908); Stieglitz and Peterson, Ber., 43, 782 (1910); Peterson, Am. Chem. J., 46,325 (1911)j
Stieglitz and Vosburgh, Ber., 46, 2151 (1913); Stieglitz, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 1,196 (1915).
6
Tiemann, Ber., 24, 4163 (1891).
270- ORGANIC REACTIONS
Any of these reactions may be formulated by the general equation 7> 8
R:C:N:A A:B + R:C:N R:N::C::O:

B
and the driving force of rearrangement may be presumed to arise from
the tendency of the electronically deficient nitrogen atom of the fragment
(I) to acquire electrons from the neighboring carbon atom.
The rate-determining step in the Hofmann rearrangement apparently
is the release of the halide ion from the haloamide anion. This follows
from a quantitative study of the effect of m- and p-substituents on the
rates of rearrangement of benzamide derivatives.9 Thus, substituents
Y that promote electron release through the carbonyl group (like methyl
and methoxyl, which decrease the acidic strength of the corresponding
benzoic acids) facilitate the rearrangement.
K+
Conversely, substituents that withdraw electrons (like nitro and cyano

groups, which increase the acidity of the corresponding benzoic acids)
retard the rearrangement. The same effects are observed with substitu-
ents Y in the salts of O-aroylbenzohydroxamic acids, while for substitu-
ents Z the inverse effects obtain.
C:N:0C0 K+
Studies have been made on the mechanism of isomerization of the

transient intermediate (I). It is now definitely established that in this
isomerization the group R never becomes free during its migration from
carbon to nitrogen. Thus the action of bromine and alkali on (+)
2-methyl-3-phenylpropionamide gives optically pure (+)2-amino-3-
phenylpropane.10 The same optically pure amine may be obtained from
(+)2-methyl-3-phenylpropionazide by the Curtius rearrangementu as
0
7
Jones, Am. Chem. J., 50, 414 (1913).
' Whitmore, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 54, 3274 (1932).
"Hauser and coworkers, J. Am. Chem. Soc., (o) 59, 121 (1937); (6) 60, 2308 (1937);
61, 618 (1939).
10
Wallis and Nagel, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 53, 2787 (1931).
i u Jones and Wallis, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 48, 169 (1926).
THE HOFMANN REACTION 271
well as from derivatives of (+)2-methyl-3-phenylpropionylhydroxamic
acid by the Lossen rearrangement. Moreover, the Hofmann rearrange-
ment of (+)3,5-dinitro-2-a-naphthylbenzamide leads to optically pure
(+)3,5-dinitro-2-a-naphthylaniline.12 Here optical activity is due to
NO
O2N
restriction of rotation about the pivot bond between the benzene and
naphthalene nuclei. If at any time during migration the migrating group
had been free, the restriction would have been removed, and at least par-
tial racemization would have occurred. Similar results have been ob-
served in the Curtius rearrangement.13 Thus, in the rearrangement of
CH; CHs,
o-(2-methyl-6-nitrophenyl)-benzazide, the amine obtained is optically

pure.
Further support for this conclusion is found in the results of studies on
the Hofmann reaction of amides such as ^,/3,/3-triphenylpropionamide 14
and /3,^-dimethylbutyramide.16 Here the migrating groups R 3 CCH 2 , if
free, are extremely susceptible of rearrangement. From these amides,
however, only the expected amines, i.e., /3,/3,|8-triphenylethylamine and
neopentylamine, are obtained.
The absence of interference of triphenylmethyl radicals in the Curtius
rearrangement of acid azides 16 also is in agreement with this conclusion.
In fact, experimental evidence indicates that this latter rearrangement
is also unimolecular.17 Unfortunately, no quantitative studies have
15
Wallis and Moyer, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 55, 2598 (1933).
13
Bell, J. Chem. Soc, 1934, 835.
" Hellermann, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 49, 1735 (1927).
15
Whitmore and Homeyer, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 54, 3435 (1932).
' " Powell, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 61, 2436 (1929); Wallis, ibid., 51, 2982 (1929).
"Barrett and Porter, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 3434 (1941); Jones and Wallis, ibid., 48,
169 (1926); Porter and Young, ibid., 60, 1497 (1938).
been made, as of the Hofmann rearrangement, to show the rate-determin-
ing step in this process, and hence its true mechanism is still not clearly
denned.
I t has been established also that in rearrangements of this type the
group R does not undergo a Walden inversion. Amines so obtained may
be regarded as configurationally identical with the parent acids. Thus,
the d, I, and dl forms of /3-camphoramidic acid on treatment with bromine
and alkali yield aminodihydrocampholytic acids (II) in which the amino
group is cis to the carboxyl group.18 A similar retention of configuration
CH 3
CH
CONH2 NH 2
11
accompanies the conversion of d and Z-a-camphoramidic acids to the
corresponding amino acids (III). 19 A further, though somewhat indi-
CO2H
rect, proof of the retention of configuration in the Hofmann reaction has

been reported in connection with studies of replacement reactions occur-
ring at a bridgehead in derivatives of apocamphane, 20 while retention of
configuration in the Curtius rearrangements of the azides of 1-methyl-
quinic and of dihydroshikimic acids has been observed.21 Although
18
Noyes, Am. Chem. J., 24, 290 (1900); 27,432 (1902); Noyes and Knight, J. Am. Chem.
Soc, 32, 1672 (1910); Noyes and Nickell, ibid., 36, 124 (1914).
19
(a) Noyes, Am. Chem. J., 16, 506 (1894); Noyes and Littleton, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 39,
2699 (1917); (5) Weir, J. Chem. Soc, 99, 1273 (1911).
20
Bartlett and Knox, / . Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 3184 (1939).
11
H. O. L. Fischer and (workers, Ber., 65, 1009 (1932); Helv. Chim. Ada, 17, 1200
(1934).
the difficulty of relating rotation to configuration has as yet prevented
extensive confirmation of the absence of Walden inversion in the Hof-
mann rearrangement of aliphatic amides, the point in question has been
studied in the Curtius rearrangement of optically active azides of the
type, R1R2R3CC—N322 and has been conclusively proved for the closely
analogous Wolff rearrangement. Thus (+)l-diazo-3-phenyl-3-methyl-
heptanone-2 rearranges to the configurationally identical (optically pure)
(—)j3-phenyl-/3-methylenanthic acid.23 This fact, in conjunction with
the results obtained in cyclic systems, leaves no doubt that the Hof-
0 „ O „
11 H 11 xl
II •• II •• H.0
( + ) R C : C : N 2 -*• RC:C- r — ^ (-)RCH 2 CO 2 H
mann reaction also always involves retention of configuration. Any

doubts incurred from conflicting or inconclusive results of studies of this
type of rearrangement on geometrical isomers need not be taken too
seriously. No one has submitted any evidence to show that cis,trans
isomeric changes do not precede rearrangement of this type.24
THE SCOPE OF THE REACTION

Aliphatic, Alicyclic, and Arylaliphatic Amides
Monoamides. Good yields of the corresponding monoamines are
obtained from aliphatic monoamides unless the latter contain more than
eight carbon atoms, and with such amides a modification of the usual
procedure4t-26 (p. 282) using methanol gives satisfactory results. Lau-
ramide on treatment with aqueous alkaline hypobromite solution gives
largely N-undecyl-N'-lauryl urea,26 but treatment of the amide in meth-
anol with sodium methoxide and bromine gives a 90% yield of methyl
22
Kenyon and Young, / . Cfiem. Soc, 1941, 263.
23
Lane and Wallis, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 63, 1674 (1942).
24
Jones and Mason, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 49, 2528 (1927); Alder and coworkers, Ann.,
514, 211 (1934); Skita and Rossler, Ber., 72, 416 (1939).
26
Jeffreys, Ber., SO, 898 (1897).
26
Ehestadt, dissertation, Freiburg i.B., 1886.
undecylcarbamate which may be converted with negligible loss to the
desired undecylamine.
Na0B
2C11H23CONH2 V CiiH 2 3 CONHCONHCiiH23
H2O
^ > C u Hj 8 NH a
H2O
This method also has been applied with advantage to the production
of alicyclic monoamines from monoamides. The isomeric 0-, m~, and
p-hexahydrotoluamides have been converted through the urethans to the
corresponding aminomethylcyclohexanes in approximately 70% yield.27
Similarly camphane-4-carboxamide has been converted to 4-aminocam-
phane (56% yield). Although many conversions of alicyclic monoamides
to alicyclic amines have been carried out by the usual procedure (aque-
ou# alkaline hypobromite) the yields have not been reported.
No special difficulties are encountered with arylaliphatic amides unless
the aromatic ring contains hydroxyl or a derived function, in which event
low yields may result from side reactions involving halogenation of the
ring. /3-(p-Methoxyphenyl)-propionamide gives on treatment with
aqueous alkaline hypobromite only 35% of the desired (3-p-methoxy-
phenethylamine,28 while p-hydroxybenzamide yields exclusively 2,6-
dibromo-4-aminophenol.29 /J-(3-Benzyloxy-4-methoxyphenyl)propion-
amide 30 and /3-(m-benzyloxyphenyl)propionamide 31 give none of the
amines. Sodium hypochlorite, which leads to a more rapid rearrange-
ment, may be used to advantage in the treatment of many amides con-
taining phenolic or aromatic ether functions (p. 281). Thus, piperonyl-
acetamide on treatment with aqueous alkaline hypochlorite gives a 50%
yield of homopiperonylamine.32
Diamides. Diamides of adipic acid and its higher homologs are
converted to diamines by aqueous alkaline hypobromite or hypochlorite
solutions.33
H2NCO(CH2)nCONH2 -» H2N(CH2)»tfH2 (n > 6)
Application of the reaction to glutaramide has not been reported. Suc-
cinamide is converted not to ethylene diamine but to dihydrouracil (IV),
17
Gut, Ber., 40, 2065 (1907).
K
Barger and Walpole, J. Chem. Soc., 95, 1724 (1909).
29
Van Dam, Bee. trav. chim., 18, 418 (1899).
80
Robinson and Sugasawa, J. Chem. Soc., 1931, 3166.
ll
Schopf, Perrey, and Jackh, Ann., 497, 49 (1932).
32
Decker, Ann., 395, 291 (1913); Haworth, Perkin, and Rankin, J. Chem. Soc., 125,
1694 (1924).
33
(a) von Braun and Jostes, Ber., 59,1091 (1926); (6) von Brenkeleveen, Rev. trav. chim.,
13, 34 (1894); (c) Sjolonina, Bull. soc. chim., [3] 16, 1878 (1896); (d) Bayer and Co., Ger.
pats. 216,808, 232,072 [Chem. Zentr., I, 311 (1910); I, 938 (1911)]; (e) von Braun and
Lemke, Ber., 55, 3529 (1922).
which evidently is formed by the reaction (p. 269) leading to alkyl acyl
ureas.34 If an excess of alkali is employed at higher temperature /S-
alanine is produced. The action of aqueous alkaline sodium hypochlorite
on diethyl malonamide leads, in analogous fashion, to C,C-diethyl-
hydantoin (V). Similarly maleinamide is converted to uracil (VI). 36
CH2 CH2 (C2H6)2C NH CH=
NH CO CO CO
CO NH N CO NH
H
IV V VI
Aliphatic Monoacid-Monoamides. The action of a dilute solution of

barium hydroxide and barium hypobromite converts i-^-malamidic acid
to Z-isoserine 36 (45% yield), and the same reagent converts Z-acetylaspar-
agine to Z-2-imidazolidone-5-carboxylic acid (15% yield) from which
l(+) /3-aminoalanine (60% yield) is obtained on acid hydrolysis.37
Higher amidic acids, like the higher monoamides, are best treated with
sodium methoxide and bromine in methanol solution instead of with
aqueous hypochlorite or hypobromite. Sebacamidic acid, for example,
can be converted to co-carbomethoxyaminopelargonic acid in 74% yield.38
The alicyclic amidic acids are converted easily to amino acids. With
aqueous alkaline hypochlorite the isomeric truxillamidic and trux-
inamidic acids give the corresponding truxillamic and truxinamic acids
in yields of 70-85%, 39
cc-Camphoramidic acid is converted by aqueous alkaline hypobromite
to 3 c -ammo-l ( ,2,2-trimethylcyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid (formula III,
p. 272) in 70% yield,19 while the conversion of /3-camphoramidic acid by
this reagent to 3 c -amino-2,2,3'-trimethylcyclopentane-l c -carboxylic acid
(formula II, p. 272) is quantitative. 18
a-Hydroxy Amides. Aldehydes are obtained when aqueous sodium
hypochlorite acts on amides of a-hydroxyacids.
RCHCONH2 - * fRCHNHa]
[RCHNHal - • RCHO + NH S
OH L OH J
M
Weidel and Hoithner, Monatsh., 17, 183 (1896).
36
Rinkes, Rec. trav. chim., 46, 268 (1927).
36
Freudenberg, Ber., 47, 2027 (1914).
87
Karrer, Helv. Chim. Ada, 6, 415 (1923).
38
Flaschentrager and Gebhart, Z. physiol. Chem., 192, 250 (1930).
39
(a) Stoermer and Schmidt, Ber., 58, 2716 (1925); (6) Stoermer and Sohenk, Ber., 60,
2575 (1927); (c) Stoermer and Schenk, Ber., 61, 2312 (1928); (d) Stoermer and Keller
Ber., 64, 2783 (1931); (e) Stoermer and Asbrand, Ber., 64, 2793 (1931).
From d-gluconamide, d-arabinose results in 50% yield. Z-Arabinonamide
gives a 30% yield of Z-erythrose. Similarly, benzaldehyde has been
obtained from mandelamide.40
Ethylenic Amides. a,/3-Unsaturated amides give satisfactory yields
of urethans when treated with methanolic sodium hypochlorite.41 Thus,
cinnamic amide gives a 70% yield of methylstyrylcarbamate
Na C1
C6H6CH=CHCONH2 ° > C6HBCH=CHNHCO2CH3
CHgOH
Hydrolysis of these urethans leads directly to aldehydes, as would be.

expected, and therefore is best carried out in an acid medium.
Poor yields attend the conversion of /3,T- and 7,5-unsaturated amides
to the corresponding unsaturated amines. Only 20% of the theoretical
amount of l-amino-2-cycloheptene was obtained from 2-cycloheptene-
1-carboxamide.42 A yield of less than 15% is reported in the preparation
of 2,3,3-trimethyl-l-cyclopentenylcarbinylamine from 2,3,3-trimethyl-
1-cyclopentenylacetamide.43 In the conversion of 2,2-dimethyl-3-
methylenecyclopentanecarboxamide to the corresponding amine, the
amine was isolated in a yield of only 40%."
a,p-Acetylenic Amides. With a,/3-acetylenic amides the Hofmann
reaction leads to the formation of nitriles.45
RC=sCCONH2 -> [RC=CNH2] -> RCH2C=N
N-Chloro-2-octynamide, for example, on treatment with barium hydrox-
ide gives a 70% yield of enanthonitrile.
a-Keto Amides. The expected products of the Hofmann reaction of
a-keto amides (RC0C0NH 2 ) would be amides (RCONH2). For the only
amide of this type investigated (benzoylformamide), however, it appears
O
that in the intermediate aroyl isocyanate (C 6 H 5 C—N=C=0) the
/
C—N linkage is more susceptible of solvolysis than the —N=C—
linkage, so that benzoic acid or methyl benzoate is the only product
isolated.46
40
Weerman, Rec. trav. chim., 37, 16 (1918).
41
Weerman, (a) Ann., 401, 1 (1913); (6) Rec. trav. chim., 37, 2 (1918).
42
Willstatter, Ann., 317, 243 (1901).
"Blaise and Blanc, Bull. soc. chim., [3] 21, 973 (1899).
"Forster, J. Chem. Soc, 79, 119 (1901).
46
Rinkes, Rec. trav. chim., 39, 704 (1920). ,
46
Rinkes, Rec. trav. chim., (a) .39, 200 (1920); (6) 45, 819 (1926); (c) 48, 960 (1929).
THE HOFMANN EEACTION 277
Aromatic and Heterocyclic Amides
Aromatic Amides and Phthalimides. Benzamide, naphthamide, and

their homologs are converted smoothly by aqueous alkaline hypo-
bromite solutions to the corresponding aromatic amines. If free or
methylated phenolic hydroxyl groups are present in aromatic amides,
however, halogenation of the ring is likely to occur with serious lowering
of the yield. This effect is minimized by the use of hypocBlorite and a
large excess of alkali, the rearrangement then being rapid enough to com-
pete favorably with the side reaction of halogenation. Thus veratric
amide is converted by alkaline hypochlorite to 4-aminoveratrole in 80%
yield.17 With the same reagent salicylamide gives an 80% yield of 4,5-
benzoxazolone, from which o-aminophenol results in 90% yield on acid
hydrolysis.48
Extensive application of the reaction has been made in the production
of anthranilic acid from phthalimide and of substituted anthranilic acids
from substituted phthalimides. While isomeric anthranilic acids theo-
retically are derivable from certain phthalimides, one usually predomi-
nates or forms exclusively. Generally it is possible to correlate the pre-
dominance of one product over the other with the known electronic and
vicinal effects of the substituents. Formation of an N-haloimide is fol-
0
I
lowed by hydrolytic fission of one of the C—N bonds in the alkaline
medium to generate a carboxylate ion and an N-haloamide ion. Ejec-
tion of a halide ion X~ and rearrangement lead to the ultimate produc-
tion of the anion of the amino acid.
> > C C O 2 - >CCO2-

| >NH -> | >NX -> | -> |
>C—CO >C—CO >CC0NX~ >CNH2
Since it is known that the hydrolysis of benzamides is facilitated by sub-
O
stituents which withdraw electrons from the C—N linkage into the
ring,49 it is evident that in the Hofm'ann reaction of 4-nitrophthalimide,
47
Buck and Ide, Org. Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 2, 44 (1943).
^Graebe and Rostowzev, Ber., 38, 2747 (1902).
49
Hammett, "Physical Organic Chemistry," McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1940,
p. 188.
for example, the nitro group by withdrawing electrons at position 1 will
0
cause preferential hydrolysis of the —C—N linkage at this point, with
subsequent rearrangement at position 2. Actually, 70% of the theo-

retical amount of the expected 4-nitroanthranilic acid is formed.60'61
Similarly, the expected product from 3-nitrophthalic acid, 6-nitroan-
C02H
thranilic acid (i.e., hydrolysis at position 2), is obtained in 80% yield.

Furthermore, it is known that a methoxyl group in the ortho position to
O
II
the C—N linkage in a substituted benzamide is much less effective in
promoting hydrolysis than the same substituent in the para-position. In
the Hofmann reaction of 3,4-dimethoxyphthalimide, hydrolysis of the
O
I
C—N linkage should occur preferentially at the 1 -position. Only the ex-
CH3O
pected 3,4-dimethoxyanthranilic acid is formed (35% yield).62

Successful application of the reaction has also been made to the half-
amides of aromatic dicarboxylic acids. For example, 2-carboxy-4,5-
dichlorobenzamide is converted readily by the action of alkaline sodium
hypochlorite to 4,5-dichloroanthranilic acid.63
Aryl 'Semicarbazides and Ureas. An interesting application
of the Hofmann reaction has been made to aryl semicarbazides
M
Seidel and Bittner, Monatsh., 23, 418 (1902).
51
Kahn, Ber., 35, 471 (1902).
62
Kuhn, Ber., 28, 809 (1905).
•» Villiger, Ber., 42, 3547 (1909).
64
(ArNHNHCONH2). These compounds are first oxidized by hypo-
chlorite to aryl diazocarboxamides
ArNHNHCONH2 + OC1" -> ArN=NCONH2 + H2O + Cl~
which apparently undergo the usual rearrangement, the expected prod-
uct (ArN—N—NH2), however, being immediately oxidized by hypo-
chlorite to an aryl azide (ArN3). The overall reaction thus consumes
three molecules of hypochlorite.
ArNHNHCONH2 + 3 OC1" + 2 OH~ - • ArN3 + 3H2O + CO2" + 3C1~
Phenyl semicarbazide may be converted to phenyl azide in 30% yield.
Further examples are included in the tables at the end of the chapter.
A limited application of the reaction has been made to aryl ureas.
N-Chloro-N'-2,4,6-trichlorophenylurea gives 2,4,6-trichlorophenylhydra-
zine on treatment with alkali. N-Chloro-N'-phenylurea, however, gives
p-chlorophenylhydrazine as the only isolable product. The yields in
these reactions are reported as very poor.66
Heterocyclic Amides. Little use has been made of the reaction in
the degradation of amides containing a five-membered heterocyclic ring
attached to the carbonyl group. l,2,2,5,5-Pentamethylpyrrolidine-3-
carboxamide has been converted to l,2,2,5,5-pentamethyl-3-aminopyr-
rolidine by the action of alkaline potassium hypobromite, but the yield is
not stated.68 An unsuccessful attempt to convert isoxazole-5-carboxam-
ide to the corresponding amine also has been reported.67
The action of alkaline hypobromite, however, converts the isomeric
picolinamides to aminopyridines,58 and 3- and 4-quinolinecarboxamides
to the corresponding aminoquinolines.69 Pyridine-3,4-dicarboxamide
has also been converted to 3-amino-4-picolinic acid.60 The yields in
these reactions, however, rarely have been given (see table).
SIDE REACTIONS
With higher aliphatic amides as well as with many alicyclic amides the
most serious side reaction is that leading to the formation of alkyl acyl
ureas (p. 269). As noted elsewhere (pp. 282, 269), this reaction is sup-
" Darapsky, J. prakt. Chem., 76, 433 (1907).
66
Elliott, J. Chem. Soc, 123, 804 (1923).
66
Pauli and Schaum, Ber., 34, 2289 (1901).
67
Freri, Gazz. chitn. tied., 62, 459 (1932).
68
(a) Pollak, Monatsh., 16, 54 (1895); Phillips, Ann., 288, 263 (1895); (6) Camps, Arch.
Pharm., 240, 354.
68
Claus and Howitz, J. prakt. Chem., [2] 50, 237 (1894); Claus and Frobenius, ibid.,
[2] 66, 187 (1897); Wenzel, Monatsh., 15, 457 (1894).
60
Gabriel and Coleman, Ber., 35, 2844, 3847 (1902).
pressed practically completely when the aqueous alkaline hypobromite
solution customarily employed is replaced by methanolic sodium methox-
ide and bromine.
The low yields attending the rearrangement of unsaturated amides
have been attributed 41a to interference by the reaction just discussed
coupled with oxidation of the double bond by the hypobromite present.
The products of oxidation have not been isolated and characterized, how-
ever. Such reactions may be avoided with a,/3-unsaturated amides by
employing methanolic sodium hypochlorite (p. 282), but the action of
this reagent on other types of unsaturated amides has yet to be investi-
gated.
With aromatic amides, hydrolysis prior to rearrangement may occur
to such an extent that the yield is lowered seriously. Amides like
p-nitrobenzamide, having a substituent which withdraws electrons from
/
the C—N linkage, are particularly susceptible, since the withdrawal of
electrons facilitates hydrolysis and inhibits rearrangement. The rear-
rangement, however, has a higher temperature coefficient than the
hydrolysis, so that a high reaction temperature (90-100°) reduces the
interference to negligible proportions.9
Substituents like hydroxyl or methoxyl facilitate rearrangement but
also promote the halogenation of the ring, particularly by hypobromite.
The use of sodium hypochlorite to circumvent such interfering ring halo-
genation has been discussed (pp. 274, 277).
THE CHOICE OF EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES
The Use of Alkaline Sodium Hypobromite. The procedure most

commonly adopted in carrying out the Hofmann reaction is essentially
that developed by Hoogewerff and van Dorp,2 in which the amide is first
dissolved in a cold alkaline solution of sodium or potassium hypobromite.
Rearrangement to the amine then occurs when the resulting solution is
warmed to about 70°. A generally satisfactory procedure is the follow-
ing: A solution of sodium hypobromite is prepared at 0° by adding bro-
mine (0.6 cc; 0.012 mole) to a solution of sodium hydroxide (2.4 g., 0.06
mole) in 20 cc. of water. To the cold solution is added the finely divided
amide (0.01 mole), and the mixture is stirred until solution is complete.
The solution is warmed to 70-80° to effect rearrangement, and after a
short time (usually fifteen to twenty minutes) it is subjected to distilla-
tion with steam, the product being collected in a slight excess of dilute
hydrochloric acid. Evaporation of the distillate gives the hydrochloride
of the desired amine, which is freed from impurities by washing with
ether. If the amine is not volatile with steam, it may be removed from
the reaction mixture by extraction with ether and precipitated as the
hydrochloride from a dry ethereal solution with gaseous hydrogen chlo-
ride. If the amine solidifies readily, it frequently can be removed from
the reaction mixture by filtration and purified by recrystallization from a
suitable solvent. Alternatively, if the benzoyl derivative of the amine is
desired, as for example when the amine is to be used in the von Braun
reaction, it can be prepared directly by stirring benzoyl chloride and
sodium hydroxide into the reaction mixture after the rearrangement
has been completed.33"
An excess of bromine amounting to 10-20% is advisable, since even
with the most carefully prepared hypobromite solutions only 80 to 90%
of the expected activity is realized.61 A larger excess is usually to be
avoided, however; otherwise the yield of amine may be seriously reduced
by the side reactions discussed earlier. Occasionally, if the resulting
amine is relatively unreactive toward the reagent, a considerable excess
of both alkali and bromine may be employed without adverse conse-
quences, sometimes, indeed, to considerable advantage when the amide
is also unreactive. Thus 3,5-dinitro-2-a-naphthylbenzamide is con-
verted most smoothly to 3,5-dinitro-2-a-naphthylaniline when the amide
(0.01 mole) is treated with a hypobromite solution prepared from 0.16
mole (8 cc.) of bromine and 1.5 mole (60 g.) of sodium hydroxide in 100
cc. of water.12 In addition, it must be emphasized that only hypobromite
solutions which have been freshly prepared are satisfactory. Serious loss
of activity always occurs on standing, even in the dark.61
The Use of Alkaline Sodium Hypochlorite. Although alkaline hypo-
bromite solutions have been used more generally in the Hofmann reac-
tion (primarily because bromine is easily weighed or measured volumet-
rically), sodium hypochlorite has certain advantages. The use of this
reagent permits a lower reaction temperature and in many instances re-
sults in a distinctly higher yield of the desired amine, particularly when
the amide possesses either protected or unprotected aromatic hydroxyl
groups.48- 62 The maximum yields obtainable with hypobromite and
with hypochlorite in the conversion of some phthalimides to the corre-
sponding anthranilic acids, summarized in the accompanying table,
clearly show the advantage of using sodium hypochlorite. Distinctly
better results with-hypochlorite are reported also in the conversion of o-
benzylbenzamide to o-benzylaniline. A 0.5 N solution of sodium hypo-
chlorite, suitable for use in the Hofmann reaction, may be prepared by
61
Graebe, Ber., 35, 2753 (1902).
62
Cf. also Bayer and Co., Ger. pat. 233,551 [Chem. Zentr., I, 1263, 1334 (1911)].
allowing 210 g. of concentrated hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1.17) to flow
through a dropping funnel onto 16.15 g. of potassium permanganate in
an ordinary distilling flask and collecting the chlorine so produced in 11.
of cold 10% sodium hydroxide. When y-truxillamidic acid is treated
MAXIMUM YIELDS OF ANTHRANILIC ACIDS OBTAINABLE FROM PHTHALIMIDES BY THE

HOFMANN REACTION WITH ALKALINE HYPOCHLOBITE AND HYPOBROMITE4S
Hypochlorite Hypobromite
Phthalimide 95% 75%
3,6-Dichlorophthalimide 90 73
Trichlorophthalimide 90 76
Tetrachl<5rophthalimide 98 95
with the theoretical quantity of this solution at 40° for two hours, y-
truxillamic acid is produced in 68% yield.396' 63 The concentration of .
sodium hypochlorite in the solution, which is reasonably stable in the
dark, may be determined directly from the weight of permanganate used
(10 g. KMnO4 o 11 g. Cl2).
Special Conditions for the Hofmann Reaction of Higher Aliphatic
Amides and of a,p-Unsaturated Amides. As mentioned earlier, amides
of the higher aliphatic acids are converted to the corresponding amines in
poor yield by the usual technique. Such amides, however, are smoothly
converted to methyl carbamates if bromine (1 mole) is added rapidly
with thorough mixing to a methanolic solution of the amide (1 mole) con-
taining sodium methoxide (2 moles).
RC0NH2 + Br2 + 2NaOCH3 -> RNHCO2CH3 + 2NaBr + CH30H
Warming the solution completes the reaction in a few minutes. The

urethan is isolated easily from the reaction mixture, and the amine may
be obtained in good yield by saponification with sodium, potassium, or
calcium hydroxide (p. 283).ib'25
A somewhat similar procedure is recommended for the degradation of
amides of a,/3-unsaturated acids. The amide, dissolved in methanol, is
treated with the theoretical amount of a solution 0.8 M in both sodium
hypochlorite and sodium hydroxide. The conversion of the a,/3-unsatu- •
rated amide to the urethan (which in many instances crystallizes directly
from the reaction mixture) occurs rapidly when the solution is warmed
on the water bath. Hydrolysis of the urethan in acid medium then gives
the corresponding aldehyde in good yield. This method has been applied
successfully to the amides of several types of a,/3-unsaturated acids.41' a
63
Bernstein and Wallis, J. Org. Chem., 7, 261 (1942).
16
Neopentylamine. Two and four-tenths cubic centimeters of bromine
is added dropwise to a solution of 7.2 g. of sodium hydroxide in 60 cc. of
water cooled to 0°. To the clear yellow solution is added immediately
3.50 g. (0.0304 mole) of /3,/J-dimethylbutyramide (m.p. 131°), and stirring
is continued for one hour after the amide dissolves. The reaction mixture
is then warmed slowly. At room temperature a yellow turbidity appears;
at about 50° the solution becomes colorless and an oily layer separates.
One hundred cubic centimeters of water is added, and the mixture is dis-
tilled until no more oil comes over. The distillate is collected in dilute
hydrochloric acid. The yellow solution becomes colorless on heating
and on evaporation yields neopentylamine hydrochloride as a white
crystalline residue. The residue is dissolved in absolute ethanol, and the
solution is evaporated to dryness and washed with ether. The product is
dried to constant weight (3.60 g., 94%) in vacuum; m.p. (dec.) 273°.
Pentadecylamine.46 A solution of 25.5 g. (0.10 mole) of palmitamide
in 90 cc. of methanol is mixed with a solution of 4.6 g. (0.20 atom) of
sodium in 145 cc. of methanol. To this solution is added with thorough
mixing 16 g. (0.10 mole) of bromine. The resulting solution is heated for
ten minutes on the water bath, after which it is rendered just acid with
acetic acid. The methanol is then removed. The product is washed
with water to remove sodium bromide. It is then dissolved in ligroin.
The ligroin solution is filtered to remove traces of palmitamide, the ligroin
is removed by evaporation, and the product is recrystallized twice from
ethanol. The yield of pure methyl pentadecylcarbamate (m.p. 61-62°) is
24-27 g. (84-94%). •
The urethan (20 g.) is thoroughly mixed with 70 g. of calcium oxide to
which 30 cc. of water has been added. The mixture is distilled, and the
distillate is taken up in ligroin. The ligroin solution is first dried over
potassium hydroxide, then over sodium. Finally the solvent is removed
by evaporation, and the product is distilled twice over sodium. The
yield of pure pentadecylamine (m.p. 36.5°; b.p. 298-301°) is almost
quantitative.
2-Methyl-l,4-diaminobutane.33<" Fifty-one grams of bromine is
stirred into a mixture of 71 g. of sodium hydroxide, 142 cc. of water, and
200 g. of ice. To the resulting solution 25 g. (0.16 mole) of /S-methyl-
adipamide is added in small portions with stirring. The mixture is
warmed on the water bath until clear, and heating is continued until
four hours in all have elapsed. The solution is then cooled, filtered, and
shaken with 60 g. of benzoyl chloride. The crude dibenzoyl derivative is
removed by nitration and recrystallized twice from 95% ethanol. The
yield of pure product is 35 g. (72%).
The hydrochloride of 2-methyl-l,4-diaminobutane is obtained readily
by heating the dibenzoyl derivative in a sealed tube for three hours at
130° with an excess of concentrated hydrochloric acid.
Z-Isoserine.36 To a solution of 20 g. (0.15 mole) of ^/3-malamidic acid
in 530 cc. of 0.0286 N barium hydroxide is added a solution of 25 g. of
bromine in 650 cc. of water. After five minutes the clear, reddish brown
solution is poured into 2400 cc. of 0.0286 N barium hydroxide. The color
disappears. Over a period of one hour the temperature of the reaction
mixture is gradually raised to 90°, at which temperature it is kept for an
additional hour. It is then boiled for a short time, saturated with carbon
dioxide, and the solution finally decanted from the precipitate. The hot
solution is treated with a slight excess of sulfuric acid and then boiled for
one hour with a large amount of lead dioxide until the evolution of am-
monia ceases and the hydrobromic acid is destroyed. The filtered solu-
tion is freed from lead with hydrogen sulfide and evaporated to a volume
of 50 cc. Hot ethanol is then added until a slight turbidity appears, and
the mixture is finally poured cautiously into 500 cc. of boiling ethanol.
Z-Isoserine precipitates immediately. Eight grams of a crude product is
obtained which on recrystallization from water gives 7 g. (45%) of pure
Z-isoserine; m.p. (dec.) 200°.
y-Truxillamic Acid.396' M A 0.5 N solution of sodium hypochlorite is
prepared by allowing 21.0 g. of hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1.17) to flow
through a dropping funnel onto 1.62 g. of potassium permanganate in
an ordinary distilling flask. The chlorine so produced is collected in
100 cc. of cold aqueous 10% sodium hydroxide. To 2.95 g. (0.010 mole)
of 7-truxillamidic acid is added 40 cc. of this solution. The mixture is
then kept at 85^40° for two hours. At the end of this time it is cooled
to room temperature, neutralized with dilute hydrochloric acid, and
finally made just basic to litmus with dilute sodium hydroxide solution.
The solution is filtered to remove a small amount of insoluble material,
and carbon dioxide is passed through the filtrate until a precipitate
begins to form (at this point, if too much sodium hydroxide solution
has been added, it is sometimes necessary to add a few drops of hydro-
chloric acid to induce precipitation). Carbon dioxide is then passed
through the solution for an additional hour, at the end of which time
2.18 g. (68% of pure -y-truxillamic acid trihydrate has separated. The
dried product is insoluble in most solvents; it can be characterized as
the methyl ester, m.p. 83.5-84°. By acidification of the aqueous mother,
liquor, unchanged 7-truxillamidic acid may be recovered.
64
m-Bromoaniline. A solution of 10.2 g. of potassium hydroxide and
10.8 g. of bromine in 100 cc. of water is poured on 12 g. (0.060 mole) of
m-bromobenzamide. The mixture is then added to a solution of 14.4 g.
of potassium hydroxide in 25 cc. of water. The temperature is main-
tained at 70-75° for about forty-five minutes. Finally the amine is dis-
tilled with steam. The yield of crude m-bromoaniline so obtained is 8.9
g. (87%); it distils without decomposition at 250°.
Phenylacetaldehyde.41 An alkaline solution of sodium hypochlorite is
prepared by passing 55 g. of chlorine into a mixture of 600 g. of cracked
ice and a cold solution of 100 g. of sodium hydroxide (95%) in 150 cc. of
water. Water is then added until the total volume of the^solution is 11.
(The solution is best kept in the dark until used.) To a solution of 14.7 g.
(0.1 mole) of cinnamic amide (m.p. 147°) in 125 cc. of methanol is added
130 cc. of the stock solution of sodium hypochlorite. The mixture is
warmed on the water bath. A thick sludge of crystals soon forms. The
mixture is cooled rapidly and filtered, and the crystals are washed with
dilute ethanol and with water. The yield of methyl styrylcarbamate so
obtained is 13 g. (70%), m.p. 117-118°.
Twenty-five grams of the urethan is dissolved in 100 cc. of warm
ethanol, and to the solution is added gradually 48 cc. of 6 N sulfuric acid.
Carbon dioxide is evolved, and some urethan precipitates, but redis-
solves quickly when the solution is warmed. When all the sulfuric acid
has been added, the aldehyde is distilled at once with steam. The
product so obtained is a colorless oil, b.p. 9O-92°/20 mm. The yield is
good.
TABULAR SURVEY OF PRODUCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN THE

HOFMANN REACTION OF AMIDES
The following table summarizes examples of the Hofmann reaction
reported prior to September 1942. The amides are listed by their
molecular formulas in the order of increasing number of carbon atoms.
Within a group having the same number of carbon atoms, the listing is
arranged so that amides having one oxygen and one nitrogen atom ap-
pear first in the order of increasing hydrogen content, next those having
two or more oxygen atoms and one nitrogen atom in the same order, then
those having one oxygen atom and two nitrogen atoms and so on, until
finally the list is concluded with amides containing other elements be-
sides carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen. An exception to this
order is to be found in the listing of N-bromoamides which have first
been prepared in a pure state and then treated with aqueous or alcoholic
64
Beokmann and Correns, Ber., 55, 850 (1922).
alkali to effect the rearrangement. These are listed in parentheses under
the parent amides. The second column lists the name of the amide,
and the third column describes the hypohalite used. Unless otherwise
noted, water is the solvent, and the requisite amount of the appropriate
alkali metal hydroxide is present in the reaction mixture. For the
N-bromoamides, the hydroxide or alkoxide used to effect rearrange-
ment is listed in this column, the solvent being water for hydroxides or
the appropriate alcohol for alkoxides.
The name of the product is given in the fourth column. The product
is usually an amine or its hydrochloride, between which no differentia-
tion is made in this table. Occasionally the reaction affords first a ure-
than or urea,'which is then hydrolyzed to an amine or an aldehyde.
When hydrolysis has occurred the initial and final products are listed
in the column under subdivisions (a) and (6).
The yields reported in the fifth column, based upon the weight of
amide initially taken, are given to the nearest 5% or are reported only as
good (G) or poor (P). A dash indicates that no yield was reported. If
the reaction was conducted in two stages, subdivisions (a) and (b) are
again employed: under (a) is given the yield of urethan (or urea) based on
the amount of amide taken; under (6), the yield of amine (or aldehyde)
based on product (a).
PRODUCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN HOFMANN REACTIONS OP AMIDES
oo
C1-C3
Amide
Reagent Product . Yield Refer-
CI1CC
Formula Name or Structural Formula
CH4ON2 Urea NaOGl, NaOH Hydrazine 60% 65

C2H6ON Acetamide KOBr; Ca(OBr)2; Methylamine 70-80% lc,66
NaOBr
NaOBr(CH3OH) Methyl methylcarbamate — 67
(C2H4ONBr) N-Bromoacetamide NaOC2H5 Ethyl methylcarbamate — 3
(C2H3ONBrNa) N-Bromoacetamide, sodium salt NH 3 Methylurea 80% 3
C2H4ONC1 Chloroacetamide KOBr N-Chloromethyl-N'-chloro- — le
acetylurea
C3H7ON Propionamide KOBr Ethylamine 85% lc
(C3H6ONBr) N-Bromopropionamide NaOC2H6 Ethyl ethylcarbamate 80% 3
(C3H6ONBrNa) N-Bromopropionamide, sodium salt NH 3 Ethylurea 30% 3
C 4 -CB
C4H7ON Cyclopropanecarboxamide KOBr Cyclopropylamine _ 68

C4H9ON n-Butyramide KOBr n-Propylamine 90% lc
Isobutyramide KOBr Isopropylamine 90% lc
(C4H8ONBr) N-Bromoisobutyramide NaOC2H6 Ethyl isopropylcarbamate — 3
(C4H7ONBrNa) N-Bromoisobutyramide, sodium — Isopropyl isocyanate — 3
salt
C4H8ONBr a-Bromoisobutyramide NaOBr Acetone 55% 170
C4H3O2N Maleinimide NaOCl CH=CH 40-45% 35
O=C NH
C4H6O2N Succinimide KOBr /3-Alanine 40-45% 69,70,71,

79
1 a
(C 4 H4O 2 NBr) N-Bromosuccinimide NaOCH3 CH3OCONHCH2CH2CO2CH3 40% 70
C4H9O2N Ethoxyacetamide KOBr N-Ethoxymethyl-N'-ethoxy- — le
acetylurea
C4H6O3N Maleinamidic acid NaOCl Formylacetic acid 85% f 35
C4H7O4N Z-/S-Malamidic acid Ba(OBr)2, Ba(OH)2 Z-Isoserine 50% 36
Ethyloxamate KOBr Ethyl carbamate P 73
C4H6O2N2 Maleinamide NaOCl Uracil 55% 35
C4H 8 O 2 N 2 Succinamide KOBr (0) Dihydrouracil («)- 34
(b)/3-Alanine (6)-
C 6 H 9 ON 2-Pentenoamide NaOCl (CH3OH) (a) Methyl 1-butenylcarbamate (0) — 46c
(6) Butyraldehyde (b)-
Cyclobutanecarboxamide KOBr Cyclobutylamine — 74,75
NaOCl(CH3OH) (0) Methyl cyclobutylcarbamate (a)- 76
(6) Cyclobutylamine (b) 20%
NaOBr(CH3OH) (a) Methyl cyclobutylcarbamate (a) 90% 77
(6) Cyclobutylamine (&)-
CsHsONBr a-Bromocyclobutanecarboxamide NaOBr Cyclobutanone P 171
C5H11ON Isovaleramide KOBr Isobutylamine 90% U
Trimethylacetamide KOBr iert-Butylamine 45-65% 20,78
CSHHOBN Z-Arabinonamide NaOCl Z-Erythrose 30% t 40
C6Hio02N2 Methylsuccinamide KOBr a-Methyl~/3-alanine — 34
C6H9O3N2Br N-Bromo-j3-carbomethoxyamino- NaOCH3 1,2-Dicarbomethoxyaminoethane — 79
propionic acid
* References 65-173 are listed on pp. 305-306. t As semicarbazone. % As benzylphenylhydrazone.

PRODUCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN HOPMANN REACTIONS OF AMIDES—Continued
C6
Amide
Reagent Product Yield Refer-
ence *
C 6 Hi 3 0N Caproamide KOBr ji-Amylamine 90% \c

Isocaproamide KOBr Isoamylamine 90% lc
/3,/3-Dimethylbutyramide NaOBr Neopentylamine 90% 15
(QsHtfONBr) N-Bromo-2-ethylbutyramide NaOH 3-Aminopentane 6% 80
C*HMO«N d-Gluconamide NaOCl d-Arabinose 50% f 40
d-Galactonamide NaOCl d-Lyxose 30% t 40
f-Mannonamide NaOCl Z-Arabinose 60% f 40
C 6 H 6 ON 2 a-Picolinamide KOBr 2-Aminopyridine — 586. 81
Nicotinamide KOBr 3-Aminopyridine — 58
7-Picolinamide KOBr 4-Aminopyridine — 586
C6H12O2N2 Adipamide NaOCl 1,4-Diaminobutane — 33d
NaOBr 1,4-Diaminobutane 60% 33e
C6H 9 O 2 N 2 l{—)Acetylasparagine Ba(OBr)2 (a) l{—)2-Imidazolidone-5-car- (a) 15% 37
boxylic acid
(6) i(+)/3-Aminoalanine (6) 60%
C 6 H B ON 2 C1 6-Chloronicotinamide KOBr 3-Amino-6-chloropyridine 50% 82
C6H4ON2Cl2 3,5-Dichloro-a-picolinamide NaOBr 2-Amino-3,5-dichloropyridine — 83
G6H3ON2Cl3 3,4,5-Trichloro-a-picolinamide NaOBr 2-Amino-3,4,5-trichloropyridine — 84
c7
CTHTON Benzamide
(C 7 H 6 ONC1) N-Chlorobenzamide NaOH (a) Diphenylurea (a) 90% 48
(6) Aniline (6) 90%
(C 7 H 6 ONBr) N-Bromobenzamide KOH Aniline 95 9a
OrHnON 1-Cyclohexenecarboxamide NaOCl(CHsOH) Cyclohexanone — 466
CVHuON 2-Methylcyclopentanecarboxamide NaOBr 2-Methyl-l-aminocyclopentane — 85
C7H13ON Cyclopentylacetamide NaOBr Cyclopentylcarbinylamine — 86
C7H 16 ON Enanthamide KOBr n-Hexylamine 70% lc, 26
2-Methylcapramide KOBr 2-Methyl-n-amylamine — 87
C7H7O2N o-Salicylamide NaOCl (0) 4,5-Benzoxazolone-2 (0) 80% 48
(6) o-Aminophenol (6) 70%
NaOBr 7,9-Dibromo-4,5-beiizoxazolone-2 35% 29
p-Hydroxybenzamide Ba(OBr)2 2,6-Dibromo-4-aminophenol 70% 29
KOBr 2,4,6-Tribromo-3-aminophenol 29
2-Furanacrylamide NaOCl(CH3OH) (a) Methyl furfurylcarbamate (a) 50% 46a
(6) 2-Furanacetaldehyde (6) 40%
C7H8ON2 6-Methylnicotinamide NaOCl 2-Methyl-5-aminopyridine 55% 89
CjH 14 ON2 Hexahydroanthranilamide KOBr 1,2-Cyclohexanediamine — 88
C7H4O2N2 Pyridine-3,4-dicarboximide NaOBr 0-Amino-7-picolinic acid — 90
C 7 Hi 4 0 2 N2 /3-Methyladipamide NaOBr 2-Methyl-l,4-diaminobutane 70% 33a, d
Diethylmalonamide NaOCl C, C-Diethylhydantoin — 36
C7H6O3N2 2-Carboxypyridine-3-carboxamide NaOBr /3-Amino-a-picolinic acid — 91
3-Carboxypyridine-2-carboxamide NaOBr 2-Aminonicotinic acid — 92
3-Carboxypyridine-4-carboxamide NaOBr 4-Aminonicotinic acid — 93
4-Carboxypyridine-3-carboxamide NaOBr /3-Amino-7-picolinic acid — 60
* Heferences 65-173 are listed on pp. 305-308. t As diphenylhydrazone. J As p-bromophenylhydraaone.

PRODUCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN HOPMANN REACTIONS OP AMIDES—Continued
8
to
Amide
ence *
Nitrobenzamide
(C 7 H 6 O 3 N 2 Br) N-Bromo-o-nitrobenzamide KOH o-Nitraniline 9a
N-Bromo-m-nitrobenzamide KOH m-Nitraniline 70% 9a
NaOCH3 Methyl m-nitrophenylcarbamate 90% 79,94
NaOC2H6 (a) Ethyl m-nitrophenylcarbamate (a) — 94
(6) m-Nitraniline ' (6) 55%
N-Bromo-p-nitrobenzamide KOH p-Nitraniline 50-90% 9a
NaOC2H6 Methyl p-nitrophenylcarbamate — 94
C7H9ON3 Phenylsemicarbazide NaOCl Phenyl azide 55%
C7H7O2N3 Pyridine-3,4-dicarboxamide KOBr |3-Amino-y-picolinic acid — 60
CTHSOSN* p-Nitrophenylsemicarbazide NaOCl p-Nitrophenyl azide 35%
C7H6ONBr m-Bromobenzamide KOBr m-Bromoaniline 90% 64
p-Bromobenzamide KOBr p-Bromoaniline G 64
(C7H6ONBr2) N-Bromo-ro-bromobenzamide KOH m-BromoanUine 90% 9a
NaOCH3 Methyl m-bromophenylcarbamate 90% 79
C7H6ONC1 Chlorobenzamide
<C7H6ONBrCl) N-Bromo-o-chlorobenzamide KOH o-Chloroaniline 9a
N-Bromo-m-chlorobenzamide KOH m-Chloroaniline 90% 9a
N-Bromo-p-chlorobenzamide KOH p-Chloroaniline 95% 9a
C7H6ONF Fluorobenzamide
(C7H6ONC1F) N-Chloro-o-fluorobenzamide Ba(OH)2 o-Fluoroaniline 89% 95
C7H6ONBr2 2,6-Dibromobenzamide KOBr 2,6-DibromoaniIine 96
C7H4ONBr3 . 2,4,6-Tribromobenzamide KOBr 2,4,6-Tribromoaniline — 96
C7H7O4N6 o-Sulfobenzamide NaOBr o-Sulfanilic acid — 97
C7H7ON2CI N-Chloro-N'-phenylurea NaOH p-Chlorophenylhydrazine P 55
C7H4ON2Cl4 N-Chloro-N'-2,4,6-trichlorophenyl- NaOH 2,4,6-Trichlorophenylhydrazine P 55
urea
C7H8ON3Br p-Bromophenylsemicarbazide NaOCl p-Bromophenyl aride 75% 54
c8
C8H9ON Phenylacetamide KOBr Benzylamine 60-85% le, 2a

(C8H8ONBr) N-Bromo-p-toluamide KOH p-Toluidine 98% 9a
CsH 3 ON 2-Cycloheptenecarboxamide KOBr l-Amino-2-cycloheptene 20% 42
2,5-.Eradomethylenecyclohexane-l- l-Amino-2,5-e7«iomethylenecyclo- — 98
carboxamide hexane
(CsHuONCl) N-Chloro-2-ootynamide Ba(OH)2 Enanthonitrile" 70% 35
CsHisON 1-Methylcyclohexanecarboxamide NaOBr(CH3OH) (0) Methyl 1-methylcyclohexyl- (a) — 27
carbamate
(6) 1-Methyl-l-aminocyclohexane (6) —
Hexahydro-o-toluamide NaOBr(CH3OH) (a) Methyl 2-methylcyclohexyl- (a) 95% 27
* carbamate
(6) 2-Methyl-l-aminocyclohexane (6) 75%
Hexahydro-m-toluamide NaOBr(CH3OH) (0) Methyl 3-methylcyclohexyl- (a) 95% 27
carbamate
Hexahydro-p-toluamide NaOBr(CH3OH) (0) Methyl 4-methylcyclohexyl- (a) — 27
carbamate
*
* References 65-173 tie listed on pp. 305-306.
CO
PRODUCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN HOFMANN REACTIONS OP AMIDES—Continued
Amide
Refer-
Reagent Product Yield ence *
•
Cyclohexylacetamide NaOBr(CH3OH) (0) Methyl hexahydrobenzylcar- (a)- 27
bamate
(6) Hexahydrobenzylamine (6) 70%
NaOBr Hexahydrobenzylamine 99
Cycloheptanecarboxamide NaOBr Cycloheptylamine
-r-
95% 172
2
C 8 HITON Caprylamide KOBr 7i-Heptylamine 30-65% lc, 26 o
/3-Methylenanthamide KOBr 2-Methyl-l-aminohexane — 100
ce-Ethylcaproamide NaOBr 3-Aminoheptane — 101
(CgHieONBr) N-Bromo-a-propylvaleramide NaOH 4-Aminoheptane 85% 80
C8HBO2N Phthalimide KOBr Anthranilic acid 75-85% 2c, 48
NaOCl Anthranilic acid 95% 48
NaOCl(C2H6OH) Methyl anthranilate 70% 102
CsHjOzN Benzoylformamide NaOCl Benzoic acid — 46c
NaOCl(CH3OH) Methyl benzoate — 46c
C8H9O2N Mandelamide NaOCl Benzaldehyde — 40
o-Methoxybenzamide f NaOCl o-Methoxyaniline f G 48
(C 8 H 8 O 2 NBr) N-Bromoanisamide KOH p-Anisidine — 9a
CgHyOsN Piperonylamide NaOBr reor-Piperonylamine 30^0% 103
C 8 H 16 O 2 N 2 Suberamide NaOBr 1,6-Diaminohexane — 33c
C8H8O2N2 Benzoylurea NaOCl Benzoylhydrazine — 173
3-Nitrophthalimide NaOCl; Ca(OCl)2 6-Nitroanthranilic acid 80% 50
KOBr 6-Nitroanthranilic acid — 51
3-Nitroanthranilic acid p
4-Nitrophthalimide NaOCl 4-Nitroanthranilic acid 70% 50
5-Nitroanthranilic acid 20% 50
C8H6O6N2 2-Carboxy-3-nitrobenzamide KOBr 6-Nitroanthranilic acid 85% 51, 104
C8Hn0N3 p-Tolylsemicarbazide NaOCl p-Tolyl azide 75% 54
C 8 H7ONBr 2 2,6-Dibromo-4-methylbenz amide NaOBr 2,6-Dibromo-4-methylaniline — 96
C 8 H4O 2 NC1 4-Chlorophthalimide NaOCl 4-Chloroanthranilic acid 70% 105
3-Chloroanthranilic acid 25% 105
C 8 H 3 O 2 NBr 2 4,5-Dibromophthalimide NaOCl 4,5-Dibromoanthranilic acid — 106
C 8 H 3 O 2 NC1 2 3,6-Dichlorophthalimide NaOBr 3,6-Dichloroanthranilic acid 75% 48, 107
NaOCl 3,6-Dichloroanthranilic acid 90% 53,48
C 8 H 6 O 3 NC1 4,5-Dichloro-2-carboxybenzamide NaOCl 4,5-Dichloroanthranilic acid — 53
CgHsiOiiNCla 3,4,6-Trichlorophthaliniide NaOBr 3,4,6-Trichloroanthranilic acid 75% 48
NaOCl 3,4,6-Trichloroanthranilic acid 90% 48, 108
C8HO2NBr4 Tetrabromophthalimide KOC1 Tetrabromoanthranilic acid — 106
C8HO2NBr2Cl2 4,5-Dibromo-3,6-dichlorophthal- NaOCl 4,5-Dibromo-3,6-dichloroanthra- — 106
imide nilic acid
C8HO2NCl4 Tetracbiorophthalimide NaOBr; NaOCl Tetrachloroanthranilic acid 95-100% 48, 109
c9
C9H7ON Phenylpropiolamide NaOCl(CH3OH) Phenylacetonitrile 45
(C9H6ONC1) N-Chlorophenylpropiolamide Ba(OH)2 Phenylacetonitrile — • 45
C9H9ON Cinnamic amide NaOCl(CH3OH) (a) Methyl styrylcarbamate (a) 70% 41a
(6) Phenylacetaldehyde (6) G 41a
NaOCl(C2H6OH) N-Styryl-N-cinnamoylurea 41a
* References 65-173 are listed on pp. 305-306.

t Conversions of this amide and the o- and p- isomers
i to the amines (in unspecified yields) with NaOBr are reported in ref. 29.
PRODUCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN HOFMANN REACTIONS OP AMIDES—Continued
Amide
ence *
C 9 H U ON 0-Phenylpropionamide KOBr /3-Phenethylamine 30-60% le, 2a

NaOCl /3-Phenethylamine — 110
C9H16ON
Hydratropamide
2,2-Dimethyl-3-methylenecyclo-
NaOBr(CH3OH)
NaOBr(C2H6OH)
NaOBr
NaOBr
Methyl a-phenethylcarbamate
Ethyl /3-phenethylcarbamate
a-Phenethylamine
l-Amino-2,2-dimethyl-3-methyl-
—
—
60%
40%
110
110
111
44
I
a
pentaneoarboxamide enecyclopentane
C9H17ON 2,3,3-Trimethylcyclopentanecar- NaOBr l-Amino-2,3,3-trimethylcyclo- — 112
, boxamide pentane
3-Isopropylcyclopentanecarboxam- NaOBr(CH3OH) (0) Methyl 3-isopropylcyclopen- (a) — 113
ide tylcarbamate §
(6) l-Amino-3-isopropylcyclopen- (6)-
tane
Cycloheptylacetamide KOBr Cycloheptylcarbinylamine 40% 99
2-Nonenamide NaOCl(CH3OH) (0) Methyl 1-oetenylearbamate (a) 50% 466
(6) Caprylaldehyde (6)G
CgHwON Pelargonamide NaOBr Octylamine 45% lc, 26
C9HUO2N /3-(o-Hydroxyphenyl)-propionamide NaOCl o-Hydroxy-/3-phenethylamine — 114
jS-(p-Hydroxyphenyl)-propionamide NaOCl p-Hydroxy-/S-phenethylamine — 114
C9H9O3N 2-Carboxy-a-toluamide KOBr o-Carboxybenzylamine — 115
CgHuOaN Veratric amide NaOCl . 4-Aminoveratrol 80% 47
tC9H»O4N 5-Methoxypiperonylamide NaOCl 5-Methoxy-nor-piperonylamine — 116
3,6-Dicarboxybenzamide KOBr 3,6-Dicarboxyaniline 117
2,4-Dicarboxybenzamide KOBr 2,4-Dicarboxy aniline 117
C 9 Hi 6 0N 2 l-Methyl-2,6-en<Zoinethylene-3- KOBr l-Methyl-2,6-e«<2omethylene-3- 118
piperidinecarboxamide aminopiperidine
C 9 Hi 8 0N 2 2,2,5,5-Tetramethylpyrollidiiie-3- KOBr 2,2,5,5-Tetramethyl-3-amino- 60% 119
carboxamide pyrrolidine
Azelaic amide NaOBr 1,7-Diaminoheptane 33c
C9H8O3N2 o-Nitrocinnamic amide NaOCl(CH 3 OH) (a) Methyl o-nitrostyrylcarbamate (o)- 41a
(6) o-Nitrophenylacetaldehyde (6)-
ro-Nitrocinnamic amide NaOCl(CH3OH) (a) Methyl m-nitrostyrylcarbam- (a)- 41a
ate ,
(6) rrc-Nitrophenylacetaldehyde (6)P
p-Nitrocinnamic amide NaOCl(CH3OH) (o) Methyl p-nitrostyrylcarbam- 41a
ate •
(b) ra-Nitrophenylacetaldehyde
•C9H10O5N2 2-Nitro-3,4-dimethoxybenzamide NaOBr 2-Nitro-3,4-dimethoxy aniline 85% 120
C10OH13ON o-n-Propylbenzamide NaOBr o-n-Propylaniline 121

a-Methyl-/3-phenylpropionamide KOBr l-Phenyl-2-aminopropane 65-95% 10, 122
/3-Phenylbutyramide KOBr 2-Phenyl-l-aminopropane 60% 123
a,a-Dimethyl-a-toluamide NaOBr 2-Phenyl-2-aminopropane 35%- 124
C10H17ON 2,2,3-Trimethyl-2-cyclopentenyl- KOBr 2,2,3-Trimethyl-2-cyclopentenyl- 15% 43, 125
acetamide carbinylamine
2,3,3-Trimethyl-l-cyclopentenyl- KOBr 2,3,3-Trimethyl-l-cyclopentenyl- P 43
acetamide carbinylamine
1-Apocamphanecarboxamide NaOBr(CH3OH) (a) Methyl l-apocamphylcarbam- (a) 60% 20
£LuG
(6) 1-Aminoapocamphane (6) 85%
PRODUCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN HOFMANN REACTIONS OF AMIDES—Continued
GO
Amide
ence *
C10H19ON 1,2,2,3-Tetramethylcyclopentane- KOBr 1,2,2,3-Tetramethyl-l-amino- 126

carboxamide cyclopentane
l-Methyl-3-isopropylcyclopentane-
carboxamide
2-Methyl-2-isopropylcyclopentane-
NaOBr
KOBr
l-Methyl-3-isopropyl-l-amino-
cyclopentane
2-Methyl-2-isopropyl-l-amino-
—
—
127
1286
1
carboxamide cyclopentane
NaOBr(CH3OH) (a) Methyl 2-methyl-2-isopropyl- (0) 90% 129
cyclopentylcarbamate
(6) 2-Methyl-2-isopropyl-l-amino- (6) 80%
>
cyclopentane
2,2,3-Trimethylcyclopentyl- KOBr 2,2,3-Trimethylcyclopentyl- — 130 o
acetamide carbinylamine'
3,5-Dimethylcyclohexyl- NaOBr 3,5-Dimethylhexahydrobenzyla- — 128a
acetamide mine
C10H21ON Capramide KOBr re-Nonylamine P lc
C10H11O2N o-Methoxycinnamic amide NaOCl(CH3OH) (a) Methyl o-methoxystyrylcar- («) — 416
bamate
(6) o-Methoxyphenylacetaldehyde (&)-
p-Methoxycinnamic amide NaOCl(CH3OH) (a) Methyl p-methoxystyrylcar- (a) 65% 416
bamate
(6) p-Methoxyphenylacetaldehyde ») —
C10H13O2N i8-(p-Methoxyphenyl)propionamide NaOBr p-Methoxy-|8-phenethylamine 35% 114,28
CioHii03N Piperonylacetamide NaOCl Homopiperonylamine 50% 32
3,5-Dimethyl-4-carboxybenzamide NaOBr 2,6-DimethyJ-4-aminobenzoic acid — 131
CioHwOsN a-Camphoramidic acid NaOBr; NaOCl 1*, 2,2-Trimethyl-3<;-aminocyclopen- 70% . 19
tanecarboxylic acid
jS-Camphoramidic acid NaOBr 2,2,3'-Trimethyl-3c-aminocyclo- 100% 18
pentanecarboxylic acid
CioH1903N Sebacamidic acid NaOCH3; Br2 (a) ai-Carbomethoxyaminopelar- (0) 75% 38
gonic acid
(b) u-Aminopelargonic acid (6)100%
C10H9O4N 3,4-Dimethoxyphthalimide • NaOCl 3,4-Dimethoxyanthranilic acid 35% 52
CioHi304N 2,3,4-Trimethoxybenzamide NaOCl 2,3,4-TrimethoxyaniJine — 132
3,4,5-Trimethoxybenzamide NaOCl 3,4,5-Trimethoxy aniline 75% 132
CioH8ON2 3-Quinolineearboxamide KOBr ! 3-Aminoquinoline 75% 133
4-Quinolinecarboxamide KOBr 4-Aminoquinoline — 2d, 59
C10Hi6ON2 2,2,3'-Trimethyl-3c-cyanocyclo- NaOBr 1c-Amino-2,2,3'-trimethyl-3<:- — 134
pentanecarboxamide cyanocyclopentane
C 1 0 H 2 0 ON 2 1,2,2,5,5-Pentamethylpyrrolidine- KOBr 1,2,2,5,5-Pentamethyl-4-amino- — 56
4-carboxamide pyrrolidine
C 10 H 18 O 2 N 2 Cyclopentanecarboxamide-1- NaOBr(CH3OH) 3, l'-6is[Carbomethoxyamino]-l- — 135
[o-isobutyramide]-3 methylcyclopentane
C10H20O2N2 Sebacamide NaOBr 1,8-Diaminooctane — 336, 136
Ci0H8O3N2 3-Acetaminophthalimide NaOCl 6-Aminoanthranilic acid 35% 105
20%
C10H10O6N2 4,6-Dimethyl-3,5-diearboxypyri- NaOBr 4,6-Dimethyl-2-amino-pyridine- — 137
dine-2-carboxamide dicarboxylic acid-(3,5)
CIOHTON 2 C1 2-Chloro-3-quinolinecarboxamide NaOBr 2-Chloro-3-aminoquinoline 85 133
CnHioON 3-Arninonaphthalene-2-carboxamide NaOCl 4,5-0,/3'-Naphthimidazol-2-one 138
CnHnON Cinnamalacetamide NaOCl(CH3OH) (a) Methyl styrylvinylcarbamate (0) 70% 46a
(6) Styrylacetaldehyde (6) 70%

PRODUCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN HOPMANN REACTIONS OF AMIDES—Continued
Amide
ence *
•4
CnH 13 ON l-Methyl-2-indancarboxamide NaOBr l-Methyl-2-aminoindan 15% 139
1-Indanacetamide NaOBr 1-Indylcarbinylamine 15% 139
CHHIBON Camphane-4-earboxamide NaOBr(CH3OH) (a) Methyl 4-camphanylcarbam- (a) 80% 140
ate
(6) 4-Aminocamphane (6) 70%
C11H23ON Undecanoamide NaOBr (0) N-Decyl-N'-undecanoylurea («)- 26
(6) n-Decylamine (« —
CnHisOjN /3-(o-Ethoxyphenyl)propionamide NaOCl o-Ethoxy-(3-phenethylamine — 114
18- (m-Ethoxyphenyl)propionamide NaOCl m-Ethoxy-/3-phenethylamine 75% 132
C U H 17 O 2 N 2-Ketocamphane-4-carboxamide NaOBr(CH3OH) (a) Methyl 4-camphorylcarbam- (a) 75% 140
ate
(6) 4-Aminocamphor (6) 65%
CuHisOaN /3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)pro- NaOCl 3,4-Dimethoxy-/3-phenethylamine — 141
pionamide
i8-(3,5-Dimethoxyphenyl)pro- NaOCl 3,5-Dimethoxy-/3-phenethylamine — 142
pionamide
CnHuOsN a-Camphoramidic acid methyl ester NaOBr 21!,2',3'-Trimethyl-3<!-aminocyclo- — 19
pentanecarboxylic acid methyl
ester
CHH13O4N 5-Methoxypiperonylacetamide NaOCl 5-Methoxyhomopiperonylamine — 143
CnHuAN 3,5-Dime'thoxy-4-ethoxybenzamide NaOCl 3,6-Dimethoxy-4-ethoxyaniline 85% 144
CiiHioOjNi" 2-Methyl-4-quinolinecarboxamide NaOBr 2-Methyl-4-aminoquinoline — 145
C u Hio0 2 N 2 6-Methoxy-4-quinolinecarboxamide KOBr 6-Methoxy-4-aminoquinolinl — 146
C u HiiON 3 /3-Naphthylsemicarbazide NaOCl /3-Naphthyl azide — 54
CnHisONCI 2-Chloro-4-camphanecarboxamide NaOBr(CH3OH) (a) Methyl 2-chloro-4-camphanyl- (a) 75% 140
carbamate
(b) 4-Aminocamphene (&)-
C12-C13
Ci2H2iON
r^ CHCONH,
NaOBr — 147
C^HasON Lauramide NaOBr (0) N-Undecyl-N'-laurylurea (a) — 26

(b) Undecylamine (b) -
NaOBr(CH3OH) (0) ^lethyl undecylcarbamate (a) 90% 4b
(b) Undecylamine (b) G
C 12 H 7 O 2 N pm-Naphthalenedicarboximide NaOBr 8-Amino-l-naphthoic acid — 148
C12HUO2N 3-Methoxynaphthalene-2-carbox- KOBr 2-Amino-3-methoxynaphthalene — 149
amide
C 1 2 Hi 0 O 2 N 2 /3-Benzoyl-a-picolinamide NaOBr 2-Amino-3-benzoylpyridine — 150
C13H11ON 2-Phenylbenzamide NaOBr 2-Phenylaniline — 151
C13H27ON Tridecanamide NaOBr (a) N-dodecyl-N'-tridecanoyl- (0)- 152
urea
(b) Dodecylamine (b) -
* References 65-173 are listed on pp. 305-306. CO

O
PBODTJCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN HOFMANN REACTIONS OF AMIDES—Continued w
o
to
Amide
T> J i. "V* U Refer-
Reagent Product Yield ence *
Ci4H13ON o-Benzylbenzamide NaOCl o-Benzylaniline 45% 48

CMHÔN Tetradecanamide KOBr (a) N-Tridecyl-N'-tetradecanoyl- (o)G 152,153
urea
(6) Tridecylamine (6) -
NaOBr(CH3OH) (a) Methyl tridecylcarbamate (a) 95% 154
(6) Tridecylamine (&) 70%
Ci4H9O2N 9-Keto-l-fiuorenecarboxamide KOBr l-Amino-9-fluorenone — 155
9-Keto-4-fluorenecarboxamide KOBr 4-Amino-9-fluorenone 80% 156
C 14 Hn0 2 N o-Benzoylbenzamide NaOBr o-Benzoylaniline 40% 157
Ci4Hi 2 O3N 2 o-(2-Methyl-6-nitrophenyl)benz- NaOBr o-(2-Methyl-6-nitrophenyl)- — 158
amide aniline
Cl 6
o-(p-Toluyl)benzamide NaOBr o-(p-Toluyl) aniline 70% 159

1-Anthraquinonecarboxamide KOBr 1-Aminoanthraquinone 160
C15H9O5N 1,8-Dihydroxy-3-anthraquinone- NaOCl 1,8-Dihydroxy-3-aminoanthra^ 161
carboxamide quinone
l-Nitro-2-anthraquinonecarboxam- KOBr l-Nitro-2-aminoanthraquinoEe 60% 162
ide
C 16 -C 17
C16H12ON 2-Phenylquinoline-4'-carboxamide KOBr 2-Phenyl-4'-aminoquinoline 80% 163

C16H33ON Palmitamide NaOBr(CH3OH) (0) Methyl pentadecylcarbamate (a) 80% 46
(6) Pentadecylamine (6) G
NaOBr(C2H6OH) (0) Ethyl pentadecylcarbamate (a) 50% 46
(Ci6H32ONCl) N-Chloropahnitamide NaOCH3 (0) Methyl pentadecylcarbamate (a)- 46,25
Ci 6 Hi 6 0 2 N o-(2,4-Dimethylbenzoyl)benz- NaOBr o-(2,4-Dimethylbenzoyl)aniline — 164
amide
C17H13ON o-a-Naphthylbenzamide NaOBr o-a-Naphthylaniline 15% 165
C 17 Hi 4 0N 2-Phenyl-3-methylquinoline-4- KOBr 2-Phenyl-3-methyl-4-aminoquino- 25% 166
carboxamide line
Ci 7 Hn0 6 N 3,5-Dinitrc-2-a-naphthylbenzamide NaOBr 3,5-Dinitro-2-a-naphthylaniline 12
c18
Ci 8 H 37 ON Stearamide NaOBr (a) N-Heptadecyl-N'-stearyl- (0)- lc

urea
(6) Heptadecylamine (6) -
NaOBr(CHsOH) (a) Methyl heptadecylcarbamate (a) 90% 46
(6) Heptadecylamine (6) G
Ci8Hi3OaN o-a-Naphthoylbenzamide NaOBr o-a-Naphthoylaniline — 167
CisHiyOsN a-Truxillamidic acid NaOCl a-Truxillamic acid 85% 39d
7-Truxillamidic acid NaOCl 7-Truxillamic acid 70% 39b

PRODUCTS AND YIELDS OBTAINED IN HOFMANN REACTIONS OF AMIDES—Continued
Amide
ence *
t-Truxillamidic acid
/3-Truxinamidic acid
5-Truxinamidic acid
NaOCl
NaOCl
NaOCl
KOBr
e-Truxillamic acid
/S-Truxinamic acid
5-Truxinamic acid
3-Methyl-4'-isopropyl-2,2'-
80%
70%
39a, c
396
39e
I
o
3-Methyl-4'-isopropyl-2,2'- 25% 168
biphenyldicarboxamide diaminobiphenyl
C21-C28
CsiH19ON ^,/3,/3-Triphenylpropionamide
(C2iHi80NBr) N-Bromo-ft/3,j3-triphenylpropion- NaOC 2 H 6 (a) Ethyl /3,/3,/S-triphenylethyl- (a)- 14
amide carbamate
(6) j3,/3,/3-Triphenylethylamine Q>) —
C 28 H 67 ON C27H66CONH2 (montanamide) NaOBr(CH 3 OH) C27H66NHCO2CH3 169

REFERENCES TO TABLE
66
Schestakov, Chem. Zentr., I, 1227 (1905).
66
Francois, Compt. rend., 147, 430, 680 (1908).
67
Lengfeld a n d Stieglitz, Am. Chem. J., 16, 370 (1894).
68
Kiahner, J. Russ. Phys. Chem. Soc, 37, 308 (1906) [Chem. Zentr., I , 1703 (1905)].
69
C l a r k e a n d B e h r , <Org. Syntheses, CoU. Vol. 2 , 19 (1943).
70
Lengfeld and Stieglitz, Am. Chem. J., 15, 508 (1893).
71
Holm, Arch. Pharm., 242, 597 (1904).
72
Hale and Honan, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 41, 774 (1920).
73
Miliotis, Bull. soc. chim., [5] 3, 2367 (1936).
74
Freund and Gudeman, Ber., 21, 2695 (1888).
76
Perkin, J. Chem. Soc, 65, 959 (1894).
76
Boeseken, Rec trav. chim., 37, 262 (1918).
" Zelinsky and Gutt, Ber., 40, 4745 (1907).
78
V a n E r p , Rec. trav. chim., 14, 17 (1895).
79
Folin, Am. Chem. J., 19, 335 (1897).
80
Pyman, J. Chem. Soc, 103, 859 (1913).
81
Meyer, Monatsh., 15, 173 (1894).
82
Mills and Widdows, J. Chem. Soc, 93, 1379 (1908).
83
Sell, J. Chem. Soc, 93, 2002 (1908).
84
Sell, / . Chem. Soc, 87, 804 (1905).
86
Markonikow, Ber., 30, 1224 (1897); Ann., 307, 371 (1899).
88
Wallach and Fleischer, Ann., 353, 305 (1907).
87
Levene and Marker, J. Biol. Chem., 98, 1 (1932).
88
Einhorn and Bull, Ann., 295, 211 (1897).
89
Graf, J. praU. Chem., 1 3 3 , 19 (1932).
90
Kirpal, Monatsh., 23, 243 (1902).
91
Kirpal, Monatsh., 29, 228 (1908).
92
Phillips, Ber., 27, 840 (1894); Ann., 288, 259 (1895).
93
Kirpal, Monatsh., 23, 243 (1902).
94
Swartz, Am. Chem. J., 19, 304 (1897).
96
Rinkes, Chem. Zentr., I, 822 (1919).
98
Holleman, den Hollander, and van Hoeften, Rec. trav. chim., 40, 327 (1921).
97
Bradshaw, Am. Chem. J., 35, 339 (1906).
98
Komppa and Beckmann, Ann., 612, 172 (1934).
99
Wallach, Ann., 353, 298 (1907).
100
Levene and Marker, J. Biol. Chem., 95, 153 (1932).
101
Kenyon and Young, J. Chem. Soc, 1941, 263.
102
Basler Chemische Fabrik, Ger. pat., 139,218 [Frdl., 7,118; Chem. Zentr., I, 745 (1903)].
103
Rupe and von Majewski, Ber., 33, 3403 (1900); van Linge, Rec. trav. chim., 16, 50
(1897).
104
Bogert and Chambers, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 27, 652 (1905).
108
Moore, Marrach, and Proud, J. Chem. Soc, 119, 1786 (1921).
106
Lesser and Weiss, Ber., 46, 3943 (1913).
107
Graebe and Gourewitz, Ber., 33, 2025 (1900).
108
Graebe and Rostowzew, Ber., 34, 2110 (1901).
109
ViUiger and Blangey, Ber., 42, 3550 (1909).
110
Weerman and Jonkers, Rec. trav. chim., 25, 243 (1906).
111
Areus and Kenyon, J. Chem. Soc, 1939, 916.
112
Noyes and Harris, Am. Chem. J., 18, 692 (1896).
113
Bouveault and Blanc, Compt. rend., 146, 235 (1908).
114
Bayer and Co., Ger. pat., 233,551 [Frdl., 10, 1231; Chem. Zentr., I, 1334 (1911)].
116
Wegscheider and Glogau, Monatsh., 24, 953 (1903).
116
Salway, / . Chem. Soc, 95, 1162 (1909).
117
Wegscheider, Perndonner, and Auspitzer, Monatsh., 31, 1297 (1910).
118
Willstatter and Mailer, Ber., 31, 2661 (1878).
n
»Pauly and Rossbach, Ber., 32, 2005 (1899); Pauly, Ann., 322, 97 (1902).
120
Pisovschi, Ber., 43, 2142 (1910).
121
Gottlieb, Ber., 32, 962 (1898).
122
Edeleanu, Ber., 20, 618 (1887).
123
von Braun, Grabowski, and Kirschbaum, Ber., 46, 1280 (1913).
124
Brander, Rec. trav. chim., 37, 68 (1918).
126
Blanc and Desfontaines, Compt. rend., 138, 697 (1904); BuU. soc chim., [3] 31, 385
(1904).
126
Errera, Gazz. chim. Hal., 22, (I) 221 (1892).
127
Wallach, Ann., 369, 79 (1909).
128
Wallach, (a) Ann., 414, 232 (1918); (5) 414, 239 (1918).
129
Bouveault and Lavallois, BuU. soc. chim., [4] 7, 685 (1916).
130
Blaise and Blanc, BuU. soc. chim., [3] 27, 74 (1902); Blanc and Desfontaines, Compt.
rend., 136, 1143 (1903).
131
Noyes, Am. Chem. J., 20, 812 (1898).
132
Graebe and Suter, Ann., 340, 227 (1905).
133
Mills and Watson, / . Chem. Soc, 97, 746 (1910).
134
Tiemann and Tigges, Ber., 33, 2962 (1900).
135 Moycho and Zienkowski, Ann., 340, 49 (1905).
136
Loeble, Monatsh., 24, 393 (1903).
137
Kirpal and Reimann, Monatsh., 38, 254 (1917).
138
Fries, Walter, and Schilling, Ann., 516, 279 (1935).
139
von Braun, Danziger, and Koehler, Ber., 50, 63 (1917).
140
Houben and Pfankuch, Ann., 489, 193 (1931).
141
Piotet and Finkelstein, Compt. rend., 148, 926 (1909); Ber., 42, 1986 (1909).
142
Salway, J. Chem. Soc, 99, 1322 (1911).
143
Salway, J. Chem. Soc, 97, 1212 (1910).
144
Bogert and Erlich, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 41, 803 (1919).
145
Meyer, Monatsh., 28, 52 (1907).
146
Hirsch, Monatsh., 17, 333 (1896).
147
B u c h n e r a n d W e i g a n d , Ber., 46, 765 (1913).
148
Francesconi a n d Recchi, Atti accad. Lincei, [5] 18, ( I I ) 667 (1909).
149
Jambuserwala, Holt, and Mason, / . Chem. Soc, 1931, 373.
150
Kirpal, Monatsh., 2 7 , 3 7 5 (1907).
161
Graebe and Rateanu, Ann., 279, 266 (1894).
162
Lutz, Ber., 19, 1440 (1886).
153
Reiner and Will, Ber., 18, 2016 (1885).
164
Blau, Monatsh., 26, 99 (1906).
156
Goldschmidt, Monatsh., 23, 893 (1902).
166
Graebe and Schestakow, Ann., 284, 311 (1895).
167
Graebe and Ullmann, Ann., 291, 13 (1896).
168
Bell, J. Chem. Soc, 1934, 835.
169
Kippenberg, Ber., 30, 1133 (1897).
160
Graebe and Blumenfeld, Ber., 30, 1116 (1897).
161
Oesterle, Chem. Zentr., I, 142 (1912).
162
Tierres, Ber., 46, 1641 (1913).
163
John and Ottawa, J. prakt. Chem., 133, 13 (1932).
184
Drawert, Ber., 32, 1260 (1899).
166
Graebe and Honigsberger, Ann., 311, 271 (1900).
" ' J o h n and Ottawa, J. prakt. Chem., 131, 310 (1931).
167
Graebe, Ber., 29, 827 (1896).
168
Lux, Monatsh., 31, 945 (1910).
169
R y a n a n d Algar, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., 30, B , 97 (1913) [Chem. Zentr., I I , 2051 (1913)].
l7
» K i s h n e r , Chem. Zentr., I, 1219 (1905).
171
Kishner, Chem. Zentr., I, 1220 (1905).
172
Willstatter, Ann., 317, 219 (1901).
3
" Schestakov, Chem. Zentr., I I , 1703 (1905).
CHAPTER 8
THE SCHMIDT REACTION

HANS WOLFF
A. E. Staley Manufacturing Company

Decatur, Illinois
CONTENTS
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 308
MECHANISM OP THE REACTION 309

The Reaction of Hydrazoic Acid with Organic Acids 310
Aliphatic and Alicyclic Acids • • ., 310
Aromatic Acids 312
Application of the Schmidt Reaction to Acids 313
The Reactions of Hydrazoic Acid with Lactones, Anhydrides, Esters, and
Acid Halides 314
The Reactions of Hydrazoic Acid with Aldehydes and Ketones 314
Aldehydes 315
Ketones 316
The Conversion of Ketones to Imido Esters 318
The Reactions of Excess Hydrazoic Acid with Aldehydes and Ketones. The
Formation of Tetrazoles 318
The Reaction of Hydrazoic Acid with Quinones 320
The Reactions of Hydrazoic Acid with Functional Groups, Other than Car-
bonyl 321
Nitriles 321
Hydrocyanic Acid, Cyanamide, Cyanogen, and Isocyanides 322
Oximes, Amides, Amidoximes, Lactams, Hydroxamic Chlorides, Imide
Chlorides, and Dichloroketones 322
Imido Esters 324
The Reaction of Hydrazoic Acid with Unsaturated Hydrocarbons . . . . 324
The Preparation of Hydrazoic Acid Solutions.' 327
The Reaction of Hydrazoic Acid with Carbonyl Compounds 328
The Generation of Hydrazoic Acid in Situ 328
Temperature 328
Solvents 329
Catalysts 329
The Isolation of the Reaction Products 329
307
PAGE
EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES , 330
The Preparation of Amines and Derivatives of Amines 330
Heptadecylamine from Stearic Acid 330
5-Ethoxy-l-(£-ethoxybutyl)-amylamine from 6-Ethoxy-2-(4-ethoxybutyl)-
caproic Acid 330
Lactam of 16-Aminohexadecanoic Acid from Cyclohexadecanone . . . . 330
Ethyl N-Methylacetimidate 330
The Preparation of Tetrazoles 331
1,6-Dimethyltetrazole 331
1,5-Cyclohexamethylenetetrazole 331
l-n-Hexyl-5-aminotetrazole 331
TABLES OF COMPOUNDS PREPARED BY THE SCHMIDT REACTION 332
INTRODUCTION
The reaction between equimolar quantities of hydrazoic acid and car-

bonyl compounds in the presence of strong mineral acid has become
known as the Schmidt reaction. It affords a convenient method for the
preparation of amines from acids according to the following scheme.
RC02H + HN3 ^% RNH2 + C02 + N2

Aldehydes yield nitriles and fonnyl derivatives of amines, and ketones
yield amides.
RCHO + HN3 ^% RCN and RNHCHO
RCOR + HN3 - ^ » RCONHR + N2
With hydrazoic acid in large excess (two or more moles), aldehydes and
ketones yield substituted tetrazoles.
H so RC^ === =N
RCOR + 2HN3 —^-4 | |
RN N
\ / •
N
The reaction of carbonyl compounds with hydrazoic acid was first
reported by Karl Friedrich Schmidt in 1923 in a study of the decompo-
sition of hydrazoic acid by sulfuric acid. He observed that benzene had
an accelerating effect on the decomposition 1<2 and that the products ob-
tained differed according to the temperature at which the reaction was
carried out; at room temperature hydrazine sulfate was the main prod-
uct, but at a temperature of 60-70° aniline sulfate was formed in high
1
Schmidt, Z. angew. Chem., 36, 511 (1923).
2
Schmidt, Ada Acad. Aboensis, Math, et Phys., [2] 38 (1924) [C. A., 19, 3248 (1925);
Ber., 57, 704 (1924)].
THE SCHMIDT REACTION 309
yields. Acting on the hypothesis that during the decomposition of hy-
drazoic acid a free imide radical (NH) is formed which is capable of
adding to a reactive group, Schmidt added benzophenone to the reaction
mixture. A very fast reaction occurred, an"d a quantitative yield of
benzanilide was obtained. 1 ' 2 ' 3
MECHANISM OF THE REACTION
The mechanism of the Schmidt reaction has not been established with
certainty. Schmidt proposed a mechanism in which the hydrazoic acid is
cleaved by the strong mineral acid to nitrogen and the imide radical
(NH). This radical is supposed to add to the carbonyl group, followed
by a rearrangement either directly or by a Beckmann transformation of
an intermediate oxime to the amide.2'4
OH
R2C—N—
R2C=O + [NH] RCONHK
Oliveri-Mandala advanced a mechanism involving addition of the

hydrazoic acid molecule to the carbonyl group.6 This mechanism was
elaborated by Hurd 6 and shown by Briggs and Lyttleton 7 to be more
acceptable in the light of later evidence. Hurd proposed the activation of
hydrazoic acid (I) by concentrated sulfuric acid to an active form (II);
this adds to the carbonyl forming III. The transient adduct (HI) loses
nitrogen to yield an unstable immo derivative (IV) which immediately
undergoes a Beckmann type rearrangement and yields the amide (V)
HN—N=N:
II
R2C=O
- N j
R2C—NNssN: RCONHR
H
in
8
Ger. pat., 427,858 [Frdl., 15, 221 (1928)]; U. S. pat., 1,564,631 [C. A., 20, 423 (1926)].
« Schmidt, Ber., 58, 2413 (1925).
6
Oliveri-Mandala, Qazz. chim. Hal., 56, I, 271 (1925).
6
Hurd, in Gilman, "Organic Chemistry," / , 699, 1st ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1938.
7
Briggs and Lyttleton, / . Chem. Soc., 1943, 421.
This mechanism also accounts for the formation of amines from acids.
If one of the R. groups in IV is hydroxyl, the intermediate carbamic acid
VI decomposes to an amine and carbon dioxide.
o- " o- . "
RC02H 1 + iH -N2
RC—NH
RC—N 1
11 1
OH OH
[RNHC02H] - • RNH2 + C02
VI
The formation of tetrazoles can be accounted for by further action of

hydrazoic acid on the intermediate IV, before completion of the rear-
rangement.
Although aromatic animation by hydrazoic acid could be explained by
a similar mechanism,6 evidence has been presented that it proceeds in a
different fashion.8 It appears that this reaction proceeds through an
(NH) or (NH 2 ) + radical. The aromatic amination requires higher tem-
peratures than the carbonyl reaction, a fact that lends -support to the
view that the two reactions proceed by different mechanisms.
The Reaction of Hydrazoic Acid with Organic Acids

Aliphatic and Alicyclic Acids. The Schmidt reaction has found its
most extensive application in the preparation of amines from acids.
With straight-chain aliphatic acids the yield of amine generally increases
with the length of the chain.9-10 Thus, n-caproic acid yields 70% of
amylamine 9 and stearic acid, 96% of heptadecylamine.11 This generali-
zation does not hold for acids of more complicated structure. In the
naphthenic acid series, where the lower members contain one and the
higher members two cyclopentane rings, the yields drop with the in-
crease of molecular complexity.10 Dibasic acids, in general, react bi-
functionally to give diamines, and the yields improve as the distance
between carboxyl groups increases. Thus, succinic acid gives ethyl-
enediamine (8%),12 adipic acid yields tetramethylenediamine (83%) ,13
and dodecamethylenedicarboxylic acid gives dodecamethylenediamine
8
Keller and Smith, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 66, 1122 (1944).
8
- Adamson and Kenner, J. Chem. Soc, 1934, 838.
10
v. Braun, Ann., 490, 100 (1931).
11
Briggs, De Ath, and Ellis, J. Chem. Soc, 1942, 61.
12
Oesterlin, Z. angew. Chem., 45, 536 (1932).
13
Ger. pat., 500,435 [Frdl., 17, 2612 (1932); U. S. pat., 1,926,756 [C. 4.,27,5752 (1933)].
(90%) .14 Malonic acids, however, yield a-amino acids which do not re-
act further with hydrazoic acid.11-15 No acid containing three or more
carboxyl groups has been studied.
The reaction proceeds quite smoothly even with acids in which the
carboxyl group is inert to many reagents. Thus, carboxyl groups at-
tached to tertiary carbon atoms as in campholic acid (VII), 10 ' 16 podo-
carpic acid (VIII),11 and the isobutyric acid derivative (IX) 17 are re-
placed by amino groups in good yields.
(CH3)2CCO2H
p
H2C CHCH3
vn
vm OH
A good yield (70%) of /3-phenylethylamine is obtained from j3-phenyl-
propionic acid, but the introduction of methoxyl groups in the benzene
ring causes a sharp drop in the yields of the amines.12
Cinnamic acid yields phenylacetaldehyde, probably through forma-
tion of styrylamine (X), rearrangement to the aldimine (XI), and hydrol-
ysis.12 Aniline is obtained as a by-product, and no explanation has been
given for its formation.
C 6 H B C H = C H C O 2 H + HN3 -» [C8H6CH=CHNH2] -*
x
[C6HBCH2CH=NH] -»• C6HBCH2GHO
XI
The Schmidt reaction cannot be applied to acids which are unstable

toward concentrated sulfuric acid. Thus, a-halo acids are dehydrohalo-
genated under the reaction conditions.18'18a
The replacement of a carboxyl group attached to an asymmetric car-
bon atom in an optically active molecule has been studied. No racemi-
zation occurs in the transformation of active methylbenzylacetic acid to
a-benzylethylamine, or of fencholic acid to fenchelylamine.19 A di-
methylcampholic acid, however, yields a dimethylcamphelylamine of
M
v. Braun and Anton, Ber., 64, 2865 (1931).
16
Adamson, J. Chem. Soc, 1939, 1564.
16
Ger. pat., 544,890 [Frdl., 18, 3054 (1933)].
17
Prelog, Heimbach, and Rezek, Ann., 545, 231 (1940).
18
v. Braun, Ber., 67, 218 (1934). \
180
Gilman and Jones, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 65, 1458 (1943).
19
v. Braun and Friehmelt, Ber., 66, 684 (1933).
lower rotation than that of the amine obtained by a Hofmann degrada-
tion.20
An amino group alpha to a carboxyl group in aliphatic amino acids
has an inhibiting effect upon the reactivity of the carboxyl group. Thus,
the following aliphatic amino acids and their derivatives are reported to
be unreactive toward hydrazoic acid:12 glycine, hippuric and nitrohip-
puric acids, a- and /3-alanine, phenylalanine, acetylalanine, phenyl-
aminoacetic acid, N-(p-toluenesulfonyl)phenylalanine, /3-phenyl-j8-arni-
nohydrocinnamic acid, and N-(p-toluenesulfonyl)/3-phenyl-/3-amino-
hydrocinnamic acid. Similarly, di- and poly-peptides do not react with
hydrazoic acid.21 The protection given to a carboxyl group by an amino
group decreases or disappears as the two groups are further separated.
This makes it possible to synthesize diamino acids from a-amino-di-
carboxylic acids. Ornithine and lysine have been prepared in very
satisfactory yields from a-aminoadipic acid and a-aminopimelic acid,
respectively.15
H2OC(CH2)3CHCO2H + HN3
NH2 NH2
Similarly, l-phenylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid has been converted to 4-

amino-1-phenylpiperidine.22
Aromatic Acids. The position and type of ring substitution in aro-
matic acids have a marked effect on the reaction rates and yields of
amines.7 •" •12 p-Toluic acid yields 70% of p-toluidine, but from m-toluic
acid only 24% of m-toluidine is obtained.11 If the time at which half of
the total volume of nitrogen is evolved can be considered a measure of
the reaction rate, the general conclusion can be drawn that in meta-
substituted benzoic acids the reaction rates are in reverse order of the
acidities as measured by dissociation constants.7 This generalization
applies to the reaction rates but not to the yields of amines obtained from
different meta-substituted benzoic acids.
Of the aromatic dibasic acids, the three phthalic acids on treatment
with hydrazoic acid yield the corresponding aminobenzoic acids with
mere traces of the diaminobenzenes.7'12 Anthranilic acid and its deriva-
tives in which one hydrogen on the amino group is replaced by acetyl,
benzoyl, or p-toluyl are inert to hydrazoic acid.12 These compounds thus
resemble in activity a-amino acids and their derivatives in the aliphatic
series. The following pyridine and quinoline acids resemble a-amino
acids and also do not react: pyridine-2-carboxylic acid, pyridine-2,3-
20
v. Braun and Kurtz, Ber., 67, 225 (1934).
21
NeUes, Ber., 65, 1345 (1932).
JS
Cerkovnikov and Prelog, Ber., 74, 1648 (1941) [C. A., 37, 125 (1943)].
dicarboxylic acid, 216-dimethylpyridine-3,5-dicarboxylic acid, quinoline-
6-carboxylic acid, and quinoline-8-carboxylic acid.12 Similarly, very
little 2,2'-diaminobiphenyl is obtained from diphenic acid, the main
product being phenanthridone.23
CO2H CO2H CO2H NH2 \

CO—NH
Highly substituted or hindered aromatic dibasic acids like tetrachloroj
phthalic acid and naphthalic acid fail to undergo the Schmidt reaction.23
Application of the Schmidt Reaction to Acids. The Schmidt reaction
affords an additional method to the Hofmann and Curtius degradation
of acids to amines having one less carbon atom. Schmidt's method pre-
sents two advantages over the older methods: it is a one-step reaction
and thus avoids the isolation of intermediates; the yields often are higher
than those from either the Hofmann or Curtius degradation. Thus, the
naphthenic acids are degraded in 70-90% yields to the corresponding
amines by the Schmidt reaction and in yields of only 25-35% by the
Hofmann degradation.10 From cyclobutane-l,2-dicarboxylic acid the
as- and trans-1,2-diaminocyclobutanes are obtained in 35% and 55%
yields by the hydrazoic acid method and in only 17% and 12% yields by
the Curtius degradation.24 In general, it may be advantageous to use the
Schmidt reaction for the preparation of amines if the free acids are the
available raw materials; if, however, the esters or amides are more acces-
sible, the Curtius or Hofmann degradations may be preferred. The use
of hydrazoic acid requires precaution on account of the toxicity of the
reagent; its explosiveness presents no special hazards under controlled
laboratory conditions. Large-scale reactions with hydrazoic acid pro-
ceed with generation of much heat and great violence, thus involving the
dangers of explosion.26 The hydrazoic acid degradation of naphthenic
acids was an invaluable aid in von Braun's investigation of mixtures of
naphthenic acids.10'26 In his studies on alkaloids Prelog used the
Schmidt reaction extensively.17- 27~88
23
Caronna, Gazz. chim. Hal., 71, 475 (1941) [C. A., 87, 118 (1943)].
24
Buchman, Reims, Skei, and Schlatter, / . Am. Chem. Soc., 64, 2696 (1942).
» Ger. pat., 455,585 [Frdl., 16, 2862 (1931)]; U. S. pat., 1,637,661 [C. A., 21, 3057 (1927)].
26
' v. Braun and Wittmeyer, Ber., 67, 1739 (1934).
27
Prelog and Boii6evi6, Ber., 72, 1103 (1939).
88
Prelog, Cerkovnikov, and TJstricev, Ann., 535, 37 (1938).
29
Prelog and Heimbach, Ber., 72, 1101 (1939).
80
Prelog, Heimbach, and Seiwerth, Ber., 72, 1319 (1939).
81
Prelog and Schonbaum, Ann., 545, 256 (1940).
• 2 Prelog and Seiwerth, Ber., 72, 1638 (1939).
u
Prelog, &>Stari6, and GuStac, Ann., 545, 247 (1940).
314 / ORGANIC REACTIONS
The Schmidt reaction cannot be used on acids unstable towards sul-
furic acid or on acids containing aromatic rings that are readily sul-
fonated. The Curtius reaction can be used on such compounds; in one
of its modifications (see p. 339), in which an acid chloride is treated
with sodium azide in boiling benzene and thus transformed directly to
the amine,34-36'36 it is almost as direct as the Schmidt process.
For a more detailed comparison of the Schmidt, Hofmann, and Curtius
reactions see p. 363.
The Reactions of Hydrazoic Acid with Lactones, Anhydrides, Esters,

and Acid Halides
Phthalide and phenolphthalein appear to be the only lactones which
have been subjected to the Schmidt reaction,37 and both proved to be
unreactive. Acetic anhydride gives a yield of 85% of methyl amine.13
Phthalic anhydride yields isatoic anhydride, benzimidazolone, and an-
thranilic acid.37
From methyl or ethyl benzoate a small amount of aniline is obtained,

the bulk of the ester being recovered.11'13 Benzoyl chloride also yields
aniline.13 It would appear from the limited number of experiments per-
formed that the reaction products from acid derivatives and hydrazoic
acid are identical with those obtained directly by use of the correspond-
ing acid but that the yields are lower.
The Reactions of Hydrazoic Acid with Aldehydes and Eetones

Aldehydes and ketones are more reactive towards hydrazoic acid than
acids. Therefore it is possible to control the reaction of a keto acid or
M
Forster, J. Chem. Soc, 95, 433 (1909).
38
Naegeli and Stefanovitsoh, Helv. Chim. Ada, 11, 609 (1928); Naegeli, Gruntuch, and
Lendorff, ibid., 12,227 (1929); Naegeli and Lendorff, ibid., 15,49 (1932); Naegeli and Vogt-
Markus, ibid., 15, 60 (1932); Naegeli and Tyabji, ibid., 16, 349 (1933).
M
.Schroeter, Ber., 42, 3356 (1909).
37
Csronna, Gazz. chim. Hal., 71, 189 (1941) \C. A., 36, 3173 (1942)].
keto rater, by using a molar quantity of hydrazoic acid, in such a manner
that only the ketone group enters the reaction. It is to be expected that
molecules containing both carboxyl and aldehyde groups will react ex-
clusively on the aldehyde although no experiments with compounds of
this type have been reported.
Aldehydes. Acetaldehyde is the only aliphatic aldehyde whose be-
havior towards hydrazoic acid has been reported; it yields acetonitrile.3
From benzaldehyde two reaction products, benzonitrile and formani-
lide, are obtained.2-3> 25
CHO
+ HN3 -
The relative yields of the two products depend upon the amount of sul-
furic acid added to the reaction mixture. In an experiment in which
4 cc. of the acid was added to a solution of 10.6 g. of benzaldehyde and
4.8 g. of hydrazoic acid in 150 cc. of benzene, the yields of the nitrile and
anilide were 70% and 13%, respectively; when 30 cc. of sulfuric acid was
added the yields were 5% and 50%, respectively.3
Ketones. With symmetrical ketones the Schmidt reaction yields the
corresponding substituted acid amides.
RCOR + HN3 -> RCONHR
Thus methylacetamide and benzanilide are obtained from acetone and

benzophenone, respectively, in quantitative yields. 1 ' 2 ' 3 Symmetrical
ketones of a more complex structure have not yet been investigated. Un-
symmetrical ketones can react in two different ways.
RCOR' + HN3 -» RCONHR' and RNHCOR'
Both reactions have been shown to occur when levulinic acid is treated
with an equimolar amount of hydrazoic acid,38 hydrolysis of the reaction
mixture yielding /3-alanine, acetic acid, methylamine, and succinic
acid.12'38
CH3CONHCH2CH2CO2H ->
CH3COCH2CH2CO2H + HN3 CH3CO2H + NH2CH2CH2CO2H
\
CH3NHCOCH2CH2CO2H ->
CH3NH2>+ CO2HCH2CH8CO2H
81
Moyer and Wolff, unpublished observation.
Since the main reaction product is 0-alanine, the propionic acid group
evidently migrates more readily than the methyl group. It appears that
in aliphatic and alicyclic /3-keto esters the acetic or substituted acetic
ester residue migrates in preference to the hydrocarbon residue; thus the
reaction of substituted acetoacetic esters with hydrazoic acid affords a
convenient way to synthesize a-amino acids in excellent yields.2'2B
R
CH3COC—CO2C2HB + HN3 -*
R'
R
CH3CONHC—CO2C2H6 + H2O -»
R'
R
H2NC—CO2H + C2H6OH + CH3CO2H
R'
This reaction is particularly useful for the preparation of a-disubsti-
tuted a-amino acids, R2C—CO2H, which cannot be prepared by the
NH2
more conventional condensation syntheses.
By the same scheme, /3-amino acids should result from substituted
levulinic acids. An exception to the preferential formation of acyl-
amino acids is found in the «-,j3-unsaturated ketone, benzalacetone,
from which only N-methylcinnamamide has been isolated.11
C6H5CH=CHCOCH3 + HN3 -» C6H6CH=CHCONHCH3
Apparently there is no tendency to form an N-vinyl acetamide in this

instance.
The only diketone that has been brought into reaction with hydrazoic
acid is benzil.39 A careful investigation of the products of reaction with 2
moles of hydrazoic acid revealed that 1 mole reacted to form phenyl-
glyoxanilide, which in turn reacted in two different ways with the second
" Spielman and Austin, J. Am. Chem, Soc., 59, 2658 (1937).
mole of hydrazoic acid, yielding mainly N-benzoyl-N'-phenylurea and
some oxanilide.
C8H6C—CC6HB HN3 -*
II II
0 0
C 6 H 6 NHCONHCOC 6 H 6
C 6 H B C—CNHC 6 H 6 HN 3
II II \
0 0 C 6 H 6 NHCOCONHC 6 H6
Benzoic acid, aniline, and several tetrazole derivatives also have been
isolated as by-products of this reaction. Essentially the same reaction
products have been obtained from phenylglyoxylic anhydride.40
Hydrazoic acid reacts with cyclic ketones in the same way as with
open-chain ketones, yielding cyclic amides (lactams) by ring enlarge-
ment.5 • «• *• 41^«
CH2 CH2 CH2
/ \ I.I
CH2 CH2 CI12 CH.2
r 1 + HN, -• 1 1
CH2
\ /
CH2 •
NH\
CH2
/
c c
II II •
o o
+ HN3
NH
In the alkyl aryl ketones which have Ijeen investigated (acetophe-

none, a-hydrindone, etc.) the aryl groups migrate preferentially, yield-
ing N-aryl amides.
From the reaction product of ethyl cyclohexanone-2-carboxylate and
hydrazoic acid, a-aminopimelic acid is obtained by hydrolysis.16-26 This
is the sole product when concentrated sulfuric acid is used as catalyst.
40
Caronna, Oaiz. chim. ital., 71, 585 (1941) [C. A., 37, 118 (1943)].
41
Adamson and Kenner, J. Chem. Soc, 1939, 181.
42
Briggs and De Ath, / . Chem. Soc., 1937, 456.
48
Ruzicka, Goldberg, Hurbin, and Boeckenoogen, Helv. Chim. Ada, 16, 1323 (1933).
If, however, traces of water are present in the reaction mixture and gase-
ous hydrogen chloride is the catalyst, the intermediate lactam hydrolyzes
partially to a-aminopimelic acid which reacts further to yield rfWysine.16
CH2 CHjr—CO
/
CH2
\
CO
1
CH2
1NH
I-HN3
CH2 CHCO2C2H6 OH2 CHCO2C2H6 ^-+
\ / \ /
CH2 CH2
CO2H NH 2
(CH 2 ) 4 Hi *, (CH2)4
V 1
CHNH 2 CHNH 2
CO2H CO2H
To obtain a maximum yield of dHysine, the keto ester is allowed to react
with hydrazoic acid in the presence of a stream of hydrogen chloride; the
reaction mixture is then hydrolyzed and evaporated to remove the hy-
drochloric acid, and the residue is treated with hydrazoic acid and con-
centrated sulfuric acid. In a similar manner, ethyl cyclopentanone-2-
carboxylate yields a-aminoadipic acid and dZ-ornithine.
The Conversion of Ketones to Imido Esters. Imino esters may be pre-
pared by the reaction' of hydrazoic acid with ketones in the presence of
alcohol.4*.«
N—CH3-HC1
HCI •y
CH3COCH3 + HN S + C2H6OH > CHSC
OC2H6
CH2—CH2 CH2— CH2—CH2
HCI
CH2 C = O + HN 3 + C4H9OH N-HC1
CH2—CH2 CH2—CH2—C—OC4H9
The Reactions of Excess Hydrazoic Acid with Aldehydes and Ketones.

The Formation of Tetrazoles
In the reactions discussed above, hydrazoic acid is used in equimolar
quantity or in only slight excess. Even so, tetrazoles sometimes are ob-
44
Schattner, thesis, Heidelberg, 1929.
46
Ger. pat., 488,447 [Frdl., 18, 3048 (1933)]; U. S. pat., 1,889,323 [C. A., 27,1361 (1933)]
3 2B 46
tained as by-products. ' ' **• Thus, phenyltetrazole is a by-product of
the reaction of benzaldehyde.26
C6H6CHO + 2HN3 - » | |
NH N
\ /
N
Similarly tetrazoles are' formed in small amounts when large cyclic ke-
tones are treated with hydrazoic acid in equivalent amounts,47 and sev-
eral tetrazoles are formed when benzil is treated with 2 equivalents of
hydrazoic acid.39 If the substituted tetrazoles are desired as the main
reaction products, an excess (2 molar equivalents or more) of hydrazoic
acid is introduced. Acetone yields 1,5-dimethyltetrazole readily.2'48
CH8COCH3 + 2HN3 -
The behavior of benzophenone is exceptional; it does not yield 1,5-

diphenyltetrazole but reacts with 3 moles of hydrazoic acid to form 5-
phenylimino-l-phenyl-l,2-dihydrotetrazole.2'48
N
^ \
N NH
CsHsCOCeHs + 3HN3 -» | |
C6H6N=C NC6H6
Cyclic ketones react normally. The 1,5-cyclopentamethylenetetrazole
obtained from cyclohexanone and hydrazoic acid is known commercially
by the name of Metrazole or Cardiazole; 2 ' 48 it is a heart stimulant.
CH2
/ \ CH2—CH2v
X
CH2 CO | C N
| | + 2HN3 -> CH2 | |
CH2 CH2 | /N N
\ / CH 2 —CH/ \ /"
CH2 N
Tetrazoles have been prepared from many other cyclic ketones such as
polymethylene cycloketones,26- "•49 camphor, and thujone.60
48
v. Braun and Heymons, Ber., 63, 502 (1930).
47
Ruzicka, Goldberg, and Hurbin, Helv. Chim. Ada, 16, 1335 (1933).
48
Ger. pat., 439,041 [Frdl., 15, 333 (1930)]; U. S. pat., 1,599,493 [C. A., 20, 3460 (1926)]
49
Brit, pat., 555,140 [C. A., 39, 944 (1945)].
60
Ger. pat., 606,615 [Frdl., 21, 675 (1936)]; U. S. pat., 2,029,799 [C. A., 30,1950 (1936)],
The amides which are formed by the reaction of hydrazoic acid with
ketones apparently are not intermediates in the formation of tetrazoles.
It has been shown that e-caprolactam, which is obtained from cyclohex-
anone and hydrazoic acid, does not react further with hydrazoic acid.2
No tetrazoles are formed from N-benzoyl-N'-phenylurea, a fact which
indicates that the tetrazoles formed from benzil and hydrazoic acid do
not arise from further reaction of the major product.39 Unlike most ke-
tones, benzil does not give a higher yield of tetrazoles if an excess of
hydrazoic acid is employed.39
The Reaction of Hydrazoic Acid with Quinones

The reaction of quinones with hydrazoic acid has been effected in the
absence of strong mineral acid, and therefore such syntheses are not con-
sidered true Schmidt reactions.
Treatment of benzoquinone with a large excess of hydrazoic acid in
benzene solution results in the formation of azidohydroquinone.61
I + HN3
From 1,4- or 1,2-naphthoquinones, however, good yields of 2-amino-l,4-

naphthoquinone and 4-amino-l,2-naphthoquinone, respectively, are ob-
tained when glacial acetic acid serves as solvent and 1.7 equivalents of
sodium azide is added.62 3-Bromo-l,2-naphthoquinone yields 3-bromo-
O 0
NH 2
HN,
HN 3
NH 2
81
Oliveri-Mandala and Calderaro, Gazz. chim. ital., 45,1, 307 (1915); Oliveri-Mandala,
ibid., 45, II, 120 (1915).
62
Fieser and Hartwell, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 1482 (1935).
4-amino-l,2-naphthoquinone. However, certain substituents hinder the
reaction. _ Neither 2-methyl-l,4-naphthoquinone nor 4-methyl-l,2-
naphthoquinone reacts with hydrazoic acid.62
Phenanthrenequinone gives phenanthridone, retenequinone forms 1-
methyl-7-isopropylphenanthridone, and chrysenequinone gives a-
naphthophenanthridone.63 No reaction occurs with acenaphthenequi-
none.
0 0
)-NH
The Reactions of Hydrazoic Acid with Functional Groups Other than

Carbonyl
Many functional groups besides the carbonyl group react with hydra-
zoic acid to give tetrazoles. In most of these reactions no catalyst is re-
quired. The tetrazoles thus obtained frequently are formed by rear-
rangement of intermediate azides. Since it may be desired to apply the
Schmidt reaction to a molecule containing other functional groups or to a
mixture of compounds, a few of the reactions leading to the formation of
tetrazoles will be discussed briefly.
Nitriles. Nitriles usually do not react with hydrazoic acid unless
concentrated sulfuric acid is present, in which case they yield tetrazoles.64
The first step of the reaction may consist in the formation of carbodii-
mides, which are known to react with hydrazoic acid to form tetrazoles.66'66
BCN + HN3 -> HN=C=NR R = aliphatic or aromatic
HN=C=NR + HN3
Several of these 5-amino-l-alkyltetrazoles have been prepared in satis-

factory yields. If the reaction is carried out with a dinitrile, it is possible
to obtain either the corresponding bistetrazole or the tetrazolenitrile,
from which the tetrazolecarboxylic acid is readily accessible. Thus,
63
C a r o l i n a , Gazz. chim. Hal., 7 1 , 4 8 1 (1941) [C. A . , 3 7 , 118 (1943)].
64
v. Braun and Keller, Ber., 65, 1677 (1932).
66
Oliveri-Mandala, Gazz. chim. Hal., 52, II, 139 (1922).
"Stollfe, Ber., 65, 1289 (1922); Stolle and Henke-Stark, J. prakt. Chem., (2), 134, 261
(1930).
from octamethylene dicyanide, the mono- and bis-tetrazoles have been
prepared.64
NC(CH2)8CN + HN3 -»
H2NC N N CNH2 H2NC===N
I I+ I I I I
NC(CH2)8N N N N—(CH2)8—N N
\ / \ / \ /
N N N
Ethyl tetrazolecarboxylate has been obtained from ethyl cyanof ormate
in the absence of a catalyst.67
N==CCO2C2H6
NCCO2C2HB + HN3 -» | |
N NH
\ /
Hydrocyanic Acid, Cyanamide, Cyanogen, and Isocyanides. From

the reaction of hydrazoic acid with hydrocyanic acid an 80% yield of
tetrazole is obtained; no catalyst is required.68
NH
N CH
HCN + HNS -> || ||
N N
Similarly tetrazole is obtained from cyanamide, 5-aminotetrazole from

dicyanamide,69 and 5-cyanotetrazole from cyanogen.60
Isocyanides yield substituted tetrazoles.61
RN CH
RNC + HN3 -» | ||
N N
\ /
N
Oximes, Amides, Amidoximes, Lactams, Hydroxamic Chlorides,
Imide Chlorides, and Dichloroketones. The preparation of 1,5-penta-
methylenetetrazole from cyclohexanoneoxime and sodium azide in the
" Oliveri-Mandala, Gazz. chim. Ual., 41, I, 59 (1911).
u
' Dimroth and Fester, Ber., 43, 2219 (1910).
M
Stolle, Ber., 62, 1118 (1929).
60
Oliveri-Mandala and Passalaoqua, Gazz. chim. Ual., 41, II, 430 (1911).
a
Oliveri-Mandala and Alagna, Gazz. chim. Ual., 40, I I , 441 (1910); Oliveri-Mandala,
AM accad. IAncei, 19, I, 228 (1910) [C. A., 4, 2455 (1910)].
presence of fuming sulfuric acid or chlorosulfonic acid has been de-
scribed.62
CH2
/ \
CH2 CH2 CISO3H NaN«
CH2 C=NOH CH2 C=NOSO3H

\ / \ /
CIl2 CH2
CH2—CH 2 \
I N
CH2 ||
I / N
\
CH2—CH/ N
In the preparation of tetrazoles from oximes, monosubstituted amides,

and amidoximes the use of acid chlorides such as thionyl chloride, ben-
zenesulfonyl chloride, or phosphorus chlorides transforms the compounds
into imide chlorides, which then yield tetrazoles upon treatment with
sodium azide.44' 62'63
N
NaNs
R2C=NOH [R2C=NC1] N
NaNa
RCONHR =N
[RC(C1)=NR] %R
N
NaN8
RC(NH 2 )=NOH [RC(NH 2 )=NC1]
CH2- CH2—
•N
CH 2 CH 2
/CO /
CC1
CH2 CH/
CH 2 —CH
-N
CH 2
/C N
N
M
Ger. pats., 538,981 [Frdl, 17, 2604 (1932)]; 574,943 [Frdl., 19, 1437 (1934)].
63
Ger. pata., 540,409 [Frdl., 17, 2608 (1932)]; 545,850 [Frdl., 17, 2605 (1932)]; 543,025
[Frdl., 17, 2607 (1932)]; 576,327 [Frdl., 20, 762 (1935)].
324 ORGANIC REACTIONS.
Similarly tetrazoles are formed from hydroxamic chlorides.64
NOH C 6 H 5 C=N
\
C6HBC + NaN 3 - N
\
Cl HON—N
Many imide chlorides react with free hydrazoic acid but do not react
with sodium azide.65 N-Phenylbenzimido chloride reacts readily with
sodium azide and yields 1,5-diphenyltetrazole.66
N
• Cl / \
/ N N
C6H6C + NaN3 -> || |
\ C6H6C NC6H6
NC6H5
2-Chloropyridine and 2-chloroquinoline, which may be regarded formally
as imide chlorides, also yield benzotetrazole and naphthotetrazole re-
spectively. No catalysts are needed for the imide chloride reactions. 66
Cl N—N
+ HN3 / \ N
Diphenyldichloromethane on treatment with sodium azide yields the

diazide, which on heating forms diphenyltetrazole 67 but on addition to
70% sulfuric acid yields 98% of benzanilide.68
Imido Esters. Imido esters react readily with sodium azide to form
5-substituted tetrazoles. 69
NH
OR / \
/ RC N
RC + NaN3 -> || ||
\ N N
NH
The Reaction of Hydrazoic Acid with Unsaturated Hydrocarbons

The formation of aniline from benzene has been mentioned in the in-
troduction.1- 2,3,26 Similarlyf xylidine is obtained when hydrazoic acid
"Forster, / . Chem. Soc, 96, 184 (1909).
85
v. Braun and Rudolph, Ber., 74, 264 (1941).
•• Schroeter, Ber., 42, 3356 (1909).
67
Schroeter, Ber., 42, 2336 (1909).
68
Gotzky, Ber., 64, 1555 (1931).
69
Ger. pat., 521,870 [Frdl., 17, 2603 (1932)].
3
is decomposed by concentrated sulfuric acid in xylene solution. These
nuclear aminations do not proceed at temperatures essentially below
60-70°. 7 Small amounts of o- and p-toluidine have been obtained from
toluene and hydrazoic acid with ultraviolet light or with aluminum chlo-
ride as catalyst. 8
A very interesting reaction of hydrazoic acid with unsaturated aliphatic
or cyclic compounds is referred to in a patent 7 0 according to which
aliphatic compounds form Schiff's bases in high yields. From amylene
R C = C H R " + HN 3 RC=NCH 2 R"
R' R'
the products isolated after hydrolysis are acetone, methyl ethyl ketone,
methylamine, and ethylamine. The formation of these products can be
explained by hydrolysis of the two intermediate ketimines.
CH 3 C=CHCH 3 + HN 3 -> CH 3 C=NCH 2 CH 3 and CH 3 CH 2 C=NCH 3
CH 3 CH3 CH3
Cyclic unsaturated compounds undergo ring enlargement.
CH2—CH CH 2 —CH
\
CH2 HN 3 CH2 N
\
CH2—CH
For example', from camphene, a mixture of 50% of a- and 2 5 % of ;8-N-
dehydrocamphidine is claimed.
CH 3 CH3
CH 3
C
CH2 CH CH, CH2

CH2 CH H2SO4
CH3CCH3 I
CH
HN 3 CH3CCH3 N + CH 3 CCH 8
CH2
CH2 CH2 CH2 CH
CH
CH CH
Compounds which contain tertiary hydroxyl groups or halogen atoms
and therefore can form unsaturated hydrocarbons by dehydration or de-
hydrohalogenation also can react to yield Schiff's bases in high yields.
R3CX + HN 3 ^% R 2 C=NR HX X = OH or halogen
70
Ger. pat., 583,565 [Frdl., 20, 947 (1935)].
From the reaction of tf-butyl chloride with hydrazoic acid in the pres-
ence of concentrated sulfuric acid a yield of 70% of acetone and 80%
of methylamine has been reported.
HN 3 ^—\ (CH 3 ) 2 C=NCH 3 CH3COCH3 + CH3NH2
Anethole dibromide yields a-bromopropionaldehyde and 75% of p-anisi-
dine. There may be an analogy between this reaction and the formation
H2SO4
CH; HBrCHBrCHs + H N 3
N=CHCHBrCH3 CH3< N H 2 + CH 3 CHBrCHO
of aniline from cinnamic acid (p. 311), which could yield an intermediate
of the structure C6H5N=CHCH2CO2H.
Benzohydrol is reported to yield 90% of benzalaniline.
H 2 SO 4
HN 3 C6H 6 CH=NC 6 H 6
Menthol reacts as follows.
CH3
CH
CH2 CH2 H 2 SO 4
HN 3
CH2 CHOH
CH
CH(CH3)2
CH 3 CH3 CH,
CH CH CH
/ \ \
CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2
N CH2 CH2
I N
CH2 CH CH2 CH2 NH
\ \ \
CH C
CH(CH3)2 CH(CH3)2 C(CH3)2

(18%) (50%)
Borneol reacts in an analogous manner.
EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS
The Schmidt reaction can be carried out with a solution of hydrazoic
acid in an appropriate organic solvent * or with sodium azide directly.
The direct method has the advantage of eliminating one step and avoid-
ing the isolation of the very poisonous hydrazoic acid. Most of the reac-
tions reported, however, have been carried out with free hydrazoic acid,
and when both methods have been reported on the same compound the
yield was higher when free hydrazoic acid was used.16 Other authors
claim, however, that sodium azide may be used without detrimental ef-
fect to the yield,12 and the claim seems to be corroborated by the in-
creased use of sodium azide in recent investigations.17'22> 27~33> 71
The Preparation of Hydrazoic Acid Solutions10

Since hydrazoic acid is very poisonous, all reactions involving it should be
carried out under a good hood. If some hydrazoic acid has been inhaled
accidentally, resulting in a feeling of pressure in the head, the drinking
of a few cubic centimeters of 96% alcohol has been suggested to relieve
these symptoms. Hydrazoic acid has a pungent odor.
In a large three-necked flask containing a dropping funnel, thermome-
ter, efficient stirrer, and gas outlet tube, a paste is prepared from equal
weights of technical sodium azide and warm water. To this paste,
chloroform or benzene is added (about 40 cc. for each 6.5 g. of sodium
azide used) and the mixture is cooled to 0°. While the mixture is stirred
and cooled, concentrated sulfuric acid is added dropwise (1 mole of sul-
furic acid for 2 moles of sodium azide). The temperature should not ex-
ceed 10°. After the addition of the calculated amount of acid, the mix-
ture is cooled to 0° and the organic layer is decanted and dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The strength of the chloroform or benzene
solution of hydrazoic acid can be determined by pipetting (not using
mouth suction) a few cubic centimeters into a glass-stoppered bottle,
shaking it with 30-50 cc. of distilled water, and titrating with a standard
alkali solution. Usually the concentration of hydrazoic acid ranges from
4% to 10%.
* Note added in proof. Sanford, Blair, Arroya and Sherk [J. Am. Chem. Soc, 67, 1941
(1945)] have added dry gaseous hydrogen azide to ketones in benzene solution in the
presence of sulfuric acid. The ketones used and the amides isolated were: CHaCOCHaCHs,
CH 3 CONHC 2 H 6 (70%); CH 3 COCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , CH 3 CONHCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 (71%);
CH3COCeH5, CH 3 CONHC 6 H 6 (90%); CHaCOCeJLiCHa (p), CH s CONHC«HiCH 3 (p)
(90%); CHsCOCeHiOCHs (p), CH 3 CONHC 6 H 4 OCH3 (p) (50%); CH 3 COC, 0 H 7 (0),
CH 3 CONHCioH 7 (0) (73%); CH3CH2COC6H6, CH 3 CH 2 CONHC«H 6 (90%); (C«Hj)2CO
CeH6CONHC6H6 (80%); CeHjCONHCEUCHa (p), CeH6CONHCeH4CHa (p) (82%).
71
Arnold, Ber., 76, 777 (1943).
The Reaction of Hydrazoic Acid with Carbonyl Compounds

The Schmidt reaction with a carbonyl compound can be carried out in
essentially three different ways:
1. Addition of hydrazoic acid. The organic acid or ketone is dissolved
in at least twice its volume of concentrated sulfuric acid (plus chloroform
or benzene in the case of a ketone). To the solution the hydrazoic acid
solution is added with stirring. This method is preferable for the prepa-
ration of amines from acids.10- «• 13~16>19- u- ™-38- «*• 72~74 The speed of
the reaction can be observed by passing the escaping gases through a
wash bottle. The gas stream should be lively but not violent. The
amount of hydrazoic acid used is generally from 1 to 1.2 moles of hydra-
zoic acid for one carbonyl group. After all the acid has been added,
stirring is continued until gas evolution has ceased.
2. Addition of concentrated sulfuric acid. To a stirred solution of the
organic acid, ketone, or aldehyde in chloroform (or benzene) and hydra-
zoic acid (1 to 1.2 moles), concentrated sulfuric acid is added dropwise.
This method avoids prolonged contact of the carbonyl compound with
concentrated sulfuric acid. It is the only method that has been used for
the reaction of aldehydes with hydrazoic acid.2-».". »».«>.«
3. Addition of the carbonyl compound and hydrazoic acid. A mixture
of the carbonyl compound (1 mole) and the hydrazoic acid solution (1 to
1.2 moles) is added with stirring to concentrated sulfuric acid or to a con-
centrated sulfuric acid-chloroform mixture.2'3-43
The Generation of Hydrazoic Acid in Situ

To a stirred solution of the carbonyl compound in chloroform and con-
centrated sulfuric acid, sodium azide is added in small portions, until
after addition*of 1.0 to 1.2 moles of sodium azide no more gas is devel-
oped.12- 15- ". 22, as, 27-33,37,71 j t i s possible that better yields might be
achieved by an activation of technical sodium azide with hydrazine
hydrate,21 a process which is reported to give better results in the forma-
tion of isocyanates from acid halides and sodium azide.
Temperature
The Schmidt reaction with aldehydes and ketones always is carried out
with cooling of the reaction mixture in an ice bath. The temperature
72
v. Braun and Pinkernelle, Ber., 67, 1056 (1934).
"Cosciug, Wien. Chem. Z%, 46, 145 (1943) [C. A., 38, 4575 (1944)].
74
Jansen and Pope, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A154, 53 (1936); Chemistry & Industry, 51,
316 (1932).
range for the preparation of amines from acids is from 35° to 50° and in
most cases is maintained between 40° and 45°. The reaction is exother-
mic, and the temperature can be controlled by the rate of addition of the
hydrazoic acid solution. Only if the reaction is sluggish is a higher tem-
perature of advantage. Glycine is obtained in only 29% yield from
malonic acid at 40°, whereas the yield is 46% at 50°.15 The yield of
aniline from benzoic acid is 85% if the reaction is carried out at 40° and
drops to 44% when boiling chloroform is used as a solvent.11 However,
the drop in yield with higher temperature may be due to loss of hydra-
zoic acid (b.p. 37°).
Solvents
In almost all preparations the hydrazoic acid is dissolved in chloro-
form or benzene. Since chloroform is completely inert towards hydra-
zoic acid it may be preferable, but under most conditions benzene is just
as satisfactory. Trichloroethylene also has been used successfully as a
solvent.7 The addition of dioxane has been found to be of value in the
preparation of dZ-phenylalanine from benzylmalonic acid.11 Ethyl ether
is not a satisfactory solvent,11 although its use has been mentioned in
patents.8
Catalysts
Concentrated sulfuric acid in amounts of 2-4 cc. for 1 g. of carbonyl
compound has been used most extensively as the catalyst for the Schmidt
reaction. In dilute sulfuric acid the yield decreases sharply.2' u The
yield of aniline from benzoic acid drops from 85% to 15% if 75% sulfuric
acid is used.11 Other catalysts mentioned are hydrogen chloride;16'43
phosphorus trichloride, oxychloride, pentoxide, and pentachloride;
thionyl chloride; ferric chloride, stannic chloride; sulfoacetic acid and
other sulfonic acids;2B phosphoric acid;3 aluminum chloride;ffi and ultra-
violet light.8 There is no evidence that any of these catalysts is as good
as concentrated sulfuric acid.
The Isolation of the Reaction Products

The amines are isolated either by liberation from the crystalline amine
sulfate, or by steam distillation of the alkalized water extract of the re-
action mixture, or by ether extraction of the alkaline solution.* In the
preparation of amino acids the isolation may be effected by forming an
appropriate derivative such as a picrate or phosphotungstate.16
The Preparation of Amines and Derivatives of Amines

Heptadecylamine from Stearic Acid.11 To a solution of 15 g. (0.53
mole) of purified stearic acid (m.p. 69.5°) in 500 cc. of benzene, 30 cc. of
concentrated sulfuric acid is added and the mixture stirred vigorously at
40°. One and two-tenths moles of hydrazoic acid (52 cc. of a 5.3% solu-
tion in benzene) is then added slowly. After the reaction has ceased
(about two hours), the acid layer is poured into water to precipitate the
sulfate of heptadecylamine, which may be crystallized from ethanol as
white plates that turn brown at 195° and decompose at 200°. The yield
is 96%.
5-Ethoxy-l-(4-ethoxybutyl)-amylamine from 6-Ethoxy-2-(4-ethoxy-
butyl)-caproic Acid.27 To a mixture of 6.3 g. (0.024 mole) of the acid, 41
cc. of concentrated sulfuric acid, and 80 cc. of chloroform is added with
stirring at 50-55°, 1.82 g. (0.042 mole) of sodium azide in small portions.
After all the azide has been added the mixture is heated for another
thirty minutes at 50°, diluted with ice, and made alkaline. The reac-
tion mixture is steam-distilled, hydrochloric acid is added to the distil-
late, and the solution is filtered. The free amine is liberated from its
hydrochloride by the addition of alkali. The amine is taken up in ether,
dried over potassium hydroxide, and distilled in vacuum (b.p. 162°/15
mm.). The yield is 4.7 g. or 84%.
Lactam of 16-Aminohexadecanoic Acid from Cyclohexadecanone.43
To a stirred mixture of 50 cc. of concentrated sulfuric acid and 150 cc. of
benzene, cooled in an ice bath, is added a solution of 15.3 g. (0.0643
mole) of cyclohexadecanone and 2.9 g. (0.0674 mole) of hydrazoic acid in
150 cc. of benzene. After fifteen minutes, ice is added to the reaction
mixture, and the benzene layer is separated and washed with a dilute
sodium hydroxide solution. The product obtained by concentration of
the benzene layer can be purified by distillation (b.p. 171-178°/1 mm.),
and crystallization of the distillate from acetone. The yield of pure
lactam, melting at 125-126°, is 14 g. (86%),
Ethyl N-Methylacetimidate.46 A mixture of 58 g. (1 mole) of acetone
and 600 cc. of a benzene solution of hydrazoic acid containing 65 g.
(1.5 moles) of hydrazoic acid is added dropwise with stirring to 250 cc. of
ethanol previously saturated with hydrogen chloride; the temperature is
kept below 25° by cooling, if necessary. When no more gas is evolved,
the benzene and excess ethanol are evaporated; the residue consists of
the very hygroscopic imido ester hydrochloride. The free base, liberated
by treatment with strong alkali, is dissolved in ether. The ether solution
THE SCHMIDT KEACTION 331
is carefully dried and distilled. Ethyl N-methylacetimidate boiling at
99-100° is obtained in 50% yield.
The Preparation of Tetrazoles

1,5-Dimethyltetrazole.48 To a mixture of 35 g. (0.814 mole) of hydra-
zoic acid dissolved in about 500 cc. of benzene and 50 cc. of concentrated
sulfuric acid, 15.7 g. (0.27 mole) of acetone is added dropwise with stirring
and cooling. Approximately 5 1. of nitrogen is evolved. The acid layer
is then diluted with ice and neutralized with sodium carbonate, and
ethanol is added to precipitate the sodium sulfate. After filtration, the
solution is concentrated and the mercuric chloride complex of the reac-
tion product is obtained by adding a cold saturated aqueous solution of
mercuric chloride. The addition compound melts at 111°. The free
1,5-dimethyltetrazole is obtained by decomposing an aqueous solution of
the addition product with hydrogen sulfide and evaporating the filtrate
to dryness. The product is recrystallized from petroleum ether; it melts
at 71°. The yield is about 80%.
1,5-Cyclohexamethylenetetrazole.47 A solution of 12 g. (0.101 mole)
of cycloheptanone and 11.5 g. (0.267 mole) of hydrazoic acid solution in
280 cc. of benzene is added during forty-five minutes with stirring and
ice cooling to a mixture of 60 cc. of concentrated sulfuric acid and 100 cc.
of benzene. The brownish green reaction mixture is diluted with iee and
ice water. The benzene layer contains practically none of the reaction
product. The sulfuric acid layer is made alkaline with sodium hydroxide
and extracted exhaustively with ether. The crystalline product boils at
135-140°/0.1 mm. and melts after recrystallization from benzene at
66-68°.
l-n-Hexyl-5-aminotetrazole.64 To a mixture of 11.1 g. (0.1 mole)
enanthonitrile and a benzene solution containing 10.7 g. (0.25 mole) of
hydrazoic acid, 44 g. of concentrated sulfuric'acid is added dropwise with
stirring at 35^10°. The temperature rises to about 45°. After cessation
of the reaction, the benzene layer is separated and the sulfuric acid layer
is diluted with ice. The addition of alkali precipitates a solid which con-
tains some alkali sulfate. On recrystallization from ethanol, 1-w-hexyl-
5-aminotetrazole melting at 162° is obtained in 60% yield.
OF COMPOUNDS PREPARED BY THE SCHMIDT REACTION
Refer-
Parent Compound Product Yield
ence
Acid, monobasic
Caproic (CBHUCO2H) n-Pentylamine" 9
Enanthic (C6Hi3CO2H) n-Hexylamine 9, 14
Caprylic (C7H16CO2H) n-Heptylamine 70-75% 9
Pelargonic (C8Hi7CO2H) n-Octylamine 9
Capric (C9H19CO2H) n-Nonylamine 9
Undecylic (Ci0H2iCO2H) n-Decylamine 90% 9
Stearic (C17H35CO2H) n-Heptadecylamine 96% 11
Naphthenic (C6HUCO2H to Amines (CeHuNH2 to 70-85% 10,16
C U H 21 CO 2 H) CnH 21 NH 2 ) 26
(Ci7H 33 CO 2 H) CuHssNHa 80% 14
Phenylacetic Benzylamine 75, 92% 12, 13
Dibenzylacetic A/S'-Diphenylisopropylamine Over 12
70%
Dicyclopentylacetic Dicyclopentylmethylamine 70% 18
a-Benzylpropionic ^-Phenylisopropylamine 73% 19.
Podocarpic (CtfHgjQs) * C16H21ONH2 11
CO2H CH 2 CH 2 H H2N CH 2 CH 2 H
x /
V \s V \s Vv^ V c V
H CH 2 CH 2 CO2H H CH 2 CH 2 NH 2
Spiroheptanedicarboxylic Spiroheptanediamine 95% 74
/3-Phenylpropionic /3-Phenethylamine 70% 12
/3-(p-Methoxyphenyl)propi- P- (p-Methoxyphenyl) ethy 1- 55% 12
onic amine
Cyclohexanecarboxylic Cyclohexylamine 82% 12
/3-(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)pro- /3-(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl- Traces 12
pionic amine
£-(2,3,5-Trimethoxyphenyl)- 0% 12
propionic
Cinnamic Aniline 32% 12
.
Phenylacetaldehyde 43%
Campholic Camphelylamine 88%, 10, 16
75%
Pencholic Fenchelylamine 91% 10, 16,
1Q
Dimethylcampholic Dimethylcamphelylamine 75% 20

l-Phenylpiperidine-4-car- 4-Amino-l-phenylpiperidine 22
boxylic
5-Ethoxy-2- (3-ethoxypropyl) - 4-Ethoxy-l-(3-ethoxypropyl)- 85% 29
valeric butylamine By ti-
tration
* Forîe structure of podocarpic acid, see formula VIII, p. 311.
TABLE OF COMPOUNDS PREPARED BY THE SCHMIDT REACTION—Continued
Refer-
ence
6-Ethoxy-2-(4-ethoxybutyl)- 5-Ethoxy-l-(4-ethoxybutyl)- 84% 27

caproic amylamine
7-Ethoxy-2-(5-ethoxyamyl)- 6-Ethoxy-l-(5-ethoxyamyl)- 78% 31
enanthic hexylamine
7-Ethoxy-2- (3-ethpxypropy 1) - 6-Ethoxy-l- (3-ethoxypropyl) - 78% 32
enanthic hexylamine
6-Ethoxy-3- (3-ethoxypropyl) - 5-Ethoxy-2- (3-ethoxypropyl) - 85% 30
caproic amylamine By ti-
tration
Hexahydroindanyl-5-acetic 5-Aminomethylhexahydroin- 87% 71
dane
5-Methyl-hexahydroindanyl- 5-Methyl-6-hexahydroindanyl- 71
6-acetic methylamine
4-Tetrahydropyrancarboxylic 4-Tetrahydropyranylamine 44% 28
4-Tetrahydropyranacetic 4-Tetrahydropyranmethyl- 52.5% 28
amine
/3-(4-Tetrahydropyranyl)- 2-(4-Tetrahydropyranyl)- 51.4% 28
propionic ethylamine
a-(4-Tetrahydropyranyl)- 1 - (4-Tetrahydropyranyl)- 66.5% 17
propionic ethylamine
a- (4-Tetrahydropyranyl) - l-(4-Tetrahydropyranyl)- 68% 17
butyric propylamine
/3-(4-Tetrahydropyranyl)- 2-(4-Tetrahydropyranyl)- 74.5% 33
butyric propylamine
a-Methyl-a-(4-tetrahydro- l-Methyl-l-(4-tetrahydro- 50% 17
pyranyl)-propionic pyranyl)-ethylamine
#-(4-Tetrahydropyranyl)- 2-(4-Tetrahydropyranyl)- 63% 33
valeric butylamine
Benzoic Aniline 85% 7,12,
i Q
lo
Toluic Toluidine o- 46% 11
m- 24%
P- 70%
Salicylic o-Aminophenol 21% 12
3,4,5-Trimethoxybenzoic 3,4,5-Trimethoxyaniline 35% 12
m-Chlorobenzoic m-Chloroaniline 75%* 7
m-Bromobenzoic m-Bromoaniline 72%* 7
m-Iodobenzoic m-Iodoaniline 62%* 7
m-Hydroxybenzoic m-Aminophenol 80%* 7
»i-Methoxy benzoic m-Aminoanisole 77%* 7
ro-Ethoxybenzoic m-Aminophenetole 73%* 7
* Not corrected for the reoovered acid.

TABLE OP COMPOUNDS PREPARED BY THE SCHMIDT REACTION—Continual
Refer-
ence
m-Cyanobenzoic m-Aminobenzonitrile 59%* 7

m-Toluic rre-Toluidine 42%* 7
o-Methoxybenzoic o-Aminoanisole 80%* 7
p-Methoxybenzoic p-Aminoanisole 78%* 7
o-Nitrobenzoic o-Nitroaniline 68%,* 7,'12
83%
p-Nitrobenzoic p-Nitroaniline 41%,* 7, 12
83%
m-Nitrobenzoic m-Nitroaniline 63%,* 7,12
83% -
Acid, dibasic
Malonic Glycine 29% 15
Benzylmalonic aWhenylalanine 16% 11
Succinic Ethylenediamine 8% 12
Adipic Tetramethylenediamine 80%, 12, 13,
83%, * 72
70%
Dodecamethylenedicar- Dodecamethylenediamine 90% 14
boxylic
l,2,2-Trimethyl-l,3-cyclo- l,3-Diamino-2,2,3-trimethyl- 75% 16
pentanedicarboxylic (cam- cyclopentane
phoric)
Cyclobutanedicarboxylic 1,2-Diaminocyclobutane cis 35%, 24
trans
55%
Homocamphoric Homocamphoramine 84.6% 73
o-Phthalic Anthranilic acid 79% 12
o-Diaminobenzene 3%
m-Phthalic m-Aminobenzoic acid 57% . 7
p-Phthalic p-Aminobenzoic acid 79% 12
p-Diaminobenzene 3%
3-Nitrophthalio 3-Nitroisatoic acid 23
Glutamic d-a,7-Diaminobutyric acid 42% 15
Diphenic Phenanthridone + 2,2'- 23
diaminobiphenyl
Acid, amino
a-Aminoadipic <M-Ornithine 75% 15
tt-Aminopimelic dl-Lysine 74%. 15
e-Aminocaproic Pentamethylenediamine 70% 13
"y-(o-Aminophenyl)-butyric T-(o-Aminophenyl)-propyl- 44% 42
amine
* Not corrected for the recovered acid.

TABLE OF COMPOUNDS PBBPABED BT THE SCHMIDT REACTION—Continued
Refer-
ence
Anhydride
Acetic Methylamine 85% 13
Phthalic Isatoic anhydride 37
Benzimidazolone
Anthranilic acid
3-Nitrophthalic 3-Nitroisatoic acid 23
5-Nitrophenylurea
2-Amino-3-nitrobenzoic acid
Diphenic Phenanthridone 23
Phenylglyoxylic Oxanilide, benzoylphenylurea, 40
and tetrazoles
Esters
Ethyl benzoate Aniline 24-30% 11, 13
Methyl benzoate Aniline 26% 11
Acid chloride
Benzoyl chloride Aniline 80% 13
Aldehydes
Acetaldehyde Acetonitrile 64% 3
Benzaldehyde Benzonitrile 70% 2, 3, 25
Formanilide 13%
m-Nitrobenzaldehyde ro-Nitroaniline 17% 2
m-Nitrobenzonitrile 83%
Ketones
Acetone Methylacetamide Quanti- 2
tative
Levulinic acid /3-Alanine 56% 38
Succinic acid 10%
Methyl levulinate Methyl-/3-aminopropionate 30% 38
Ethyl acetoacetate Glycine 80-98% 2
Ethyl a-ethylacetoacetate a-Amlnobutyric acid 80-98% 2
Ethyl a-isopropylacetoacetate Leucine 80-98% 2
Ethyl a-isoamylacetoacetate a-Aminoisoamylacetic acid 80-98% 2
Ethyl a-benzylacetoacetate /3-Phenylalanine 80-98% 2
Ethyl a-dimethylacetoacetate Ethyl-a-(N-acetyl)-aminoiso- — 25 "
butyrate
Ethyl a-dibenzylacetoacetate Dibenzylaminoacetic acid 80-98% 2
Diethyl acetylsuccinate Aspartic acid 80-98% 2
Cyclopentanone Piperidone — 46
Cyclohexanone e-Caprolactam 70% 2, 3, 46
Cyclooctanone 8-Aminocaprylic acid lactam 70% 43
Tetrazole 22%
2-Methylcyclohexanone 6-Aminoenanthic acid lactam 45% 46
TABLE OF COMPOUNDS PREPARED BY THE SCHMIDT REACTION—Continued
Refer-
ence
Cyclohexadecanone 16-Aminohexadecanoic acid 86% 43

lactam
o-Hydrindone Dihydrocarbostyril 68% 42
a-Tetralone Homodihydrocarbostyril 70% 42
Ethyl cyclopentanone-2-car- a-Aminoadipic acid and dl- 40% 15
boxylate ornithine (orni-
thine)
Ethyl cyclohexanone-2-car- a-Aminopimelic acid and dl- 60% 15
boxylate lysine (lysine)
Acetophenone Acetanilide 77% 42
Benzophenone Benzanilide Quanti- 2,3
tative
Methyl /3-phenylethyl ketone N-(/3-Phenylethyl) acetamide 62.5% 11
a-Benzyl-a-methylacetone N-(/3-Phenylisopropyl) acetam- 48% 11
ide >
Benzalacetone N-Methyl cinnamamide — 11
Benzil N-Benzoyl-N'-phenylurea 30-60% 39
(and some oxanilide)
Isatin or Acetylisatin Anthranilamide — 40
N-Ethylisatin o-Ethylaminobenzamide 40
CHAPTER 9
THE CURTIUS REACTION

PETEE A. S. SMITH
University of Michigan
CONTENTS
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 338
SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS OF THE REACTION 340

Effect of Structure and Substituente 340
Saturated Monocarboxylic Acids . , 340
Unsaturated Acids 341
Di- and Poly-carboxylic Acids 343
Preparation of Diamines 343
Preparation of Aldehydes and Ketones 345
Stepwise Degradation to Amino Acids 346
Hydroxy Acids 349
Keto Acids 352
Amino Acids 353
Acylated Amino Acids 354
Carbamic Acids 355
Halogenated Acids 356
Nitro Groups 358
Cyano Acids 359
Sulfonamide, Sulfide, and Other Sulfur-Containing Groups 359
Azo, Diazo, and Azido Groups 360
Heterocyclic Systems 361
Thiocarbamyl Azides, Imido Azides, and Hydroximido Azides 362
Comparison of the Curtius, Hofmann, and Schmidt Reactions 363
RELATED REACTIONS 366
The Lossen Rearrangement 366
The Tiemann Reaction 366
Treatment of Silver Salts with Halogens 366
SELECTION OF EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS 366
Preparation of Hydrazides . 366
Preparation of Azides 369
From Hydrazides 369
Isolation of Azides 373
From Acid Chlorides and Sodium Azide 373
Other Methods of Preparing Azides 375
Rearrangement of Azides 375
Preparation of Isocyanates 376
* Preparation of Ureas 376
337
PAGE
Preparation of Urethans 377
Preparation of Acylamines 377
Preparation of Amines 378
EXPERIMENTAL, PROCEDURES 381
Reagents 381
Note on the Handling of Hydrazine 381
Anhydrous Hydrazine 381
Activation of Sodium Azide 382
Hydrazide Method 382
Ester to Amine via Urethan 382
Benzylamine from Ethyl Phenylaoetate 382
Preparation of an Acylamine 383
N-Q3-3,4-Dibenzyloxyphenylethyl)-homopiperonylamide 383
Preparation of an Aldehyde 384
Phenylacetaldehyde from Benzylmalonic Ester 384
Preparation of an a-Amino Acid from a Malonic Ester 384
3-Phenylalanine from Benzylmalonic Ester 384
Preparation of an a-Amino Acid from a Cyanoacetic Ester 385
Gly cine from Cyanoacetic Ester 385
Reverse- Addition Procedure 386
1,4-Diaminocyclohexane from Hexahydroterephthalic Acid 386
Use of Amyl Nitrite 386
4-Hydroxy-2-methylpyrimidine-5-methylamine 386
Sodium Azide Method 387
Dry Procedure 387
Acid Chloride to Amine via Isocyanate 387
Benzylamine Hydrochloride from Phenylacetyl Chloride 387
Wet Procedure 387
Acid Chloride to Isocyanate and Amine 387
m-Isocyanatoazobenzene and wi-Aminoazobenzene from Azobenzene-
m-carbonyl Chloride 387
Undecyl Isocyanate from Lauroyl Chloride 388
SURVEY OP THE CURTIUS REACTION 388
Nomenclature 388
Yields, References, and Symbols 388
INDEX TO TABLE 390
TABLE OF COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CURTIUS REACTION 392
INTRODUCTION
The decomposition of acid azides to isocyanates and nitrogen is known

as the Curtius rearrangement. The reaction is a preparative method
RCON3 -» R N = C = 0 + N2
for isocyanates and for compounds derivable from isocyanates, such as
urethans, ureas, amides, and amines. When coupled with a hydrolytic
. THE CURTIUS REACTION 339
step, the Curtius rearrangement becomes a practical procedure for
replacing a carboxyl group by an amino group. The overall process of
converting an acid through its azide to an amine is commonly referred
to as the Curtius reaction.
RCO2H -» RCON3 -> RN=C=O -> RNH2
Curtius, through his studies on diazo esters, discovered successively
hydrazine, hydrazides, azides, and hydrazoic acid; in 1890 he encoun-
tered the rearrangement of acid azides, although he did not recognize
its true nature at the time.1' 2 Since then abundant investigations by
Curtius and others have elucidated the reaction and demonstrated its
generality.
Acid azides are commonly prepared by treating acid hydrazides in
cold, aqueous solution with nitrous acid. The required hydrazides are
prepared from esters l>y reaction with hydrazine. Acid azides can also
be made by treatment of acid chlorides with sodium azide. In Curtius'
RCO2CH3 + NH2NH2 -> RC0NHNH2 + CH30H
RCONHNH2 + HN02 - • RCONS + 2H2O
' RCOC1 + NaN3 -»• RCON3 + NaCl
numerous papers, the route to the azide through the hydrazide is the
one described almost exclusively, although the acid chloride-sodium
azide method was early known to him 3 and was used by others.4' *•e
Naegeli and his students 7- »• '• 10 have demonstrated that the sodium
azide method is satisfactory and often preferable; they have also re-
viewed critically the hydrazide method.
Azides can be rearranged in inert solvents like benzene and chloro-
form, from which the isocyanates can be isolated, or in the presence of
reagents like alcohol or water which will react with the intermediate
isocyanates to form urethans or ureas. Amines or their salts are ob-
tained by hydrolysis of the isocyanates, urethans, or ureas.
[ RNCO 2 2 6 ] Hso
BOON, - E N - = C = o j ^ — _ ^ ^ ^ BNH,
1
Curtius, Ber., 23, 3023 (1890).
2
Curtius, J. prakt. Chem., 50, 275 (1894).
8
Lindemann, Helv. Chim. Ada, 11, 1027 (1928).
*Forster, J. Chem. Soc., 95, 184 (1909).
• Lindemann and Weasel, Ber., 58, 1221 (1925).
• Schroeter, Ber., 42, 2336 (1909).
'Naegeli, Gruntuoh, and Lendorff, Helv. Chim. Ada, 12, 227 (1929).
8
Naegeli and Lendorff, Helv. Chim. Ada, 12, 894 (1929).
»Naegeli and Lendorff, Helv. Chim. Ada, 15, 49 (1932).
10
Naegeli and Stefanovioh, Helv. Chim. Ada. IV, 609 (1928).
Other types of azides undergo analogous rearrangement.11- 12-1S
Sulfonyl azides, however, do not rearrange.
The mechanism of the Curtius rearrangement is discussed in the
chapter on the Hofmann reaction (p. 268).
SCOPE ANb LIMITATIONS OF THE REACTION

The Curtius degradation has been carried out successfully on ali-
phatic, alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic acids, on saturated and
unsaturated acids, and on acids containing various functional groups.
It may be expected to succeed for almost any carboxylic acid, and is,
therefore, a general method for preparing isocyanates and the com-
pounds obtainable from isocyanates, such as urethans, ureas, and
amines. The reaction possesses the advantage of yielding primary
amines which are scrupulously free of secondary and tertiary amines
and in which the position of the amino group is usually unequivocal,.
Effect of Structure and Substituents

The structure of the acid or the presence of substituents may affect
certain steps in the Curtius reaction. Although it is usually a matter
of choice whether the hydrazide method or the sodium azide method is
employed for the preparation of a given azide, for certain azides one of
the methods may fail completely or may be preferable because of the
structure of the acid or the presence of certain groups in the molecule.
As a rule the rearrangement of azides to isocyanates proceeds without
difficulty. The product obtained by hydrolysis of the isocyanate is not
always an amine; certain isocyanates yield aldehydes or ketones.
Saturated Monocarboxylic Acids. Azides of saturated acids can be
prepared almost equally well by reaction of the hydrazides with nitrous
acid or by reaction of the acid chlorides with sodium azide. The latter
method is superior for very low-molecular-weight acids, whose hydra-
zides and azides are difficult to extract from water; by this method
acetyl chloride is converted to methyl isocyanate through the azide in
60-72% yields.14- 15 From lauroyl chloride, 86% of undecyl isocyanate
is obtained by the sodium azide method.16 The reaction of acid an-
11
Curtius, Darmstaedter, Pringsheim, and Stangassinger, J. prakt. Chem., 91, 1 (1915).
"Franklin, Chem. Revs. 14, 219 (1934).
13
Porter, "Molecular Rearrangements," Chemical Catalog Co., 1928.
"Schroeter, Ber., 42, 3356 (1909).
15
Slotta and Lorena, Ber., 68, 1320 (1925).
u
Allen and Bell, Org. Syntheses, 24, 94 (1944).
THE CURTIUS REACTION 341
hydrides with sodium azide has been reported; methyl isocyanate was
obtained in 78% yield from acetic anhydride.160
Low-molecular-weight esters react quite readily with hydrazine, but
heavier ones must be coerced. Aromatic esters are less reactive than
aliphatic esters toward hydrazine, and they and the more resistant ali-
phatic esters occasionally require prolonged heating with hydrazine at
elevated temperatures in a sealed tube. Branching of the carbon chain
alpha to the ester group retards hydrazide formation; in contrast
with ethyl acetate, which reacts spontaneously with hydrazine at room
temperature, ethyl pivalate (ethyl trimethylacetate) requires a tempera-
ture of 140°, And adamantane-l,3-dicarboxylic ester (I) failed to form
a hydrazide under all conditions (unspecified) that were tried.17
Simple saturated azides rearrange quantitatively to isocyanates as

judged from the volume of nitrogen evolved. The actual yields of the
isocyanates are slightly lower, particularly when the molecular weight
is low, owing to volatilization with the nitrogen. This loss is eliminated
when the rearrangement is carried out in alcohol, and excellent yields
of urethans are obtained. Both the isocyanates and the urethans can
be hydrolyzed smoothly to the amines.
Unsaturated Acids. The formation of olefinic acid azides by the
sodium azide procedure appears to be limited only by the availability
of the acid chloride. Examples of a,/3-olennic acid azides prepared by
this method are crotonyl,18 cinnamoyl,18-19 and methacrylyl x azides.
The hydrazide route to the azide is sometimes complicated by side reac-
tions. The esters of oleic acid and elaidic acid give the respective hydra-
zides in good yield under the usual conditions, but severe treatment
causes reduction of the unsaturated hydrazides to stearoyl hydrazide.21
1W
Colucci, Can. J. Research, 23B, 111 (1945).
17
Prelog and Seiwerth, Ber., 74, 1769 (1941).
"> Jones and Mason, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 49, 2528 (1927).
*•u Forster, / . Chem. Soc., 95, 433 (1909).
20
Coffman, V. S. pat. 2,335,012 [C. A., 38, 2772 (1944)].
ai
Van Alphen, flee. trav. chim., 44, 1064 (1925).
Conversion of the hydrazides of a,j3-olefinic acids to azides is frequently
impossible owing to cyclization upon treatment with nitrous acid. Cin-
namoyl hydrazide and nitrous acid, for example, yield l-nitroso-5-
phenyl-3-pyrazolidone.22 Crotonyl hydrazide 23 and m-nitrocinnamoyl
H2N
hydrazide 24 behave analogously. Fumaryl hydrazide,25 on the other

hand, reacts normally with formation of fumaryl azide. In the reac-
tion of the unsaturated hydrazides with nitrous acid, there is little likeli-
hood of nitrosating the double bond, because of the rapidity with which
the hydrazide function reacts with nitrous acid. Among the azides
which have been prepared successfully by both the acid chloride-sodium
azide procedure and the hydrazide method are the azides of chaulmoo-
gric (II),10 bornylenecarboxylic (III), 26 ' 27 - 2S oleic, erucic, and unde-
cenoic acids,29
CH8
a
CH=CH H2C "CH
CH(CH 2 ) 12 CON 8 H3CCCH8 II*
CH2-CH2 JO—CONj
CH
m
a,j8-Olefinic azides rearrange to vinyl isocyanates; for example, metha-

crylyl azide yields a-methylvinyl isocyanate.30 Certain vinyl isocyan-
ates polymerize readily; the products of the rearrangement of the azide
22
Muckermann, Ber., 42, 3449 (1909).
23
von Braun, Ber., 67, 218 (1934).
u
Curtius and Bleicher, / . prafci. Chem., 107, 86 (1924). .
26
Curtius and Radenhausen, J. prakt. Chem., 52, 433 (1895).
M
Bredt and HUbing, Chem. Ztg., 35, 765 (1911).
"Bredt, Perkin, Hilbing, Lankshear, and Regout, J. prakt. Chem., 89, 225 (1914).
28
Bredt-Savelsberg and Bund, J. prakt. Chem., 131, 46 (1931).
29
Oskerko, Mem. Inst. Chem. Ukraine Acad. Sd., 2, 69, 79, 293 (1935) [C. A., 31, 4644
(1937)].
""Coffman, U. S. pat. 2,335,012 [C. A., 38, 2772 (1944)].
formed from acrylyl chloride and sodium azide are polyvinyl isocyanate
(30%) and only a little of the monomer.31 Hydrolysis of the vinyl iso-
cyanates or the related urethans and ureas yields aldehydes or ketones
HOH
RCH=CHCON3 -» RCH=CHNCO RCH2CHO
rather than amines. Epicamphor (IV) is obtained in 93% yield from

bornylenecarbonyl chloride through the azide III.
H2C CO
The esters of acetylenic acids, with the exception of a,j3-unsaturated

acids, can be converted to hydrazides. Ethyl stearolate 32 and ethyl
undecynoate 83 readily give hydrazides, the latter in 80% yield. Esters
of a,/3-acetylenic acids react with hydrazine to form pyrazolones; for
example, ethyl tetrolate gives 3-methyl-5-pyrazolone.34
CH3 C CH2
|| I
N CO
\
N
H
In the single attempt to form an acetylenic azide, the sodium azide

method failed with phenylpropiolyl chloride.36
Di- and Poly-carboxylic Acids. Preparation of Diamines. The pres-
ence of more than one carboxyl group does not interfere with the con-
version of the acids to the amines. Adipyl hydrazide is formed from the
31
Jones, Zomlefer, and Hawkins, J. Org. Chem., 9, 500 (1944).
82
Oskerko, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 8, 334 (1938); Mem. Inst. Ukrain. Acad. Set., 4,
329 (1937) [C. A . , 3 2 , 5377 (1938)].
33
Oskerko, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.B., 7, 595 (1937) [C. A., 31, 5761 (1937)].
34
Oskerko, J. Gen. Chem. U.S.S.R., 8, 330 (1938); Mem. Inst. Ukrain. Acad. Set., 4,
195 (1937) [C. A., 32, 3334 (1938)].
36
Forster and Stotter, J. Chem. Soc, 99, 1337 (1911).
SSp 37
ester in 94% yield and smoothly gives putrescine hydrochloride
' HNOs
Reflux H2NNHOC(CH 2 ) 4 CONHNH 2 ^ >
94% 05°
N 8 OC(CH 2 ) 4 CON3
Reflux
80% 100%
C1H 8 N(CH 2 )4NH S C1
in 72% yield.37 Hexahydroterephthalic acid can be degraded to 1,4-

diaminocyclohexane in high yield;-11 phthalic acid can be converted to
o-phenylenediamine; M and trimesic acid yields l,3,5-tris(carbethoxy-
amino) benzene without difficulty.39
Succinyl azide is obtained readily from the acid chloride and sodium
azide.40 The preparation of the hydrazide from the ester is complicated
by the formation of small amounts of the cyclic secondary hydrazide
(V); this side reaction can be avoided, however, by the choice of the
proper reaction conditions.
CO2C2H6 CONHNHj CO
H H2 1 fH
H2C NH,NH2 a9 , 9 !
I > I + 1 1
H2C H2C H2C NH
\ \ \ /
CO2C2H5 CONHNH2 CO
Ethylene diisocyanate, which is formed by rearrangement of succinyl

diazide, can be hydrolyzed to ethylenediamine; 41 with ethanol it gives
an imidazolidone (VI) instead of a normal urethan, but the imidazoli-
done can be hydrolyaed readily to ethylenediamine. 9
NCO NCO2C2H6
H2C ~~ H2C
I + C 2 H B OH -> 1 co
H2C H2C
\ \
NCO NH
I vi
* Curtius, Hallaway, and HeU, J. prakt. Chem., 89, 481 (1914).
87
Unpublished observations of the author.
"Lindemann and Schultheis, Ann., 464, 237 (1928).
* Curtius, Bourcart, Heynemann, and Sohmitz, / . prakt. Chem., 91, 39 (1915).
*°Schroeter and Seidler, / . prakt. Chem., 105, 165 (1923).
"Curtius, J. prakt. Chen., S3, 210 (1895).
Phthalyl azide must be prepared from the acid chloride because the
esters of phthalic acid on treatment with hydrazine form exclusively
the secondary hydrazide. 41 "
CO2R
+ NH 2 NH 2 -
CO2R
Preparation of Aldehydes and Ketones. Monosubstituted malonyl

azides can be synthesized readily from the dihydrazides. Urethans of
grem-diamines result when the azides are rearranged in alcohol; these
urethans are hydrolyzed rapidly by mineral acids to aldehydes. Di-
ethyl benzylmalonate can be converted to phenylacetaldehyde in about
70% yield by this procedure. 42
CO2C2H6 CONHNH2
C«HBCH2CH > C,H6CH2CH ->
v 95% v
CO2C2H6 C0NHNH 2
CON3 NHCO2C2H6
CsHeCHjCH — > C6H6CH2CH —-> C6H6CH2CHO
CON3 NHCO2C2H6
This attractive method for preparing aldehydes has seen almost no
application to synthesis.
The degradation of the azides of disubstituted malonic acids gives
ketones, as illustrated by the conversion of butane-l,2,2-tricarbonyl
hydrazide to'l-aminobutanone-2 in 70% yield. 43
C0NHNH 2 0
H 2 NNHC0—CH 2 CCH 2 CH 3 - * C1H3N—CH2CCH2CHS

C0NHNH 2
The formation of hydrazides from the esters of disubstituted malonic

esters becomes increasingly difficult with increase in the size of the sub-
stituents. Diethyl benzylmethylmalonate with excess hydrazine in
410
Curtius and Davidis, / . prakt. Chem., 64, 66 (1896).
42
Curtius and Mott, / . prakt. Chem., 94, 323 (1916).
"Curtius and Gund, J. prakt. Chem., 107, 177 (1924).
boiling butanol yields 75% of the dihydrazide; diethyl dibenzylmalo-
nate gives a poor yield, and diethyl bis(mesitylmethyl)malonate does
not react with hydrazine.44 The formation of substituted azides from
malonyl chlorides and sodium azide has not been reported.
Stepwise Degradation to Amino Acids. There are several approaches
to the transformation of a di- or poly-carboxylic acid to an amino acid.
The most satisfactory procedure makes use of the ester acids and their
salts. They react with hydrazine to form hydrazide acids, which may
be degraded through the azide acids to amino acids. From substituted
malonic esters a-amino acids are obtained. (For the preparation of
a-amino acids from substituted cyanoacetic esters, see p. 359.) Thus,
the potassium salt of the monoethyl ester of methylmalonic acid, which
is prepared by half hydrolysis of the diethyl ester, gives alanine ethyl
ester hydrochloride in 67% yield.46 Many other amino acids have
CO2K CO2K
CH3CH > CH3CH -*
\ 98% \
CO2C2H6 CONHNH2
CO2H CO CO2C2H6
CH3CH - • CHsCH | > CH3CH
67%
\ \ /CO \
CONs NH NH3C1
been prepared in this way; among them are /3-phenylalanine (44%
yield),46 a-amino-n-butyric acid (41% yield), 46 a-amino-n-valeric acid
(43% yield), 47 and 6-nitroanthranilic acid.48 2-Carboxy-3-nitrobenza-
zide when heated in ethanol is esterified (through intermediate forma-
tion of o-nitrophthalic anhydride), but when heated in dry chloroform
rearranges to the isatoic anhydride. 48
H
[
N
CO
CO 2 H
NO 2
44
P. A. S. Smith and L. E. Miller, unpublished results.
« Curtius and Sieber, Ber., 54, 1430 (1921).
* Curtius and Sieber, Ber., 55, 1543 (1922).
47
Curtius, Hoohsohwender, Meier, Lehmann, Benckiser, Schenck, Wirbatz, Gaier, and
Muhlhausser, J. prakt. Chem., 135, 2U (1930).
48
Curtius and Semper, Ber., 46, 1162 (1913).
THE CURTTUS REACTION 347
The ester acids may also be converted to ester acid chlorides and
then by reaction with sodium azide to ester azides. By these steps
3,4-dichloro-5-carbethoxypyrrole-2-carbonyl chloride 49 and sebacic
ethyl ester chloride 60 have been converted to the corresponding ester
azides, which were then rearranged; l-carbethoxyheneicosane-21-car-
bonyl chloride has been converted to w-aminobehenic acid in 66%
yield."
Cyclic anhydrides of certain dibasic acids can be converted directly
to hydrazide acids for degradation to amino acids. Diphenic anhy-
dride 62 and its 4-nitro derivative 63 react with hydrazine to form the
corresponding hydrazide acids. Phthalic anhydride, on the other hand,
gives only the secondary hydrazide. 64 ' w Succinic anhydride has not
been tried, but succinimide gives succinamyl hydrazide. 56 Succinhydra-
zidic acid can be formed from succinic anhydride indirectly through
ethyl hydrogen succinate or succinamic acid.66 Succinimide-N-acetic
ester and hydrazine give succinamyl hydrazide-N-acethydrazide (VII),
which by reaction with nitrous acid followed by rearrangement and
hydrolysis of the product yields #-alanine.67
CH2—COV CH2CONHCH2CONHNH2 CH 2 COO-

f >NCH2CO2C2H6 ->• | -> |
CH2—CCK CH2CONHNH2 CH 2 NH 3 +
VII
The esters of di- or poly-basic acids in which the groups are not struc-
turally equivalent can usually be converted directly into ester hydra-
zides by reaction with hydrazine. Since the ester of an aromatic acid
is much less reactive than the usual aliphatic ester, it is often possible
to form the hydrazide from an aliphatic ester without affecting the
aromatic ester group, when both types are present. This is illustrated
by the conversion of o-carbethoxyphenoxyacetic ester with cold hydra-
zine to o-carbethoxyphenoxyacethydrazide; by refluxing with excess
hydrazine the dihydrazide is formed in 95% yield.68 N-(o-Carbometh-
oxyphenyl)-glycine ester behaves similarly, and many examples in the
49
Fischer and Elhardt, Z. physiol. Chem., 257, 61 (1939).
60
Flaschentrager and Halle, Z. physiol. Chem., 192, 253 (1930).
61
Flaschentrager, Blechman, and Halle, Z. physiol. Chem., 192, 257 (1930).
52
Labriola, Anales asoc. qtilm. argentina. 25, 121 (1937) [C. A., 32, 4970 (1938)].
63
Labriola and Felitte, J. Org. Chem., 8, 536 (1943).
54
Curtius and Davidis, / . prakt. Chem., 64, 66 (1896).
"Gheorghiu, Bull. soc. chim., [4] 47, 630 (1930); Gheorghiu, ibid., [4] 53, 151 (1933);
Diels, Alder, Friedrichsen, Klare, Winkler, and Schrum, Ann., 505, 103 (1933).
66
"Curtius and Hechtenberg, J. prakt. Chem., 105, 289 (1923).
"Curtius, Moll, and Fingado, J. prakt. Chem., 125, 106 (1930).
pyrrole series have been described.69' M> 61> 62 The conversion of diesters
of symmetrical dibasic acids to ester hydrazides has been successful
only with certain compounds, such as the esters of terephthalic acid,64
bisdiazoacetic acid,63 and oxalic acid.64
Esters of certain polybasic acids upon treatment with a limited amount
of hydrazine yield mixed primary-secondary hydrazides, often called
hydrazi hydrazides, and thus some of the carboxyl groups are protected
against degradation. Hemimellitic esterforms ahydrazihydrazide(VIII),
and a hydrazi azide, which on rearrangement and hydrolysis yields
o-aminophthalhydrazide (IX).39 l-Phenylpropane-2,2,3-tricarboxylic
ester has also been partially degraded through its hydrazi azide (X).65
CONHNH2 NH •CO—NH
O
N
C6XI5CH.2 Q\ I*
NH I X CO—NH
CON8
x
Attempts have been made to obtain hydrazide azides by causing di-
hydrazides to react with one molecule of nitrous acid. The resulting
compounds are unstable, however, and generally undergo intramolecu-
lar acylation with elimination of hydrazoic acid and formation of cyclic
or polymeric secondary hydrazides. Diphenic dihydrazide is an excep-
CON8 CO
N
/ / NH
R -> R |
\ \ /NH
CONHNH, CO
tion, for the hydrazide azide (XI) can be isolated and by heating in
ethanol is converted to phenanthridone (XII).66 The formation of a
C=N
H 2 NNH HO
XI XII
"Fischer and Heidelmann, Ann., 527, 115 (1937).
« Fischer, Sus, and Weilguny, Ann., 481, 159 (1930).
61
Fischer and Thurnher, Z. phyaiol. Chem., 204, 68 (1932).
82
Fischer and Waibel, Ann., 512, 195 (1934).
68
Curtius and Rimele, Ber., 41, 3108 (1908).
M
Curtius and Hochschwender, J. prakt. Chem., 91, 415 (1915).
65
Curtius and Sandhaas, J. prakt. Chem., 125, 90 (1930).
• Labriola, J. Org. Chem., 5, 329 (1940).
small amount of 7-amino-j3-phenylbutyric acid from j8-phenylglutaryl
.dihydrazide 67 and nitrous acid suggests that here, too, the hydrazide
azide might be isolated.
Some diazides and presumably some polyazides can be caused to
rearrange stepwise. Phthalyl diazide yield's o-isocyanatobenzazide
when heated in benzene* and N-carbomethoxyanthranilic azide w when
heated in methanol; the second azide group also rearranges on longer
beating. Spontaneous half-rearrangement is exhibited by 1-p-xylyl-
CON NCO NH 2
\
CON CONs CO2H
HCO2CH3 NH 2
CON3 NH 2
l,2,3-triazole-4,5-dicarbonyl diazide; when the dihydrazide (XIII) is
treated with aqueous nitrous acid, the isocyanate azide (XIV) is formed
CH
N
\
N C—CONHNH2
Z—CONHNH2 -CONs
XIII XIV
in situ in 92% yield.68 Pyridine-2,5-dicarbonyl diazide also under-

goes stepwise rearrangement.69
Partial solvolysis of polyazides has received virtually no attention in
spite of its attractive possibilities. Salicylyl azide-O-acetazide when
treated with aniline at 0° yields salicylyl azide-O-acetanilide; the re-
maining azide group can be rearranged by heating in ethanol to give
the urethan in 90% yield.70 Succinazidylglycyl azide shows a similar
behavior.67
Hydroxy Acids. Hydroxyl groups in an acid often complicate the
conversion to an amino alcohol either by preventing the formation of
67
Jackson and Kenner, J. Chem. Soc, 1928, 165.
" «« Bertho and Holder, J. prakt. Chem., 119, 189 (1928).
"» Meyer and Staffen, Mmatsh., 34, 517 (1913).
70
Curtius, Moll, and Fingado, J. prakt. Chem., 125, 106 (1930).
the azide or by causing the azide or the isocyanate to behave abnor-
mally. Acylation or alkylation of the hydroxyl groups usually over-
comes these difficulties.
Azides containing hydroxyl groups have been prepared by both the
hydrazide and the sodium azide methods. The hydrazides of acids con-
taining hydroxyl groups in the lactone-forming positions can usually
be produced from the corresponding esters or the lactones, but on treat-
ment with acid the hydrazides lose hydrazine and yield the lactones.
This behavior has suggested that the compounds are not true hydra-
zides (XV) but hydrazino lactones (XVI).71' n However, the successful
R2C—(CH2)BCO—NHNH2 R2C—(CH2)n
OH 0—C—OH
NHNHa
xv xyi
preparation of azides which rearrange normally from certain of the
hydroxy hydrazides casts doubt on the cyclic formula.38'73 Lactones
from acids containing secondary or tertiary hydroxyl groups show in-
creased resistance to the action of hydrazine, and some such lactones
cannot be made to react.74
Hydroxy isocyanates have never been isolated because of the inter-
action of the hydroxyl and isocyanate groups with the formation of
cyclic or polymeric urethans. The products are usually readily hydro-
0
/ \
HO-R-CONs -> (HO-R-NCO) -> (-0-R-NHC0-), or R CO
\ /
NH
lyzed to amino alcohols. a-Hydroxy azides exhibit a unique behavior;
the intermediate isocyanates lose cyanic acid, and aldehydes or ke-
tones are formed. 76 ' 76 When the rearrangement is carried out in water,
OH OH
/ /
R2C -> R2C - » R 2 C0 + HNCO
\ \
CON3 NCO
71
Blaise and Kohler, Bull. soc. chim., [4] 7, 410 (1910).
72
Blane, Bull. soc. chim., [4] 3, 295 (1908); [3] 33, 890, 903 (1905).
73
Curtius and Sauerberg, J. prakt- Chem., 125, 139 (1930).
"Teppeoia, Rec. trav. chim., 42, 30 (1923).
75
"Schroeter, Chem.-Ztg., 32, 933 (1908).
the cyanic acid can be detected by reaction with semicarbazide to form
insoluble hydrazodicarboxamide, H2NCONHNHCONH2.77 This reac-
tion can be used as a test for an a-hydroxy acid.76'78 Diphenylglycolyl
azide yields benzophenone and phenylurea when it is heated in ani-
line.79 The rearrangement of hydroxy azides in which the hydroxyl
group is in a lactone-forming position succeeds only in certain instances,

as in the conversion of o-hydroxymethylbenzazide to o-aminobenzyl
alcohol or of the lactone of o-hydroxyphenylacetic acid to a derivative
of o-hydroxybenzylamine.38 Frequently the y- and 5-hydroxy azides
revert to the lactone through loss of hydrazoic acid; this reaction occurs
less readily when a non-polar solvent is used in the rearrangement.
(Cf. behavior of 2-carboxy-3-nitrobenzazide, p. 346.) Non-acylated
RCH—CH2
RCHCH2CH2CON3 -> | | + HN3
I O CH2
OH \ /
CO
sugar acid azides always lose hydrazoic acid so readily that they cannot
be isolated or degraded.78
The effect of alkylation or acylation of hydroxyl groups on the degra-
dation of certain azides is illustrated in the following examples. The
diazide of mucic acid,79 prepared from the hydrazide, behaves likfe the
azide of a typical a-hydroxy acid; m it loses cyanic acid after rearrange-
ment and yields a mixture of tartaric dialdehyde and a double internal
urethan. Tetraacetylmucyl diazide, however, when heated in an inert
solvent forms the corresponding isocyanate (or a polymer thereof).81
Acetone-quinide through its hydrazide and azide (XVII) yields 78%
of 4,5-isopropylidenedioxy-3-hydroxycyclohexanone (XVIII), but its di-
methyl ether forms the internal urethan (XIX) in 57% yield.82 Tetra-
77
Lebouoq, / . pharm. chim., 5, S61 (1927).
78
Weerman, Rec. trav. chim., 37, 52 (1917).
79
Curtius, van der Laan, Aufhauser, Goldberg, von Hofe, Ohlgart, Darapsky, and Sau-
vin; J. prakt. Chem., 95, 168 (1917).
80
Jones and Powers, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 46, 2518 (1924).
81
Diels and Loflund, der., 47, 2351 (1914).
82
Fiaoher and Dangschat, Ber., 65, 1009 (1932).
• CON, >.
XIX
acetylquinyl azide (XX), prepared from the acid chloride and sodium
azide, when heated in toluene gives 0,N-diacetyl-p-aminophenol (XXI)
in 98% yield.88
CHsCOO
\ OCOCH3 ^=,^
CHsCOO-/ \f -> CH3C00/ \NHCOCH3
/ ' CONS ^—'
CH3C00
XX XXI
Keto Acids. Keto acids have received little attention from the stand-
point of the Curtius degradation. Some keto acids have been converted
to amino ketones by the use of hydrazone hydrazides or oxime hydra-
zides as intermediates. These are treated with nitrous acid to give the
keto azides or oxime azides, which rearrange normally in good yields.62
Removal of the hydrazone group takes place simultaneously with the
formation of the azide. (Even stable hydrazones can be cleaved by this
means; thus the hydrazone and corresponding diphenylhydrazone of a
ketone obtained from the degradation of vomicine react with nitrous
acid with formation of the original ketone, nitrous oxide, and ammonia
or diphenylamine.84) 2,4-Dimethyl-3-acetylpyrrole-5-carboxylic ester
has thus been degraded to a derivative of the corresponding amine 62
in good yield. Methyl brucinonate has been converted through its
oxime to a hydrazide and an azide, which has been rearranged.86
/9-Keto esters react with hydrazine to form pyrazolones M ' 8 7 and con-
sequently are not susceptible of Curtius degradation through the hydra-
88
Fischer, Ber., 64, 775 (1921).
84
Wieland and Homer, Ann., 528, 95 (1937).
"Leuchs and Gladkorn, Ber., 56, 1780 (1923).
• Curtius, J. prakt. Chem., 50, 508 (1894).
a
von Rothenburg, / . prakt. Chem., 51, 43 (1895).
zides. The difficulty of obtaining /3-keto acid chlorides has precluded
the use of the sodium azide method. Blocking the /3-keto group by
oxime formation does not succeed since hydroxylamine is eliminated
when such compounds are treated with hydrazine.
Amino Acids. Aliphatic primary amino acid azides have not been
isolated, and in only a few instances have attempts been made to pre-
pare them from the corresponding hydrazides. Nitrous acid attacks
both the hydrazide and the primary amino group to yield mixtures of
unidentified products.88 When both the amino group and the carboxyl
group are attached to an aromatic nucleus, the amino azide can be
formed by the use of diazonium salts (p. 372). Diazonium salts react
with p-aminobenzhydrazide to form p-aminobenzazide without affect-
ing the amino group; the resulting aaide can be rearranged and the
product hydrolyzed to p-phenylenediamine.88 Nitrous acid causes the
ArCONHNHa + Ar'N2Cl -> ArCON3 + Ar'NH3Cl
replacement of the aromatic amino group by hydroxyl, yielding a hy-

droxy azide, from which an aminophenol is eventually obtained. By
this means 3-nitro-5-aminophenol has been prepared from 3-nitro-5-
aminobenzhydrazide.89 If the amino group is ortho to a carboxyl group,
cyclization to a triazine takes place when the hydrazide is treated with
nitrous acid. Anthranilyl hydrazide (XXII) yields hydroxybenztria-
zine (XXIII),90 and 2-amino-3-naphthoyl hydrazide yields a naphtho-
triazine.90 2,6-Diaminoisonicotinyl hydrazide is attacked first at the
NH 2
T!ONHNH2
XXII
amino groups by nitrous acid and cannot be degraded to the triamine.91"

The preparation of secondary amino acyl azides has been very re-
stricted in the aliphatic and benzene series. N-Phenylglycyl hydra-
88
Curtius, Jansen, Colosser, Donselt, and Kyriacou, J. prakt. Chem., 95, 327 (1918).
89
Curtius a n d Riedel, J. prakt. Chem., 76, 238 (1907).
90
Fries, Walter, a n d Schilling, Ann., 516, 248 (1935).
»i» Meyer a n d v o n Beck, Mmiatsh., 3 6 , 731 (1915).
zide is converted by nitrous acid to N-phenyl-N-nitrosoglycyl azide.2t
Indefinite products are obtained from iminodiacethydrazide.916 In
CH2CON3
C6H5NHCH2CONHNH2 + HNO2 -> C6H6—N •
NO
the pyrrole series, normal degradation is entirely successful; the pyrrole

nitrogen does not become nitrosated. 69 ' 60 ' 92 ' 93 ' 94 ' 96 Although tertiary
amino groups are also unaffected by nitrous acid, the usual procedure
for isolating azides must be modified on account of the basicity of the
molecule. In the aliphatic and benzene series no conclusive results
have been reported,88 but in heterocyclic compounds, where the tertiary
amino group is a component of the nucleus, many successful degrada-
tions have been accomplished. 6-Methylnicotinic ester, for example,
yields 63% of 2-methyl-5-aminopyridine.96
Acylated Amino Acids. The complications arising in the Curtius
degradation of amino acids are eliminated to a large extent when the
amino group is acylated. Many azides of acylated aliphatic a-amino
acids have been synthesized, not for the purpose of rearranging them
to diamines which can be hydrolyzed to aldehydes, but for use as
acylating agents in place of the less tractable acid chlorides. Curtius
and his students have explored this field extensively.97"104
Bergmann has employed the azides of acylated amino acids for the
stepwise degradation of peptides, as illustrated by the conversion of
hippurylalanine to hippuramide and acetaldehyde. Hippurylalanine
is converted through its ester and hydrazide to its azide, which is heated
with benzyl alcohol to give 1-hippuramido-l-carbobenzoxyaminoethane.
This upon hydrogenation is cleaved to hippuramide and acetaldehyde.105
915
C u r t i u s a n d H o f m a n n , J. prakt. Chem., 96, 202 (1918). '
82
Fischer a n d E n d e r m a n n , Ann., 5 3 1 , 245 (1937).
93
Fisoher, Guggemos, a n d Sohafer, Ann., 540, 30 (1939).
91
Fischer a n d Miiller, Z. physiol. Chem., 132, 72 (1924).
96
Piccinini a n d Salmoni, Gazz. chim. ital., 3 2 , 1 , 246 (1902); Atti accad. Lincei, [5] 9 , 1 , 859
96
Graf, J. prakt. Chem., 133, 19 (1932).
97
C u r t i u s a n d C u r t i u s , J. prakt. Chem., 70, 158 (1904).
98
C u r t i u s a n d Gumlich, J. prakt. Chem., 70, 195 (1904).
99
C u r t i u s a n d L a m b o t t e , J. prakt. Chem., 70, 109 (1904).
100
Curtius, Laurent, Petridis, and Zimmerli, / . prakt. Chem., 94, 93 (1916).
101
Curtius and Lenhard.J. prakt. Chem., 70, 230 (1904).
102
Curtius and van der Linden, J. prakt. Chem., 70, 137 (1904).
103
Curtius and Miiller, J. prakt. Chem., 70, 223, (1904).
104
Curtius and Wlistenfeld, J. prakt. Chem., 70, 73 (1904).
m
Bergmann and Zervas, J. Biol. Chem., 113, 341 (1936); Science, 79, 439 (1934).
THE CURTIUS REACTION • 355
C6H6CONHCH2CONH—CHCH3
\
CON3
H2/Pd
C6H6CONHCH2CONH—CHCH3 >
v HjO
NHCO2CH2C6H5
C6H6CONHCH2CONH2 + CH3CHO + NH 3 + CO2 + C6H6CH3
Acylated aromatic amino acids can often be degraded successfully.
2-Acetamido-3-naphthoyl hydrazide gives the azide, which rearranges
to N-acetylnaphthimidazolone. 91
COCH3
,NHCOCH3
CON3
Protection of amino groups from nitrous acid by acylation is not

always successful, for deacylation may occur during treatment of the
esters with hydrazine. Ethyl 2,6-dibenzamidoisonicotinate when
treated with hydrazine gives 2,6-diaminoisonicotinyl hydrazide; 106
the ethyl ester of phthalylglycine is similarly cleaved to glycyl hydra-
zide and phthalhydrazide, a general reaction for phthalimides m (see
p. 381).
Carbamic Adds. The esters of carbamic acid or substituted carbamic
acids (urethans) do not react readily with hydrazine, but the correspond-
ing carbamyl chlorides do. The semicarbazide or substituted semi-
carbazides that result yield carbamyl azides 108 with nitrous acid. Most
carbamyl azides are prepared more conveniently from the carbamyl
chlorides and sodium azide. Monosubstituted carbamyl azides can
also be synthesized from isocyanates and hydrazoic acid.109' ll0> 1U
RNCO + HN 3 - * RNHCON3
The azide of carbamic acid, NH 2 CON 3 , rearranges only with diffi-
culty; among the products only a trace of a hydrazine compound was
1011
Meyer and von Beck, Monatsh., 36, 731 (1915).
107
Ing and Manske, J- Chem. Soc., 1926, 2348.
W Thiele, Ann., 283, 37 (1894).
"• Hantzsoh and Vagt, Ann., 314, 339 (1901).
110
Oliveri-Mandald and Calderaro, Gazz. chim. ital, 43, I, 538 (1913).
111
Oliveri-Mandala and Noto, Gazz. chim. ital., 43, I, 514 (1913).
112
found. The failure of monosubstituted carbamyl azides, RNHCON3,
to rearrange has been explained on the basis of an isourea structure,
RN=C(OH)N 3 ) m ° for the azide. Disubstituted carbamyl azides
rearrange. The rearrangement is facilitated when one of the substitu-
ents is an aromatic group; usually cyclization to the aromatic ring fol-
lows the rearrangement. N-Ethyl-N-phenylcarbamyl azide when
heated in boiling xylene gives 1-ethylindazolone (XXIV) in 68% yield.113
CON3
C 2 H6
Halogenated Acids. Halogenated azides undergo rearrangement in

the usual manner to isocyanates, from which halo amines are obtained
by hydrolysis. If the halogen is in the a-position, the resulting halo-
genated isocyanate is hydrolyzed to an aldehyde or ketone. This reac-
Br Br
R2C -> R2C R2CO + HBr + HNCO

\ \
CON3 NCO
tion was adapted by von Braun to the structure proof of naphthenic
acids.23 Thus, dicyclopentylacetic acid is converted through the bromo
acid chloride (XXV) to dicyclopentyl ketone in 60% yield.23 Halo-
C6H9 C6H9
V- c—coci C5H9—C—CON3 --> C5H9—C—NCO
Br
XXV
AT A, XXVI
genated aromatic acid azides can be degraded without complication to

the halogenated aromatic amines.
The preparation of aliphatic halogenated acid azides is accomplished
most advantageously from the acid chlorides and sodium azide. The
course from the ester through the hydrazide is not applicable ordinarily
112
Curtius and Schmidt, J. pmkt. Chem., 105, 177 (1914).
1120
Hurd and Spence, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 49, 266 (1927).
113
Stolid, Nieland, and Merkle, J. prakt. Chem., 116, 192 (1927).
since the halogen atom is replaced by the hydrazino group. Special
methods for synthesizing certain halogenated hydrazides are available.
Halogens may be added to an olefinic hydrazide; 5-phenyl-a,/3,7,5-tetra-
bromovaleryl hydrazide is prepared by addition of bromine to /3-styryl-
acrylyl hydrazide.114 Diazo hydrazides have been used with success
for the preparation of several halogenated hydrazides; for example,
diazoaceturic ester reacts with hydrazine to yield the hydrazide (XXVII,
82% yield), which reacts with dry hydrogen chloride to give chloro-
aceturyl hydrazide (XXVIII).116 Iodoaceturyl and bromoaceturyl
N2CHCONHCH2CONHNH2 -> C1CH2CONHCH2CONHNH3C1 + N2
XXVII XXVIII
116
hydrazides have been prepared similarly. Direct bromination con-
verts 2,4-dimethylpyrrole-5-carbonyl hydrazide to 2,4-dimethyl-3-
bromopyrrole-5-carbonyl hydrazide.60
In the pyrrole series halogenated azides can be prepared by direct
halogenation. 2,4-Dimethyl-3-ethylpyrrole-5-carbonyl azide has
been brominated to 2-bromomethyl-3-ethyl-4-methylpyrrole-5-car-
bonyl azide;60 and 2-methyl-3,4-diethylpyrrole-5-carbonyl azide
(XXIX) has been chlorinated with sulfuryl chloride to 2-trichloro-
methyl-3,4-diethylpyrrole-5-carbonyl azide, which on treatment with
methanol yields 3,4-diethyl-2-carbomethoxy-5-carbomethoxyaminopyr-
role (XXX).93 Dichlorination is also successful; 2,4-dimethyl-3-bromo-
C2H6 . ^ C2H6
CHj-1L >-CON 3 ClsC-lL JL-CONg CH 3 00C-4^ ^^-NHCO^Ha
N N
H H
XXIX
pyrrole-5-carbonyl azide yields 2-(dichloromethyl)-3-bromo-4-methyl
pyrrole-5-carbonyl azide (XXXI), which on mild alcohorysis gives
2-formyl-3-bromo-4-methylpyrrole-5-carbonyl azide (XXXII). 62
Br—ij a—CH3 C2H5OH Br—n- n—CH3
C12CH—l^ JI—CON3 * OCH—^ J—CON3
N N
H H
XXXI XXXII
Aromatic fluorine, chlorine, and bromine compounds are ordinarily

unaffected by hydrazine, and many fluoro, chloro, and bromo benz-
hydrazides have been made by the hydrazide as well AS by the sodium
114
Riedel and Schulz, Ann., 367, 14 (1909).
116
Curtius and Welde, Ber., 43, 862 (1910).
lie
Curtius and Callan, Ber., 43, 2457 (1910).
azide method. If the halogen is activated by ortho or para nitro groups,
as in 3,5-dinitro-4-chlorobenzoic ester, treatment with hydrazine may
cause its replacement.117 Halogens in the a- and 7-positions of pyridine
are reactive; ethyl 4,5-dichloronicotinate is converted by hydrazine to
4-hydrazino-5-chloronicotinyl hydrazide,118 and 2,4-dihydroxy-6-chloro-
nicotinamide to 2,4-dihydroxy-6-hydrazinonicotinyl hydrazide.119 The
halogens (even iodine) in the /3-position of the pyridine ring are unaf-
fected 120 by hydrazine.
Iodine in the benzene nucleus is sometimes removed by hydrazine
through replacement or reduction; from ethyl 3-iodo-2-naphthoate and
hydrazine, /3-naphthoyl hydrazide is obtained.121 Ethyl p-iodobenzoate
yields p-iodobenzhydrazide,122 but ethyl o-iodobenzoate yields the
internal hydrazide of o-hydrazinobenzoic acid.123
CO2C2H5
Nitro Groups. The Curtius degradation has been applied to only

one nitro aliphatic azide; ethyl nitrocyanoacetate is converted through
its hydrazide and azide to a urethan. 124 In the aromatic series, nitro-
NCCHCON3 -» NCCHNHCO2C2H6
NO2 NO2
substituted benzazides can be degraded readily to nitroarylamines. 126
Many of the intermediate isocyanates have been isolated 126> 127> 128
and have proved to be useful reagents for characterizing amines and
alcohols.129' 13Cl 131
117
Milller, Zimmermann, Hoffmann, and Weisbrod, J. prakt. Chem., I l l , 273 (1925).
118
Graf, Lederer-Ponzer, Kopetz, Purkert, and Laszlo, / . prakt. Chem., 138, 244 (1933)
119
Schroeter and Finck, Ber., 71, 680 (1938).
120
Graf, Lederer-Ponzer, and Freiberg, Ber., 64, 21 (1931).
m
Godstein and Cornamusaz, Helv. Chim. Ada, 15, 935 (1932).
122
S a h a n d H s u , Rec. trav. chim., 5 9 , 349 (1940) [C. A . , 3 5 , 4362 (1941)].
123
Kahl, Chem. Zentr., 1904 II, 1493.
124
Darapaky and Hillers, J. prakt. Chem., 92, 297 (1925).
126
Curtius, Struve, and Radenhausen, J. prakt. Chem., 52, 227 (1895).
126
Naegeli and Tyabji, Helv. Chim. Ada, 16, 349 (1933).
127
128
Schroeter, Ber., 42, 2336 (1909).
129
Blanksma and Verberg, Rec. trav. chim., 53, 988 (1934).
130
Meng and Sah, J. Chinese Chem. Soc., 4, 75 (1936).
151
Sah and Ma, J. Chinese Chem. Soc., 2, 159 (1934).
The conversion of nitro aromatic acid chlorides to the azides with
sodium azide is very generally applicable.126-127- 132' 133- 1M The adap-
tation of the hydrazide method sometimes involves complications due
to the reducing action of hydrazine. o-, m-, and p-Nitrobenzhydrazide
can be prepared from the esters in almost quantitative yields.136- 136
3,5-Dinitrobenzhydrazide is formed in satisfactory yield from the corre-
sponding ester, but, if a large excess of hydrazine is employed and the
reaction mixture is refluxed for twenty-four hours, 3-nitro-5-aminp-
benzhydrazide89 results in 60% yield. Ethyl 2,4-dinitrobenzoate, on
the other hand, yields only ethyl 2-nitro-4-aminobenzoate or ethyl 2-
nitro-4-aminobenzhydrazide.137 The half ester of p-nitrobenzylmalonic
acid through its hydrazide yields p-nitrophenylalanine in normal fash-
ion, but the diethyl ester of bis(p-nitrobenzyl)malonic acid gives only
the cyclic secondary hydrazide of bis(p-aminobenzyl)malonic acid.47
Cyano Acids. Cyano azides rearrange to cyano isocyanates, which
can be hydrolyzed to amino acids. Only a-cyano acids have been
studied.
NCCHCON3 -» NCCHNCO -> -00CCHNH3+
xv x\. it
The availability of substituted cyanoacetic esters and the ease of

conversion to cyanoacethydrazides and azides have made this method
of preparing a-amino acids an attractive one. Leucine, a-amino-n-
valeric acid, a-amino-7,<5-dimethylvaleric acid,138 valine, phenylalanine,
tyrosine, and a-amino-5-phenoxyvaleric acid 139 have been prepared by
this general procedure though in yields not always high. (For the
preparation of a-amino acids from substituted malonic esters, see
p. 346.) In isolated instances hydrazine reacts with the cyano group-
ing to give resinous products,139 amidrazones [RC(NH2)=NNH2], or
pyrazoles.140 Cyanoacetyl chloride polymerizes readily 40 so that the
reaction with sodium azide to1 form cyanoacetazide has not been applied.
Sulfonamide, Sulfide, and Other Sulfur-Containing Groups. The
presence of sulfonamide and sulfide groups in an acid does not interfere
with the conversion of the carboxyl' group through the azide to an
l32
Naegeli, Tyabji, and Conrad, Helv. Chim. Ada, 21, 1127 (1938).
133
Lindemann and Pabst, Ann., 462, 29, 41 (1928).
134
Lindemann and Wessel, Ber., 58, 1221 (1925). 1
136
Curtius and Melsbach, J. prakt. Chem., 81, 523 (1910).
136
Curtius and Trachmann, J. prakt. Chem., 51, 165 (1895).
137
Curtius and Bollenbeok, J. prakt. Chem., 76, 281 (1907).
m
• Darapsky, Decker, Steuernagel, and Schiedrum, J. prakt. Chem., 146, 250 (1936).
139
Gagnon, Gaudry, and King, J. Chem. Soc, 1944, 13,
140
von Rotbenburg, Ber., 27, 685 (1894).
amjno group. Mercapto acids have not been studied. o-Sulfonamido-
benzhydrazide, from saccharin and hydrazine,141 is converted quantita-
tively into the azide, which yields o-aminobenzenesulfonamide or its
derivatives.142 Similarly, the following have been degraded: 2-ethyl-
mercapto-6-hydroxypyrimidine-5-acetic acid,143 o-(a-thienylthio)benzoic
acid,144 several tetrahydrothiophenecarboxylic acids,146' 146> 147 thio-
phenecarboxylic acids,148- 149> 160 and thiazolecarboxylic acids.181' 162' 153
Azo, Diazo, and Azido Groups. Aliphatic diazo azides have never
been synthesized. Diazo hydrazides, however, are quite readily pre-
pared since hydrazine under mild conditions does not affect the diazo
group in a diazo ester. Prolonged treatment with hydrazine may lead
to a triazole or cause hydrolysis of the diazo group. Diazoacetylglycyl-
glycine ester gives a hydrazide in 72% yield by gentle warming with
hydrazine; by long heating with hydrazine in the presence of water,
hydroxyaceturylglycyl hydrazide is formed, and by extensive heating
with excess hydrazine the hydrazine salt of 5-hydroxytriazole-l-acetyl-
glycyl hydrazide (XXXIII) is produced.164 The diazo group in diazo
HOCH2CONHCH2CONHCH2CONHNH2
N2CHCONHCH2CONHCH2CO2R N2CHCONHCH2CONHCH2CONHNH2;
N N—CH2COCH2CONHNH2
V XXXIII
hydrazides has always been replaced by some other group such as halo-
gen 116> 116 or acetoxy 164 before the degradation to azides and amines
is continued. Diazoacetamide gives azidoacethydrazide on treatment
with hydrazine.165
The presence of an aromatic azo group does not interfere with the
141
Schrader, J. prakt. Chem.', 95, 312 (1917).
142
Schrader, J. prakt. Chem., 95, 392 (1917).
143
Litzinger and Johnson, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 58, 1936 (1936).
144
Steinkopf, Schmitt, and Fiedler, Ann., 527, 237 (1937).
146
Brown and Kilmer, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 65, 1674 (1943).
148
DuVigneaud, Hofmann, and Melville, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 64, 188 (1942).
147
Kilmer, Armstrong, Brown, and DuVigneaud, J.'Biol. Chem., 145, 495 (1942).
148
Cheney and Piening, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 66, 1040 (1944).
148
Curtius and Thyssen, / . prakt. Chem., 65, 1 (1902).
160
Robinson and Todd, J. Chem. Soc, 1939, 1743.
151
Cerecedo and Tolpin, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 59, 1660 (1937).
162
Hinegardner and Johnson, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 52, 3724 (1930).
163
Hinegardner and Johnson, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 52, 4139, 4141 (1930).
164
Curtius and Callan, Ber., 43, 2447 (1910).
166
Curtius, Darapsky, and Bookmiihl. Ber., 41, 344 (1908).
degradation of the azide to an amine. m- 126 and p- 37 Phenylazobenza-
zide can be degraded to the corresponding isocyanates and amines in
C 6 H 6 N=N—i /)—CON3 -> C6H6N=N—{ )>—NCO
excellent yields. 7-Phenylazodipicolinazide gives a phenylazo dia-

mine.166 The preparation of azo azides is accomplished preferably
N=NC 6 H 5 N=NC 6 H 6
N3OC CON3 H2N NH 2

through the azo acid chloride and sodium azide. The hydrazide pro-
cedure may sometimes involve extra steps owing to the reducing action
of hydrazine on the azo group; the azo ester is converted to a hydrazo
hydrazide which must be reoxidized to the azo hydrazide before the
azo azide is made.
• The azido group is frequently unaffected during the conversion of the
azide to an amine unless it is in the a-position. Ethyl /3-azidopropionate
reacts with hydrazine to give /3-azid6propionhydrazide, which through
the azide yields j3-azidoethylamine.167- 168 Ethyl y-azidobutyrate, on
the other hand, gives a mixture of products in this series of reac-
tions.167- 1M All the azido azides have characteristic explosive insta-
bility; the reaction of sodium azide with azidoacetyl chloride led to
"some very alarming explosions." 16° If the azido group is in the ex-
position, it is lost in a manner similar to an a-halogen during hydrolysis
of the isocyanate with formation of an aldehyde or ketone.
CON3 NCO
/
R2C -» R2C R 2 C=O + HN3 + C02
\ \
Ns N3
Heterocyclic Systems. The degradation of acids of several hetero-
cyclic compounds has been mentioned in previous sections. In general
almost every kind of heterocyclic carboxylic acid has been degraded
successfully by the Curtius procedure, at least as far as the isocyanate
168
Chichibabin and Ossetrowa, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 56, 1711 (1934).
167
Curtius, Ber., 45, 1057 (1912).
168
Curtius and Franzen, Ber., 45, 1037 (1912).
169
Curtius and Giulini, Ber., 45, 1045 (1912).
160
Forster and Miiller, / . Chem. Soc, 97, 1056 (1910).
or urethan stage. The free amines in many instances are inherently
unstable. Some molecules containing active methylene groups are
nitrosated during the formation of the azide from the hydrazide. Pyra-
zolone-3-acetazide (XXXIV) yields 4-isonitrosopyrazolone-3-acetazide
(XXXV).161
C—CH2CONHNH2 HON=C C—CH2CON3
O=C N O=C N
N N"
H H
XXXIV XXXV
Thiocarbamyl Azides, Imido Azides, and Hydroximido Azides. Thio-
semicarbazides react with nitrous acid 162' and isothiocyanates react with
hydrazoic a c i d m to yield azides of marked stability. For this
RNHCSNHNH2 + HONO -» RNHCSN3 <- RNCS + HN3
reason they were postulated at first as thiatriazoles. The thiocarba-
myl,164 methylthiocarbamyl,165 allylthiocarbamyl,166 and phenylthio-
carbamyl 162> 163 azides have been investigated. The thiocarbamyl
azides lose nitrogen when heated with concentrated hydrochloric acid
with formation of the hydrochlorides of bases which are probably iso-
thiocyanoamines, RNHNCS; thiocarbamyl azide gives a crystalline
hydrochloride, N 2 H 2 CS • HC1. By the action of nitrous acid on amidra-
zones, high-melting, stable compounds are produced which appear to
^NH f ^NHl /yN—NH
R—Cff -» R—Cf R—Cf
X X
NHNH 2 I. N3 " •\N=N
be tetrazoles.166 Similarly, hydrazide oximes give hydroxytetrazoles.166a
p rv OH
— \ \MTT\TTJ \ \HNO2
,,™ I
NH^H 2 X ^_N
R—C(
-N
R—C
M1
Curtius and Kufferath, J. prakt. Chem., 64, 334 (1901).
182
Freund and Hempel, Ber., 28, 74 (1895).
183
Oliveri-Mandala, Gazz. chim. Hal., 44, I, 670 (1914).
164
Freund and Schander, Ber., 29, 2500 (1896).
"» Freund and Schwartz, Ber., 29, 2491 (1896).
"• Pinner, Ber., 30, 1871 (1897).
»"» Wieland, Ber., 42, 4199 (1909),
The same substances are formed by the reaction of hydroxamyl chlorides
with sodium azide.167
Comparison of the Curtius, Hofmann, and Schmidt Reactions

The Curtius, Hofmann (see p. 267), and Schmidt (see p. 307) reac-
tions are in that order decreasingly mild, decreasingly flexible, and in-
creasingly expeditious. The last-named quality varies somewhat with
the available starting material, whether the free acid or the ester. The
Curtius reaction lends itself to the preparation of isocyanates, sym-
and as-ureas, amides, urethans, and amines at will, and provides a wide
choice of experimental conditions. For synthetic purposes the Hofmann
reaction can be used only to prepare sym-ureas, urethans, and amines
directly, and halting the reaction at a desired intermediate is often not
possible. The variety of experimental conditions is narrower and more
limited. The Schmidt reaction on carboxylic acids or derivatives has
been applied as a preparative method only to the production of amines;
although urethans and isocyanates have been prepared occasionally by
this reaction, it can hardly be considered a preparative method for
them. Amides can be prepared by the Schmidt reaction only from ke-
tones. The choice of experimental conditions employable in the Schmidt
reaction is narrow.
The Curtius and Schmidt reactions can be run in completely anhy-
droxylic environment, in the Schmidt reaction by use of such catalysts
as stannic chloride instead of the customary sulfuric acid. All three
reactions can be carried out under anhydrous conditions, but only in
the Curtius and Hofmann reactions can an anhydrous alcohol be used as
a solvent. Since the Curtius reaction is successful under conditions
ranging from neutral to strongly acid, compounds may be degraded
without exposure to strong acid or alkali. In the Hofmann reaction it
is difficult to avoid a certain amount of exposure to strong alkali; in
the Schmidt reaction all the required catalysts are strong acids in the
Lewis sense and act as catalysts for a variety of other reactions.
Compounds very sensitive to oxidation may be attacked by the
nitrous acid used for converting a hydrazide to an azide, but the sodium
azide method is non-oxidizing. Although it is possible to avoid exposure
to free halogens in the Hofmann reaction by using a previously pre-
pared hypohalite solution, such solutions are themselves powerful oxi-
dizing agents. The conditions of the Schmidt reaction are essentially
non-oxidizing as far as organic compounds are concerned.
167
Forster, / . Chem. Soc., 95, 433 (1909).
The classical Curtius degradation of the ester through the hydrazide,
azide, and urethan to the amine is rather tedious when all the inter-
mediates are isolated, and the yields are lowered by the concomitant
mechanical losses. Even though in good practice these steps can be
telescoped, the hydrazide modification of the Curtius reaction still is
more laborious than the Hofmann and Schmidt reactions. The acid
chloride-sodium azide method through the azide to the amine can be
made as short as the Hofmann reaction, but it is still necessary to pre-
pare the acid chloride, and the method cannot be condensed to the one
step of the Schmidt reaction. The Hofmann reaction through the
amide, N-haloamide, and urethan involves almost as many steps as the
classical Curtius reaction, but these steps can nearly always be con-
densed into one operation, as compared with two for the usual proce-
dure from the hydrazide by the Curtius method. The conservation of
time by the Schmidt reaction is due chiefly to the fact that the reaction
can be run directly on the free acid. This advantage disappears to a
large extent when the ester or amide is the available -starting material,
for, although the Schmidt reaction can be run on these derivatives, it
is not generally satisfactory, and the ester or amide must usually be
hydrolyzed to the free acid before the Schmidt reaction can be success-
fully applied.
When esters of carboxylic acids are the compounds immediately at
hand, the Curtius reaction is favored. Hydrazides can be made from
esters more readily than can amides, and frequently more readily than
the esters can be hydrolyzed. When amides are available, the Hof-
mann reaction is naturally the most convenient, although amides can
be converted to hydrazides without difficulty if for other reasons the
Curtius reaction is more suitable.
Syntheses in large quantities introduce two other factors. The cost-
determining reagents, named in the order of decreasing cost, are hydra-
zine, sodium azide, and chlorine; therefore, the Hofmann reaction
utilizing chlorine is the cheapest procedure. Since hydrazoic acid and
many azides are poisonous as well as treacherously and violently explo-
sive, it is not prudent to handle large quantities of hydrazoic acid or to
isolate large amounts of azides of unproved stability. The Schmidt
reaction, however, has been run with as much as 6 moles of hydrazoic
acid at one time, and the Curtius reaction with as much as kilogram
quantities. The acid chloride-sodium azide method may not be well
adapted to large-scale work because of the difficulty of control. The
Hofmann reaction has been used successfully on an industrial scale,
and there appears to be no limit to the size of run that can be made.
The degradation of both carboxyl groups of malonic acids can be
accomplished only by the Curtius reaction; the Hofmann and Schmidt
reactions bring about the degradation of only one of the carboxyl groups.
Succinic acids also are best degraded by the Curtius reaction for the
same reason, although some diamine can be obtained by the Schmidt
reaction.
Uns^turated acids are converted to amines most satisfactorily by the
Curtius reaction (sodium azide method). The Hofmann reaction is
applicable with certainty only to a,j3-olefinic acid amides, since the
olefin group in another position is likely to be halogenated by the re-
agent. The Schmidt reaction is applicable to all olefinic acids, although
there is a possible danger of sulfonation at the site of unsaturation.
Keto acids are degraded best by the Hofmann reaction. The applic-
ability of the Curtius reaction to keto-acids is limited; the Schmidt
reaction occurs preferentially on the keto group iather than on the
carboxyl group.
Acylated amino acids are degraded most satisfactorily by the Cur-
tius method, but non-acylated amino acids must be degraded by the
Hofmann method, which usually leaves the amino group unattacked.
However, the Hofmann reaction is not suitable for degrading peptides
because of the strongly hydrolytic conditions required, and the Curtius
reaction is the preferred method. a-Amino acids are inert to the Schmidt
reaction.
Aromatic acids containing active halogen are degraded by the Cur-
tius reaction (sodium azide method); the Hofmann reaction is not
applicable, and the Schmidt reaction has not been attempted. Aro-
matic acids with substituents like amino or methoxyl which cause the
ring to be highly susceptible to halogenation or sulfonation must ordi-
narily be degraded by the Curtius reaction, although the Schmidt reac-
tion might also be successful. 2-Hydroxy-3-naphthoic acid undergoes
bromination in the ring when subjected to the Hofmann reaction, but
the Curtius reaction through the hydrazide gives a cyclic urethan in
63% yield.168
The Curtius and Schmidt reactions are inapplicable to sugar acids.
The Hofmann degradation has been applied successfully in this field.
The amides of carbamic acids (ureas) can be degraded to hydrazines
by the Hofmann reaction; urea gives a good yield of hydrazine. The
Curtius reaction succeeds only with disubstituted carbamic acids, and
the Schmidt reaction has not been applied.
There are remarkably few amines for which yields are reported by
the Curtius, Hofmann, and Schmidt reactions, and no significant con-
clusions can be drawn from the results that are available.
168
Fries and Hass, Ber., 58, 2845 (1925).
BELATED REACTIONS
The Lossen Rearrangement. Alkali salts of hydroxamic acids and
derivatives undergo rearrangement to isocyanates according to the fol-
lowing equation:
RCO—NK—OCOCH3 -> RN=C=O + CH3CO2K
This reaction, known as the Lossen rearrangement, has seen but little
synthetic application 27 • 169 • n o and possesses no distinct advantages over
the Curtius, Hofmann, and Schmidt reactions. It appears to be useful
when hydroxamic acids result as primary products. The reaction has
been reviewed recently.171
The Tiemann Reaction. Amidoximes undergo rearrangement to
as-ureas when treated first with benzenesulfonyl chloride and then with
water.172- 173 This is the Tiemann reaction, which has so far been pri-
RCNH2 -> RNHCONH2
NOH
marily of theoretical interest. It might have application where the
acid to be degraded is available only in the form of its nitrile, since
nitriles can be converted readily to amidoximes by hydroxylamine.
Treatment of Silver Salts with Halogens. Silver salts of carboxylic
acids lose carbon dioxide when treated with chlorine or bromine, and
alkyl halides are produced in good yield.174' 176 Although this reaction
is not related to the Curtius reaction, it can be used to convert an acid
to an amine when coupled with one of the many methods for replacing
a halogen atom by an amino group.
SELECTION OF EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Preparation of Hydrazides
Hydrazides are prepared by much the same reactions as amides, with
the significant difference that precautions must be taken to avoid the
formation of secondary hydrazides, RCONHNHCOR, through acyla-
tion of the primary hydrazides, RCONHNH2, initially formed.
169
Thiele and coworkers, Ann., 295, 136, 167 (1897); ibid., 309, 189 (1899).
170
Mohr, J. prakt. Chem., 71, 133 (1905); Bredt, Perkin, Hilbing, Lankshear, and Reg
out, / . prakt. Chem., 89, 225 (1914).
171
Yale, Chem. Revs., 33, 209 (1943).
172
Tiemann, Ber., 24, 4162 (1891).
178
Pinnow, Ber., 24, 4167 (1891); 26, 604 (1893).
174
Prelog and Zelan, Helv. Chim. Ada, 27, 535 (1944).
176
Hunsdiecker and Hynssdiecker, Ber., 75, 291 (1942).
The usual procedure is to treat the methyl or ethyl ester of the acid
with hydrazine. For most purposes the commercially available 85%
aqueous hydrazine hydrate is preferable to anhydrous hydrazine and is
generally employed. The formation of hydrazides from esters often
proceeds spontaneously at room temperature with marked evolution of
heat; if the reaction is not spontaneous, heating on a steam bath for
periods varying from five minutes to several days commonly suffices
to give excellent yields. Esters which react with great difficulty have
been converted to hydrazides at elevated temperatures in a bomb,62- 176
but there is some danger of decarboxylation under these conditions;62
temperatures above 180° should be avoided. The hydrazides usually
crystallize on cooling, and often during the heating, and frequently
need only be collected and dried to be obtained analytically pure. Occa-
sionally, small amounts of secondary hydrazide are formed. Since
secondary hydrazides are insoluble in dilute acid, and much less soluble
than the primary hydrazides in organic solvents, it fe usually not diffi-
cult to remove them. The formation of secondary hydrazides can be
kept to a minimum by dropping the ester into an excess of boiling hydra-
zine hydrate at such a rate that a second liquid phase never accumu-
lates.11- 177- m Hydrazides can also be purified by conversion to their
crystalline isopropylidene derivatives by warming with acetone; the
derivatives are then cleaved to the hydrazide hydrochlorides by treat-
ing their ethereal solutions with dry hydrogen chloride.179 Only occa-
sionally have hydrazides been purified by distillation.176 The practice
is to be avoided, since, at the high temperatures usually necessary for
distillation, hydrazides frequently condense to form heterocyclic com-
pounds.180
The use of a common solvent, such as ethanol, is indicated where the
ester is markedly immiscible with hydrazine hydrate; it is frequently
unnecessary to add sufficient solvent to bring about complete misci-
bility at the start. However, the presence of two immiscible phases
for an appreciable time should be avoided as it favors the formation of
secondary hydrazide and retards the reaction as well. Unreactive esters
may be refiuxed profitably with hydrazine in a higher-boiling alcohol,
such as butyl or amyl alcohol.37- 181- 182 The progress of hydrazide for-
mation can often be followed by observing the rate of disappearance of
176 Wieland, Hintermader, and Dennstedt, Ann., 452, 1 (1927).
177
Curtius and Dellschaft, / . prakt. Chem., 64, 419 (1901).
178
Curtius and Hille, J. prakt. Chem., 64, 401 (1901).
178
Curtius and Bockmuhl, Ber., 45, 1033 (1912).
180 Wieland, "Die Hydrazine," Verlag Ferdinand Enke, Stuttgart, 1913.
181
Sohopf, Perrey, and Jack, Ann., 497, 49 (1932).
182
Windaus and Raiehle, Ann., 537, 157 (1939).
the ester layer. The more reactive anhydrous hydrazine is useful with
inert esters and for preparing very hygroscopic hydrazides which are
difficult to free from water.46- * On the other hand, anhydrous hydra-
zine, being a more vigorous reagent in every respect than the hydrate,
is more likely to react with other functional groups in addition to the
ester group.
* The preparation of hydrazides from acid chlorides is an uncertain
procedure which frequently gives rise to large quantities of secondary
hydrazide.118- 176 Indeed, the secondary hydrazide may be the only
product if an unsuitable procedure is followed. The most successful
method is to add slowly a chilled solution of the acid chloride in ether
to a well-stirred, chilled alcoholic solution of hydrazine hydrate con-
taining considerably more than the 2 moles theoretically required.10
The product is usually separated from the hydrazine hydrochloride
formed at the same time by extracting the latter with water. Where
the ester is extremely unreactive, this may be the only practicable
method for preparing the hydrazide.183 On the other hand, if the acid
chloride must be made, it is usually more expedient to convert it directly
to the azide by reaction with sodium azide.
Amides can be converted to hydrazides by heating them with the
theoretical amount or a slight excess of hydrazine hydrate, usually in
the absence of a solvent. Since substituted amides, such as those occur-
ring in peptide linkages, are more resistant than primary amides, pep-
tide hydrazides can be prepared from peptide amides in good yield.105
In general, amides appear to be more sluggish than esters in their reac-
tion with hydrazine,106 though a few amides, e.g., benzamide,184 have
been reported to react more smoothly. The reaction of hydrazine with
amides has sometimes been used to cleave amide linkages occurring in
natural products (ergotamine 186).
Hydrazides have been prepared only infrequently by the more dras-
tic procedure of fusing the hydrazine salts of acids.- This process may
give rise to secondary hydrazides in large amount. When applied to
acetic,186 propionic,186 and citronellic acids,187 among others, it gives
good yields.
Anhydrides have been little used for the preparation of hydrazides.
Most phthalic anhydride derivatives give only cyclic, secondary hydra-
* Cf. Cheney and Piening, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 67, 1040 (1945), for an alternative method
in which water is removed by means of a Soxhlet apparatus charged with a drying agent.
183
Buning, Rec. trail, chim., 40, 327 (1921).
184
Curtius and Struve, J. prakt. Chem., 50, 295 (1894).
m
Stall and Hofmann, Helv. Chim. Ada, 26, 922, 944 (1943).
m
Curtius and Franzen, Bar., 35, 3240 (1902).
187
Sabetay, Compt. rend., 190, 1016 (1930).
zides (see p. 345), which are useless for the preparation of azides. Di-
phenic anhydride (see p. 347) and its 4-nitro derivative (see p. 347)
yield the hydrazide acids. Isatoic anhydrides (XXXVI) appear to be
excellent sources of hydrazides of certain amino acids. 90 - 91 The reac-
C CO C—CO
- N 2 H 4 -» / C \ ^ N H N H 2 + C0 2
NH—CO NH 2
XXXVI
tions of hydrazine with lactones, azlactones, anthranils, and similar

compounds are not yet clearly denned. In some reactions true hydra-
zides have been obtained, which have been converted to the azides and
rearranged; 38> 73 in others, products of uncertain structure are formed,
isomeric with the normal hydrazide, or frequently both isomerides are
obtained together.188- 189 All such doubtful compounds are listed in the
tables as hydrazides without regard to the original authors' opinions of
their structure. Azides prepared from hydrazides derived from un-
saturated azlactones readily lose hydrazoic acid to regenerate the
azlactones.190' m
Hydrazides can also be prepared by the Hofmann degradation of
acylureas,192 by the reaction of isocyanates with hydrazine, 193 and by
the reduction of acylnitramides, 109 - 193 but these methods are of no im-
portance in connection with the Curtius reaction.
Preparation pf Azides
From Hydrazides. All the techniques for converting hydrazides into
azides are based on the reaction of the hydrazide with nitrous acid, with
the exception of the rarely used diazonium method. The principal
variables are: solvent, method of isolating the azide, pH, and the order
of the addition of the reactants. The reaction is nearly always carried
out at ice-bath temperatures.
The choice of method is governed by the following considerations:
the solubility of the hydrazide and of the azide, the acidic or basic prop-
188
HeUer and Lauth, Ber., 52, 2295 (1919).
189
Heller and Siller, / . prakt. Chem., 116, 9 (1927).
190
Vanghelovici and Moise, Soc. Chim. Romania Sect. Soc. romane Stiinte, Bvl. Chim.
pura apl., [2] 3A, 85 (1941-1942) [C. A., 38, 5500 (1944)].
191
Vanghelovici and Stefaneacu, Soc. Chim. Romania Sect. Soc. romane Stiinte, Bui
Chim. pura apl., [2] 3A, 159 (1941-1942) [C. A., 38, 5501 (1944)].
192
Schestakov, Ber., 45, 3273 (1912); J. Ruas. Chem. Soc., 40, 330 (1908).
193
Backer, flee. trav. chim., 34, 187 (1915).
erties of the molecule, the presence or absence of acid-sensitive groups,
the expldsiveness of the azide, the physical state of the azide, and the
subsequent disposition of the azide.
The procedure to be followed in the absence of complicating factors,
and thus the one most frequently used, is in outline as follows. The
hydrazide, being basic, is dissolved in a slight excess of dilute aqueous
hydrochloric acid, and the solution is chilled to 0-5° by means of an ice
bath. The cold solution is covered with ether to extract the azide as
soon as it is formed, and a concentrated aqueous solution of 1 mole of
sodium nitrite is added with good mechanical stirring at such a rate
that the temperature does not rise above 10°. Immediately upon com-
pletion of- the addition, the ethereal azide layer is separated, washed
with a little sodium bicarbonate solution, and dried. It is then heated
with absolute alcohol, usually with simultaneous fractionation of the
ether; the resulting urethan can be hydrolyzed to the amine when
desired.
The only solvents which have seen appreciable use in the reaction
of hydrazides with nitrous acid are water, alcohol, and acetic acid.
Water is the solvent of choice when conditions permit. An alcohol is
frequently chosen as the solvent when anhydrous conditions are desired;
alkyl nitrites and dry hydrogen chloride are then generally used as the
source of nitrous acid. The alcohol technique is indicated when the
azide is difficult to extract from water or is easily hydrolyzed,194- 196> 198
as when basic nitrogen groups are present in the molecule. It has also
been employed for hydrazides that are not very soluble in aqueous
acid.197-198 The azide is usually rearranged in situ by boiling the solu-
tion, although it can often be isolated by dilution with water.198 The
alkyl nitrite method has failed occasionally.78' 120' 199 Aqueous sodium
nitrite 20° and nitrogen trioxide81 also have been used with alcohols as
solvents.
Acetic acid, 50% to glacial, is a useful solvent for the conversion of
high-molecular-weight hydrazides to azides.. It is employed with 148> 183
or without1U- 162' 201-202'203'204 the addition of a mole of mineral acid;
194
Jensen and Howland, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 48, 1988 (1926).
^Windaus and Opitz, Ber., 44, 1721 (1911).
196
Windaus and Vogt, Ber., 40, 3691 (1907).
m
Pschorr, Einbeck, and Spangenberg, Ber., 40, 1998 (1907).
198
Sharp, J. Chem. Soc., 1936, 1234.
199
Kermack and Muir, J. Chem. Soc, 1931, 3089.
a* Toschi, Gazz. chim. ital., 44, I, 443 (1914).
201
Endermann and Fischer, Ann., 538, 172 (1939).
202
Goldstein and Stern, Helv. Chim. Ada, 23, 809, 818 (1940).
203
Pschorr and Schroter, Ber., 35, 2726 (1902).
804
Vollmann, Becker, Corell, and Streeck, Ann., 531, 44, 58, 137 (1937).
THE CURTIUS REACTION • 371
without the mineral acid the formation of some secondary hydrazide is
more likely.206 The customary technique consists in dissolving the
hydrazide in glacial acetic acid, with heat if necessary, chilling rapidly
so that the hydrazide will separate in finely divided form if, it is insol-
uble in the cold solvent, and adding cracked ice and the required amount
of aqueous sodium nitrite. Subsequent dilution with water causes the
azide to separate, if it has not already done so. When a mineral acid is
used in conjunction with acetic acid, a good procedure is to dissolve the
hydrazide in a relatively small volume of glacial acetic acid. Subse-
quent dilution with even large quantities of dilute aqueous mineral acid
frequently does not cause precipitation, but the azide separates at once
when sodium nitrite is added. This technique is recommended also for
hydrazides which, though soluble, dissolve only slowly in aqueous min-
eral acid. A mixture of benzene and acetic acid also has been found
satisfactory as a reaction medium.181'206
Acetone has been used as the solvent in the preparation of three
azides from the hydrazides in the indoxazene series.207 The advantage
v
of acetone is not clear.
"Reverse addition," that is, addition of acid to a solution of the hydra-
zide and sodium nitrite, has found much application,36' 349 particularly
with acid-sensitive molecules.82' 160' 208' 209 The reverse-addition tech-
nique is not recommended except where excess acid must be avoided,
since a higher pH favors the formation of secondary hydrazides by the
reaction 41- 205-210> 2U
RCON3 + RCONHNH2 -> RCONHNHCOR + HN3
Another disadvantage is the low solubility of most hydrazides in neutral
or alkaline solutions. Cyclobutane-grem-dicarbonyl hydrazide unex-
pectedly gives a better yield of its diazide by the reverse-addition pro-
cedure.210
No simultaneous addition techniques have been reported.. The
closest approximation is the substitution of gaseous nitrogen trioxide
for sodium nitrite and acid.94> 177 ' 212 ' 213 This reagent has seen little
use, probably because of its inconvenience and the difficulty in meas-
uring the exact amount.
206
Pschorr and Einbeck, Ber., 38, 2067 (1905).
206
Schopf, Jack, and Perrey, Ann., 497, 59 (1932).
207
Lindemann and Cissfee, J. prakt. Chem., 122, 232 (1929).
208
Curtius and Portner, J. prakt. Chem., 58, 190 (1898).
209
Dimroth, Ann., 364, 210 (1908).
210
Curtius and Grandel, / . prakt. Chem., 94, 339 (1916).
211
Curtius, Sohofer, and Schwan, J. prakt. Chem., 51, 180 (1895).
212
Curtius and Heidenreioh, / . prakt. Chem., 52, 454 (1895).
213
Curtius, Schatzlein, Wiengreen, and Krauth, / . prakt. Chem., 89, 508 (1914).
Hydrochloric acid is most commonly employed for the generation of
nitrous acid from sodium nitrite, although sulfuric and nitric acids are
equally satisfactory. The amount of acid employed varies from the
stoichiometric to a large excess of concentrated acid, being governed by
the solubility of the hydrazide and by the ease with which the secondary
hydrazide forms. Acetic acid 214-216> 216 ' 2n has been used frequently,
especially with acid-sensitive molecules, but with greater likelihood of
the formation of secondary hydrazide. Isoxazole-5-carbonyl hydra-
zide 218 and citraconyl hydrazide 21Si 219 yield the secondary hydrazides
in acetic acid, but the azides are formed in mineral acid. Hippuryl-
aspartyl hydrazide,97 glutaryl hydrazide,220 and N-nitrosoiminodiacetyl
hydrazide 221 show no apparent reaction when treated with sodium
nitrite and acetic acid, but the addition of mineral acid causes the azides
to precipitate.
Since the reaction of nitrous acid with hydrazides is rapid and exo-
thermic, the reactants should be brought together no faster than the heat
can be dissipated; a rise in temperature is likely to lower the yield by
decomposition of nitrous acid or of ftie azide or of both. Slow addition
provides time for the interaction of the azide with unchanged hydrazide
to produce the secondary hydrazide; rapid addition lessens the extent
of this side reaction.181-222 For effective cooling, ice is generally added
directly to the reaction mixture; the addition of Dry Ice to the super-
natant ether layer has been recommended as being even more effi-
cient.222
The use of diazonium salts instead of nitrous acid to convert aromatic
hydrazides to azides Wi 126 has received very little study, though it is a
potentially applicable method for hydrazides carrying other functional
groups which might be attacked by nitrous acid. For example, p-phenyl-
enediamine has been obtained in this way from p-aminobenzhydrazide
(see p. 353). The cold, aqueous solution of 1 equivalent -of diazonium
salt is added to a cold solution of the hydrazide containing excess acid.
If precipitation of the azide does not begin at once, the addition of
sodium acetate usually initiates it. Under special conditions, the inter-
mediate diazo hydrazides, RCONHNHN=NAr, can be isolated and
214
Blomquist and Stevenson, / . Am. Chem. Soc., 56, 146 (1934).
216
Curtius and Leimbach, J. prakt. Chem., 65, 20 (1902).
216
Manske and Robinson, J. Chem. Soc., 1927, 240.
217
Miki and Robinson, J. Chem. Soc., 1933, 1467.
2U!
Freri, Atti accad. Lincei, 22, II, 264 (1935) [C. A., 30, 6374 (1936)].
219
Freri, Gazz. chim. iioX. 66, 23 (1936) [C. A., 30, 6387 (1936)].
220
Curtius and Clemm, J. prakt. Chem., 62, 189 (1900).
221
Curtius, Darapsky, and Miiller, Ber., 41, 356 (1908).
222
Weissberger and Porter, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 65, 62 (1943).
THE CURTIUS REACTION " 373
223 224
can subsequently be caused to decompose into the azide and amine. -
The diazo hydrazides obtained from aliphatic hydrazides decompose,
however, into the acid amide and aryl azide, and diazonium salts there-
fore cannot be employed to prepare aliphatic acid azides.
Isolation of Azides. When the reaction of the hydrazide with nitrous
acid is carried out in aqueous solution, the azide is usually extracted
as fast as it is formed, usually with ether, but sometimes with other
solvents such as chloroform 63-82 and carbon tetrachloride.225 Azides
containing a high proportion of azide nitrogen (ca. 25%) should be
handled only in solution, since the pure azides are likely to be danger-
ously explosive. High-molecular-weight azides are usually innocuous
crystalline solids and can be isolated as such. Since azides which are
prepared in acetic acid as the solvent are usually of high molecular
weight, they are best precipitated by dilution with water. Azides pre-
pared in alcohol are not usually isolated.
From Acid Chlorides and Sodium Azide. The reaction between an
acid chloride and sodium azide can be carried out under anhydrous con-
ditions according to procedures described by Schroeter,14 Forster,167
and Naegeli,10 or with aqueous sodium azide according to Lindemann.226
The dry method is the only practical one for highly reactive chlorides,
such as acetyl chloride, or for the preparation and rearrangement of
very unstable azides. It provides a means of carrying out the reaction
sequence RCO2H -* RC0C1 -» RCON3 -»RNCO - • RNH 2 in the same
reaction vessel as one multiple step. On the other hand, it is not a
rehable method, for many acid chlorides are inert to dry sodium azide.
The reaction is sometimes difficult to control, since the heating required
for the formation of the azide may also cause rearrangement; the two
exothermic reactions occurring simultaneously sometimes get out of con-
trol, particularly when large amounts are being handled (see p. 364). The
use of aqueous sodium azide requires the isolation of the azide as an extra
operation, but the reaction is more reliable, easier to control, and usually
much faster. A small reduction in yield may sometimes be expected.
In the dry method, the acid chloride dissolved in an inert solvent is
stirred and/or heated with powdered sodium azide (ammonium azide
has also been used91). Part or all of the azide may be converted to the
isocyanate at the same time, a step that is completed by refluxing. The
isocyanate may then be isolated as such by distillation or concentration,
or it may be converted to the urea, urethan, or amihe by the appro-
priate method.
223
Curtius, Ber., 26, 1263 (1893).
224
Dimroth and Montmollin, Ber., 43, 2904 (1910).
225
Curtius and Ulmer, J. prakt. Chem., 125, 54 (1930).
226
Lindemann and Schultheis, Ann., 451, 241 (1927).
The dry method owes its unreliability in part to the insolubility of
inorganic azides in organic solvents. Individual lots of sodium azide
vary greatly in their reactivity, and the reactivity of a given lot varies
with age.10'28 Sodium azide prepared according to Thiele 227 from
hydrazine and ethyl nitrite appears to give better results 7 than the
commercial product, which is prepared from sodamide and nitrous,
oxide. It is uncertain whether the variable activity is due to a surface
condition or to the presence or absence of some trace of impur-
ity. The Nelles procedure 228 for activating commercial sodium azide
by trituration with hydrazine followed by precipitation with ace-
tone gives a product apparently as active as Thiele's. Nevertheless
many chlorides, particularly those of heterocyclic acids, cannot be
made to react satisfactorily with dry sodium azide even of the activated
variety.120' 126' 144'229
Benzene,7-230 toluene,231 xylene,230 nitrobenzene,144 pyridine,23 amyl
ether,14 ethyl ether,10' 18' 180 o-nitrotoluene,160 bromobenzene,180 and
acetic acid 9- m have been used as solvents in the dry method. Ethyl
ether is not to be generally recommended because its boiling point is
below the decomposition temperature of many azides; Naegeli records
an explosion traceable to an accumulation of azide when using this
solvent.7 If the isocyanate is to be distilled, the boiling point of the
solvent should not be too close to that of the isocyanate.
In the wet method, a concentrated aqueous solution (ca. 25%) of
sodium azide is stirred into a solution of the acid chloride in an organic
solvent miscible with water. The kind of sodium azide is immaterial.
The reaction mixture is usually kept at or below room temperature.
The organic solvents that have been used are acetone,132- 138> 233> 234
methanol,132 ethanol,113'236 dioxane,132'234 and acetic acid,6'226 of which
acetone appears to be the most generally satisfactory. Acetic acid is
not the best choice for either the wet or dry method, since it may react
with the acid chloride to form the free acid and acetyl chloride, with
consequent loss in yield and contamination of the product.9 The azide
is precipitated completely by further dilution with water. Some azides
have been prepared in the absence of any solvent except the water for
the sodium azide; 16 this procedure is practicable only when both the
227
Thiele, Ber., 41, 2681 (1908).
228
Nelles, Ber., 66, 1345 (1932).
229
Spoerri and Erickson, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 60, 400 (1938).
230
Komppa and Beckmann, Ann., 512, 172 (1934).
231
Grewe, Ber., 76, 1076 (1943).
232
Hofmann and Bridgewater, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 67, 738 (1945).
233
Powell, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 51, 2436 (1929).
234
Rusohig, Med. & Chem., 4, 327 (1942) [C. A., 38, 4954 (1944)].
2S
'StoUe, Ber. 57, 1063 (1925).
acid chloride and azide are liquids, and it is not to be generally recom-
mended. A two-phase system consisting of the ethereal acid chloride
and aqueous sodium azide has been used sometimes.232
Other Methods of Preparing Azides. Ketenes uo and isocyanates U1
react with hydrazoic acid to produce azides, but these methods are of
no importance for a Curtius degradation.
Rearrangement of Azides
The readiness with which azides rearrange varies from rapid, spon-
taneous reaction at room temperature 183 to complete inertness.236 The
vast majority of azides rearrange at a convenient rate somewhere in the
temperature range 20-150°, and their rearrangement is usually brought
about by refluxing in a solvent boiling in the neighborhood of 80°.
Experience has shown that an hour at this temperature is frequently
sufficient for the reaction, but some azides require a longer time or a
higher temperature. Many aromatic azides are rearranged most con-
veniently at the temperature of boiling toluene, and some of the more
recalcitrant carbamyl azides must be boiled in xylene or decalin. Some
danger attends the use of a solvent boiling too high, however, because
the rearrangement is exothermic and its rate has a high temperature
coefficient. The heat of rearrangement is often sufficient to raise the
temperature of the reaction mixture to a point where the rearrange-
ment gets violently out of control, unless this rise is curtailed by the
boiling of the solvent. A recommended procedure for dealing with
a new azide is to start with a solvent boiling at about 80°; if the
rearrangement appears to be too slow at this temperature, a higher-
boiling solvent is added and the original low-boiling solvent is distilled.
Alternatively, a relatively large volume of solvent can be taken in order
to distribute and absorb the heat of the rearrangement. The choice
of a solvent boiling far above the optimum rearrangement temperature
is often unavoidable, for it may be desired to fractionate the resulting
isocyanate from the solvent, or, in the dry sodium azide method, a
higher temperature may be necessary for the formation of the azide.
The reaction may then need to be moderated by application of an ice
bath, a stream of water, or a wet rag to the reaction vessel at appro-
priate intervals.
It should be obvious from the foregoing remarks that the rearrange-
ment of azides in the complete absence of a solvent is highly hazardous;
however, it has sometimes been accomplished successfully.237 Catalyst?
236
Bertho, J. prakt. Chem., 120, 89 (1928).
237
Biihler and Fierz-David, Helv. Chim. Ada, 26, 2123 (1943).
have not been studied, but ultrasonic waves have been found to speed
up the rearrangement markedly.238-239 The rearrangement of azides
is unimolecular, and the rate appears to be independent of the nature
of the solvent.
The progress of the rearrangement is indicated by the rate of evolu-
tion of nitrogen and can be followed by watching the formation of bub-
bles in the hot liquid, by gauging the flow of gas through an attached
mercury trap, or more elegantly by collecting the evolved nitrogen in a
calibrated azotometer.7 Undecomposed azides can be detected by
hydrolysis with aqueous alkali,* followed by mild acidification of the
aqueous extract with nitric acid and precipitation of white, very insol-
uble silver azide (explosive when dry!) with silver nitrate.
Preparation of Isocyanates. Isocyanates are prepared by rearrang-
ing azides in inert solvents such as ethers, chloroform, benzene and its
homologs, malonic ester, and ligroin. If the isocyanate is to be iso-
lated, the solvent is removed by distillation,- or, if the isocyanate is the
lower boiling, it is distilled directly. In this operation, a safety shield
is advisable to guard against a possible explosion of yet undecomposed
azide. Isocyanates can be converted to sym-ureas by reaction with
water, to urethans by reaction with alcohols, to as-ureas by reaction
with amines, or to acylamines by reaction with anhydrous acids or acid
anhydrides, or they can be hydrolyzed directly to amines. Acylamines
can also be obtained from isocyanates by reaction with Grignard re-
agents.214' 24°. 241
RN=C=O + R'MgBr -» RN=C—R' - ^ * RNHCOR'

i , HjO
OMgBr
One occasionally encounters isocyanates that polymerize more or
less readily to isocyanurates, which are sometimes extremely difficult
to hydrolyze and are recognizable by their inertness and insolubility.
Examples are m-nitrophenyl126 and benzyl242 isocyanates. Such iso-
cyanates should be submitted to further reaction before polymerization
sets in.
Preparation of Ureas. sym-Ureas are best prepared from azides by
heating in a moist inert solvent, like acetone,126 benzene, chloroform,
or ether; aqueous alcohols usually give rise to a mixture of the urea and
* Acid azides in general hydrolyze about as readily as acid anhydrides.
238
Barrett and Porter, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 63, 3434 (1941).
289
Porter and Young, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 60, 1497 (1938).
240
Burtner, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 56, 666 (1934).
841
Singleton and Edwards, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 60, 540 (1938).
242
Letts. Ber.. 5, 91 (1872>.
THE CUKTIUS REACTION - 377
the urethan. The formation of sym-nveas from the isocyanates can be
formulated as follows:
RNCO' + H2O -> CO2 + RNH 2
RNH 2 + RNCO -* RNHCONHR
Azides can also be converted to sym-ureas by merely heating them with
water. This is a dangerous procedure, since the water-insoluble azides
sometimes detonate under such treatment.126 A possible side reaction
when azides are heated with water alone is hydrolysis to the acid with
loss of hydrogen azide;243> 244 further loss may occur by complete hydrol-
ysis of some of the isocyanate to the amine.243'244 These losses are
minimized under the previously mentioned conditions.126 "
as-Ureas are obtained best by heating the azide in an inert solvent
and treating the resulting isocyanate with the desired amine.18' 131 They
also result from heating the azide with the amine directly in an inert
solvent,180 but this technique not infrequently gives rise to an amide
by direct reaction of the amine with the azide without rearrangement.
Preparation of Urethans. Urethans are prepared by refluxing azides
in absolute alcohols. When the azide is originally prepared in ethereal
solution, the solution is dried, a large excess of absolute alcohol is added,
and most of the ether is removed.by distillation. The urethans are iso-
lated by evaporation or distillation of the excess solvent. Urethans
from higher alcohols, such as benzyl alcohol and cholesterol, are usually
prepared from a small excess of the alcohol in toluene or xylene.
Although the ethyl urethans have been the ones most commonly pre-
pared from azides, almost any urethan can be prepared with the appro-
priate alcohol. Rearrangement in methanol usually succeeds as well as
in ethanol, but occasionally, because the decomposition temperature
of the azide may be above the boiling point of methanol, the azide is
recovered unchanged or is converted to the methyl ester.89
RCONS + CH3OH -» RCO2CH3 + HN3
Preparation of Acylamines. Heating azides with anhydrous organic
acids usually gives rise to acylamines, along with more or less of the
sym-urea.. This reaction proceeds through mixed anhydrides of the
RCON3 + R'CO2H •-• RNHCOR' + CO2 + N2
type RNHCOOCOR',245 which either may lose carbon dioxide on heat-
24S
Curtius, / . prakt. Chem., 58, 243 (1895).
244
246
ing to form the acylamine or may disproportionate into symmetrical
anhydrides, one of which then decomposes to the sym-urea.127-246
,, RNHCOR' + C02
RNHCOOCOR' <
^ RNHCOOCONHR + R'COOCOR'
I
RNHCONHR + CO2
The predominating reaction is determined by the structure of the acid
and azide concerned and by the temperature at which the reaction is
carried out. Aromatic azides (through their isocyanates) give largely
sym-ureas and anhydrides, whereas aliphatic azides give mostly acyl-
amines (60-80% yield).127-245- 246> 247 The structure of the acid has
little effect except as it influences the pK of the carboxyl group; stronger
acids, such as cyanoacetic and trichloroacetic, give almost entirely acyl-
amine, even with aromatic isocyanates.127 Room temperature favors
the formation of the acylamine, whereas higher temperatures favor the
disproportionation reaction.127 It appears preferable to rearrange the
azide in an inert solvent first, and then to treat the isocyanate formed
with the anhydrous acid.
A number of azides have been converted to the corresponding acetyl
amines by heating them in an excess of acetic anhydride, with or with-
out the addition of a catalytic amount of sulfuric acid.129- 18°- 202> *>*•248-249
Diacetyl amines appear to be intermediates, but they are usually hydro-
lyzed to the monoacetyl amines during the isolation procedure.202
Acetic anhydride is a useful alternative reagent when glacial acetic W d
gives largely the sym-urea..
Preparation of Amines. Of the many ways of converting azides to
amines, the direct hydrolysis of the intermediate isocyanates would
appear to be the most efficient, since the reaction is much more rapid
than the hydrolysis of either urethans or ureas. Nevertheless, this
route to the amine has seen relatively little use, partly because isocyan-
ates are converted by water quite easily to sym-wceas. It is wise not to
risk valuable compounds, available in small amount only, with this
method. No one method for converting azides to amines can be said
to be the best, and the method must be chosen with due regard for the
chemistry of the other functional groups in the molecule.
Isocyanates are converted expeditiously to amine hydrochlorides by
warming them with concentrated hydrochloric acid; the most con-
246
SohBpf and Salzer, Ann., 544, 1 (1940).
247
Stevenson and Johnson, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 69, 2525 (1937).
848
Goldstein and Viaud, Helv. Chim. Ada, 27, 883 (1944).
248
Lindemann and Cissee, Ann. 469, 44 (1929).
venient technique consists in adding a severalfold excess of acid to a
warm solution of the isocyanate in the solvent in which it has been ob-
tained from the azide.7- 26° The evolution of carbon dioxide usually
commences at once and may even become violent; a reflux condenser is
therefore advisable with volatile isocyanates. Removal of solvents and
excess acid by distillation leaves the amine hydrochloride. Small
amounts of the sym-xirea,, which can be removed by filtration, occa-
sionally accompany the amine; the use of hydrochloric acid previously
saturated with hydrogen chloride at 0° aids in avoiding the formation
of the urea.7
Isocyanates are also hydrolyzable by heating with aqueous or alco-
holic alkali,23- 1M> 261> 2B2 a procedure of value with acid-sensitive mole-
cules. The initial product of such treatment is sometimes the alkali
carbamate, RNHC00~M + , which usually remains dissolved. On acid-
ification the carbamic acids decarboxylate spontaneously to amines.263
The alkaline hydrolysis of an isocyanato group attached to an asym-
metric carbon atom may lead to racemization, but with acid hydrolysis
the activity is preserved.264
Distillation from slaked lime has been used to hydrolyze refractory
isocyanates to amines,7'2B6 as well as to hydrolyze urethans and ureas.
The isocyanate is mixed with an excess of slaked lime in a retort, and
the amine is distilled under atmospheric pressure (a fore-run of solvent
may be collected). The method is not satisfactory for low-molecular-
weight compounds on account of the volatility but is of advantage where
milder methods fail. The yields are commonly of the order of 50-70%.
In a less reliable method of converting azid.es to amines the azide
is heated directly with acidulated water. sym-Ureas frequently
accompany the amines,6-126 if, indeed, they are not formed exclu-
sively.6- 202'248' 249 Hydrolysis of the azide to the acid and hydrogen
azide occasionally occurs.202-266 Strong acetic acid, in which azides are
frequently soluble, is a useful reagent.3-53- 12°-207-267 Partially diluted
acetic acid (3 : 1 to 1 : 1) appears to produce less sj/m-urea than does
glacial acetic acid. On the other hand, the formation of sym-uxea, is
more likely to occur with acetic acid than with a stronger acid, such as
sulfuric acid.5' 127-249 Rearrangement of azides in concentrated sulfuric
260
Naegeli, Grtintuch, and Lendorff, Helv. Chim. Ada, 12, 234 (1929).
261
Bell, Chemistry & Industry, 1933, 584; / . Chem. Soc., 1934, 835.
262
John and Lukas, J. prakt. Chem., 130, 332 (1931).
263
Meyer and Topsch, Monatsh., 35, 189 (1914).
2M
Kenyon and Young, / . Chem. Soc, 1941, 263.
m
Naegeli and Vogt-Markus, Helv. Vhim. Ada, 15, 60 (1932).
m
Goldstein and Studer, Helv. Chim. Acta, 17, 1485 (1934).
267
Graf, J. prakt. Chem., 133, 36 (1932).
acid approximates closely the conditions of the Schmidt reaction, and
amines are accordingly obtained; m > X29 but there is some question re-
garding the advisability of introducing azides indiscriminately into
such a reagent.5-126' 1M
Urethans, being usually stable, purifiable, and crystalline, are con-
venient stopping points in the conversion of azides to amines. Although
they are more difficultly hydrolyzed than isocyanates, they are more
easily handled. The common procedure is to heat them with concen-
trated hydrochloric acid, either under reflux OP in a sealed tube at ele-
vated temperatures. The reflux method'is often slow, requiring several
hours to several days; the sealed-tube method is inconvenient, par-
ticularly with large amounts. Hydrochloric acid hydrolysis has the
advantage that all reagents can be removed by distillation and the
amine hydrochloride isolated without ever making the solution alkaline.
The addition of alcohol or acetic acid occasionally facilitates the hydrol-
ysis of urethans.
Alkaline hydrolysis of urethans has been conducted in aque-
106 16 2M m
o u s 120,168,509,268 a n ( i m alcoholic - °- - solution, and with either
alkali metal hydroxides or barium 146> 16° hydroxide. With barium
hydroxide, the progress of the reaction, can be followed conveniently by
watching the precipitation of barium carbonate. The alcoholic medium
appears to give a cleaner reaction. The common procedure consists in
refluxing the urethan for several hours with an excess of the alkaline
reagent, usually in about 20-40% concentration, although the alkali
can be more dilute. Metal carbamates occasionally result initially just
as in the alkaline hydrolysis of isocyanates. Hydrolysis of urethans by
distillation from slaked lime often succeeds where other methods fail;
it cannot be used with low-molecular-weight urethans because of their
volatility.10-261> 262 A few urethans have been heated with ammonia
in a bomb tube to bring about cleavage to amines.197'*>*•S06 The prin-
cipal advantage is the mildness of the reagent.
Benzyl urethans can be converted to amines by mild hydrogenation.
The benzyl group is removed as toluene1, and the carbamic acid which
results decarboxylates to the amine. This method, originated by
B,NHCO2CH2C6H5 - ^ > RNH2 + CO2 + C6H6CHs

Pd ,
288
Fischer and Dangschat, Helv. Chim. Ada, 17, 1200 (1934).
269
Jambuserwala, Holt, and Mason, J. Chem. Soc., 1931, 373.
260
Mayer and Sieglitz, Ber., 55, 1835 (1922). *
261
Vanghelovici, Bui. Soc. Chim. Romania, 20A, 231 (1938) [C. A., 34, 4073 (1940)].
262
Windaus and Dalmer, Ber., S3, 2304 (1920).
62
Hans Fischer and his students, has been adapted to the stepwise degra-
dation of peptides.105 The advantage of this method is that the condi-
tions can be made almost completely non-hydrolytic. Benzyl urethans
also appear to be more readily hydrolyzed by conventional methods
than methyl and ethyl urethans.262"' 262!>
Another essentially non-hydrolytic method for cleaving urethans and
ureas has been developed by Ing and Manske.107-2M The carboalkoxy
group of the urethan is first replaced by the phthalyl group, usually in
excellent yields, by fusion with phthalic anhydride. The resulting
RNHCO 2 C 2 H 6 + | | I 0 -»• II | N R + CO 2 + C 2 H B OH
N
CO
phthalimides are readily split into amines and sec-phthalhydrazide by
Warming with alcoholic hydrazine. The phthalhydrazide is easily re-
NR + NH2NHi! -»• RNH2
moved by virtue of its sparing solubility in most solvents. Occasionally

the reaction halts with the formation of an addition compound between
hydrazine and the phthalimide, which, however, can be decomposed to
the amine hydrochloride and phthalhydrazide by the addition of dilute
hydrochloric acid. This method, being quick and moderately conven-
ient, is receiving wider application.1B2p 158-211> 264
Reagents
Note on the Handling of Hydrazine. Hydrazine, alone or in solution,
attacks rubber and cork rapidly. Apparatus should have ground-glass
connections, if possible. Hydrazine does not cause such joints to
"freeze."
Anhydrous Hydrazine. The best procedure for preparing anhydrous
hydrazine is distillation of hydrazine hydrate from solid potassium
26211
Jensen and Hansen, Dansk. Tids. Farm., 17, 189 (1943) [C. A., 39, 2058 (1945)].
2626
Barkdoll and Ross, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 66, 951 (1944).
^ M a n s k e , J. Am. Chem. Soc., 61, 1202 (1929).
264
Manske, Can. J. Research, 4, 591 (1931) [C. A., 25, 4880 (1931)].
382 ORGANIG REACTIONS
hydroxide.266 Excellent directions for this method have been published
in Organic Syntheses.,266° Ground-glass apparatus is preferable to the
corks covered with tin foil specified in these directions. Since hydra-
zine has been known to decompose with violence during distillation,
distillation should be carried out behind a safety screen.
Activation of Sodium Azide. (A) (Modified37 procedure of Nelles.228)
Twenty grams of pure sodium azide is moistened with 0.5-1.0 cc. of
85% hydrazine hydrate and ground in a mortar until homogeneous.
After standing for twelve hours the material is dissolved in the minimum
amount of hot water (ca. 40 cc.) in a 2-1. beaker. About 0.5-1.0 1. of
cold acetone is added, and the mixture is allowed to stand for about an
hour. The precipitated sodium azide is collected, washed with acetone,
and dried in air. The resulting cake is crushed in a mortar and dried
for a short time in vacuum; yield, 12-17 g. Sodium azide thus acti-
• vated begins to lose its activity after a day, but the activity can be
regenerated at any time by dissolving the-sodium azide in water and
reprecipitating with acetone. .
(B) Improved directions for the preparation of active sodium azide
from hydrazine and ethyl nitrite according to Thiele 227 have been pub-
lished by Naegeli and Vogt-Markus,265 and by Newman.466
Hydrazide Method
ESTER TO AMINE VIA URETHAN
Benzylamine from Ethyl Phenylacetate. (Method of Curtius and

Boetzelen266 with\modifications.37) Ethyl phenylacetate (16.4 g.,
0.1 mole), 85% hydrazine hydrate (7.5 cc, 0.1 mole), and absolute
ethanol (10 cc.) are refluxed for six hours. The phenylacethydrazide
which crystallizes from the cooled mixture is collected and washed with
a little cold ether; yield, 12-15 g. (80-100%); m.p. 110-112°. A solu-
tion of 15 g. (0.1 mole) of the hydrazide in 150 cc. of ice water contain-
ing 17 cc. of 6 N hydrochloric acid is placed in an ice-salt bath, 100 cc.
of ether is added, and a solution of 7.5 g. of spdium nitrite in 15-20 ce.
of water is then added at a moderate rate, while the reaction mixture is
stirred rapidly. If necessary, cracked ice is added directly to the reac-
tion mixture in order to keep the temperature below 10°. The ether
layer is separated, and the aqueous layer is extracted with 50-cc. por-
tions of fresh ether. The combined ethereal extracts are washed with a
little sodium bicarbonate solution, then with water, and finally dried
265
Raschig, Ber., 43, 1927 (1910).
2660
Smith and Howard, Org. Syntheses, 24, 53 (1944).
"• Curtius and Boetzelen, J. prakt. Chem., 64, 314 (1901).
for five minutes over calcium chloride. The ethereal solution of the
azide is decanted from the drying agent into a flask containing 40 cc.
of absolute ethanol, and the ether is distilled through a short column
until the residual volume is about 50 cc. The full heat of a steam bath
is then applied to complete the decomposition of the azide and to re-
move the excess ethanol. The residue of ethyl N-benzyl urethan,
which sets to a cake on cooling, weighs 11-13 g. (60-70%). The entire
quantity is refluxed with 20 cc. of concentrated hydrochloric acid and
10 cc. of glacial acetic acid until the oily layer has disappeared (twelve
to thirty-six hours). The mixture is then distilled nearly to dryness
from a steam bath under reduced pressure (water pump). The solid
residue is dissolved in 50 cc. of warm water, and the solution is filtered
from any insoluble matter. Distillation of the filtrate to dryness and
recrystallization of the residue from hot absolute ethanol give 7-8 g.
(ca. 80%) of benzylamine hydrochloride; m.p., ca. 250°.
An alternative procedure is to add the dried ethereal solution of the
azide to 50 cc. of dry benzene, remove the ether by distillation, and
then continue as described in the dry sodium azide procedure (p. 387).
PREPARATION OF AN ACYLAMINE
N-(p-3,4-Dibenzyloxyphenylethyl)-homopiperonylamide.206'24S A mix-
ture of 30 g. of /3-3,4-dibenzyloxyphenylpropionic ester, 32 g. of hydra-
zine hydrate, and 16 cc. of amyl alcohol is refluxed for five hours.
The crystalline hydrazide, which separates on cooling, is washed with
water and ether; yield, 82%; m.p. 138°.
A solution of 5.64 g. of the hydrazide in a mixture of 20 cc. each of
glacial acetic acid and benzene is chilled to —5°. To it is then added
all at once a chilled solution of 1.5 g. of sodium nitrite in 5 cc. of water
with shaking. After the solution has stood for thirty minutes in the
ice bath, 125 cc. of benzene is added and the entire solution is poured
carefully into 650 cc. of well-cooled 1.5 N sodium carbonate solution.
The benzene layer is separated, and the aqueous phase is extracted with
benzene. The combined extracts are dried first over sodium sulfate,
then over calcium chloride, and are finally distilled at normal pressure
to a volume of about 50 cc. After the solution has been refluxed for
two hours to complete rearrangement of the azide, a solution of 3.3 g.
of homopiperonylic acid in a little dry benzene is added, and the reflux-
ing is continued for ten hours with protection from moisture. The
resulting solution is extracted with sodium carbonate solution and then
evaporated to give the crystalline amide; yield, 74%; m.p. 119-121°
after two recrystallizations from benzene.
PREPARATION OF AN ALDEHYDE
Phenylacetaldehyde from Benzylmalonic Ester.42 A mixture of

100 g. of ethyl benzylmalonate, 50 g. of hydrazine hydrate, and 10 cc.
of absolute ethanol is refluxed for six hours on a steam bath. The
dihydrazide is filtered from the cooled mixture and washed with a little
ethanol and ether; after drying on a clay plate and then in vacuum, the
crude product weighs 91-91.5 g. (ca. 100%) and melts at 164°. A solu-
tion of 11.1 g. of this dihydrazide in a cold solution of 9.8 g. of concen-
trated sulfuric acid in 44 cc. of water is covered with 50 cc. of ether and
cooled to — 5° in an" ice-salt bath. A solution of 10.35 g. of sodium
nitrite in 21 cc. of water is added slowly with stirring, the ether layer is
then separated, and the aqueous phase is extracted once with ether.
After the combined ethereal extracts have been dried for one hour over
sodium sulfate at 0°, 100 cc. of absolute ethanol is added, and the mix-
ture is refluxed for three hours; during this time most of the ether is
allowed to escape. The resulting solution of the grem-diurethan is con-
centrated to a syrup and allowed to crystallize in vacuum over sulfuric
acid; yield, 10.5 g. (75%); m.p. 166°. (If the next step is to be per-
formed immediately, the crystallization is unnecessary.)
A mixture of 4.2 g. of the urethan and 50 g. of 2% sulfuric acid is
steam-distilled, the distillate is extracted with ether, and the extracts'
are dried over sodium sulfate. Distillation gives 1 g. (56%) of phenyl-
acetaldehyde; b.p. 81-82°/12 mm. If the aldehyde is isolated from the
steam distillate as the crystalline benzoylhydrazone by treatment with
benzhydrazide, the yield is increased to 98%.
PREPARATION OF AN «-AMINO ACID FROM A MALONIC ESTER
P-Phenylalanine from Benzylmalonic Ester.46 A filtered solution of

46 g. of pure potassium hydroxide in 800 cc. of absolute ethanol is added
to a solution of 200 g. of ethyl benzylmalonate in 100 cc. of absolute
ethanol. After one day the mixture is freed from solvents by distilla-
tion and dried in vacuum over sulfuric acid. The resulting cake is
rubbed in a mortar with absolute ethanol, filtered, and dried; the weight
of potassium ethyl benzylmalonate is 176 g. (84.6%).
A mixture of 100 g. of the above salt and 20 g. of anhydrous hydra-
zine in 75 cc. of absolute ethanol is refluxed for one and one-half hours
and then cooled in a vacuum desiccator over sulfuric acid to remove
part of the ethanol and excess hydrazine. The product is rubbed with
fresh absolute ethanol, filtered, and washed with absolute ether. The
weight of potassium benzylmalonhydrazidate is 93.2 g. (98.5%).
A solution of 10 g. of the hydrazidate in 200 cc. of water is combined
with a solution of 2.8 g. of sodium nitrite in 25 cc. of water. While the
solution is stirred with 200 cc. of ether, a solution of 8 g. of concentrated
hydrochloric acid in 25 cc. of water is added slowly at room tempera-
ture. The ether layer, containing most of the benzylmalonazidic acid,
is removed, and the aqueous layer is extracted twice with ether. The
combined extracts are washed with a little cold water and dried over-
night with sodium sulfate. The ether is then distilled by gentle heating;
the residue begins to foam on further heating, and then becomes semi-
solid. The resulting isatoic anhydride is cooled, filtered, and washed
with ether; yield, 3.4 g. (44%); m.p. 127-128°. A mixture of 5 g. of the
anhydride and 25 cc. of concentrated hydrochloric acid is evaporated
on a steam bath to incipient crystallization, and the solution is cooled.
The crystals of /3-phenylalanine hydrochloride are filtered, washed with
a little ice-cold concentrated hydrochloric acid, and dried in vacuum
over potassium hydroxide; yield, 5.2 g. (nearly 100%), m.p. 234-235°,
dec. The nitrate from the isatoic anhydride yields some additional
/3-phenylalanine on treatment with hydrochloric acid.
<
PREPARATION OF AN <X-AMINO ACID FROM A CYANOACETIC ESTER
Glycine from Cyanoacetic Ester.267 A solution of 10 cc. of ethyl

cyanoacetate and 12 cc. of hydrazine hydrate (14.2 cc. of 85% hydra-
zine hydrate) in 50 cc. of absolute ethanol is refluxed for one hour. The
solvents are then removed by distillation, and 25 cc. of ether is added
to the syrupy residue. The resulting crystals of cyanoacethydrazide
are recrystallized from absolute ethanol; yield, 9 g. (100%); m.p. 110-
112°.
A chilled solution of 4.5 cc. of concentrated hydrochloric acid in 20 cc.
of water is added to a chilled solution of 5 g. of the hydrazide in 10 cc.
of water, and the solution is covered with 25 cc. of ether. The mixture
is cooled to 0° in an ice bath, and a solution of 3.45 g. of sodium nitrite
in 10 cc. of water is added slowly with stirring. The ether layer is sepa-
rated, and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with 10-cc. portions of
ether. After short drying ov,er magnesium sulfate, the combined ethe-
real extracts are added to 50 cc. of absolute ethanol, the ether is largely
removed by distillation through a short column, and the solution is
refluxed until nitrogen evolution ceases. After concentration to about
15 cc, 50 cc. of 95% ethanol is added and then a saturated solution of
32 g. of barium hydroxide octahydrate in boiling water. The solution
is refluxed for four hours on a sand bath, cooled, and treated with
267
Sah, J. Chinese Chem. Soc, i, 198 (1936).
5.56 cc. of concentrated sulfuric acid in 20 cc. of water. The mixture is
again brought to the boiling point, cooled, and filtered. The nitrate is
tested for excess of either barium or sulfate ions, and the excess is re-
moved by careful addition of the indicated reagent and filtration. The
filtrate is concentrated to a volume of 5 cc, and the glycine is precipi-
tated by the addition of 5 cc. of absolute ethanol; yield, 2.05 g. (54%).
REVERSE-ADDITION PROCEDURE
1,4-Diaminocyclohexane from Hgxahydroterephthalic Acid. u A

mixture of 20 g. of dimethyl irans-hexahydroterephthalate, 20 g. of
hydrazine hydrate (23.5 g. of 85%), and 20 cc. of absolute ethanol is
refluxed on a steam bath for two hours; crystals appear in a few minutes.
The mixture is cooled and filtered, and the dihydrazide is washed with
ethanol and with ether; weight, 18.8 g. (94%). A solution of 5 g. of
the dihydrazide in 800 cc. of warm water is poured into a solution of
5 g. of sodium nitrite in 3 1. of water, the solution is cooled to 5°, and
7 cc. of glacial acetic acid is added with stirring. One or two grams of
sodium nitrite is then added, and the precipitated azide is removed
after forty-five minutes and washed with water. After drying for four
hours in vacuum in an ice chest, the azide weighs 4.8 g. (86%).
A solution of 5 g. of the azide in 200 cc. of absolute ethanol is refluxed
for two hours, filtered, and concentrated in vacuum. On cooling, 5,2-
5.5 g. (90-95%) of the urethan crystallizes; m.p. 236°. A mixture of
4.8 g. of the urethan and 50 cc. of concentrated hydrochloric acid is
heated for seven hours at 120° in a sealed tube (or for twenty-four hours
under reflux) and then evaporated to dryness. The resulting 1,4-dia-
minocyclohexane dihydrochloride weighs 3.3-3.4 g. (95-98%).
USE OF AMYL NITRITE
4-Hydroxy-2-methylpyrimidine-5-methylamine.267a A mixture of 100 g.

of 4-hydroxy-2-methylpyrimidine-5-acetic ester and 135 cc. of 50%
' hydrazine hydrate is heated on a steam bath for two hours, during
which time the ester dissolves and the hydrazide separates. The hydra-
zide is filtered from the cooled solution and recrystallized from ethanol;
m.p. 246°; yield, 80-85%.
To a suspension of 20 g. of the hydrazide in 300 cc. of absolute ethanol
containing 6 g. ol hydrogen chloride is added 19.3 g. of amyl nitrite; the
mixture is then warmed to 50-60° and kept there until nitrogen evolu-
tion ceases (about one hour). During this heating the hydrazide slowly
M7
° Todd, Bergel, Fraenkel-Conrat, and Jacob, J. Chem. Soc., 1936, 1601.
THE CURTITJS REACTION 387
dissolves and the jellylike urethan hydrochloride separates. Ether is
added to the cooled solution to complete the separation of the urethan
hydrochloride, which is filtered and dried in a desiccator; m.p. 209°;
yield, 98%.
A mixture of 5 g. of the urethan hydrochloride and 50 cc. of concen-
trated hydrochloric acid is heated for two hours at 100° in a sealed tube.
The resulting clear solution is evaporated to a small volume in vacuum.
The addition of ether causes the amine hydrochloride to crystallize;
yield, 100%; m.p. 278-282° after recrystallization from absolute ethanol.
Sodium Azide Method

DRY PROCEDURE
Acid Chloride to Amine via Isocyanate. Benzylamine Hydrochloride

from Phenylacetyl Chloride.*1 A suspension of 6 g. of freshly activated
sodium azide * (p. 382) in 100 cc. of dry benzene containing 13 g. of
phenylacetyl chloride is refluxed for twenty hours on a steam bath
while protected from moisture by a calcium chloride tube. The cooled
suspension is then filtered with suction directly into a 300-cc. round-
bottomed flask; a little benzene is used to rinse the flask and is poured
through the filter. Fifty cubic centimeters of concentrated hydrochloric
acid is added all at once to the filtrate, and the mixture is refluxed on a
steam bath for two and one-half hours; during this time the crystals
which at first form in the benzene layer entirely disappear. The cooled
layers are separated, and the benzene layer is washed with a little water.
Evaporation or distillation to dryness of the combined aqueous phases
leaves 11.3 g. (94%) of benzylamine hydrochloride; m.p. 255-257°.
WET PROCEDURE
Acid Chloride to Isocyanate and Amine. m-Isocyanatoazobenzene

and m-Aminoazobenzene from Azobenzene-m-carbonyl Chloride. (Method '
of Naegeli and Tyabji186 with modifications.87) A solution of 0.7 g. of
sodium azide in 2 cc. of water is added to a chilled solution of 2.45 g. of
azobenzene-m-carbonyl chloride in acetone (25 cc.) with swirling and
cooling in an ice bath. The resulting suspension is diluted after about
fifteen minutes with about 50 cc. of water to complete the separation of
the azide, and the azide is filtered, washed with a little water, pressed
as dry as possible, and dried in vacuum; m.p. 76-77°; weight, 2.2 g.
• (ca, 90%). The dried azide in 5 cc. of dry benzene is heated under
* If unactivated sodium azide (Eastman Kodak Company) is used, 10.4 g. (85%) of
benzylamine hydrochloride is obtained.
reflux in an oil bath at 90-100° until the nitrogen'evolution ceases (one
to four hours). Distillation of the benzene in vacuum leaves about
2 g. (nearly theoretical yield) of crystalline m-isocyanatoazobenzene;
m.p. 45-46°. (If boiling toluene or xylene is substituted for benzene,
the rearrangement is completed in a few minutes, but the subsequent
removal of the solvent is more tedious.) If the amine is desired, the
solution of the isocyanate is warmed with about 10 cc. of 50% aqueous
potassium hydroxide; m-aminoazobenzene (m.p. 67°) is rapidly formed
and is obtained in about the theoretical yield by distillation of the or-
ganic solvent. The corresponding p-carbonyl chloride can be degraded
similarly in almost identical yield.37
Undecyl Isocyanate from Lauroyl Chloride. Excellent directions for
this preparation are given in Organic Syntheses.16
SURVEY OF THE CURTIUS REACTION

The following table is intended to include all examples of the Curtius
reaction, partial or complete, published before May, 1945; neverthe-
less, there are probably some omissions. It is unnecessary to emphasize
that the recorded yields are not necessarily the maximum and that the
conditions are not always the optimum.
Nomenclature. The names by which the compounds are listed in the
table are those which emphasize the parent acid, in order to facilitate
ready'location. Thus "benzoic ester" is used instead of "ethyl ben-
zoate." Ethyl esters are referred to simply as "ester"; all other esters
are specifically designated. Cyclic anhydrides, lactones, and azlactones
are listed under the parent acid rather than under heterocyclic com-
pounds.
Yields, References, and Symbols. The presence of a reference num-
ber in parentheses indicates that the compound was isolated in the
yield given or in an unreported yield, indicated by a dash. The pro-
cedure employed is shown by a symbol (Sd, Ua, etc.) in parentheses.
The yield of any compound is based on the preceding intermediate
appearing on the same line, except that the yield of urethan is based
on the azide or preceding intermediate and not on the isocyanate. In
the amine column, the symbols indicate the compound (or its precursor
if it was not isolated) on which the yield is based. It will be noted that
the overall yield from starting material to product cannot always be
calculated, because of the failure of the investigator to report the jields
in all steps.
(Sd) or (Sw) alone, without a- yield and reference number, indicates
that the azide was not isolated but was made by the method expressed
by the symbol and was used further. For these entries the yield of a
compound immediately following the azide is based on the acid chloride
and not on the azide.
In the isocyanate column are reported all other compounds isomeric
with the isocyanate which are formed under the same conditions, such
as internal urethans, isatoic anhydrides, and isocyanurates. Where
these occur, the entry is starred (*); stars are also used in the urethan
column to indicate that the products are sym-meas. No distinction is
made among urethans derived from different alcohols; nearly all, how-
ever, are ethyl urethans.
A number of hydrazides and azides are listed in the column headed
"Starting Material." This is done when the structure of the precursor
does not supply the identity of the hydrazide or azide obtained from it;
the precursor is then identified in a footnote.
The following symbols indicate the various procedures which were
employed; if no symbol occurs in the azide column, the azide was pre-
pared by the action of nitrous acid on the hydrazide. Most of the sym-
bols correspond to the initial letters of the compound and procedure
involved.
Sd =
sodium azide (dry method).
Sw =
sodium azide (wet method).
Ua =
urethan or urea, acid hydrolysis.
Ub =
urethan or urea, basic hydrolysis.
la =
isocyanate, acid hydrolysis.
Ib =
isocyanate, basic hydrolysis.
L =
lime distillation of urethan or urea.
P =
phthalimide prepared from urethan or urea and cleaved by
hydrazine.
C = carbobenzoxyl group (of benzylurethan) removed by hydro-
genation.
X = azide prepared by other methods.
Z = amine or acylamine prepared by other methods.
INDEX TO TABLE
ALIPHATIC ACID DERIVATIVES PAGE

Derivatives of
Saturated Acids 392
Monocarboxylic Acids 392
Halogen Groups 393
Ether Groups 393
Hydroxyl Groups , 394
Keto Groups 395
Amino and Amide Groups 395
Other Groups 397
Dicarboxylic Acids and Cyano Acids 398
Malonic Acids 398
Cyanoaeetic Acids 399
Other Dicarboxylic Acids 400
Polycarboxylic Acids ' 403
Ethylenic Acids 404
Monocarboxylic Acids. 404
Dicarboxylic Acids 405
Acetylenic Acids 405
CAHBAMIC ACID DERIVATIVES
Alkyl- and Aryl-carbamic Acids 406

Thiocarbamic Acids 407
Carbazic Acids 407
AIJCYCLIC ACID DERIVATIVES
Saturated Acids 408

Cyclobutane Derivatives 408
Cyclopentane Derivatives 408
Cyclohexane Derivatives 408
Derivatives of Other Alicyclic Systems 409
ABYLALIPHATIC ACID DERIVATIVES
Monocarboxylic Acids 411

Saturated Acids 411
a-Monoaryl Substituted Acids 411
|3-Monoaryl Substituted Acids 411
•y- to wAryl Substituted Acids 414
Polyaryl Substituted Acids. . 414
Polycarboxylic Acids 415
390
AROMATIC ACID DERIVATIVES

PAGE.
Benzenecarboxylic Acids 417
Halogen Groups 418
Nitro Groups 419
Ether Groups 420
Hydroxyl Groups 421
Amino and Amide Groups 423
Other Groups 425
Biphenylcarboxylic Acids 425
Naphthalenecarboxylic Acids 426
Phenanthrenecarboxylic Acids 427
Acids of Other Aromatic Ring Systems 427
HETEROCYCMC ACID DERIVATIVES * '
Ethyleneimine Acids 428

Pyrrole Acids 428
Pyrrylaliphatic Acids 428
Pyrrolecarboxylic Acids . . . , 430
Halogen Groups 431
Hydroxyl and Keto Groups 433
Polypyrrole Acids 434
Jndole Acids 434
Acids of Other Pyrrole Ring Systems 435
Furan Acids 435
Furylaliphatic Acids 435
Furancarboxylic Acids 435
Acids of Other Furan Ring Systems 436
Thiophene Acids 437
Pyrazole Acids 437
Imidazole Acids 438
Thiazole Acids 438
Triazole (1,2,3) Acids 439
Pyridine Acids 440
Quinoline Acids ' 442
Acids of Other Pyridine Ring Systems 443
Pyrazine Acids 444
Pyrimidine Acids 444
Acids of Other Six-Membered Heterocyclic Ring Systems 445
* The ring systems listed here include their bydrogenated derivatives.
COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CURTIUS REACTION
to
ALIPHATIC ACID DERIVATIVES
Starting Material Hydrazide Azide Isocyanate Urethan Amine, etc.
Formic ester — (211)

Acetic ester — (211, 268, 269) - (179)
Acetic acid 95% (186)
I
Acetyl chloride (Sd) 65% (la), 63% (Z) (7)
(Sd) 72% (14), 62%
(15)
Acetic anhydride (Sd) 78% (16a)
Ketene (X) Yields N-
methylcarbamyl
azide
Propionic ester 80% (178) 44% (178) Good (Ua) (178)
Propionic acid 92% (186)
Propionyl chloride (Sd) 50% (37)
GO
Butyric ester 80% (270)
Isobutyric ester 99% (271),-(272) 56% (271) Quant. (271) *
Isovaleric ester Good (178), — Good (178) Good (178) Good (Ua) (178)
273)
Pivalic ester - (176) 65% (237) 94% (237) - (237) - (237)
Pivalyl chloride 0% (176) Poor (Sd) (237)
7-Methylvaleric ester Quantitative (271) 50% {271) - (271) * Quant. (Ua) (271)
ra-Heptanoyl chloride (Sd) 71% (la) (228)
Isoamylacetic ester Quantitative (271) 55% (271) 95%(Ua),73%(L)(271)
a-Ethyl-7-methylvaleric 76% (271) 30% (271) * Quant. (Ua) (271)
ester
tt-Isbbutyl-a-ainylacelic 77% (271) 54% (271) Quant. (271) * 93% (Ua) (271)
ester
Laurie ester 89% (213) — (213) — (Ua, L) (213)
Lauroyl chloride (Sw) 86% (16)
(Sd) 80% (la), 76% (Z),
71% (L) (7), 67%
(Z) (9)
Palmitic ester 93% (177) 87% (177) - (177) — (Ua, L) (177)
Palmitoyl chloride (Sd) 96% (la), 80% (L),
82% (Z) (7)
Stearoyl chloride (Sd) 94% (la), 81% (Z),
75% (L) (7)
Chloroacetic ester 0% (116)
Chlorbacetyl chloride (Sd) 66% (14)
Chloroacetyl bromide (Sd) — (HI)
Trichloroacetic ester 0% (274)
Trichloroacetyl chloride 0% (274) 0% (Sd) (274, 228)
Broinoacetyl bromide (Sd) - (HI)
es-Bromocaprylyl chloride (Sd) 30% (Ib) (23) Enanthal
a-Bromodibutylacetyl chlo- (Sd) 77% (Ib) (23) Dibutyl
ride ketone
Ethoxyacetic ester 82% (79) - (79) — (79) — (Ua) (79) Formalde-
hyde
Wr-Propoxyacetic ester 88% (79) -(79) — (79) — (Ua) (79) Formalde-
hyde
Isoamyloxyacetic ester 81% (79) - (79) -(79) — (Ua) (79) Formalde-
* hyde
Benzyloxyacetic ester - (275)
References 268-464 appear on pp. 446-449. CO

CO
COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CURTIUS REACTION—Continued Co
AMPHATIC ACID DEBITATTVEB—Continued

8
•y-Phenoxybutyric ester 83% (263) 62% (263) * - (P) (263)

Glycolic ester 97% (157) 57% (157), - (41) - (41, 157)
Lactic acid -(186)
Lactic ester 94% (79) Poor (79) — (79) Acetal-
dehyde
Hydracrylic ester -(79) 0% (79)
-y-Valerolactone — (276, 277)
S-Valerolactone 60% (278) 0% (278)
«-Methylbutyrolactone -(72) .
ar-Methyl-r-valerolactone — (277, 279)
0-Methyl-T-vaterolactone — (276, 277)
(a- or /J-) Isopropyl butyro- — (72)
lactone
a-Methyl--y-caprolactone — (277, 279)
e-Octanolactone - (71)
/S-Isopropyl-5-valerolactone -(72)
-y-Nonanolactone - (71)
ot-Methyl-7-nonanolactone — (276, 277)
ot-Methyl-S-nonanolactone — (276, 277) -
d-Gluconolactone -(78)
i-Arabinolactone -(78)
{-Mannonolactone Quantitative (78)
Metasaccharinic laetone -(78)
Other sugar acid lactones — (280, 281)
Hippurylglycolic ester Yields hippuryl
hydrazide and
glycolyl hydra-
zide (275)
Levulinic ester -(86)
Glycine ester - (282) ' 0% (282)
N-Phenylglycine ester — (25) Yields N-nitroso-
N-phenylglycine
azide (25)
Aceturic ester — (25, 100) - (25), 0% (100)
Chloroaceturyl hydrazide (116) t 57% (116) 37% (116)
Bromoaceturyl hydrazide (116) f 66% (116) 74% (116)
Iodoaceturyl hydrazide (116) f 18% (116) 94% (116)
Acetoxyaceturyl hydrazide (154) f
Phenylureidoaceturic ester 96% (101) 86% (101) - doi)
Diazoaceturic ester 82% (115)
! •
Isopropylureidoacetic ester 99% (271) - (271)
N-(4-Methylamyl)-ureido- -(271) - (271)
acetic ester
Phenylureidoacetic ester 70% (101) 92% (101) - doi)
Benzamidomethylureido- -(100) -(100)
acetic ester
Hippuric ester — (243, 283) 90% (243) 94% (244) * -(284)
Hippuramide — (243)
p-Bromohippuric ester 91% (285) 89% (285) — (285)* 75% (285), 76%
(244) *
m-Nhrohippuric ester 85% (285) 49% (285) -(285)» -(285)
p-Nitrohippuric ester 89% (100) — (100)
References 268-454 appear on pp. 446-449. W

CO
t Prepared from diazoaceturyi hydraude. C
CO
COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CURTIUS REACTION—Continued
ALIPHATIC ACID DEBIVATTVES—Continued
.Starting Material Hydrazide Azide Isoeyanate Urethan Amine, etc.
Pbthalylglycine ester (25) sec-Phthalhy-

drazide and gly-
cyl hydrazide
Carbobenzoxy-d-alanylglycine 78% (454) Good (454)
ester
Carbobenzoxy-J-alanylglycine - ( 4 5 4 )
ester
- (454)
1>
Chloroaceturylglycyl hydra- (116) f
zide
Hydroxyaceturylglycyl (154) f
s
hydrazide
Phenylureidoaceturylglycine 86% (101) 90% (101) — (101)
ester
Diazoaceturylglycine ester 72% (154)
3
Hippurylglycine ester 85% (104),-(283) — (104) 85% (100)*- — (100, 104) — (104) Formaldehyde 3
p-Nitrohippurylglycine ester 89% (100) — (100)
Benzoylalanylglycine ester 95% (102) 24% (102)
Hippurylglycylglycine ester 70% (104), —(283) — (104)
Benzoyl-tros (glycyl)-glycine 90% (104) 50% (104)
ester
Benzoyl-tetrafcis (glycyl)- 70% (282) 0% (282)
glycine ester
N,N-Dimethylalanine ester - (88) -(88) — (Z) (88) Acetaldehyde
N,N-Dimethyl-/3-alanine ester - ( 8 8 ) 0% (88)
Benzoylalanine ester 96% (102) 60% (102) —' (102)
Carbobenzoxyglycyl-J- 87% (105) 46% (105)
alanine ester
Hippurylalanine ester 85% (99) 80% (99) -(99)
Hippury W-alanine amide 75% (105) 87% (105) 13% (105) — (C) (105) Acetalde-
hyde
Benzoylalanylalanine ester {— (102) - (102)
Hippurylalanylalanine ester 75% (99) 70% (99) -(99)
18-Hippuramidobutyric ester 80% (98) -(98) -(98) 50% (Ua) (98)
/3-Hippuramidobutyryl-/3- -(98) -(98)
aminobutyric ester
7-Hippuramidobutyric ester — (103)
a-Benzamidoisobutyryl — (188)
chloride
a-Benzamidoisobutyric — (188)
azlactone
N-Benzoylleucine methyl 88% (105) 32% (105) 82% (C) (105)
ester
Carbobenzoxyglycyl-Z-alanyl- 60% (105) 57% (105)
Z-leucine ester
HippuryM-alanyl-Heucine 43% (105) 43% (105) 72% (C) (105) Isovaler-
amide aldehyde
Diazoacetic ester 0% (155)
Diazoacetamide Yields triazoacet-
hydrazide, q.v.
(155)
Triazoacetic ester 46% (179), —(155) — (179, 155) - (157)
Triazoacetyl chloride • (Sd) — (160)
a-Triazopropionic ester 82% (158) 52% (158)
/3-Triazopropionic ester 71% (158) — (158) — (158) Quantitative (TJb) (157)
•y-Triazobutyric ester Good (159) — (159) - (159) 64% (Ub) (157) CO
References 268-154 appear on pp. 446-449. t Prepared from diazoaceturylglycyl hydrazide. 5
COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CURTIUS REACTION—Continued CO
to
oo
ALIPHATIC ACID DEBIVATIVBS—Continued
Malonic ester Quantitative (286), - ( 4 1 ) -(41) - (Ua) (41)

Good (211), —
(47, 287, 288,
289), 26% (47)
Ester hydrazide o
Ethyl potassium malonate 98% (46) -(47) 4% (47) * o
Bromomalonic ester Yields hydrazino-
mSlonyl hydra-
zide (288)
Methylmalonic ester 59% (290), — (286, — (290) — (290) — (Ua) (290) Acetalde-
288) hyde
Ethyl potassium methylmal- Quantitative (45) -(47) - (Ua) (47) 67% (la)
onate Monohydrazide (45) alanine methyl
ester
i
02
Dimethylmalonic ester Poor (290) — (290) -(290) — (Ua) (290) Acetone
Ethylmalonic ester 85% (291), —(288, 40% (291) 70% (Ua) (291) Pro-
292) pionaldehyde
Ethyl potassium ethylmalo- Quantitative (46) 41% (46) * 51% (46) Quantitative (la), 67%
nate (Ua) (46)
n-Propylmalonic ester 96% (47), 61% 94% (47) 26% (47) 46% (Ua) (47) Butyr-
(288) aldehyde
Ethyl potassium n-propylmal- 96% (47) 43% (la) (47) o-Amino-
onate valeric acid
Isopropylmalonic ester 77% (288)
Ethyl hydrogen isopropyl- Quantitative (293)
malonate Monohydrazide
Ethyl potassium isopropyl- 98% (47) 37% (47) 90% (Ua) (47) Valine
makraate
Potassium isopropylmalona- 2 1 % (47) -(47) - (47) *
mate Dihydrazide
n-Butylmalonic ester 73% (288)
Ethyl potassium isobutylmal- 85% (47) 68% (la) (47) a-Amino
onate acid
Potassium isobutylmalona- 0% (47)
mate
Isoamyhnalonic ester Quantitative (290) Poor (290) -(290) — (Ua) (290) Isobutyl-
acetaldehyde
Ethyl potassium isoamylmal- - ( 4 7 ) 63% (la) (47) a-Amino
onate acid
Potassium isoamylmalona- -(47) 81% (Ua) (47) a-Amino
mate acid
jS-Hydroxyethyhnalonic ester Ester hydrazide
lac tone -(73)
Dihydrazide Lactone azide -(73)
8 1 % (73) - (73)
7-Chloro-/3-hydroxypropyl- — (294) Ester
malonic ester lactone hydrazide
Cyanoacetic ester Quantitative (124, — (124, 222) -(124) 38% (Ua) (124), 54%
140, 267) (Ub) (267) f Glycine
Isonitrosocyanoacetic ester 60% (124) 79% (124) -(124) — (Ua) (124) Oxalic acid
Nitrocyanoacetic methyl ester 48% (124) 62% (124) -(124) 0% (Ua) (124)
n-Propylcyanoacetic ester 31% (Ua) (138) a-Am-
ino acid
References 268-454 appear on pp. 446-449
t Yield based on the hydraiide.
ALIPHATIC ACID DERIVATIVES—Continued
Isopropylcyanoacetic ester 60% (Ua) (139) Valine

•y-Phenoxypropylcyanoacetic 38% (139) 40% (Ua) (139) a-
ester Amino acid
Isobutylcyanoacetic ester 54% (138) 51% (Ua) (138) Leucine
Isoamylcyanoacetic ester
Carbonic ester
84% (138)
70% (295)
-(138)
- (295)
-(138) 26% (Ua) (138) a-Am-
ino acid Ii
Chlorof ormic methyl ester — (Sd) (212)
Oxalic ester 66% (64) 23% (64)
Monohydrazide •
61% (296), - - (298), 0% (211) .0% (298)
(211, 297)
Oxamic ester
Dihydrazide
— (299) 28% (64) 65% (64)
I
N-Phenyloxamic ester — (300)
N-Benzyloxamic ester -(301) — (301) — (301)
Oxalylglycolic ester Yields oxalyl hy-
drazide and gly-
colyl hydrazide
(275)
Succinic ester — (211, 286, 287, — (41), 0% (211) 65% (57) — (41, 57) — (Ua) (41)
297) 3 % (Ua) (57)
Succinyl chloride (Sd) 75% (la), - (Z) (9)
(Sd) -(40) -(40)
Ethyl hydrogen succinate — (56) 15% (56)
Succinamic acid -(56) 7% (56) 0% (Ua) (56)
Succinylglycolic ester Quantitative (275)
of succinyl hy-
drazide and gly-
colyl hydrazide
Glutaric ester 94% (220), 19% — (220) -(220) — (Ua) (220)
(56)
Adipic ester 94% (37), 90% (11) 61% (11) — (302) 84% (11), 84% 83% (Ua) (11), 90%
(37) (Ua) (37), 72% (la) (37)
Adipyl chloride (Sd) 68% (la) (9)
Ethylsuccinic ester 69% (303) — (303) 29% (303) — (Ua, la) (303)
Pimelic ester 60% (11) 43% (11) - (Ua) (11)
Suberic ester 80% (11), — (304) — (11, 304) — (11, 304) 97% (Ua) (11), - (304)
Sebacic ester 78% (305) 91% (305) — (302) 99% (305) Quantitative (Ua) (305), 3
Sebacic ester chloride (Sd) 94% (50)
— (P) (263)
76% (la) (50)
9
Sebacyl chloride (Sd) 81% (la), 52% (L), 73%
(Z) (9)
Heptane-l,7-dicarbonyl azide — (302) *
1-Carbethoxyheneicosane- (Sd) 66% (la) (51)
21-carbonyl chloride
Perhydronorbixin chloride (Sd) 50% (la) (8) .
2-Methyltridecane-l,13-di- — (306)
carbonyl chloride
Bromosuccinic ester 0%(U5)
Malic ester Quantitative (79), -(79) - (79) — (Ua) (79) Amino-
-(297) acetaldehyde
Tartarie methyl ester — (307) 63% (79) • 10%<79)Gly-
oxal
©
COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CUETIUS REACTION—Continued
Tartaric ester 99% (79)

Shellolic ester — (308) 0%(308)
Mucic ester 98% (79) 72% (79) 70% (79) * + §
33% tartralde-
hyde £
Tetraacetylmucyl chloride 77% (81) 47% (X) (81) Good (81) *
58% (Sw) (81)
Oxalacetic ester 0% (87) t
Iminodiaeetie ester 84% (309) Poor (309)
N-Nitrosoiminodiacetic ester -(221) 99% (309), — 91% (309) — (Ua) (98) Diazacy-
(221) clobutane-l,3-dicar-
o
boxylic ester
Succinyl glycine - (57), 0% (25)
Phenylsuccinylglycine ester — (303) 75% (303) 36% (303)
Dibenzoylcystine ester — (88) — (88) -(88) — (Ua) (88) Aldehyde
Dihippurylcystine methyl — (88) — (88) -(88) — (Ua) (88) Aldehyde
ester
Aspartic ester -(88) Poor (88) Am-
inoacetalde-
hyde
Asparagine — (88) Monohy- -(88)
drazide
N,N-Dimethylaspartic ester -(88) Poor (88) Am-
inoacetalde-
hyde
Hippurylaspartic ester 90% (97) 50% (97) -(97) — (Ua) (97) Amino-
acetaldehyde
Benzoylaminomethylureido- 87% (100) 87% (100) — (100) * -(100)
succinic ester -
p-Bromobenzoylaminometh- -(100) — (100)
ylureidosuccinic ester
Glutaramyl chloride N-acetic — (310) Dihydra- 48% (310) 16% (Ua) (310) 7-Am-
ester zide inobutyric ester-HC1
Benzoylglutamic methyl ester 80% (105) , 64% (105) 25% (105) 61% (C) (105)
Hippuryl-2-alanyl-Z-leucy]4- 97% (105) 70% (105) 52% (105) 50% (C) (105)
glutamic methyl ester
Hydrazodioxalic ester Quantitative (64) -(64) JEW (64) — (Ua) (64)
Triazosuccinic ester — (311) 42% (311)
Cyanosuccinic ester Good (37)
a./J-Dicyanopropionic ester 0% (139)
Tricarballylic ester - (312) - (312) • - (312) — (Ua) (312)
aym-Ethanetetracarboxylic 97% (313) — 25% (313) — (312) Gly-
ester oxal
— (313) Mixed pri- — (313) Ethanetri-
sec-hydrazide carbonyl azide
Butane-l,2,2-tricarboxylic 92% (43) 78% (43) 90% (Ua) (43) 1-Amino-
ester . 2-butanone
ocCyanoadipic ester - (139) 0% (139)
ot-Cyanopimelic ester — (139) 0% (139)
Pentane-l,l>5,5-tetracarbbx- 60% (210) Quantitative (210) — (Ua) (210) Dialde-
ylic ester hyde
t Some pyraiolone-3-carbonyl hydratide is formed.
o
Citric ester Quantitative (297), 64% (79) — (Ua) (79) Diamino-

91% ( 2 9 6 ) , - acetone
(79, 287, 289)
— (79) Mixed pri- - ( 7 9 ) 0% (79)
sec-hydrazide
Amine-N,N,N-triacetic ester, — (309) — (309)
o
Hippurylaspartylaspartic 89% (97) — (97) Mixed sec-
ester hydrazide azide
Benzamidomethylureido- — (100) — (100)
ethylenedicarbamylaspar-
tic ester
Hippurylaspartylaspartyl- - (97)
i
CO
hydrazidiaspartic ester
Acrylyl chloride (Sd) 5% (31) + 30%
polymer
Methacrylyl chloride (Sd) — (20)
Crotonic ester 88% (22) (314) 0% (22, 314)
Crotonyl chloride 47% (Sd) (18) 43% (18) *
Isocrotonyl chloride — (Sd) (18) Poor (18) *
d-Citronellic acid — (187)
Undecenoic methyl ester -(29) - (29) -(29) -(29)
Undecenoyl chloride - (S) (29)
Oleie methyl ester -(29) — (29) -(29) - (29)
Oleyl chloride - (S) (29)
Oleic acid? — (21) Stearoyl
hydrazide
Elaidic acid? — (21) Stearoyl
hydrazide
Erucic methyl ester - (29) -(29) -(29) -(29)
Erucyl chloride - (S) (29)
|8-Chloroisocrotonic ester 0% (219) Yields 6-
methylpyrazo-
lone
Fumaric methyl ester -(25) — (25) — (25)
Citraconic methyl ester Good (219) Good (219), —
(218)
Itaconic methyl ester — (219) — (219)
Mesaconic methyl ester — (219) — (219)
Dicarbethoxyglutaconic ester — (315) Yields
malonyl hydra-
zide
Tetrolic ester 0% (34) Yields 3-
methylpyrazo-
lone-5
«-Undecynoic ester — (33, 316)
Stearolic ester -(32)
Acetylenedicarboxylic ester — (87, 161) Yields
pyrazolone-3-
carboxylic ester
or hydrazide, q.v.
References 268-454 appear on pp. 446-449. ©

CARBAMIC ACID DERIVATIVES
Semicarbazide — (212, 109) — (112) Hydia-

zodicarbon-
amide
Cyanic acid — (X) (109) -
Methyl isocyanate - (X) (110)
Dimethylcarbamyl chloride - (317) 80% (Sd) (318) Poor (la) (318)
Diethylcarbamic ester 0% (319) o
Diethylcarbamyl chloride 0% (Sd) (319)
Diisobutylcarbamyl chloride 80% (Sd) (318) ? (318)
Diisoamylcarbamyl chloride 68% (Sd) (318) ? (318)
Chloromethyl isocyanate - (X) (111)
Benzohydryl isocyanate
Phenylcarbamic ester
Phenylurea
— (298)
90% (101)
- (X) (110)
— (268, 298)
- (101)
0% (268, 298) I
N-Methyl-N-phenylcarbamyl 64% (Sd) (113) — (113) An in-
chloride dazolone
N-Ethyl-N-phenylcarbamyl 60% (Sd) (113) 68% (113) An
chloride indazolone
N-Methyl-N-o-tolylcarbamyl Quantitative (Sd) 12% (113) +
chloride (113) . 3 1 % of inda-
zolone
N-Ethyl-N-o-tolylcarbamyl - (Sd) (113) 28% (113)
chloride
N-Ethyl-N-p-tolylcarbamyl 97% (318) — (318) An in-
chloride dazolone
N-Phenyl-N-benzylcarbamyl Quantitative (Sd) *99% (318) An
chloride (318) indazolone
Diphenylcarbamyl chloride — (Sw) (235) 89% (235) An
— (379) -(200) indazolone
Di-p-tolylcarbamyl chloride 98% (Sd) (318) 11% (318) +
37% of inda-
zolone
N-Ethyl-N-«-naphthylcarba- 80% (Sd) (318) 50% (318) An
myl chloride indazolone
N-Phenyl-N-ct-naphthylcar- Quantitative (Sd) 58% (318) An
bainyl chloride (318) indazolone
N-Phenyl-N-^-naphthylcar- 97% (Sd) (318) 96% (318) An
bamyl chloride indazolone
N,N-DiT3-naphthylcarbamyl 77% (Sd) (318) 94% (318) An
chloride indazolone
Thiocarbamyl hydrazide 62% (164) — (164)
Methyl isothiocyanate -(165) -(165) -(165)
Ethyl isothiocyanate - (165) 73% (165)
Allyl isothiocyanate - (165) 66% (165) -(165)
Phenyl isothiocyanate - (162) Good (162), — -(163)
(163)
p-Tolyl isothiocyanate - (X) (163) -(163)
Hydrazinedicarboxylic ester 57% (320) — (320, 321) 0% (321) 0% (321)
a-Phenyl-^-benzalcarbazyl 94% (Sd) (318) 0% (322)
chloride
«*-Phenyl-/S-o-chlorobenzal- • 99% (Sd) (318) 0% (322) •
carbazyl chloride

ALICTCUC ACID DERIVATIVES
*
Cyclobutane-l,l-dicarboxylic 58% (210) 26% (Ua) (210) Cyclo-

ester butanone
cis-Cyclobutane-l,2-dicarbox- 80% (323) 55% (323) Quantitative (Ub) (323)
ylic ester
trans-Cyclobutane-l,2-dicar- Quantitative (323) 60% (323) Quantitative (Ub) (323)
boxylic ester ©
cis-Cy clopentane-1,3-dicar- 84% (324) -(324) - (Ua) (324) >
boxylic methyl ester
Dicyclopentylacetyl chlo- (Sd) 35% (la) (23)
1
ride
a-Bromocyclopentylacetyl
chloride
(Sd) 30% (Ib) (23) Aldehyde 3
«-Bromodicyclopentylacetyl (Sd) O
60% (Ib) (23) Ketone
chloride
Dihydrohydnocarpic acid (Sd) 76% (la), 43% (Z), -
(L) (255)
Dihydrochaulmoogric acid (Sd) 43% (Z), - (la, L)
(255)
cis-Cy clohexane-1,3-dicarbox- 93% (325) 62% (325) Quantitative (Ua) (325)
ylic methyl ester
<ror»s-Cyclohexane-l,3-dicar- — (325) 79% (325) Quantitative (Uai (325)
frana-Cyclohexane-l ,4-dicar- 94% (11) 86% (11) 95% (11) 97% (Ua) (11)
1-Bromocyclohexanecarbonyl (Sd) - 57% (Ib) (23) Cyclo-
chloride hexanone
Tetraacetylquinyl chloride 39% (Sw) (83) 97% (83) * v-
Acetoxyacet-
anilide
4,5-Isopropylidenequinic lac- 80% (82) 78% (82) * Ke-
tone tone
l-0-Methyl-4,5-isopropyl- 75% (82) 57% (82) *
idenequinic lactone
Dihydroshikimic methyl ester 85% (258) 72% (258) *
Decalin-x-carboxylic methyl -(29) -(29) -(29)
ester
Decalin-z-carbonyl chloride - (S) (29)
2,5-Endomethylenecyclohex- (Sd) Quant. (230) 99% (la) (230)
anecarbonyl chloride
ezo-2,5-Endomethylenecyclo- (Sd) Quantitative (la) (326)
hexanecarbonyl chloride
endo-2,5-Endomethylene- (Sd) Quantitative (la) (326)
cyclohexanecarbonyl chlo- >
ride
trans-3,6-Endomethylenecy- — (326) — (326) — (Ua?) (326) o
clohexane-l,2-dicarbonyl (Sd) - (la) (326)
chloride
2,5-Endomethylenecyclohex- (Sd) - (la) (327).
ane-1-acetyl chloride
Adamantane-l,3-dicarboxylic 0% (17)
methyl ester
13-Methyl-asym-octahydro- (Sd) 68% (Ia)«231)
phenanthrene-9-carbonyl
chloride
ALICTCLIC ACID DEMVATIVBS—Continued
13,14-Trimethyleneoctahy- (Sd) - da) (231)

drophenanthrene-9-car-
bonyl chloride
9-Methyl-9,10-dihydrophe- -(330) — (Ua) (330) 9-Methyl-
nanthrene-10-carboxylic phenanthrene
methyl ester a
3-Methoxy-9,10-dihydrophe- — (331) — (331) — (331) — (Ua) (331) 3-Meth-
nanthrene-9-carboxylic oxyphenanthrene
methyl ester
3,4-Methylenedioxy-9,10-di- - (331) -(331) — (331)'*
hydrophenanthrene-9-car-
I
Desoxycholic ester - (261) — (261) - (261) - (L) (261)
Cholanic ester — (328) — (328) -(328) - (?) (328)
Cholic ester - (329) -(329)
Hydnocarpic acid (Sd) 70% (la), 54% (Z), -
(L) (255)
Chaulmoogric ester 80% (10) 50% (10) 26% (Ua) (10)
Chaulmoogryl chloride (Sd) 90% (10)
Chaulmoogric acid (Sd) 78% (la), 45% (Z, L)
(255)
Bornylene-3-carboxylic ester 0% (27)
Borfiylene-3-carbonyl chloride 94% (27), - (26) 86% (Ua) (27), - (26)
(Sd) 93% (la) (28)
Epicamphor
Acetoxy-4wsnor-cholenyl chlo- — (Sw) (234) -(234) - da) (234)
ride
ABYLALIPHATIC ACID DERIVATIVES
Phenylacetic ester Quantitative (266) Good (266) Good (266) 83% (Ua) (266)
Phenylacetyl chloride (Sd) 95% (la) (37)
(+)-ce-Phenylpropionic acid (Sd) j 68% (la) (254), 35%
(la) (341)
p-Chlorophenylacetic ester 80% (213) - (213) — (213) Quantitative (Ua) (213)
j>-Nitrophenylacetic ester Quantitative (213) Quantitative (213) — (213) 91% (Ua) (213)
2,4-Dinitrophenylacetic ester — (332)
3,4-Dimethoxyphenylacetic — (333)
ester
O-Hydroxyphenylacetic lac- — (349, 350) — (38), 0% (350) -(38)* - db) (38)
tone
Mandelic ester 97% (351) - (351) — (351) Benzal-
dehyde
0-Phenylpropionic ester 97% (334), —(335) Quantitative (334), — (334, 335) 91%(Ua)(334),— Ua)
-(335) (335)
/S-Phenylpropionyl chloride (Sd) -(35)
/S-Phenylisobutyryl chloride - (Sd) (342) 97% (343) *
d-jS-Phenylisobutyryl chloride 97% (Sd) (342) — (342) 96% (la) (342)

COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CURTIUS REACTION—Continued i
to
ABYLALIPHATIC Acm DERIVATIVES—Continued
/}-Bromo-/3-phenylpropionic — (336) Yields /S-

acid phenylhydracryl-
yl hydrazide
/}-Methoxy-/3-phenylpropionic 53% (337) 95% (337) 60% (337) 55% (Ua) (337)
methyl ester
/3-o-Methoxyphenylpropionic Quantitative (205) -(205) — (Z) (205)
I
methyl ester
/5-p-Methoxyphenylpropionic 93% (338) Good (338) Good (338) 94% (Ua) (338) o
methyl ester
/J-wi-Benzyloxyphenylpropi- 95% (181) 90% (181) - (Z) (181)
onic ester
0-3,4-Dimethoxyphenylpro- Quantitative (453) - (453) f
pionic methyl ester
|S-3,4-Dimethoxyphenylpro- 95% (181) 90% (181) - (Z) (181)
I
pionic ester
l8-3-Benzyloxy-4-methoxy- Quantitative (181)
phenylpropionic ester
jS-3,4-Dibenzyloxyphenyl- 82% (206), — (179) - (246) - (246) 74% (Z) (246), — .(Z)
propionic ester (206)
/3-2,3)4-Trimethoxyphenyl- — (339) -(339) — (Ua) (339) Trihy-
propionic ester droxyphenylethyl-
amine
/J-2,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl- — (338) 59% (338) 68% (Ua) (338)
propionic methyl ester -
j9-3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl- 98% (340) 48% (340) t
propionic methyl ester
/3-Hydroxy-j3-phenylpropionic 60% (336), — (352) — (336, 352) Quant. (6),* —
ester (76, 352) *
0-0-Hydroxyphenylpropionic - (205) 8% (205) * 65% (Ua) (205)
lactone
/3-Phenylisocaprolactone -(76) - (76) 0% (76)
/3-Piperonylhydracrylyl hydra- 76% (352) * - (la) (352)
zide
o-Benzamido-/3-phenyIpro- 94% (105) 63% (105) 65% (C) (105)
pionic methyl ester W
a-Hippurylamino-/3-phenyl- — (103) - (103) W
propionic ester
dt-Tyrosine ester 94% (88) 0% (88) a
2-Tyrosine ester -(88) 0% (88)
N-Benzoyltyrosine ester — (88) — (88) — (88) a
/3-1-Naphthylpropionic acid 90% (260) * 51% (260) Quantitative (Ub) (260)
/8-2-Naphthylpropionic ester 88% (344) -(344) - (Ub) (344)
/3-2-(9,10-Dihydrophenan- 85% (345) 75% (Ub) (345)
thryl)-propionic methyl
ester.
(3-2-Phenanthrylpropionic -(346) Poor (346)
ester
/3-3-Phenanthrylpropionic -(346) Poor (346)
ester
/S-7-(2-Methoxy-9,10-dihydro- 90% (345) 59% (Ub) (345)
phenanthryl)-propionic
methyl ester
t Converted to corydaldine in "poor" yield.
t Yield based on isocyanate.
CO
ARYLAUPHATIC ACID DERIVATIVES—Continued
Starting Material Hydrazide Azide ' Isocyanate Urethan Amine, etc.
a-Bromo-8-phenylvaleryl (Sd) 59% (Ib) (23) Aldehyde

chloride
a,i8,'>',S-Tetrabromo-5-phenyl- (114) f
valeryl hydrazide
Diphenylketene — (X) (110) Di-
phenylmethyl-
carbamyl azide
1
2
Dibenzylacetyl chloride 90% (Sw) (233). — (233) — (233)
Triphenylacetyl chloride 41% (176)
Diphenylglycolic lactone 63% (79) -(79) — (79) Benzo-
phenone
o-Hydroxydiphenylacetic lac- - (278) — (278) 0% (278) Poor (278) - (Ub) (278)
tone o
p-Hydroxydiphenylacetic Quantitative (353) — (353) - (Ib) (353)
ester
Desylglyoxalic ester Yields diphenyl-
pyrazolonecar-
boxylic ester
(354)
Cinnamic ester 54% (22, 314) - 0% (22, 314)
Cinnamoyl chloride 12% (Sd) (18), — 72% (18), - — (167)
(Sd) (167) (167)
(Sd) 77% (228) 98% (18) *
Allocinnamoyl chloride (Sd) 9% (18) *
OT-Nitrocinnamic ester 82% (24) 76% (348) 69% (348) Poor (Ua) (348) Alde-
hyde
0-Styrylacrylic eater — (114)
Phenylpropiolyl chloride 0% (Sd) (35)
Benzalaceturic azlactone 77% (188)
Benzalhippuric azlactone 75% (188), —(191)
Benzalhippuric methyl ester - (191) - (191) 0% (191)
p-Methylbenzalhippuric az- — (191)
lactone
p-Methylbenzalhippuric - (191) - (191) 0% (191)
methyl ester
o-Nitrobenzalhippuric azlac- - (191) - (191) 0% (191)
tone
m-Nitrobenzalhippuric azlac- - (191)
_ tone
7re-Nitrobenzalhippuric
methyl ester
— (191) — (191) 0% (191) 3
p-Nitrobenzalhippuric azlac- - (191) - (191)' 0% (191)
tone a
I
p-Nitrobenzalhippuric - (191)
methyl ester
p-Methoxy benzalhippuric — (190)
azlactone
p-Methoxy benzalhippuric -(190) -(190) 0% (190)
methyl ester
Benzylmalonic ester 96% (42), — (288) 75% (42) 98% (Ua) (42) Phenyl-
acetaldehyde
Ethyl potassium benzylmalo- 99% (46) 72% (46) 57% (Ua) (46) Phenyl-
nate alanine
References 268—454 appear on pp. 446-449.
t Prepared from 0-styrylacrylyl faydrazide. en
COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CURTIUS REACTION—Continued Ci
ARYLALIPHATIC ACID DERIVATIVES—Continued
Benzylcyanoacetic ester 85% (139) 50% (Ua) (194) Phenyl-

alanine
Ethyl potassium p-nitro- 77% (47) Quantitative (47) — (la) (47) Amino acid
benzylmalonate
p-Methoxy benzylcyanoacetic
ester
95% (139) 30% (Ua) (139) Amino
acid
1
Phenylsuccinic ester 96% (303) (303) 36% (Ua) (303) o
m-Xylene-a-malonic ester 88% (347) — (347^ - (347) — (Ua) (347) Aldehyde
Ethyl potassium m-xylene- 99% (47) 61% (47) * 88% (la) (47) Amino
a-malonate t acid
Benzylsuccinyl hydrazide - (65) f — (65)
(J-Phenylglutaric ester
|8-Phenylglutaryl chloride
-(67)
(Sd)
98% (67) 43% (Ua) (67) •
48% (la) (228)
i
02
/3-p-Methoxyphenylglutaric -(67) - (67) — (Ua) (67) p-Hydroxy-
ester diamine
2,3-Dimethoxyphenylglutaric -(67) -(67) — (Ua) (67) dihydroxy-
ester diamine
Benzylmethylmalonic ester 73% (44), Poor 20% (Ua) (44) Phenyl-
(290) acetone
iS-Phenylethylmethylmalonic 60% (44) 47% (Ua) (44) Benzyl-
ester acetone
2,4,6-Trimethylbenzyhnalonic Good (44) ca. 25% (Ua) (44) Alde-
ester hyde
bis(2,4,6-Trimethylbenzyl)- 0% (44)
malonic ester
bis(jJ-Nitrobenzyl)-nialonic 0% (47)
ester
l-Phenylpropane-2,2,3-tricar- 67% (65) Mixed 90% (65) - (65) • -(65)
boxylic ester pri-sec-hydrazide
AROMATIC ACID DERIVATIVES
Benzoic acid — (186)

Benzoyl chloride Quantitative (10), 57% (Sw) (238), — (238) *
-(184) Quantitative
(233)
(Sd) — (14, 352)
(Sd) 69% (la) (228)
Benzoie ester 90% (184), 75% 79% (355), — 93% (352), 87% - (284), - (41, — (Ua) (284) 98%
(355), - (269) (284) (6), 73% (355) 239, 244, (Ua) (41)
268) * 9
Benzamide Good (184) — (78) Phenylcar-
bamylbenzhy-
drazide
o-Toluic ester 81% (356)
m-Toluic ester Quantitative (356)
p-Toluyl azide — (186)
p-Toluyl chloride — (Sw) (132) — (132)
p-Toluic ester Quantitative (356)

t Prepared from l-phenylpropane-2,2,3-tricarboxylic ester.
oo
AROMATIC ACID DERIVATIVES—Continued
Phthalyl chloride 0% (54) — (Sw) (357) Isa- 70% (357) 50% (Ub) (357) o-Phen-
toyl diazide yleneurea
— (Sw) (38) — (38) o-Iso-
cyanatobenza-
zide
Phthalic ester 0% (54, 287) — (38) Diiso-
cyanate
Isophthalyl chloride
Isophthalic ester
Terephthalic ester
-(54)
70% (54), - (287)
— (54) Ester hy-
Good (54)
— (54) Ester azide
-(358) -(54) - (Ua) (54) I
drazide
1
Hemimellitic ester Quantitative (39) -(39) 40% (39) * 54% (Ua) (39) o-Amino-
Mixed prisec- phthalhydrazide
hydrazide
Trimesic ester -(39) -(39) -(39) — (Ua) (39) 3,5-Dicar- 0Q
bethoxyaminoaniline
and phloroglucinol
o-Fluorobenzamide 80% (359)' — (359) — (359) * — (U) (359)
wi-Chlorobenzoic ester 97% (360), - Quantitative (360), — (360) — (Ua) (360)
(361). — (362)
p-Chlorobenzoic ester — (123) — (363)
o-Bromobenzoic ester — (125, 364)
m-Bromobenzoyl chloride (Sd) 90% (Ib) (126)
m-Bromobenzoie ester 98% (208), 90% Quantitative (208), 92% (Ua) (208)
(365) 95% (366)
p-Bromobenzoic acid - (186)
p-Bromobenzoic ester 93% (123), — 90% (368), — - (208), — 72% (Ua) (208)
(208), 89% (367) (208) (368) *
2,6-Dibromobenzoyl chloride — (183) — (Ua) (183)
2,6-Dibromobenzoic ester 0% (183)
2,6-Dibromo-4-methylbenzoyl - ( 1 8 3 ) — (Ua) (183)
chloride
2,6-Dibromo-4-methylbenzoic 0% (183)
ester
2,4,6-Tribromobenzoyl chlo- — (183) - (Ua) (183)
ride
2,4,6-Tribromobenzoic ester 0% (183)
o-Iodobenzoic ester
p-Iodobenzoic ester
0% (123)
90% (359) — (370) - (370) a
o-Nitrobenzoyl chloride
o-Nitrobenzoic ester
- (Sw) (132)
Quantitative (136), 94% (371), -
96% (371), — (125, 284)
- (132)
Quantitative (6) — (284, 371) — (Ua) (284) I
(135)
m-Nitrobenzoyl chloride Quant. (Sw) (126) Quant. (126)
ro-Nitrobenzoic ester Quantitative (135), 90% (130), — Quant. (358), — (125, 284) — (Ua) (125, 284) a
- (136) (125, 284, 372) — (372) H
p-Nitrobenzoyl chloride - (Sw) (126) - (126) 94% (Ib) (126) S
p-Nitrobenzoic ester Quant. (136), 88% 85% (374), — 90% (371) Quant. (374), — — (Ua) (125, 284)
(373), - (135) (125, 284) (125, 284)
2-Nitrc-6-carbomethoxy ben- — (48) Hydrazide - ( 4 8 ) - (48) * - (I) (48)
zoic acid acid
2,4-Dinitrobenzoyl chloride 91% (Sw) (132) 82% (132) — (132)
2,4-Dinitrobenzoic ester Yields 2-nitro-4-
aminobenzoic
ester (137)
I
to
8-
3,5-Dinitrobenzoyl chloride -(Sw) (129), - — (126) - (Z) (129) 97% (la)

(Sd) (126) (126)
3,5-Dinitrobenzoic ester 69%(89),64%(131) 99% (131), — (89) — (131) Quantitative (89) - (Ua) (89)
3,5-Dinitro-4-methylbenzoic 70% (375) 90% (375) — (375)
methyl ester
2,4,6-Trinitrobenzoyl chloride 82% (Sw) (132),
40% (Sw) (376)
— (132, 376) — (132) I
2-Chloro-3,5-dinitrobenzoyl — (129) (Z) (129) O
chloride - (Sw) (129)
4-Chloro-3,5-dinitrobenzoyl 0% (5) — (129) (Z) (5)
- (Sw) (5, 129)
I
chloride
2-Chloro-4-methyl-3,5-dinitro- (Z) (133)
benzoyl chloride - (Sw) (133)
2-Bromo-3,5-dinitrobenzoyl — (129) (Z) (129)
4-Bromo-3,5-dinitrobenzoyl — (129) (Z) (129)
2-Bromo-4-methyl-3,5-dini- — (133) (Z) (133)
trobenzoyl chloride - (Sw) (133)
o-Methoxybenzazide -(358)
m-Methoxybenzoyl chloride — (Sw) (132) - (132) — (132) *
Anisoyl chloride - (377) — (Sw) (132) — (132) - (132)
Anisic ester 95% (378), 75% 95% (378), 75% 80% (379) 85% (378),* -
(135) (379), — (140) (140)
jpJDthoxybenzoic ester 95% (378), 89% 95% (378) 81% (225) 85% (378) * — (Ua) (225) p-Amino-
(225) Quant. (225) phenol
. Yeratrie methyl ester 93% (279) 74% (379) Quant. (379) — (379)
3,5-Bimethoxybenzoic methyl 50% (380) 84% (380) — (380)
' ester
3,4,5-Trimethoxybenzoic — (332)
methyl ester
3,4,5-Trimethoxybenzoic ester — (381) - (381)
Hemipinic a-monomethyl 33% (382) (Dihy-
ester drazide, 3%)
(382) Hydrazide
acid fel
Hemipinic /3-monomethyl 26% (382) Dihy-
ester drazide * •
o-Carbethoxyphenoxyacetic
ester
95% (58) Dihydra-
zide
— (58) o-Carbeth-
-(58)
-(58) — (58)
— (58)
-(58)
0% (Ua) (58)
0% (Ua) (58)
-
I
00
oxyhydrazide
O-(N-Phenylcarbamyl- (58) t 90% (58) — (Ua) (58) Benzomor-
methyl)-salicylyl azide. pholone
O-Acetylsalicylyl chloride — (Sw) (226) — (226) — (226)
O-Acetyl-3,5-dibromosancyryl 96% (Sw) (226) — (226) — (226) — (Ua, Z) (226)
chloride
Salicylic ester 86% (383), 73% 78% (383), — — (358) * - (125) *
(135), — (123, (125)
125)
Salicylic methyl ester — (125)
m-HydroxybeDzoic ester — (125) — (125) — (358) * — (125) *

t Prepared from the preceding diazide.
to
to
p-Hydroxybenzoic ester - (125) Quantitative (125) — (358) * - (125) *

2-Hydroxy-3,5-dibromoben- - (Sw) (226) — (226) *
zoyl chloride
3-Nitro-5-hydroxybenzazide
Gallic ester
Phthalide
- (123)
— (38, 287, 350)
(89) t
— (38), 0% (350) — (38)*

-(89) - (Ub) (89)
— (Ib) (38)
I
a-Methylphthalide 0% (384) o
a,a-Dimethylphthalide 0% (384)
a-Ethylphthalide 0% (384)
a,ot-Diethylphthalide 0% (384)
ct-Phenylphthalide 0% (384)
a,a-DiphenylphthaIide
6-Nitrophthalide
0% (384)
— (287, 384)
i
CO
5-Nitro-ot-methylphthalide — (384)
5-Nitro-a,oe-dimethylphthal- 0% (384)
ide
5-Nitrc-a-ethylphthalide 0%(384)
5-Nitro-a,a-diethylphthalide 0% (384)
6-Chlorophthalide — (384)
6-Bromophthalide — (384)
5-Chloro-a-methylphthalide — (384)
5-Bromo-oe-metliylphthalide -(384)
S^Chloro-a-ethylphthalide 0% (384)
5-Bromo-a-ethylphthalide 0% (384)
5,6-Dimethoxyphthalide — (287)
3-Nitro-5,6-dimethoxy- Yields 3-nitro-5-
phthalide methoxy-6-hy-
drazinophtbalide
(287)
Anthranilic ester 80% (135) 65% (189), 0%
(90)
Isatoic acid 75% (90) Anthra-
nilyl hydrazide
Isatoyl diazide - (357) t 60% (357) 0% CUb) (357)
N-Acetylanthranilic ester 0% (385, 386)
N-Acetylanthranilic amide 0% (385) o
N-Acetylanthranilic aziac- - (385) -(385) cj
tone'
N-Oxalylanthranilic aziactone — (385) §
N-Malonylanthranilic aziac- -(385)
tone
N-Anthranilylanthranilic -(188)
aziactone
N'-Acetyl-N-anthranilylan- 82% (188)
3
thranilic aziactone
o
m-Aminobenzoic ester - (125) - (125)
p-Aminobenzoic ester Good (88) 80% (189), - - (125) * - (la) (125)
(125)
N-Methylanthranilic methyl 70% (386)
ester

t Prepared from 3-nitro-5-aminobenzhydrazide.
t Prepared from phthalyl chloride.
N-Methyl-N-acetylanthra- (386) f
nilyl hydrazide
o-Carbethoxyphenylglycine 90% (58) 80% (58) -(58) 0% (Ua) (58)
ester — (58) o-Carbeth- -(58) -(58) 0% (Ua) (58)
oxy hydrazide
N-(N'-Phenylcarbamyl- (58) t - (58) * >
methyl)-anthranilyl azide •
N,N-Dimethylanthranilic — (88) -(88) -(88)
methyl ester
6-Nitroisatoic acid - (387) - (387) — (137) - (Ub) (137)
2-Nitro-4-aminobenzoic ester 70% (137) - (137)
3,Nitro-5-aminobenzhydra- (89)§ — (89) 3-Nitro-5-
zide hydroxybenza-
zide
3,5-Dinitro-4-anilinobenzoyl - (Sw) (5) -(5)*
chloride
5-Aminophthalide — (287, 384)
3-Amino-5,6-dimethoxy- - (287)
phthalide
5-Amino-a-methylphthalide 0% (384)
5-Amino-a,a-dimethyl- 0% (384)
phthalide
5-Aminc-4,6-dibromc-a,o:-di- 9% (384)
methylphthalide
5-Amino-a,a-diethylphthalide 0% (384)
5-Amino-4,6-dibromo-a,a-di- 0% (384)
ethylphthalide
Azobenzene-m-carbonyl chlo- 90% (Sw) (126) Quantitative (Ib) (126)
ride
Azobenzene-p-carbonyl chlo- Good (Sw) (37) Good (37) Good (37)
ride
o-Sulfamylbenzoic ester 85% (141) Quantitative (141) 57% (142) * - (142)
Saccharin 20% (141) o-Sul-
famylbenzhydra-
zide
Biphenyl-p-carbonyl chloride 0% (176)
Biphenyl-p-earboxylic ester 90% (176)
d and Z-6-Nitro-2-methylbi-
phenyl-2'-carbonyl chloride"
(Sd) - (Ib) (251)
s
Diphcnic anhydride — (52) Diphenic — (66r — (66) Phenan- CO
hydrazidic acid thridone
Diphenic ester 55% (66), - (52) - ( 6 6 ) -(66) - (Ub) (66), - (la,
— (66, 388) Hy- — (66, 388) Phe- Ub) (388)
drazide azide nanthridone
I and dJ-6,6'-Dimethylbiphen- (Sd) - (Ib) (251) o
yl-2,2'-dicarbonyl chloride
4-Nitrodiphenic methyl ester 45% (53), - (388)
4-Nitrodiphenic anhydride 90% (53) Hydra- - ( 5 3 ) — (53) 7-Nitro-
zidic acid phenanthri-
done
6-Nitrodiphenic methyl ester 85% (388)
t Prepared from N-methylanthranilyl hydrazide.
% Prepared from the preceding diaxide.
S Prepared from 3,5-dinitrobenzoic ester. to
C
l-2,2'-Dimethoxy-6,6'-dicar- — (389)
bomethoxybiphenyl
ct-Naphthoyl chloride (?) - (377)
/3-Naphthoic ester 75% (365) 94% (390), - Quant. (390),
(256) -(256)
/8-Naphthoic methyl ester 90% (121)
/J-Naphthoyl chloride - (121)
4-Methyl-l-naphthoic ester — (260) — (260) — (Ub) (260)
2-Methyl-l-naphthoic ester 0% (260)
1
2-Methyl-l-naphthoyl chlo- — (260) — (260) — (Ub) (260)
ride
5,8-Dichloro-2-naphthoic 85% (248) 98% (248) 80% (248) - (Z) (248)
methyl ester
5-Bromo-2-naphthoic methyl Quantitative (202) Quantitative (202) — (202) — (Z) (202) o
ester
5,8-Dibromo-2-naphthoic ester Quantitative (202) Quantitative (202) -(202) 85% (202) 90% (Z) (202)
3-Iodo-2-naphthoyl chloride 55% (121) 85% (121) - (121) 85% (Z) (121)
3-Iodo-2-naphthoic ester Yields /8-naphthoyl
hydrazide (121)
3-Methoxy-2-naphthoic 94% (259) 72% (259) 93% (Ub), 85% (L)
methyl ester (259), Quant. (Ua)
(259) Hydroxy amine
3-Hydroxy-2-naphthoic ester - (391) 70% (168) 90% (168) * 85% (168) 70% (Ua), 65% (Ib)
(168)
3-Amino-2-naphthoic ester — (91)
3-Carboxyamino-2-naphthoic -(91) 0% (91)
anhydride
3-Acetylamino-2-naphthoic 88% (91) -(91) - (91) *
azlactone
3-Phenanthroic methyl ester 77% (37)
9-Phenanthroic ester 90% (203) Quantitative (203) 80% (203) — (Ua) (203) 9-Phe-
nanthrol
80% (Z) (203)
3-Methoxy-6-phenanthroic 83% (392) 40% (392) - (Z) (392)
ester
3-Methoxy-9-phenanthroic 98% (392) 88% (392) - (Z) (392)
ester
3-Methoxy-9-phenanthroic — (392) 90% (392) 65% (Z) (392)
ester
I
3,4-Dimethoxy-8-phenan- - (197) 80% (197) 90% (Z) (197)
throic acid?
3,4-Dimethoxy-9-phenan- 81% (393) Good (393) 80% (393) • — (Ub) (393)
00
throic ester
2,3,4,5-Tetramethoxy-9-phe- — (332)
nanthroic methyl ester
2,3,4,6-Tetramethoxy-9-phe- -(332)
2,3,4,6-Tetramethoxy-9-phe- 76% (198) 77% (198) 82% (198) 95% (Ub) (198)
nanthroic ester
2,3,4,7-Tetramethoxy-9-phe- — (332)
Fluoranthene-4-carboxylic -(394) — (394) — (394) — (Ua) (394)
ester
Fluoranthene-12-carboxylic -(394) Quantitative (394) 95% (394) Quantitative (Ua) (394)
ester
Pyrene-4-carbonyl chloride 93% (204) 68% (Z) (204)
to
to
AROMATIC ACID DERIVATIVES—Continued oo
Pyrene-3,8-dicarbonyl chlo- -(204) (Z) (204)

ride
Pyrene-3,10-dicarbonyl chlo- -(204) - (Z) (204)
ride
3,4-Benzpyrene-lO-carboxylic - (182) - (182) — (Z) (182)
methyl ester
1>
HETEEOCTCLIC ACID DERIVATIVES s
Ethyleneimine-2,3-dicarbox- 40% (395) Mono- 75% (395) 0% (395)
ylic anhydride (?) hydrazide 3
N-Carbamylethyleneimine- — (395) — (395) s
2,3-dicarboxylic ester (?)
Succinimide-N-acetic ester Yields succinhy-
drazidylglycyl
hydrazide (57)
2,4-Dimethylpyrrole-5-acetic Quantitative (62)
ester
2,4-Dimethylpyrrole-3-j8- -(60) 0% (60)
propionic methyl ester
2-Phenylpyrrole-5-j3-propionic 80% (150), — — (150) Poor (Ub) (150)
ester (396)
l-Methyl-2-phenylpyrrole- 84% (397) 85% (397) 57% (Ub) (398)
5-/S-propionic methyl ester
l,5-Diphenylpyrrole-2-jS- 97% (397), - 92% (397) ' 59% (Ub) (398)
propionic ester (452) •
2,4-Dimethyl-5-carbethoxy- 67% (399) Dihy-
pyrrole-3-/3-propionic acid drazide
2,4-Dimethyl-5-carbethoxy- Quantitative (60) -(60) - (60) * — (60) - (Ua) (60)
pyrrole-3-/3-propionic Monohydrazide
methyl ester
2,4-Dimethyl-3-03-methyl- 90% (61) Aliphat- 70% (61) 72% (61)
malonic ester)-pyrrole-5- ic dihydrazide
carboxylic ester
2,4-Dimethyl-3-(/3-cyano-/3- 90% (61) Aliphatic 150% (61) 72% (61)
carbethoxyethyl)-pyrrole- monohydrazide
5-carboxylic ester
5-Carbethoxypyrrole-3-/S- 33% (60) Aliphatic Poor (60)
acrylic ester monoazide t
2,4-Dimethyl-5-carbethoxy- 35% (59) Aliphatic 63% (59) 38% (59)
pyrrole-3-iS-acrylic methyl monohydrazide
ester
2,4JDimethyl-5-carbethoxy- — (60) Hydrazide -(60)
j}yrrole-3-/3-acrylic acid acid S
2-Chloromethyl-4-methyl-5-
carbethoxypyrrole-3-acrylyl
azide
(59) t
S
2-p-Anisylpyrrole-5-/3-propi- Quantitative (150) 0% (150)
onic ester
2-Methoxymethyl-4-methyl- (59) t
5-carbethoxypyrrole-3-
acrylyl azide

f Prepared from the 2-methyl azide.
CD
J Prepared from the 2-chloromethyl azide.
COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CURTIUS REACTION—Continued CO
HETEBOCTOUC ACID DERIVATIVES—Continued

o
3-Methyl-4-hydroxypyrrole- 72% (400) 80% (400) — (400)

4-/?-propionic methyl ester
4-Methyl-5-hydroxypyrrole- 93% (400) 80% (400) -(400)
3-(3-propionic methyl ester
Pyrrole-2-carboxylic methyl Quantitative (95) 61% (95) -(95) - (Ua), 0% (Ub) (95)
ester
2,4-Dimethylpyrrole-3-car- -(60) 0% (60)
boxylic ester
2,4-Dimethylpyrrole-5-car- 98% (60) Quantitative (60), -(60)* 16% (Z) (60)
boxylic ester - (62)
2,3,4-Trimethylpyrrole-5- 86% (49) 55% (49) 42% (49) *
carboxylic ester
2,3,5-Trimethylpyrrole-4-car-
boxylic ester
2,4-Dimethyl-3-ethylpyrrole-
Poor (399)
97% (60)
87% (399)
84% (60) 46% (60),* -

I
- (Z) (93)
5-carboxylic ester (399) *
2,3-Dimethyl-4-ethylpyrrole- 87% (201) — (201)
5-carboxylic ester
2-Methyl-3,4-diethylpyrrole- Yields 2-methyl-
1-carboxylic ester 3,4-diethylpyr-
role-5-carbonyl
hydrazide (93)
2-Methyl-3,4-diethylpyrrole- 80% (93) 81% (93) Quant. (93),* - (Z), 0% (C) (93)
5-carboxylic ester -T49) *
2,4-Dimethyl-3-vinylpyrrole- Yields 2,4-dimeth-
5-carboxylic ester ylpyrrole-5-car-
bonyl hydrazide
(60)
2,4-DimethylpyrTole-3,5-di- Quantitative (62), 82% (62) Quant. (62)
carboxylic ester - (60), 0% (94)
— (62) 6-Monohy- Quantitative (62)
drazide
2,4-Pimethylpyrrole-3-car- 0% (62)
boxylic ester-5-carboxylic
acid
2,4-Dimethylpyrrole-3-car- Yields 2,4-dimeth-
boxylic acid-5-carboxylic ylpyrrole-5-car-
ester bonyl hydrazide
(62)
2,4-Dimethyl-3-cyanopyrrole- 86% (49)
5-carboxylic ester
52% (49) 59% (49) 1
2-Carbethoxy-3-ethyl-4-meth- (201) t - (201)
ylpyrrole-5-carbonyl azide
2-Methyl-4-ethylpyrrole-2,5- Quantitative (92) Good (92) - (201) * 0% (92) - (Z), 0% (la) (201)
dicarboxylic ester
2,4-Dimethyl-3-bromopyr- (62) t
roJe-5-carbonyl azide
2-Carbomethoxy-3-bromo-4- (62) § 66% (62) * 94% (62)
methylpyrrole-5-carbonyl
azide
2-Formyl-3-bromo-4-methyl- (62) |[ 93% (62)
pyrrole-5-carbonyl azide
References 268-454 appear on pp. 446-449. § Prepared from the 2-trichlorometliyl azide.
t Prepared from the 2-methyl azide. || Prepared from the 2-dicbloromethyl azide.
X Prepared from the 3-acetyl azide.
CO
COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CURTIUS REACTION—Continued to
HBTEROCYCLIC ACID DERIVATIVES—Continued
2-Cliloromethyl-3,4-dimethyl- (49) f
2-Chloromethyl-3-ethyl-4- (60) f
azide •
I
2-Bromomethyl-4-methyl- - (60) % 2
pyrrole-5-carbonyl hydra-
zide
2-Bromomethyl-3-ethyl-4- (60) §
azide
2-Dichloromethyl-3,4-dimeth- (49) § •
Q0
ylpyrrole-5-carbonyl azide
2-Dichloromethyl-3-ethyl-4- (60) §
azide
2-Dichloromethyl-3,4-diethyl- (93) §
pyrrole^5-carbonyl azide
3,4-Dichloropyrrole-2,5-dicar- Quantitative (49) 52% (49)
boxylio acid
3,4-Dichloropyrrole-2-car- 94% (49) Monohy- 44% (49), 72% 57% (49)
bonyl chloride-5-carboxylic drazide (Sw) (49)
- ester
2-Dichloromethyl-3-bromo-4- (62) §
azide
2-Trichloromethyl-3-bromo- (62) ||
4-methylpyrrole-5-carbonyl-
azide
2-Methoxymethyl-3-ethyl-4- (60) H
azide
2-Methoxymethyl-3,4-di- (93)1 •
ethyIpyrrole-5-carbonyl
azide
2-Hydroxy-5-methylpyrrole- 55% (94) 41% (94) — (94) 0% (Ub) (94)
4-carboxylic ester
2-Hydroxy-3,5-dimethylpyr- 67% (94) 81% (94) -(94) 0% (Ub) (94)
role-4-carboxylic ester
2,4-Dimethyl-3-formylpyr- (60, 62) ft Quant. (62) 58% (C), 0% (Ua) (62)
role-5-carbonyl azide
2-Fonnyl-3-ethyl-4-methyl- (60, 399) « 58% (399), —
pyrrole-5-carbonyl azide (201) a
2-Formyl-3-methyl-4-ethyl- (201) tt 79% (201)
5
2-Formyl-3,4-diethylpyrrole- (93) tt 72% (93) 3
6-carbonyl azide
*
t Prepared from the 2-methyl azide.
X Prepared from the 2-methyl hydrazide.
§ Prepared from the 2-methyl azide.
|| Prepared from the 2-methyl azide.
IT Prepared from the 2-chloromethyl azide.
t t Prepared from 2,4-dimethylpyrrole-5-carbonyl aside.
XX Prepared from the 2-dichloromethyl azide.
HETEKOCTCLIC ACID DERIVATTVES—Continued
Starting Material Hydrazide Azide Isoeyanate Urethan ' Amine, etc.

•
2,4-Dimethyl-3-acetylpyrrole- 80% (62) Hydra- 81% (62) — (62) * Quant. (62) * - (C) (62)
6-carboxylic ester zide hydrazone Ketone azide
2,4-Dimethyl-5-carbethoxy- 0% (94)
pyrrole-3-ethanoneoxalic
ester /
1
4,4'-Dimethyl-3,3'-diethyl- -(60)
5,5'-dicarbethoxypyrro- t o
methene • -
3,3',5,5'-Tetramethyl-4,4'-di- - (60)
j3-propionic ester pyrro-
methene o
4,4'-Dimethyl-3,3'-di-/3-meth- 89% (61) -(61) -(61)
ylmalonic ester-6,5'-dicar-
bethoxypyrromethene
Iso-uroporphyrin octamethyl 88% (61) 75% (61) *
ester
6-Bromopyrroporphyrin ester Quantitative (401)
Indole-3-/3-propionic ester Quantitative (216) - (216) 77% (216),* — -(264) — (P) (263, 264)
(264)*
Indole-2-carboxylic methyl — (95) — (95) -(95) 0% (Ua, Ub) (95)
ester
5,7-Dinitroindole-2-carbox- 80% (402) Quantitative (402) 63% (402)
ylic methyl ester
O-Ethyldinitrostrycholcar- Quantitative (403) — (403) 48% (403)
boxylic ester
Dinitrostrychnic ester -(404) — (404) - (404)
Dinitroisostrychnic ester — (404)
3,5,7-Trjnitroindole-2-carbox- -(402) — (402) -(402)
ylic methyl ester
Carbazole-9-acetic ester — (405) — (405) — (405)
Dihydrobrucininic ester 95% (85) 68% (85) 43% (85) Iso-
brucinolone
Brucinonic oxime methyl 88% (406) — (406) -(406)
ester
Tetrahydrofuran-2-/9-propi- — (262) — (262) — (262) — (L) (262)
ionic ester
Tetrahydrofuran-2-w-pentanol- -(407) — (407) —' (Ub) (407)
3,4-dicarboxylic ester
Furan-2-j3-propionic ester — (262) — (262) - (L) (262)
2-Phenylfuran-5-/3-propionic Quantitative (150) 90% (150) 60% (Ub) (150)
ester
2-p-Anisylfuran-5-j8-propionic -(150) -(150) Poor (Ub) (150)
ester 9
3,4-Dicarbomethoxyfuran- -(408) 53
2-acetic methyl ester
2-Furoyl chloride 92% (Sw) (241) 75% (247), 73% 89% (Z) (241)
(241)
(Sd) Poor (214)
2-Furoic ester — (215, 409, 410) 66% (410), — Quant. (409), 0% (Ua, Ub) (215,
(215, 409) Poor (215), 409), 0% (L) (410)
- (410)
3-Puroic ester 75% (240) — (240) -(240)

HETEROCYCMC ACID DEMVATIVES—Continued
5-Methyl-2-furoyl chloride (Sd) 35% (214)

5-Methyl-2-furoic ester - (214) - (215) - (214)
2-Methyl-3-furoic ester 93% (247), 9 1 % 95% (247), - — (214, 240, — (214, 247) 73% (Z) (247), -
2,4-Dimethyl-3-furoic ester
2,5-Dimethyl-3-furoic ester
(240), — (214)
- (214)
95% (247), -
(214)
(214, 240)
- (214)
96% (247), —
(214)
247)
- (214)
- (214)
- (214)
— (214)
(240)
80% (Z) (247)

I
a
Furan-3,4-dicarbonyl chlo- Quant. (Sw) (411) Good (411) to
ride
2-Methylfuran-3,4-dicarbox- 0% (232)
ylic ester 9
2-Methylfnran-3,4-dicarbonyl (Sw) 77% (232) S
chloride
2-(<tf-Acetoxyamyl)furan-3,4- (Sw) 57% (232)
dicarbonyl chloride
Furan-2-u-valeryl piperidide- (Sw) 46% (232)
3,4-dicarbonyl chloride
5-Bromo-2-furoic ester - (214) - (214) - (214) - (214)
3,4-Dihydroxyfuran-2,5-di- 91% (412) 60% (412) - (412) * Poor (412)
carboxylic methyl ester
Benzodihydrofuran-2-carbox- Good (413) 75% (413) 88% (413) 0% (Ua, Ub) (413)
ylic ester
Benzofuran-2-carboxylic ester - (414) - (414) Quant. (358) - (414) 0% (Ua, Ub) (414)
Tetrahydrodibenzofuran- — (415) • - (415) - (Ub) (415)
3-y-n-butyric ester
Dibenzofuran-3-7-n-butyric — (415) 66% (415) 77% (Ub) (415)
ester
Dibenzofuran-3-7-(7-oxobu- 0% (415) Yields a
tyric acid) pyrazone
cis-Tetrahydrothiophene-2,5- 23% (145) 53% (145) 0% (Ua) (145)
dicarboxylic ester
Tetrahydrothiophene-3,4-di- 11% (147) 88% (147) 58% (Ua) (147)
carboxylic ester
2-Phenylthiophene-5-jS-propi- Quantitative (150) - (150) 60% (Ub) (150) g
onic methyl ester
2-p-Anisylthiophene"-5-/3-pro- Quantitative (150) 80% (150) 60% (Ub) (150) O
pionic methyl ester c!
o-(ot-Thienylthio)-benzoyl 65% (144) - (144) (Sd) 77% (144), 5%
chloride (144) a
Thiophene-2-carboxylic ester 91% <149) 93% (149) 60% (149) 0% (Ua) (149) ™
3-Benzamido-4-carbethoxy- 91% (148) Mono- - 93% (148) 95% (148) 58% (U) (148) g
thiophene-2-w-valeryl azide hydrazide
Biotin ester — (146) - (146) — (146) — (Ub) (146) Triamine 8
Pyrazolinedicarboxylic ester 86% (416) O
Pyrazoline-3,4,5-tricarboxylic -(39) -(39) -(39) 0% (Ua) (39) *
ester — (39) Mixed pri- -(39)
seo-hydrazide
Pyrazole-3-carboxylic es- — (415a) — (415a) —(415a) — (Ua, Ub) (415a)
ter (?)
Pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic es- — (415a) — (415a) — (415a) — (Ub) (415a)
ter (?)
437
oo
HETEKOCYCLIC ACID DERIVATIVES—Continued
Pyrazole-3,4,5-tricarboxylic -(39) -(39) -(39) 0% (Ua) (39)

ester — (39) Mixed pri- 67% (39) 77% (39) 0% (Ua) (39)
• sec-hydrazide
4-Isonitrosopyrazolone- — (87) Hydrazone
3-carboxylic ester hydrazide
Imidazole-5-acetic ester 80% (195) 35% (Ua) (195)
Imidazole-4-(3-propiouic ester — (196) 55% (Ua) (196)
Imidazole-4-carboxylic ester Quantitative (417) Quantitative (417) 50% (417)
Imidazolone-4,5-dicarbonyl (395) f
hydrazide 53% (418) 0% (Ua) (418)
84% (418) , 49% (418)
Isoxazole-5-carboxamide
5-Methylisoxazole-3-carbox- Quantitative (418) 83% (418) 65% (Ua) (418) 2-Ben-
80% (418)
ylic methyl ester zoyl-5-methylisoxaz-
olone-3
4-Methylthiazole-5-acetic 81% (151)
ester
bis (2-Phenylthiazolyl-4- 75% (152) 80% (152) 70% (152) 60% (P) (152)
methyl) acetic ester
2-Phenylthiazole-4-j3-propi- 80% (152) 90% (152) 85% (152) * 66% (F) (152)
onic ester
2-p-Anisylthiazole-4-/S-propi- 95% (153) 94% (153) 97% (153) * 68% (P) (153)
onic ester
2-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)- 94% (153) 90% (153) 90% (153) * 38% (P) (153)
thiazole-4-#-propionic ester •
2,4-Dimethylthiazole-5-car- 84% (418a) 60% (418a) 32% (Ua) .(418a)
boxylic ester
l-Benzyl-4,5-dihydrotriazole- 73% (301) — (301)
4,5-dicarboxylic ester
4,5-Dicarbethoxy-4,5-dihydro- 62% (419)
triazole-1-acetic ester
4-Hydroxytriazole-3-acethy- - (115) %
drazide
5-Hydroxytriazole-l-aceturyl (154)§
hydrazide
l-Phenyltriazole-5-carboxylic — (209) — (209) Quant. (209) — (Ub), 0% (Ua) (209)
ester
2-Phenyltriazole-4,5-dicar- 60% (416)
l-Benzyltriazole-4,5-dicarbox- - (301) — (301) * 3
ylic ester
l-p-Methylbenzyltriazole-4,5- 80% (68) 92% (68) Azide 21% (68) Azide
dicarboxylic methyl ester isocyanate sym-vaea,
Triazole-l,4,5-tricarboxylic 90% (419)
methyl ester
4,5-Dicarbomethoxytriazole-
1-acetic methyl ester
92% (419) §
4,5-Dicarbamyltriazole-l- - (419)
acetic methyl ester
4,5-Dicarbomethoxytriazole- - (419)
1-a-propionic methyl ester
References 268—454 appear on pp. 446—449.

t Prepared from N-carbamylethyleneimine-2,3-dicarboxylio ester.
t Prepared from diazoaceturic ester.
I Prepared from diazoaceturylglycine ester.
o
COMPOUNDS SUBJECTED TO THE CUKTIUS REACTION—Continued
HETEBOCTCLIC ACID DEBIVATIVES—Continued
4,5-Dicarbomethoxytriazole- — (419) — (419)

l-/3-propionic methyl ester
Picolinic ester
Nicotinic ester
Nicotinamide
Quantitative (420)
Quantitative (421)
53% (422)
— (421)
— (422)
36% (420)
— (421)
— (Ua) (420)
— (Ua) (421) I
Isonicotinic ester — (420) Poor (420)
6-Methylnicotinic ester 97% (96) 70% (96) 93%(Ub)(96),21%(Z)
(96)
4-Chloropicolinic methyl ester 89% (120) 99% (Z) (120), — (Ua, H
Ub) (120) O
4-Chloropicolinyl chloride 0% (Sd) (120)
2,6-Dichloroisonicotinic — (106) — (106) - (106) 91% (Ub) (106)
methyl ester
4,6-Dichloropicohnic methyl - (257) - (257) — (257) — (Z) (257), — (Ua)
. ester (257) 4-Chloro-6-
iodo-2-aminopyridine
5,6-Dichloronicotinic ester — (118), 5-Chloro-
6-hydrazinonico-
tinyl hydrazide
5-Bromonicotinic methyl ester — (118) — (118) — (118) - (Ub) (118)
5-Bromonicotinyl chloride 0% (1*8)
4-Iodopicolinic methyl ester — (120) - (120) -(120) - (Ua, Z) (120)
2,4-Dihydroxy-6-chloronico- — (119), 2,4-Dihy-
tinamide droxy-6-hydra-
zinonicotinyl hy-
drazide
2,6-Diaminoisonicotinic — (106) 0% (106)
methyl ester
2,6-Dibenzamidoisonicotinic — (106), 2,5-Dia-
methyl ester minoisonicotinyl
hydrazide
2-Hydrazino-6-chloroisonico- - (106) f
tinyl hydrazide
2,4-Dihydroxy-6-hydrazino- — (119) t
nicotinyl hydrazide
Quinolinic methyl ester
Quinolinie anhydride
Pyridine-2,4-dicarboxylic
- (420)
0% (55)
-(253) — (253) — (253) 70% (Ub) (253)
s
methyl ester a
Pyridine-2,5-dicarboxylic -(69) — (69) — (69) Also — (Ua) (69) in
methyl ester azide 4irethan
Pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylic - (420) — (420) — (420) Good (Ub) (420), Poor
methyl ester (Ua) (420)
Cinchomeronic methyl ester — (253), — (55, - (253) -(253) — (Ub) (253)
420) Monohy-
drazide*
2,6-Dimethylpyridine-3,5-di- 85% (423) 84% (423) 48% (Ua) (423)
carboxylic ester

t Prepared from 2,6-dichloroisonicotinic methyl ester.
t Prepared from 2,4-dihydroxy-6-<!hloroniootinamide.
HETEBOCTCLIC ACID DEMVATTVES—Continued
4-Phenylazopyridine-2,6-di- 93% (156) — (156) 57% (156) 93% (Ub) (156)'

carboxylic methyl ester O
0-2-Quinolylpropionic ester Quantitative (199) 0% (199)
2-Phenylquinoline-4-/3-propi- 97% (427) • 82% (427) 90% (Ua) (427) §
£•
onic methyl ester
6,7-Dimethoxyquinaldine-4-/3- 88% (217) 82% (217) 76% (217) (428) 80% (Ua), - (F) (217) O
propionic methyl ester ft
Cinchoninic ester 86% (424) - (425) 92% (425) 91% (U) (425) >
Quinaldine-3-carboxylic ester — (426) - (426) -(426)
2-Phenylcinchoninic ester 99% (429) 88% (429) 91% (429) 94% (429) Quantitative (Ua), — £:
(Ib) (429) 2
2-PhenylcinchoninyI chloride 94% (430)
2-Phenylcinchoninyl -(431)
chloride hydrochloride
2-p-Tolylcinchoninic ester. 97% (432) 95% (432) 93% (432) 84% (432) Quantitative (Ua), 78%
<Ib) (432)
2-Phenyl-3-methylcincho- 0% (433)
ninic ester
2-Phenyl-3-methylcincho- 97% (433) 94% (433) 96% (433) *
ninyl chloride
2-Phenyl-6-methylcinchoninic Quantitative (434) 94% (434) Quant. (434) 66% (434) Quantitative (Ua), 56%
ester (la) (434)
2-Phenyl-8-methylcinchoninic - (434) 94% (434) -(434) -(434) 77% (Ua) (434)
ester
2-Chlorocinchoninic ester — (424) 2-Hydra-
zinocinchoninyl
hydrazide
2-p-Bromophenylcinchoninic - ( 4 3 5 ) — (435) - (435) — (Ua) (435)
ester
2-Phenyl-6-bromocinchoninic - (435) -(435) - (435) - (Ua) (435)
ester
6-Methoxycinchoninie ester 98% (436) 94% (436) 95% (436) Quant. (436) 74%(Ua),0%(Ib)(436)
6-Methoxyquinoline-8-car- — (437) - (437) - (437) — (L) (437)
boxylic ester
6-Ethoxyquinoline-8-carbonyl — (Z) (438)
azide
2-Phenyl-6-methoxycincho- 87% (439) Quantitative (439) 99% (439) 74% (439) Quantitative (Ua), 96%
ninic ester (Ib) (439)
2-Phenyl-6-ethoxycinchoninic Quantitative (252) 93% (252) 99% (252) 57% (252) 92% (Ib), 84% (Ua)
ester (252)
6-Hydroxycinchoninic ester 97% (440) 83% (440) Quant. (440) * 86% (440) 86% (Ua), 78% (Ib)
(440) 9
2-Phenyl-6-hydroxycincho- 99% (441) — (441) 85% (441) 96% (Ua) (441)
ninic ester s
2-Hydrazinocinchoninyl hy- - (424) f 2
drazide
Acridine-9-propionie ester — (194) — (194) — (Ua) (194)
Acridine-10-butadiene-a,/S,7,«- — (442)
tetracarboxylic methyl es- •
ter

t Prepared from 2-ohlorocinchoninic ester.
HETEKOCTCLIC ACID DERIVATIVES—Continued
Starting Material- Hydrazide Azide Isocyanate Urethan Amine, etc.
Acridine-9-carboxyIic ester
3,4-Dihydro-l,2-naphthacri-
dine-14-carbonyl chloride
— (443)
91% (444)
— (443)
85% (444) 63% (444) Quant. (Ua), 56% (Ib)
(444)
I
3
Benzo[/]quinoline-l-carbox- 23% (445) Quantitative (445) 78% (Z) (445)
ylic methyl ester
5,6-Dihydro-5,6-dichloro- 82% (445) Preced-
benzo[/]quinoline-5-car- ing hydrazide
Lysergic amides (e.g£, ergot- 70% (185) Good (185)
I
amine)
Dihydrolysergic amides — (446)
Chitenin ester 92% (447) 95% (447)
Pyrazine-2,5-dicarbonyl chlo- 0% (Sd) (229)
ride
Pyrazine-2,5-dicarboxylic 97% (229) 90% (229) 79% (229) 84% (229) — (Ua, Ub, la), 0% (Ib)
methyl ester (229)
4,5-Benzpyrazine-3-carboxylic 80% (448) — (448) 60% (448) 75% (Ua) (448)
ester
Uracil-5-acetic ester 97% (143) — (143) 91% (143) Good (143) — (Ua) (143)
2-Methy]-4-hydroxypyrimi- 85% (449) 98% (449) Quantitative (Ua) (449)
dine-5-acetic ester
2-Ethylmercapto-6-hydroxy- 96% (143) 57% U43) Quant. (143) * 84% (143)" — (Ua) (143) Uracil-5-
pyrimidine-5-acetic ester methylamine
Quinoxaline-2-pyruvic ester 72% (450) Hydra-
zone hydrazide
Quinoxaline-3-carboxylic ester — (451)
Dihydrotetrazine-3,6-dicar- 99% (63) Monohy- 27% (63) Tetra-
boxylic ester drazide zinedicarbonyl
ester azide, q.v.
— (63) Dihydra- - (63)
zide H
Tetrazine-3,6-dicarbonyl ester See preceding com- -(63) 0% (Ua) (63) O
azide pound a
Indoxazene-3-earbonyl chlo-
ride
- (Sw) (3) — (Z) (3) (207)
n
Indoxazene-3-carboxylic ester — (207) — (207)
6-Chloroindoxazene-3-carbox- - (207) — (207) - - (Z) (207)
ylic ester
6-Nitroindoxazene-3-carbox- - (249) - (249) - (Z) (249)
ylic methyl ester
6-Aeetamidoindoxazene-3- - (207) — (207) -(207) — (Z) (207)
carboxylic ester

REFERENCES FOR TABLE

868
Curtius and Hofmann, J. prakt. Chem., 53, 513 (1896)
269
Stolle, J. prakt. Chem., 69, 145 (1904).
270
Stolle and Zinsser, J. prakt. Chem., 69, 486 (1904).
271
Curtius, Sieber, Nadenheim, Hambsoh, and Bitter, J. prakt. Chem., 125, 152 (1930).
272
Stolle and Gutmann, / . prakt. Chem., 69, 497 (1904).
S t o l l e and Hille, J. prakt. Chem., 69, 481 (1904).
274
Spiegel and Spiegel, Ber., 40, 1733 (1907).
276
Curtius and Schwan, J. prakt. Chem., 51, 353 (1895).
276
Blaise and Luttringer, BuU. soc. Mm., [3] 33, 1095 (1905).
277
Blaise and Luttringer, Compt. rend., 140, 790 (1905).
278
Darapsky, Berger, and Neuhaus, J. prakt. Chem., 147, 145 (1936)
279
Blaise and Luttringer, BuU. soc. chim., [3] 33, 816 (1905).
280
van Marie, Rec. trav. chim., 39, 549 (1920).
281
Kiliani, Ber., 55, 2817 (1922); 58, 2361 (1925).
282
Curtius and Levy, J. prakt. Chem., 70, 89 (1904)
283
Curtius, Ber., 35, 3226 (1902).
284
Curtius, Ber., 27, 778 (1894).
286
Curtius, Hallaway, and Heil, J. prakt. Chem., 89, 481 (1914).
286
Billow and Weidlich, Ber., 39, 3372 (1906).
287
Blanksma and Bakels, Rec. trav. chim., 58, 497 (1939).
288
Blanksma and de Graf, Rec. trav. chim., 57, 3 (1938); thesis, Leiden, 1930 [C. A., 24,
5723 (1930)].
23
Turner and Hartman, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 47, 2044 (1925).
290
Curtius and Casar, / . prakt. Chem., 94, 299 (1916).
281
Curtius and Rechnitz, J. prakt. Chem., 94, 309 (1916).
292
Billow and Bozenhardt, Ber., 42, 4801 (1909).
293
' Fischer and Brauns, Ber., 47, 3181 (1914).
294
Traube and Lehmann, Ber., 34, 1975 (1901).
296
Resting, Ber., 57, 1321 (1924).
296
Franzen and Sohmitt, Ber., 58, 222 (1925). -
297
Franzen and Ostertag, Z. physiol. Chem., 119, 150 (1922).
298
Curtius and Burkhardt, J. prakt. Chem., 58, 205 (1898).
299
K e r p a n d Unger, Ber., 3 0 , 585 (1897).
800
S a h a n d H a n , Science Repts. Natl. Tsing Hua Univ., A 3 , 469 (1936) [C. A . , 3 1 , 3825
(1937)].
301
C u r t i u s a n d Raschig, J. prakt. Chem., 125, 466 (1930).
302
Dickey and Straley, U. S. pat., 2,360,210 (to Eastman Kodak Company); [C. A., 39,
946 (1945)].
303
Curtius, von Brilning, and Derlon, J. prakt. Chem., 125, 63 (1930).
304
Curtius and Clemm, Ber., 29, 1166 (1896).
306
Curtius and Steller, J. prakt. Chem., 62, 212 (1900).
306
Ruzicka and Stoll, Helv. Chim. Ada, 10, 691 (1927).
307
Frankland and Slator, J. Chem. Soc., 83, 1363 (1903).
308
Nagel and Mertens, Ber., 72, 985 (1939).
309
Curtius and Hoffmann, J. prakt. Chem., 96, 202 (1918).
31
" ° Curtius and Hechtenberg, J. prakt. Chem., 105, 319 (1923).
811
Curtius and Hartmann, Ber., 45, 1050 (1912).
112
Curtius and Hesse, J. prakt. Chem., 62, 232 (1900).
313
Curtius and Thiemann, J. prakt. Chem., 94, 364 (1916).
314
Muckerman, J. prakt. Chem., 83, 513 (1911).
815
Ruhemann, Ber., 27, 1661 (1894).
316
Oskerko, Mem. Inst. Ukrain. Acad. Sci., 3, 577 (1936) [C. A., 31, 7844 (1937)].
»« Vogelesang, Rec. trav. chim., 62, 5 (1943) [C. A., 39, 1393 (1945)].
818
Stollf, Nieland, and Merkle, J. prakt. Chem., 117, 185 (1927).
319
Hurd and Spenee, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 49, 266 (1927).
820
Stolle, Ber., 43, 2468 (1910).
321
Stolle and Krauch, Ber., 47, 728 (1914).
322
Stolle and Merkle, J. prakt. Chem., 119, 275 (1928).
823
Buchman, Keims, Skei, and Schlatter, / . Am. Chem. Soc., 64, 2696 (1942).
824
Diels, Blom, and Koll, Ann., 443, 246, 257 (1925).
326
Skita and Rossler, Ber., 72, 461 (1939).
326
Alder, Stein, Rolland, and Schulze, Ann., 514, 211 (1934).
327
Alder and Wuidemuth, Ber., 71, 1956 (1938).
328
Vanghelovici, Bui. Soc. Chim. Romdnia, 19A, 35 (1937) [C. A., 33, 639 (1939)].
829
Bondi and Miiller, Z. physiol. Chem., 47, 499 (1906).
"^Windaus, Schramme, and Jensen, Ber., 57, 1875 (1924).
331
Windaus and Eiokel, Ber., 57, 1871 (1924).
332
Cook, Graham, Cohen, Lapaley, and Lawrencq, / . Chem. Soc., 1944, 322.
333
Aggarwal, Khera, and Ray, J. Chem. Soc., 1930, 2354.
334
C u r t i u s a n d J o r d a n , J. prakt. Chem., 6 4 , 297 (1901).
336
San a n d K a o , Science Repts. Natl. Tsing Hua Univ., A 3 , 525 (1936) [C. A . , 3 1 , 3889
(1937)].
836
Darapsky, J. prakt. Chem., 96, 321 (1917).
337
Sah and Tseu, J. Chinese Chem. Soc., 5, 134 (1937)!
338
Jansen, Rec. trav. chim., 50, 291 (1931).
339
Barger and Ewins, J. Chem. Soc., 97, 2253 (1910).
340
Manske and Holmes, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 67, 95 (1945).
341
Bernstein and Whitmore, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 6 1 , 1324 (1939).
342
Jones and Wallis, / , Am. Chem. Soc., 48, 169 (1926).
343
Wallis, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 51, 2982 (1929).
844
Mayer and Schnecko, Ber., 56, 1408 (1923).
346
Stuart and Mosettig, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 62, 1110 (1940).
346
van de Kamp, Burger, and Mosettig, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 60, 1321 (1938).
347
Curtius and Marangolo, J. prakt. Chem., 94, 331 (1916).
348
Curtius and Kenngott, J. prakt. Chem., 107, 99 (1924).
-34» Stoermer, Ann., 313, 86 (1900).
350
Wedel, Ber., 33, 766 (1900).
351
Curtius and Miiller, Ber., 34, 2794 (1901).
382
Schroeter, Frdl., 10, 1309 (1910-12).
363
Darapsky and Berger, J. prakt. Chem., 147, 161 (1936).
364
Borsche and Hahn, Ann., 537, 236 (1939).
' " Kindlmann, Oesterr. Chem. Ztg., 42, 15 (1939) [C. A., 33, 6275 (1939)].
366
Stolle and Stevens, / . prakt. Chem., 69, 366 (1904).
367
Darapsky and Gaudian, J. prakt. Chem., 147, 43 (1936).
. 358 Stoermer, Ber., 42, 3133 (1909).
869
Schiemann and Baumgarten, Ber., 70, 1416 (1937).
360
Curtius and Foerster, J. prakt. Chem., 64, 324 (1901).
361
Sah and Wu, Science Repts. Natl. Tsing Hua Univ., A3, 443 (1936) [C. A., 30, 8148
(1936)].
382
Sah'and Wu, / . Chinese Chem. Soc, 4, 513 (1936) [C. A., 31, 3891 (1937)].
363
Kao, Fang, and Sah, J. Chinese Chem. Soc, 3, 137 (1935) [C. A., 29, 6172 (1935)].
364
Kao, Science Repts. Natl. Tsing Hua Univ., A3, 555 (1936) [C. A., 31, 3825 (1937)].
386
Chen and Sah, / . Chinese Chem. Soc.,-i, 62 (1936); Kao, Tao, Kao, and Sah, ibid., 4,
69 (1936) [C. A., 30, 8074 (1936)].
366
Sah and Chang, Rec. trav. chim., 58, 8 (1939).
367
Wang, Kao, Kao, and Sah, Science Repts. Nail. Tsing Hua Univ., A3, 279 (19351
[C. A., 30, 2875 (1936)].
388
Sah, Kao, and Wang, J. Chinese Chem. Soc, 4, 193 (1936).
889
Sah and Hsu, Rec trav, chim., 59, 349 (1940).
*"> Sah and Young, Rec trav. chim., 59, 357, 364 (1940) [C. A., 35, 4363 (1941)].
871
Sah, Rec. trav. chim., 59, 231, 248 (1940).
872
Sah and Woo, Rec. trav. chim., 58, 1013 (1939).
" ' C h e n , J. Chinese Chem. Soc, 3, 251 (1935).
874
Sah and Chiao, Rec. trav. chim., 58, 595 (1939).
"• Sah, Rec. trav. chim., 58, 582 (1939).
878
Vaailevsku, Bloshtein, and Kustrya, J. Gen. Chem. (U.S.S.R.), 5, 1652 (1935) [C. A.,
30, 3416 (1936)].
877
Stolle and Bambach, J. prakt. Chem., 74, 13 (1906).
878
Sah and Chang, Ber., 69, 2762 (1936).
""Brunner and Wohrl, Monatsh., 63, 374 (1933).
880
Seka and Fuchs, Monatsh., 57, 63 (1931).
^ P e p e , J. prakt. Chem., 126, 241 (1930).
882
Wegscheider and Rusnov, Monatsh., 24, 378 (1903).
S88
Bondi, Z, physM. Chem., 52, 170 (1907).
884
Teppema, Rec. trav. chim., 42, 30 (1923).
886
Heller, Ber., 48, 1183 (1915).
"•Heller, Goring, Kloss, and Kohler, J. prakt. Chem., I l l , 36 (1925).
^ K r a t z , / . prakt. Chem., 53, 210 (1896).
^Labriola and Felitte, Anales asoc. quim. argentina, 32, 57 (1944) [C. A., 39, 1405
(1945)].
889
Hsing and Adams, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 58, 587 (1936).
890
Sah, J. Chinese Chem. Soc, 5, 100 (1937) [C. A., 31, 4655 (1937)].
"""Franzen and Eichler, J. prakt. Chem., 78, 164 (1908).
892
Burger and Mosettig, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 56, 1745 (1934).
^ ' K n o r r and Horlein, Ber., 40, 2040 (1907).
894
von Braun, Manz, and Kratz, Ann., 496, 170 (1932).
895
Curtius and Dorr, J. prakt. Chem., 125, 425 (1930).
896
Blioke, Warzynski, Faust, and Gearien, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 66, 1675 (1944).
""Blicke, Faust, Warzynski, and Gearien, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 67, 205 (1945).
898
Blicke, Gearien, Warzynski, and Faust, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 67, 240 (1945).
399
Metzger and Fischer, Ann., 527, 1 (1937).
4°° Fischer and Plieninger, Z. physiol. Chem., 274, 231 (1942) [C. A., 38, 1231 (1944)].
401
Fiaoher and Dietl, Ann., 547, 86 (1941).
402
Menon and Robinson, J. Chem. Soc, 1931, 773.
408
Menon, Perkin, and Robinson, J. Chem. Soc, 1930, 830.
^Siddiqui, Proc Indian Acad. Sci., 11A, 268 (1940) [C. A., 34, 6295 (1940)].
406
Seka, Ber., 57, 1527 (1924).
«» Leuchs and Gladkorn, Ber., 56, 1780 (1923). •"
•"Hofmann, J\ Am. Chem. Soc, 66, 157 (1944).
408
Archer and Pratt, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 66, 1656 (1944).
^Freundler, Bull. soc. chim., [3] 17, 419 (1897).
410
Marquis, Ann. chim., [8] 4, 196, 283 (1905).
411
Stork, / . Am. Chem. Soc, 67, 884 (1945).
412
Darapsky and Stauber, J. prakt. Chem., 146, 209 (1936).
418
Stoermer and Konig, Ber., 39, 492 (1906).
414
Stoermer and Calov, Ber., 34, 770 (1901).
415
Mayer and Krieger, Ber., 55, 1659 (1922).
4Ua
Knorr, Ber., 37, 3520 (1904).
4U
Seka and Preissecker, Monatsh., 57, 71 (1931).
417
Balaban, J. Chem. Soc., 1930, 268.
*" Freri, Oast. chim. Hal., 62, 459 (1932) [C. A., 26, 5952 (1932)].
4Ute
Jensen and Hanson, Dansk. Tids. Farm., 17, 189 (1943) [C. A., 39, 2058 (1945)].
4U
Curtius and Klavehn, / . prakt. Chem., 125, 498 (1930).
410
Meyer and Mally, Monatsh., 33, 393 (1912).
411
Curtius and Mohr, Ber., 31, 2494 (1898).
422
Fox and Field, J. Bid. Chem., 147, 651 (1943).
423
Mohr, Ber., 33, 1114 (1900).
424
Thielepape, Ber,, 55, 127 (1922).
426
Byd6wna, Roczniki Chem., 12, 89 (1932) [C. A., 27, 298 (1933)].
426
Borsche, Doeller, and Wagner-Roemmich, Ber., 76, 1099 (1943) [C. A., 38, 4947
(1944)].
427
John and Grossmann, Ber., 68, 2799 (1925).
428
Robinson and Tomlinson, / . Chem. Soc, 1934, 1524.
429
John, Grossmann, and Fisohl, Ber., 59, 1447 (1926).
430
John and Ottawa, J. prakt. Chem., 133, 13 (1932).
431
Htlbner, Ber., 39, 982 (1906).
432
J o h n , / . prakt. Chem., 1 3 1 , 314 (1931).
433
John and Ottawa, / . prakt. Chem., 131, 301 (1931).
434
John and Sohmit, J. prakt. Chem., 132, 15 (1932).
435
Feist and Kuklinski, Arch. Pharm., 274, 244 (1936) [C. A., 30, 4863 (1936)].
436
John and Andraschko, J. prakt. Chem., 128, 180 (1930).
437
1 . G. Farbenindustrie, Ger. pat., 492,250 [Frdl. 16, 2682 (1931)].
438
I. G. Farbenindustrie, Swiss pat., 148,955 {Chem. Zentr., 1932 I, 2239].
438
John and Lukas, / . prakt. Chem., 130, 314 (1931).
440
441
John and Lukas, J. prakt. Chem., 130, 304 (1931).
442
Diels and Thiele, Ann., 543, 79 (1939).
443
E i s l e b , Med. u. Chem. Abhandl. med.-chem. Forschungsstatten I. G. Farbenind., 3 , 4 1
(1936) [C. A . , 3 1 , 5804 (1937)].
444
J o h n a n d S c h m i t , J. prakt. Chem., 1 3 3 , 1 8 7 (1932).
446
Barnum and Hamilton, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 64, 540 (1942).
449
Sandoz Ltd., Belg. pat., 445,225 (1942) [C. A., 39, 532 (1945)].
447
448
Darapsky and Heinrichs, J. prakt. Chem., 146, 307 (1936).
449
Todd, Bergel, Fraenkel-Conrat, and Jacob, J. Chem. Soc., 1936, 1601.
4M
Borsche and Doeller, Ann., 537, 44 (1939).
461
Piutti and Marini, Gazz. chim. Hal., 66,'"270 (1936).
462
Holdsworth and Lions, / . Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 70, 431 (1937) [C. A., 31,
6653 (1937)].
463
Mohunta and Ray, J. Chem. Soc., 1934, 1263.
464
Bergmann and Fruton, J. Biol. Chem., 117, 189 (1937).
466
Newman, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 57, 732 (1935).
INDEX
Numbers in bold-face type refer to experimental procedures
Acetamide, reaction with bromine and Acyl glycines in Erlenmeyer azlactone
alkali, 268 synthesis, 208
Acetamido-3-naphthoyl hydrazide, 355 Adamantane-l,3-dicarboxylic ester, 341
Acetaminocinnamic acid, 205 |8-Alanine, preparation by Curtius reac-
Acetic anhydride, as an azlactonizing tion, 347
agent, 202-212 Alanine ethyl ester hydrochloride, prepa-
commercial preparation of, 110 ration of, 346
Acetoacetic acid and derivatives, prepa- Alcohols, in Friedel-Crafts reaction, 1-82
ration from diketene, 127 in Willgerodt reaction, 91
Acetoacetic ester condensation, Vol. I Aldehydes, aromatic, alkylation of, 72
Acetoacetic esters, reaction with thio- preparation of, by Curtius reaction,
cyanogen, 248 343, 345, 350, 356, 384
in Schmidt reaction, 316 by Hofmann reaction, 269, 275, 276,
Acetone, conversion to ketene, 109-114, 280, 282, 285
132 reaction with hydrazoic acid, 308, 314,
mechanism of, 110 315, 318
in Schmidt reaction, 330, 331 • in Willgerodt reaction, 91
Acetone quinide, 351 Aldoketenes, 108-140
Acetophenone in Willgerodt reaction, Alkylation, by free radicals, 15
95,97 by Friedel-Crafts reaction, 1-82
Z-Acetylasparagine, 275 alkylating agents, 4-5
Acetylenes, reaction with thiocyanogen, relative reactivity of, 4
246-248 aromatic compounds alkylated, 5
table, 263 catalyst assistants, 3
in Willgerodt reaction, 86, 88 catalysts, relative activity of, 2
Acetylenic amides in Hofmann reaction, dealkylation, 14, 16
276 destructive alkylation, 8
2-Acetylnaphthalene in Kindler-Will- experimental conditions, 16
gerodt reaction, 97 experimental procedures, 16-19
N-Acetylnaphthimidazolone, 355 isomerization of alkyl groups, 7
1-Acetylpyrene in Willgerodt reaction, 96 limitations, 13
Acid halides, dehydrohalogenation of, mechanism, 4
124-126, 138, 139, 140 migration of halogen atoms, 14
tables, 126 orientation, 8-M)
in Schmidt reaction, 314 rearrangement of alkyl groups, 6-8
Acids, aromatic, alkylation of, 72 related processes, 12, 14
conversion to amines, 267-449 tables, 21-82
Active methylene compounds in Will- Alkylbenzenes, alkylation of, 48-51
gerodt reaction, 90 sulfonation of, 150-153, 156, 168-179
Acylamino acids, azlactonization of, Alkyl halides, in Friedel-Crafts reaction,
202-205 1-82
451
452 INDEX
Alkyl halides, relative reactivity of, 4 l-Amino-2-butanone, 345
Alkylhalobenzen.es, sulfonation of, 154- 4-Aminocamphane, 274
155, 171-179 l-Amino-2-cycloheptene, 276
Alkylthiocarbonic acids, preparation of Aminodihydrocampholytic acids, 272 •
amides of, 250 2-Amino-4,6-dimethylbenzothiazole, 256
Allyl alcohol in Friedel-Crafts allevia- 2-Amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole, 267
tions, 3 Amino group, primary aromatic, replace-
Allyl chloride in Friedel-Crafts alkyla- ment by hydrogen, Vol. II
tions, 3 16-Aminohexadecanoic acid, lactam of,
Aluminum alkoxides, reduction with, 330
Vol. II Aminomethylcyclohexanes, 274
Aluminum chloride, 1-82 o-Aminophenol, 277
procedure for use of, in Friedel-Crafts o-Aminophthalhydrazide, 348
reaction, 16 Aminopyridines, 279
reaction with benzene, 21 Aminoquinolines, 279
Amides, Hofmann reaction of, 267-306 Aminoveratrole, 277
, optically active, in Hofmann reaction, Ammonium polysulfide, 84, 91, 96, 96
270-271 Ammonium sulfide, 92
preparation of, 83-107, 377 . Ammonium thiooyanate, reaction with
reaction with hydrazoic acid, 322 azlactones, 213 •
Amidoximes, reaction with hydrazoic Anhydrides, cyclic, reaction with hydra-
acid, 322 zine, 347
Amidrazones, 362 in Schmidt reaction, 314
A ruination of heterocyclic bases by Aniline, alkylation of, 73
alkali amides, Vol. I reaction with thiocyanogen, 266
Amines, aliphatic, reaction with thio- Anisole, alkylation of, 14
cyanogen, 247 Anthracene, sulfonation of, 149, 158-
aromatic, alkylation of, 73-75 159, 188
reaction with thiocyanogen, 243-245 Anthranilic acid, 277
-tables, 258-261 derivatives, 278
preparation of, by Curtius reaction, Anthranils, reaction with hydrazine, 369
337-149 Anthranilyl hydrazide, 353
by Hofmann reaction, 267-306 Anthraquinone, sulfonation of, 145
by Schmidt reaction, 307-336 Antimony compounds, reaction with
tertiary, as dehydrohalogenating thiocyanogen, 241
agents, 124-126 Z-Arabinosamide, 276
Amino acids, preparation of, 218-220, <2-Arabinose, 27&
275, 284, 312, 316, 318, 346, 359, Arndt-Eistert synthesis, Vol. I
384, 385 Arsenic compounds, reaction with thio-
acyl derivatives, 354 cyanogen, 241
deacylation of, by hydrazine, 355 Arsinic and arsonic acids, preparation of
racemization of, 203, 214 by Bart, Bechamp, and Rosen-
amides, from azlactones, 215 mund reactions, Vol. II
azlactonization of, 202, 204, 205, 211, Arylacetic acids, preparation of, 89, 99-
212 100, 224, 225
in Curtius reaction, 353 Arylacetonitriles, preparation of, 225
esters, from azlactones, 215 Arylalkanes, sulfonation of, 156, 181
TO-Aminoazobenzene, 387 Arylalkenes, sulfonation of, 156, 181
Aminobenzothiazoles, formation of, 244, Aspartic acid, acetyl derivative, 203
267 Autoclave, 94
INDEX 453
Azides, as acylating agents, 354 a-Benzoylamino-/S-methoxybutyric acid,
detection of, 376 211
isolation of, 373 Benzoylformic acid, reaction with amides, •
preparation of, 269, 369-375 204
rearrangement of, 375 Benzoyl-dZ-/3-phenylalanine, azlactoniza-
Azido group, effect on Curtius reaction, tion of, 206
360 Benzoylsarcosine, 206
Azlactones, 198-239 Benzylamine, preparation of, 382, 387
alcoholysis of, 215 Benzylamine hydrochloride, preparation
aminolysis of, 216 of, 387
hydrolysis of, 214-220 Benzylmalonic ester in Curtius reaction,
preparation of, 202, 204, 206, 211, 384
212 Benzylmalonyl hydrazide, 384
properties of, 213-215 /3-(3-Benzyloxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-propi-
reactions of, 213-228, 369 onamide, 274
saturated, 198-239, 206 (3-(m-Benzyloxyphenyl)-propionamide,
tables, 229-238 274
unsaturated, 198-239, 206, 211 Benzylurethans, hydrogenolysis of, 380
use in synthesis, 217-239 Biaryls, unsymmetrical, preparation of,
Azlactonization, 198-239 Vol. II
Azobenzene-ro-carbonyl chloride, 387 Biphenyl, sulfonation of, 155, 180
Azo group, effect on Curtius reaction, 360 Biphenyl derivatives, sulfonation of,
155, 180
Beckmann rearrangement, relation to Bismuth compounds, reaction with thio-
Schmidt reaction, 309 cyanogen, 241
Benzalacetone in Schmidt reaction, 316 Bornylenecarboxazide, 342
Benzamide, 277 Boron fluoride in Friedel-Crafts reaction,
Benzene, alkylation of, 1-82 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 16, 18
sulfonation of, 143, 144, 149, 150, 165 m-Bromoaniline, 286
disulfonation, 150 m-Bromobenzamide in Hofmann reac-
trisulfonation, 146, 150 tion, 286
Benzenedisulfonic acids, 150 Bromobenzene, sulfonation of, 148, 154,
Benzenesulfonic acid, 143, 144 165
Benzenesulfonyl chloride, 149 a-Bromo-o-carbethoxybutyryl chloride,
Benzenesulfonyl fluoride, 150, 164 138
Benzenesulfonyl glycine, 206 Bucherer reaction, Vol. I
Benzenetrisulfonic acid, 146, 150,163 t-Butylbenzene, 17
Benzil in Schmidt reaction, 316 n-Butylketene dimer, 140
Benzophenone, reaction with hydrazoic
acid, 319 Camphane-4-carboxamide, 274
4,5-Benzoxazolone, 277 Camphoramidic acids in Hofmann reac-
Benzoylaminoacrylic acids, reduction of, tion, 272, 275
220 Cannizzaro reaction, Vol. II
Benzoylaminocinnamic acid, azlactoniza- Carbamic acids in Curtius reaction,
tion of, 204, 212 355
Benzoylaminocinnamic azlactone, 204 a-Carbethoxybutyryl chloride, 138
eis and trans forms, 201, 211 a-Carboalkoxybenzaloxazolones, reac-
Benzoylaminocoumarin, 207 tions of, 283
. Benzoylaminocrotonic azlactone, cis and oi-Carbomethoxyaminopelargonic acid,
trans forms, 201, 211 275
454 INDEX
Carbonyl gompounds, conversion to Cyclohexadecanone in Schmidt reaction,
amides, 83-107 330
in Erlenmeyer azlactone synthesis, 206 1,5-Cyclohexamethylenetetrazole, 331
reactions with hydrazoic acid, 307-336 /3-Cyclohexylnaphthalene, 18
2-Carboxy-3-nitrobenzazide, reactions of, Cyclopropane in Friedel-Crafts reaction,
346 5
Cardiazole, 319
Chaulmoogric azide, 342 Dehalogenation of a-haloacyl halides,
Chloroaceturyl hydrazide, 357 120, 138
Chlorobenzene, sulfonation of, 153, 165- tables, 122
167 ' Dehydrohalogenation of acyl halides,
Chloromethylation of aromatic com- 124, 138, 139, 140
pounds, Vol. I - tables, 126
2-Chloropyridine, reaction with hydra- O,N-Diacetyl-p-aminophenoV, 352
zoic acid, 324 Diamides in Hofmann reaction, 274, 283
2-Chloroquinoline, reaction with hydra- Diamines, preparation of, by Curtius
zoic acid, 324 > reaction, 343
Chlorosulfonic acid as sulfonating agent, by Hofmann reaction, 274, 283
146, 147, 149, 163, 184 by Schmidt reaction, 312
Cinnamic amide, in Hofmann reaction, 1,4-Diaminocyclohexane, 386
286 Diazoaceturic hydrazide, 357
in Schmidt reaction, 311 Diazoacetylglycylglycine ester, reaction
Cinnamoyl hydrazide, reaction with with hydrazine, 360
nitrous acid, 342 Diazocarboxamides, 279
Claisen rearrangement, Vol. II Diazo group, effect on Curtius reaction,
Clemmensen reduction, Vol. I 360
Cupric thiocyanate, 253, 267 Diazohydrazides, 357
Curtius reaction, 269, 273, 337-449 Diazoketones, conversion to ketones, 123
c o m p a r i s o n w i t h H o f m a n n and preparation of, 123
Schmidt reactions, 313, 363 Diazonium salts in preparation of azides
experimental conditions, 366 from hydrazides, 353, 372
experimental procedures, 381 Dibasic acids in Curtius reaction, 343
mechanism, 269 Dibenzylketene, 136
of optically active azides, 273 N - (/3 - 3,4-Dibenzyloxyphenylethyl)-h o-
related reactions, 267, 307, 366 mopiperonylamide, 383
scope, 340 /3-3,4-Dibenzyloxyphenylpropionhydra-
tables, 388-449 zide, 383
Cyanamide, reaction with hydrazoic £-3,4-Dibenzyloxyphenylpropionic ester
acid, 322 in Curtius reaction, 383
Cyanoacethydrazide, 386 2,6-Dibromo-4-aminophenol, 274 '
Cyanoacetic ester in Curtius reaction, 4,4'-Dibromobiphenyl, sulfonation of,
386 163
Cyano acids, in Curtius reaction, 359 4,4'-Dibromobiphenyl-3-sulfonic acid,
Cyanogen, reaction with hydrazoic acid, 163
322 2,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride,
Cyclialkylation, 12 164
Cyclobutanediones, 127-132 Dichloroketones, reaction with hydrazoic
Cycloheptanone, reaction with tydrazoic acid, 322
acid, 331 2-(Dichloromethyl)-3-bromo-4-methyl-.
Cycloheptene-1-carboxamide, 276 pyrrole-5-carbonyl azide, 357
INDEX 455
Dicyclopentylacetic acid, 356 6-Ethoxy-2-(4-ethoxybutyl)-caproic acid
Dicyclopentyl ketone, 356 in Schmidt reaction, 330
Dienes, reaction with thiocyanogen, 246 Ethyl acetoacetate, reaction with thio-
table, 263 cyanogen, 248
C,C-Diethylhydantoin, 275 Ethyl N-benzyl urethan, 383
Diethylmalonamide, 275 Ethylcarbethoxyketene, 137, 138
• Diheptylketene, 138 Ethylene diisocyanate, 344
Dihydrooxazoles, 201 1-Ethylindazolone, 356
Dihydroshikimic acids in Hofmann reac- Ethyl o-iodobenzoate, reaction with
tion, 272 hydrazine, 358
Dihydrouracil, 274 Ethyl N-methylacetimidate, 330
Diiodobenzene, sulfonation of, 149 Ethyl phenylacetate in Curtius reaction,
Diketene, 119, 127-129 382
Diketones in Schmidt reaction, 316 Ethyl tetrolate, 343
Dimethylaniline, reaction with thio-
cyanogen, 257 Ferric chloride in Friedel-Crafts reaction,
ft/S-Dimethylbutyramide in Hofmann 2, 3, 16, 18
reaction, 271, 283 Fluorine compounds, aliphatic, prepara-
Dimethylketene, 135, 136 tion of, Vol. II
dimer, 136 Fluorobenzene, sulfonation of, 153, 166
2,2-Dimethyl-3-methylenecyclopen- Formamides from aldehydes and hydra-
tanecarboxamide, 276 . zoic acid, 308
1,5-Dimethyltetrazole, 331 Friedel-Crafts reaction, 1-82
N,N-Dimethyl-4-thiocyanoaniline, 257 Fries reaction, Vol. I
Dioxane as solvent in Willgerodt reac-
tion, 85, 93 d-Gluconamide, 276
Diphenic dihydrazide, 348 Glutamic acid, acyl derivatives of, 203
Diphenylglycolyl azide, 351 Glycine, 385
Dipropylketene, 135 Glyoxalone derivatives, formation of, 227
Disulfides, preparation of, 250
9,10-Dithiocyanostearic acid, 256 Halo acids, in Curtius reaction, 356
in Schmidt reaction, 311
Elaidic acid, reaction with thiocyanogen, a-(o'-Haloacyl)-amino acids, conversion
256 to unsaturated azlactones, 212
Elba reaction, Vol. I N-HaJoamides, 268
Enanthonitrile, reaction with hydrazoic Halobenzenes, alkylation of, 44
acid, 331 sulfonation of, 153-154, 165-167
Epicamphor, 343 Hemimellitic ester, reaction with hydra-
Erlenmeyer azlactone synthesis, 205- zine, 348
210 Heptadecylamine, 330
experimental conditions and proce- Heterocyclic acids in Curtius reaction,
dures, 209-210 361
mechanism, 205 Heterocyclic amides in Hofmann reac-
scope, 206 tion, 279
Z-Erythrose, 276 Heterocyclic compounds, alkylation of,
Esters, in Friedel-Crafts reaction, 1-82 76-77
in Schmidt reaction, 314 in Willgerodt reaction, 90
Ethers in Friedel-Crafts reaction, 1—82 Hexahydroterephthalic acid in Curtius
5-Ethoxy-l-(4-ethoxybutyl)-amyl reaction, 386
amine, 330 Hexahydroterephthalyl hydrazide, 386
456 INDEX
Hexahydrotoluamides in Hofmann reac- p-Hydroxybenzamide, 274
tion, 274 Hydroxy isocyanates, 350
l-n-Hexyl-5-aminotetrazole, 331 Hydroxylamines, reaction with thio-
Hippurylalanine, 354 cyanogen, 248
Hofmann reaction, 267-306 4-Hydroxy-2-methylpyrimidine-5-acet-
comparison with Curtius and Schmidt hydrazide, 386
reactions, 313, 363 4-Hydroxy-2-methylpyrimidine-5-acetic
experimental conditions, 280-283 ester in Curtius reaction, 386
experimental procedures, 283-285 4-Hydroxy-2-methylpyrimidine-5-
mechanism of, 268-273 methylamine, 386
scope, 273-279 Hydroxyquinolines, reaction with thio-
side reactions, 279-280 cyanogen, 248
tables, 285-306
Homopiperonylamine, 274 Z-2-Imidazolone-5-carboxylic acid, 275
Hydrazide oximes, 362 Imidazolone derivatives, 227
Hydrazides, in Curtius reaction, 337-349 Imide chlorides, reaction with hydrazoic
hydrazi, 348 acid, 322
preparation of, 366-369 Imide radical in Schmidt reaction, 309
primary-secondary, 348 Imido azides, 362
purification of, 367 Imido esters, formation in Schmidt reac-
reaction with thiocyanogen, 248 tion, 318
secondary, 348, 371 reaction with sodium azide, 324
Hydrazine, anhydrous, preparation of, Iminobenzothiazoles, formation of, 244
381 2-Iminobenzothioxoles, formation of, 245
apparatus for use with, 381 Indazolones, 356
Hydrazines, aryl, formation of, 269 Indole derivatives, formation of, 227
Hydrazino lactones, 350 Iodobenzene, sulfonation of, 166
Hydrazoic acid, generation in situ for Isatoic anhydrides, 369
Schmidt reaction, 328 Isocyanates, 268
preparation of solutions of, 327 hydrolysis of, 378
reactions with organic compounds, polymerization of, 376
307-336 preparation of, 376
Hydrocarbons, aromatic, alkylation of, reaction with hydrazoic acid, 355, 375
1-82 m-Isocyanatoazobenzene, 387
identification of, 10 Isocyanides, reaction with hydrazx>ic
thiocyanation of, 243, 246 acid, 322
table, 263 Isocyanurates, 376
Hydrocyanic acid, reaction with hydra- 4,5-ISopropylidenedioxy-3-hydroxy-
zoic acid, 322 cyclohexanone, 351
Hydrogen fluoride in Friedel-Crafts Isoquinoline derivatives, formation of,
reactions, 2, 3, 4, 5, 14, 16, 18 226
Hydroxamic acids, derivatives of, 270 Msoserine, 275, 284
optically active, in Lossen rearrange- Isothiocyanoamines, 362
ment, 271
Hydroxamic chlorides, reaction with Jacobsen reaction, 148, Vol. I
hydrazoic acid, 322
Hydroximido azides, 362 Ketene, commercial preparations of, 109,
Hydroxy acids, amides of, in Hofmann 114
reaction, 269, 275 mechanism of formation from acetone,
in Curtius reaction, 274 110
INDEX 457
Ketene, preparation of, 109, 111, 112, Lactams, reaction with hydrazoic acid,
114, 132 322
uses of, 110 Lactones, reaction with hydrazine, 369
Ketene dimers, 108-140 in Schmidt reaction, 314
conversion to ketenes, 119-120, 136, /3-Lactones, conversion to ketenes, 124
317 preparation of, 124
mixed, 129 Lauramide in Hofmann reaction, 273
preparation of, 127-132, 137, 140 Lauroyl chloride, 388
structure of, 127-128 Lead thiocyanate, 251, 255
tables, 130-132 Lossen rearrangement, 269, 366
Ketene lamp, 133, 136 Lysine, preparation of, 312, 318
Ketenes, preparation of, 108-140
from acids, 109, 114 Z-/3-Malamidic acid, 275
from acyl halides, 124-126, 138, 139 Maleinamide, 275
from anhydrides, 109-114 Malonic anhydrides, 116-119
from diazoketones, 123 conversion to ketenes, 116-119, 135
from dimers, 119-120, 136, 137 mixed, 116-119, 136
from esters, 109-114 preparation, 116-119, 136
from a-haloacyl halides, 120-122, simple, 116-119, 135
138 Mannich reaction, Vol. I
fromketones, 109-114, 132 Mercaptans, formation of, 250
from /3-lactones, 124 Mercury diphenyl, reaction with thio-
from malonic acid derivatives, 116- cyanogen, 249
118, 136 Mesitylene, sulfonation of, 162
tables, 111-114, 118-119, 120, Mesitylenesulfonic acid, 162
122, 126 Mesitylphenylacetic acid, 139
reaction with hydrazoic acid, 375 conversion to mesitylphenylketene, 139
Keto acids in Curtius reaction, 352 Mesitylphenylketene, 125, 139
a-Keto acids, amides of, in Hofmann /3-p-Methoxyphenylethylamine, 274
reaction, 276 /3-(p-Methoxyphenyl)-propionamide, 274
degradation of, 225 /3-Methyladipamide in Hofmann reac-
oxidation of, 224, 225 tion, 283
oximes of, 225 Methylation, 13, 15
preparation oi, 200, 220-222 2-Methyl-4-benzyl-5-oxazolone, 206
reaction with amides, 204, 205 N-Methylcinnamamide in Schmidt reac-
|8-Keto acids and derivatives, preparation tion, 316
of, from ketene dimers, 129 2-Methyl-l,4-diaminobutane, 283
a - K e t o g l u t a r i c acid, reaction with 2-Methyl-3,4-diethylpyrrole-5-carbonyl
amides, 204 azide, 357
Ketoketenes, 108-140 Methyl pentadecylcarbamate, 283
Ketones, conversion to amides, 83-107 1-Methylquinic acid in Hofmann reac-
cyclic, formation by intramolecular tion, 272
acylation, Vol. II Methyl styrylcarbamate, 286
preparation by Curtius reaction, 343- Methyl undecylcarbamate, 274
345, 350, 356 Metrazole, 319
reaction with hydrazoic acid, 308, Morpholine, use in Kindler-Willgerodt
314-319 reaction, 86
table, 335-336'
Kindler modification of Willgerodt reac- Naphthalene, alkylation of, 53-55
tion, 85-107 derivatives, sulfonation of, 184-187
458 INDEX
Naphthalene, sulfonation of, 145, 156- Phenylacetaldehyde, preparation of, 285,
158, 182-183 311, 345, 384
Naphthalenesulfonic acids, hydrolysis of, Phenylacetamide, 96, 97
144 Phenylacethydrazide, 382
Naphthamide, 277 Phenylacetyl chloride in Curtius reac-
Naphthenic acids, conversion to amines, tion, 387
310 Phenylacetylene in WiUgerodt reaction,
1-Naphthol, reaction with thiocyanogen, • 90
267 dZ-/3-Phenylalanine, acetylation and az-
2-Naphthylacetic acid, 97 lactonization of, 205
2-Naphthylacetothiomorpholide, 97 preparation of, 384
Neopentylamine, 271, 283 m- and p-Phenylazobenzazides, 361
Nitriles, formation of, 269, 276, 308 Phenylazodipicolinazide, 361
reaction with hydrazoic acid, 321 2-Phenyl-4-benzal-5-oxazolone, 204, 229
o-Nitrobenzaloxazolones, reactions of, derivatives, 209, 229-232
. 222 2-Phenyl-4-benzyl-5-oxazolone; 206
Nitrogen trioxide, reaction with hydra- N-Phenylglycyl hydrazide, 354
zides, 371 Phenyl iodothiocyanate, 253
Nitro group, effect in Curtius reaction, l-Phenylpropane-2,2,3-tricarboxylic es-
358 ter, reaction with hydrazine, 348
1-Phenylpropene in Willgerodt reaction,
Olefinic hydrazides, reaction with halo- 90
gens, 357 1-Phenylpropyne in Willgerodt reaction,
Olefins, in Friedel-Crafts reaction, 1-82 90
reaction with hydrazoic acid, 325 Phenylpyruvic acid, reaction with acet-
reaction with thiocyanogen, 246-247 amide, 205
table, 263-265 Phthalic acid, esters of, in reaction with
in Willgerodt reaction, 86 hydrazine, 345
Organometallic compounds, reactions Phthalimides, 277, 278
with thiocyanogen, 241 cleavage by hydrazine, 381
Ornithine, preparation of, 312, 318 Phthalyl diazide, rearrangement of, 349
Oxazolones, 198-239 Piperonylacetamide, 274
Oxidation of a-keto acids, 224, 225 Polyazides, partial solvolysis of, 349
Oximes, reaction with hydrazoic acid, 322 Polybasic acids in Curtius reaction, 343
Polynuclear aromatic compounds, alkyl-
Palmitamide in Hofmann reaction, 283 ation of, 56-57
Pentadecylamine, 283 Potassium benzylmalonhydrazidate, 384
Peptides, in Curtius reaction, 354 Potassium ethyl benzylmalonate, 384
preparation of, 216 6-Propionyltetralin in Willgerodt reac-
Periodic acid oxidation, Vol. II tion, 96
Perkin reaction and related reactions, Putrescine dihydrochloride, preparation
Vol.1 from ethyl adipate, 344
Phenanthrene, sulfonation of, 149, J59, Pyrazolone-3-acetazide, 362
189 Pyrazolones, 343, 352
Phenanthridone, preparation of, 348 Pyrene, sulfonation of, 163
p-Phenetidine, reaction with thiocy- Pyrene-3-sulfonic acid, sodium salt, 163
anogen, 257 1-Pyrenylacetamide, 96
Phenols, alkylation of, 14, 58-71 1-Pyrenylacetic acid, 96'
thiocyanation of, 245 Pyrolysis, preparation of ketenes by,
table, 262 109-120, 123-124, 132-137
INDEX 459
Pyruvic acid, reaction with amides, 204 Sulfide group, effect in Curtius reaction,
Pyruvic acids, degradation of, 225 359
oxidation of, 224, 225 Sulfides, preparation of, 250
oximes of, 225 Sulfonamide group, effect in Curtius
preparation of, 220-222, 224, 229-235 reaction, 359
Sulfonation of aromatic compounds,
Quinoline derivatives, formation of, 226 141-197
Quinones, alkylation of, 72 by-products from, 148
reaction with hydrazoie acid, 320 catalysts for, 145
with chlorosulfonic acid, 146, 147, 149,
Reduction, of acylaminoacrylic acids, 163, 164
218, 220 experimental conditions, 160
of unsaturated azlactones, 218 experimental procedures, 162-164
Reformatsky reaction, Vol. I with fluorosulfonic acid, 146, 147, 149,
Resolution of alcohols, Vol. II 164
mechanism, 142, 147
Salicylamide, 277 with oleum, 141-197, 163
Schiff's bases, formation from olefins, orientation, 144
325 rearrangements in, 148
Schmidt reaction, 307-336 side reactions, 148
comparison with Curtius and Hofmann with sodium hydrogen sulfate, 147
reactions, 313, 363 with sulfamic acid, 147
experimental conditions, 327-330 with sulfuric acid, 141-197, 162
experimental procedures, 330-331 with sulfur trioxide, 143, 144, 146
mechanism, 309 tables, 165-197
of optically active acids, 311 Sulfonic acids, 141-197
scope, 310-327 hydrolysis of, 143
tables, 332-336 identification of, 161
Sebacamidic acid, 275 indirect syntheses of, 142
Semicarbazides, aryl, in Hofmann reac- isolation of, 161
tion, 269, 278 preparation of, from thiocyanates,
Silver salts of acids, reaction with halo- 250
gen, 366 Sulfonyl chlorides, preparation of, 147
Sodium azide, 314, 323, 324, 327 Sulfuric acid, in Friedel-Crafts reactions,
activation of, 382 3
activity of, 374 in sulfonations, 141-197
reaction with acid anhydrides, 340 Sulfur trioxide, addition compounds of.
reaction with acid chlorides, 340 146
Sodium hypobromite, 280
Sodium hypochloride, 280 Tetraacetylquinyl azide, 352
Sodium polysulfide, 92 Tetralin, alkylation of, 52
Stearic acid in Schmidt reaction, 330 /?-(6-Tetralyl)-propionic acid, methyl
Styrene dithiocyanate, 256 ester, 96
Styrene in Willgerodt reaction, 90, 97 Tetrazolecarboxylic acid, 321
Styrylamides, formation of, 227 Tetrazoles, 362
Succinamide, 274 i hydroxy, 362
Succinimide-N-acetic. ester in Curtius preparation of, 308-324, 331
reaction, 347 Thiazole derivatives, formation of, 248
Succinyl azide, 344 Thioamides, preparation of, 85-107
Succinyl hydrazide, 344 Thiocarbamyl azides, 362
460 INDEX
Thiocyanates, preparation of, 240-266 /3,/3,/3-Triphenylethylamine, 271
use in synthesis, 250 /3,/3,0-Triphenylpropionamide in Hof-
Thiocyanation, 240-266 mann reaction, 271
Thibcyanoamines, formation of, 247 Truxillamic acids, 275, 284
o-Thiocyanoanilines, rearrangement of, Truxillamidic acids, 275, 284
244 Truxinamic acids, 275
p-Thiocyanoaniline, 266 Truxinamidic acids, 275
Thiocyano compounds, 240-266
detection of, 254 Undecylamine, 274
determination of, 255 Undecyl isocyanate, 388
preparation of, 240-266 Unsaturated acids, amides of, in Hof-
reaction with thiol acids, 254 mann reaction, 269, 276, 280, 282,
use in synthesis, 250 285
Thiocyanogen, 240-266. in Curtius reaction, 341
hydrolysis of, 241-242 Uracil, 275
polymerization of, 242, 252 Urea derivatives, alkyl acyl, 269, 273,
preparation of, 251-254 275, 279
by chemical means, 253, 256 aryl, 269, 278
from cupric thiocyanate, 253, 267 preparation of, 376
by electrolysis, 252, 267 Urethans, 268, 269, 288-304
solutions of, 255 • hydrolysis of, 380
solvents for, 251 preparation of, from azides, 377
N-Thiocyanohydroxylamines, 248
4-Thiocyano-l-naphthol, 257 Veratric amide, 277
a-Thiocyanophenols, rearrangement of, Vinyl isocyanates, 342
245 Vomicine, 352
Thiohydantoins, formation of, 213 Willgerodt reaction, 83-107
Thiophenes, formation of, in Willge-
apparatus for, 93
rodt reaction, 88, 91
experimental conditions, 91-94
Thiophenols, reaction with thiocyanogen,
experimental procedures, 95-98
249 limitations, 89-91
Thymol, preparation of, 146 mechanism, 86-89
Tiemann reaction, 366
scope, 89-91
Tiffeneau rearrangement, 15
side reactions, 89-91
Toluene, alkylation of, 45-47
tables, 99-107
sulfonation of, 144, 150, 151, 162, 168
Wolff rearrangement of optically active
Toluene-2,4-disulfonic acid, 151
diazoketones, 273
Toluenesulfonic acids, 144, 150
Toluenetrisulfonic acid, 151 Xylenes, sulfonation of, 151, 172
Triazines, 353 2,4-Xylidine, reaction with thiocyanogen,
sj/ra-Triethylbenzene, 16 256
2,4,6-TrLsopropylphenol, 18
Trimethylbenzenes, sulfonation of, 153, Zinc chloride in Friedel-Crafts reactions,
162, 175-176 3,4
2,3,3-Trimethyl-l-cyclopentylacetamide, Zinc diethyl, reaction with thiocyanogen,
276 249

Organic Reactions v3

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Organic Reactions v3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Organic Reactions v3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Organic Reactions

All Rights Reserved

THIRD PRINTING, AUGUST, 1947

PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OP AMERICA

In the course of nearly every program of research in organic chemistry

3. P R E P A R A T I O N O F K E T E N E S AND K E T E N E D I M E R S — W . E. Hanford a n d John

5. AZLACTONES—H. E. Carter 198

6. SUBSTITUTION AND ADDITION REACTIONS OF THIOCTANOGEN—John L. Wood 240

7. THE HOFMANN REACTION—Everett S. Wallis and John F. Lane 267

8. THE SCHMIDT REACTION—Hans Wolff 307

9. THE CURTIUS REACTION—Peter A. S. Smith 337

ALIPHATIC FLUORINE COMPOUNDS II

AMINATION OF HETEROCYCLIC BASES I

AROMATIC ARSONIC AND ARSINIC ACIDS II

CHLOROMETHYLATION OF AROMATIC COMPOUNDS I

MANNICH REACTION . . . . ' . I

PERIODIC ACID OXIDATION II

PERKIN REACTION AND RELATED REACTIONS I

REDUCTION WITH ALUMINUM ALKOXIDBS II

REPLACEMENT OF AROMATIC PRIMARY AMINO GROUP BY HYDROGEN II

THE ALKYLATION OF AROMATIC COMPOUNDS BY THE

SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS 2

SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS

RX + Cat -> R+(X-Cat)-

Thus, with halides, alcohols, ethers, and esters, alkylation proceeds

C2HB0H + A1C1, > C2H6OH-A1C13

Although boron fluoride or hydrogen fluoride will catalyze alkylation

Aromatic Compounds. One characteristic feature of alkylation by the

The normal activating influence of the hydroxyl or alkoxyl group is

CeHe -f- w-C3H7Br>

Since such rearrangements may be represented as occurring by inter-

w-C3H7Br - ^ - > [C 3 H 6 ] - ^ - > wo-C 3 H 7 C 6 H 8

CH3CH2CH2C1 + AlClg =± CH3CH2CH-+A1C14'

It is by no means necessary to suppose that an olefin is formed as an

Naphthalene likewise yields two dialkyl derivatives; the principal

A similar situation obtains in the trialkylation of benzene, the 1,2,4-

Since alkylation by the Friedel-Crafts reaction has been demon-

wo-C3xi7CfiIi5 ^ CfiBrg ~r~ &0"C 3 H 7 Br ~p 5 H B r

Identification of alkylated benzenes can be accomplished to some

Related Reactions. Many compounds containing more than one

2C 6 H 6 + CHCI3 [(C 6 H 6 ) 2 CHC1] (C 6 H 6 ) 3 CH

C 6 H 6 + C 6 H 6 CHO [(C 6 H 6 ) 2 CHOH] (C 6 H 6 ) 3 CH«i

C 6 H 6 + CH 2 C1CH 2 C1 [C 6 H 6 CH 2 CH 2 C1] ^ > C6HBCH2CH2C6H6

C6H6 + C H 2 CH2 [C 6 H B CH 2 CH 2 OH] ^% C 6 H 5 CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H5 61 '« 2

The condensations of halides, alcohols, and unsaturated compounds

Methylation of naphthalene and tetralin therefore can be accom-

C6HBOCH3 + C3H7ok - ^ > C3H7C6H4OCH3 and C3H7C6H4OB

tions may produce ethers as well as nuclear alkylation products.91 Both

A number of polyalkylbenzene derivatives not directly available by

Selection of Experimental Conditions. An examination of the tables

TABULATION OF EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS

* References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82.

* References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-;82.

Ethyl bromide (—) Aid, ( - ) 100 1,2,3,4-Tetraethylbenzene, t hexa- 166

1.3 Ethyl iodide (0.5) AlCl3of A1I3(—) — —

* References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82.

* References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82.

* References 93-350 appear on pp. 78-82.

2 Isobutylene (2.5) HssSO4(96%)(1.5) 15 1.2 <-Butylbenzene (7%), p-di-f-butylben- 198, 222